Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

law+was+in+being+since...

Толкование Перевод

41 λόγος

λόγος, ὁ, verbal noun of λέγω (B), with senses corresponding to λέγω (B) II and III (on the various senses of the word v. Theo Sm.pp.72,73 H., An.Ox.4.327): common in all periods in Prose and Verse, exc. Epic, in which it is found in signf. derived from λέγω (B) 111, cf.infr. VI. 1 a:

I computation, reckoning (cf. λέγω (B) II).

1 account of money handled, σανίδες εἰς ἃς τὸν λ. ἀναγράφομεν IG12.374.191
; ἐδίδοσαν τὸν λ. ib.232.2; λ. δώσεις τῶν μετεχείρισας χρημάτων Hdt.3.142
, cf. 143; οὔτε χρήματα διαχειρίσας τῆς πόλεως δίδωμι λ. αὐτῶν οὔτε ἀρχὴν ἄρξας οὐδεμίαν εὐθύνας ὑπέχω νῦν αὐτῆς Lys.24.26
; λ. ἀπενεγκεῖν Arist.Ath.54.1
; ἐν ταῖς εὐθύναις τοῦ τοιούτου λ. ὑπεχέτω Pl.Lg. 774b
; τὸν τῶν χρημάτων λ. παρὰ τούτων λαμβάνειν D.8.47
; ἀδικήματα εἰς ἀργυρίου λ. ἀνήκοντα Din.1.60
; συνᾶραι λόγον μετά τινος settle accounts with, Ev.Matt.18.23, etc.; δεύτεροι λ. a second audit, Cod.Just.1.4.26.1; ὁ τραπεζιτικὸς λ. banking account, Theo Sm.p.73 H.: metaph., οὐκ ἂν πριαίμην οὐδενὸς λ. βροτόν S.Aj. 477
.

b public accounts, i. e. branch of treasury, ἴδιος λ., in Egypt, OGI188.2, 189.3, 669.38; also as title of treasurer, ib.408.4, Str.17.1.12; ὁ ἐπὶ τῶν λ. IPE2.29
A ([place name] Panticapaeum); δημόσιος λ., = Lat. fiscus, OGI669.21 (Egypt, i A.D.), etc. (but later, = aerarium, Cod.Just.1.5.15); also Καίσαρος λ. OGI669.30
; κυριακὸς λ. ib.18.

2 generally, account, reckoning, μὴ φῦναι τὸν ἅπαντα νικᾷ λ. excels the whole account, i.e. is best of all, S.OC 1225 (lyr.); δόντας λ. τῶν ἐποίησαν accounting for, i.e. paying the penalty for their doings, Hdt.8.100; λ. αἰτεῖν Pl.Plt. 285e
; λ. δοῦναι καὶ δέξασθαι Id.Prt. 336c
, al.; λαμβάνειν λ. καὶ ἐλέγχειν Id.Men. 75d
; παρασχεῖν τῶν εἰρημένων λ. Id.R. 344d
; λ. ἀπαιτεῖν D.30.15
, cf. Arist. EN 1104a3; λ. ὑπέχειν, δοῦναι, D.19.95; λ. ἐγγράψαι Id.24.199
, al.; λ. ἀποφέρειν τῇ πόλει Aeschin.3.22
, cf. Eu. Luc.16.2, Ep.Hebr.13.17; τὸ παράδοξον τῶν συμβεβηκότων ὑπὸ λόγον ἄγειν Plb.15.34.2
; λ. ἡ ἐπιστήμη, πολλὰ δὲ ὁ λ. the account is manifold, Plot.6.9.4; ἔχων λόγον τοῦ διὰ τί an account of the cause, Arist.APo. 74b27; ἐς λ. τινός on account of, ἐς χρημάτων λ. Th.3.46
, cf. Plb.5.89.6, LXX 2 Ma1.14, JRS 18.152 ([place name] Jerash); λόγῳ c. gen., by way of, Cod.Just.3.2.5. al.; κατὰ λόγον τοῦ μεγέθους if we take into account his size, Arist.HA 517b27; πρὸς ὃν ἡμῖν ὁ λ. Ep.Hebr.4.13
, cf. D.Chr.31.123.

3 measure, tale (cf. infr. 11.1), θάλασσα.. μετρέεται ἐς τὸν αὐτὸν λ. ὁκοῖος πρόσθεν Heraclit.31
; ψυχῆς ἐστι λ. ἑαυτὸν αὔξων Id.115
; ἐς τούτου (sc. γήραος) λ. οὐ πολλοί τινες ἀπικνέονται to the point of old age, Hdt.3.99, cf.7.9.β; ὁ ξύμπας λ. the full tale, Th.7.56, cf. Ep.Phil.4.15; κοινῷ λ. νομίσαντα common measure, Pl.Lg. 746e; sum, total of expenditure, IG42(1).103.151 (Epid., iv B.C.); ὁ τῆς οὐσίας λ., = Lat. patrimonii modus, Cod.Just.1.5.12.20.

4 esteem, consideration, value put on a person or thing (cf. infr. VI. 2 d), οὗ πλείων λ. ἢ τῶν ἄλλων who is of more worth than all the rest, Heraclit.39; βροτῶν λ. οὐκ ἔσχεν οὐδέν' A.Pr. 233; οὐ σμικροῦ λ. S.OC 1163
: freq. in Hdt., Μαρδονίου λ. οὐδεὶς γίνεται 8.102
; τῶν ἦν ἐλάχιστος ἀπολλυμένων λ. 4.135
, cf. E.Fr.94; περὶ ἐμοῦ οὐδεὶς λ. Ar.Ra.87
; λόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι πρός τινος to be of no account, repute with.., Hdt.1.120, cf.4.138; λόγου ποιήσασθαί τινα make one of account, Id.1.33; ἐλαχίστου, πλείστου λ. εἶναι, to be highly, lowly esteemed, Id.1.143, 3.146; but also λόγον τινὸς ποιεῖσθαι, like Lat. rationem habere alicujus, make account of, set a value on, Democr.187, etc.: usu. in neg. statements, οὐδένα λ. ποιήσασθαί τινος Hdt.1.4
, cf. 13, Plb.21.14.9, etc.; λ. ἔχειν Hdt.1.62
, 115; λ. ἴσχειν περί τινος Pl.Ti. 87c
; λ. ἔχειν περὶ τοὺς ποιητάς Lycurg.107
; λ. ἔχειν τινός D.18.199
, Arist.EN 1102b32, Plu.Phil.18 (but also, have the reputation of.., v. infr. VI. 2 e); ἐν οὐδενὶ λ. ποιήσασθαί τι Hdt.3.50
; ἐν οὐδενὶ λ. ἀπώλοντο without regard, Id.9.70; ἐν σμικρῷ λ. εἶναι Pl.R. 550a
; ὑμεῖς οὔτ' ἐν λ. οὔτ' ἐν ἀριθμῷ Orac. ap. Sch.Theoc.14.48; ἐν ἀνδρῶν λ. [εἶναι] to be reckoned, count as a man, Hdt.3.120; ἐν ἰδιώτεω λόγῳ καὶ ἀτίμου reckoned as.., Eus.Mynd.Fr. 59; σεμνὸς εἰς ἀρετῆς λ. καὶ δόξης D.19.142
.

II relation, correspondence, proportion,

1 generally, ὑπερτερίης λ. relation (of gold to lead), Thgn.418 = 1164; πρὸς λόγον τοῦ σήματος A.Th. 519
; κατὰ λόγον προβαίνοντες τιμῶσι in inverse ratio, Hdt.1.134, cf. 7.36; κατὰ λ. τῆς ἀποφορῆς Id.2.109
; τἄλλα κατὰ λ. in like fashion, Hp.VM16, Prog.17: c. gen., κατὰ λ. τῶν πρόσθεν ib. 24; κατὰ λ. τῶν ἡμερῶν Ar. Nu. 619
; κατὰ λ. τῆς δυνάμεως X. Cyr.8.6.11
; ἐλάττω ἢ κατὰ λ. Arist. HA 508a2
, cf. PA 671a18; ἐκ ταύτης ἐγένετο ἐκείνη κατὰ λ. Id.Pol. 1257a31
; cf. εὔλογος: sts. with ὁ αὐτός added, κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. τῷ τείχεϊ in fashion like to.., Hdt.1.186; περὶ τῶν νόσων ὁ αὐτὸς λ. analogously, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Prm. 136b, al.; εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν λ. similarly, Id.R. 353d; κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. in the same ratio, IG12.76.8; by parity of reasoning, Pl.Cra. 393c, R. 610a, al.; ἀνὰ λόγον τινός, τινί, Id.Ti. 29c, Alc.2.145d; τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν λ. πρὸς.. ὃν ἡ παιδεία πρὸς τὴν ἀρετήν is related to.. as.., Procl.in Euc.p.20 F., al.

2 Math., ratio, proportion (ὁ κατ' ἀνάλογον λ., λ. τῆς ἀναλογίας, Theo Sm.p.73 H.), Pythag. 2; ἰσότης λόγων Arist.EN 113a31
; λ. ἐστὶ δύο μεγεθῶν ἡ κατὰ πηλικότητα ποιὰ σχέσις Euc.5
Def.3; τῶν ἁρμονιῶν τοὺς λ. Arist.Metaph. 985b32
, cf. 1092b14; λόγοι ἀριθμῶν numerical ratios, Aristox.Harm.p.32 M.; τοὺς φθόγγους ἀναγκαῖον ἐν ἀριθμοῦ λ. λέγεσθαι πρὸς ἀλλήλους to be expressed in numerical ratios, Euc.Sect.Can. Proëm.: in Metre, ratio between arsis and thesis, by which the rhythm is defined, Aristox.Harm.p.34 M.; ἐὰν ᾖ ἰσχυροτέρα τοῦ αἰσθητηρίου ἡ κίνησις, λύεται ὁ λ. Arist.de An. 424a31
; ἀνὰ λόγον analogically, Archyt.2; ἀνὰ λ. μερισθεῖσα [ἡ ψυχή] proportionally, Pl. Ti. 37a; so κατὰ λ. Men.319.6
; πρὸς λόγον in proportion, Plb.6.30.3, 9.15.3 (but πρὸς λόγον ἐπὶ στενὸν συνάγεται narrows uniformly, Sor. 1.9, cf. Diocl.Fr.171); ἐπὶ λόγον IG5(1).1428
([place name] Messene).

3 Gramm., analogy, rule, τῷ λ. τῶν μετοχικῶν, τῆς συγκοπῆς, by the rule of the participles, of syncope, Choerob. in Theod.1.75 Gaisf., 1.377 H.; εἰπέ μοι τὸν λ. τοῦ Αἴας Αἴαντος, τουτέστι τὸν κανόνα An.Ox. 4.328
.

III explanation,

1 plea, pretext, ground, ἐκ τίνος λ.; A.Ch. 515; ἐξ οὐδενὸς λ. S.Ph. 731
; ἀπὸ παντὸς λ. Id.OC 762
; χὠ λ. καλὸς προσῆν Id.Ph. 352
; σὺν ἀφανεῖ λ. Id.OT 657
(lyr., v.l. λόγων) ; ἐν ἀφανεῖ λ. Antipho 5.59
; ἐπὶ τοιούτῳ λ. Hdt.6.124
; κατὰ τίνα λ.; on what ground? Pl.R. 366b; οὐδὲ πρὸς ἕνα λ. to no purpose, Id.Prt. 343d; ἐπὶ τίνι λ.; for what reason? X.HG2.2.19; τὸν λ. τοῦτον this ground of complaint, Aeschin.3.228; τίνι δικαίῳ λ.; what just cause is there? Pl.Grg. 512c; τίνι λ.; on what account? Act.Ap.10.29; κατὰ λόγον ἂν ἠνεσχόμην ὑμῶν reason would that.., ib.18.14; λ. ἔχειν, with personal subject, εἶχον ἄν τινα λ. I (i.e. my conduct) would have admitted of an explanation, Pl.Ap. 31b; τὸν ὀρθὸν λ. the true explanation, ib. 34b.

b plea, case, in Law or argument (cf. VIII. I), τὸν ἥττω λ. κρείττω ποιεῖν to make the weaker case prevail, ib. 18b, al., Arist.Rh. 1402a24, cf. Ar.Nu. 1042 (pl.); personified, ib. 886, al.; ἀμύνεις τῷ τῆς ἡδονῆς λ. Pl.Phlb. 38a
; ἀνοίσεις τοὺς λ. αὐτῶν πρὸς τὸν θεόν LXXEx.18.19
; ἐχειν λ. πρός τινα to have a case, ground of action against.., Act.Ap.19.38.

2 statement of a theory, argument, οὐκ ἐμεῦ ἀλλὰ τοῦ λ. ἀκούσαντας prob. in Heraclit.50; λόγον ἠδὲ νόημα ἀμφὶς ἀληθείης discourse and reflection on reality, Parm.8.50; δηλοῖ οὗτος ὁ λ. ὅτι .. Democr.7; οὐκ ἔχει λόγον it is not arguable, i.e. reasonable, S.El. 466, Pl.Phd. 62d, etc.; ἔχει λ. D.44.32
; οὐδεὶς αὐτὰ καταβαλεῖ λ. E.Ba. 202
; δίκασον.. τὸν λ. ἀκούσας Pl.Lg. 696b
; personified, φησὶ οὗτος ὁ λ. ib. 714d, cf. Sph. 238b, Phlb. 50a; ὡς ὁ λ. (sc. λέγει) Arist.EN 1115b12; ὡς ὁ λ. ὁ ὀρθὸς λέγει ib. 1138b20, cf. 29; ὁ λ. θέλει προσβιβάζειν Phld.Rh.1.41
, cf.1.19 S.; οὐ γὰρ ἂν ἀκούσειε λόγου ἀποτρέποντος Arist.EN 1179b27
; λ. καθαίρων Aristo Stoic.1.88
; λόγου τυγχάνειν to be explained, Phld.Mus.p.77 K.; ὁ τὸν λ. μου ἀκούων my teaching, Ev.Jo.5.24; ὁ προφητικὸς λ., collect., of VT prophecy, 2 Ep.Pet.1.19: pl., ὁκόσων λόγους ἤκουσα Heraclit.108
; οὐκ ἐπίθετο τοῖς ἐμοῖς λ. Ar.Nu.73
; of arguments leading to a conclusion ([etym.] ὁ λ.), Pl. Cri. 46b; τὰ Ἀναξαγόρου βιβλία γέμει τούτων τῶν λ. Id.Ap. 26d
; λ. ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρχῶν, ἐπὶ τὰς ἀρχάς, Arist.EN 1095a31; συλλογισμός ἐστι λ. ἐν ᾧ τεθέντων τινῶν κτλ. Id.APr. 24b18; λ. ἀντίτυπός τε καὶ ἄπορος, of a self-contradictory theory, Plot.6.8.7.

b ὁ περὶ θεῶν λ., title of a discourse by Protagoras, D.L.9.54; ὁ Ἀχιλλεὺς λ., name of an argument, ib.23; ὁ αὐξόμενος λ. Plu.2.559b
; καταβάλλοντες (sc. λόγοι), title of work by Protagoras, S.E.M.7.60; λ. σοφιστικοί Arist.SE 165a34
, al.; οἱ μαθηματικοὶ λ. Id.Rh. 1417a19
, etc.; οἱ ἐξωτερικοὶ λ., current outside the Lyceum, Id.Ph. 217b31, al.; Δισσοὶ λ., title of a philosophical treatise (= Dialex.); Λ. καὶ Λογίνα, name of play of Epicharmus, quibble, argument, personified, Ath.8.338d.

c in Logic, proposition, whether as premiss or conclusion, πρότασίς ἐστι λ. καταφατικὸς ἢ ἀποφατικός τινος κατά τινος Arist.APr. 24a16
.

d rule, principle, law, as embodying the result of λογισμός, Pi.O.2.22, P.1.35, N.4.31; πείθεσθαι τῷ λ. ὃς ἄν μοι λογιζομένῳ βέλτιστος φαίνηται Pl.Cri. 46b
, cf. c; ἡδονὰς τοῖς ὀρθοῖς λ. ἑπομένας obeying right principles, Id.Lg. 696c; προαιρέσεως [ἀρχὴ] ὄρεξις καὶ λ. ὁ ἕνεκά τινος principle directed to an end, Arist.EN 1139a32; of the final cause, ἀρχὴ ὁ λ. ἔν τε τοῖς κατὰ τέχνην καὶ ἐν τοῖς φύσει συνεστηκόσιν Id.PA 639b15
; ἀποδιδόασι τοὺς λ. καὶ τὰς αἰτίας οὗ ποιοῦσι ἑκάστου ib.18; [τέχνη] ἕξις μετὰ λ. ἀληθοῦς ποιητική Id.EN 1140a10
; ὀρθὸς λ. true principle, right rule, ib. 1144b27, 1147b3, al.; κατὰ λόγον by rule, consistently, ὁ κατὰ λ. ζῶν Pl.Lg. 689d
, cf. Ti. 89d; τὸ κατὰ λ. ζῆν, opp. κατὰ πάθος, Arist.EN 1169a5; κατὰ λ. προχωρεῖν according to plan, Plb.1.20.3.

3 law, rule of conduct, ᾧ μάλιστα διηνεκῶς ὁμιλοῦσι λόγῳ Heraclit.72
; πολλοὶ λόγον μὴ μαθόντες ζῶσι κατὰ λόγον Democr.53
; δεῖ ὑπάρχειν τὸν λ. τὸν καθόλου τοῖς ἄρχουσιν universal principle, Arist.Pol. 1286a17; ὁ νόμος.. λ. ὢν ἀπό τινος φρονήσεως καὶ νοῦ Id.EN 1180a21
; ὁ νόμος.. ἔμψυχος ὢν ἑαυτῷ λ. conscience, Plu. 2.780c; τὸν λ. πρόχειρον ἔχειν precept, Phld.Piet.30, cf. 102; ὁ προστακτικὸς τῶν ποιητέων ἢ μὴ λ. κοινός M.Ant.4.4
.

4 thesis, hypothesis, provisional ground, ὡς ἂν εἰ λέγοι λόγον maintain a thesis, Pl. Prt. 344b; ὑποθέμενος ἑκάστοτε λ. provisionally assuming a proposition, Id.Phd. 100a; τὸν τῆς ὁμοιότητος λ. hypothesis of equivalence, Arist.Cael. 296a20.

5 reason, ground, πάντων γινομένων κατὰ τὸν λ. τόνδε Heraclit.1
; οὕτω βαθὺν λ. ἔχει Id.45
; ἐκ λόγου, opp. μάτην, Leucipp. 2; μέγιστον σημεῖον οὗτος ὁ λ. Meliss.8
; [ἐμπειρία] οὐκ ἔχει λ. οὐδένα ὧν προσφέρει has no grounds for.., Pl.Grg. 465a; μετὰ λόγου τε καὶ ἐπιστήμης θείας Id.Sph. 265c
; ἡ μετα λόγου ἀληθὴς δόξα ([etym.] ἐπιστήμη) Id.Tht. 201c; λόγον ζητοῦσιν ὧν οὐκ ἔστι λ. proof, Arist. Metaph. 1011a12; οἱ ἁπάντων ζητοῦντες λ. ἀναιροῦσι λ. Thphr.Metaph. 26
.

6 formula (wider than definition, but freq. equivalent thereto), term expressing reason, λ. τῆς πολιτείας Pl.R. 497c
; ψυχῆς οὐσία τε καὶ λ. essential definition, Id.Phdr. 245e; ὁ τοῦ δικαίου λ. Id.R. 343a
; τὸν λ. τῆς οὐσίας ib. 534b, cf. Phd. 78d; τὰς πολλὰς ἐπιστήμας ἑνὶ λ. προσειπεῖν Id.Tht. 148d
; ὁ τῆς οἰκοδομήσεως λ. ἔχει τὸν τῆς οἰκίας Arist. PA 646b3
; τεθείη ἂν ἴδιον ὄνομα καθ' ἕκαστον τῶν λ. Id.Metaph. 1006b5
, cf. 1035b4; πᾶς ὁρισμὸς λ. τίς ἐστι Id.Top. 102a5
; ἐπὶ τῶν σχημάτων λ. κοινός generic definition, Id.de An. 414b23; ἀκριβέστατος λ. specific definition, Id.Pol. 1276b24; πηγῆς λ. ἔχον Ph.2.477
; τὸ ᾠὸν οὔτε ἀρχῆς ἔχει λ. fulfils the function of.., Plu.2.637d; λ. τῆς μίξεως formula, i. e. ratio (cf. supr. II) of combination, Arist.PA 642a22, cf. Metaph. 993a17.

7 reason, law exhibited in the world-process, κατὰ λόγον by law, κόσμῳ πάντα καὶ κατὰ λ. ἔχοντα Pl.R. 500c
; κατ τὸν < αὐτὸν αὖ> λ. by the same law, Epich.170.18; ψυχῆς τὸ πᾶν τόδε διοικούσης κατὰ λ. Plot.2.3.13
; esp. in Stoic Philos., the divine order, τὸν τοῦ παντὸς λ. ὃν ἔνιοι εἱμαρμένην καλοῦσιν Zeno Stoic.1.24
; τὸ ποιοῦν τὸν ἐν [τῇ ὕλῃ] λ. τὸν θεόν ibid., cf. 42; ὁ τοῦ κόσμου λ. Chrysipp.Stoic.2.264
; λόγος, = φύσει νόμος, Stoic.2.169; κατὰ τὸν κοινὸν θεοῖς καὶ ἀνθρώποις λ. M.Ant.7.53
; ὁ ὀρθὸς λ. διὰ πάντων ἐρχόμενος Chrysipp.Stoic.3.4
: so in Plot., τὴν φύσιν εἶναι λόγον, ὃς ποιεῖ λ. ἄλλον γέννημα αὑτοῦ 3.8.2
.

b σπερματικὸς λ. generative principle in organisms, ὁ θεὸς σπ. λ. τοῦ κόσμου Zeno Stoic.1.28
: usu. in pl., Stoic. 2.205,314,al.; γίνεται τὰ ἐν τῷ παντὶ οὐ κατὰ σπερματικούς, ἀλλὰ κατὰ λ. περιληπτικούς Plot.3.1.7
, cf.4.4.39: so without σπερματικός, ὥσπερ τινὲς λ. τῶν μερῶν Cleanth.Stoic.1.111
; οἱ λ. τῶν ὅλων Ph.1.9
.

c in Neo-Platonic Philos., of regulative and formative forces, derived from the intelligible and operative in the sensible universe, ὄντων μειζόνων λ. καὶ θεωρούντων αὑτοὺς ἐγὼ γεγέννημαι Plot.3.8.4
; οἱ ἐν σπέρματι λ. πλάττουσι.. τὰ ζῷα οἷον μικρούς τινας κόσμους Id.4.3.10
, cf.3.2.16,3.5.7; opp. ὅρος, Id.6.7.4; ἀφανεῖς λ. τῆς φύσεως Procl.
in R.1.18 K.; τεχνικοὶ λ. ib.142 K., al.

IV inward debate of the soul (cf. λ. ὃν αὐτὴ πρὸς αὑτὴν ἡ ψυχὴ διεξέρχεται Pl.Tht. 189e
( διάλογος in Sph. 263e); ὁ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ, ὁ ἔσω λ. (opp. ὁ ἔξω λ.), Arist.APo. 76b25, 27; ὁ ἐνδιάθετος, opp. ὁ προφορικὸς λ., Stoic.2.43, Ph.2.154),

1 thinking, reasoning, τοῦ λ. ἐόντος ξυνοῦ, opp. ἰδία φρόνησις, Heraclit. 2; κρῖναι δὲ λόγῳ.. ἔλεγχον test by reflection, Parm.1.36; reflection, deliberation (cf. VI.3), ἐδίδου λόγον ἑωυτῷ περὶ τῆς ὄψιος Hdt.1.209
, cf. 34, S.OT 583, D.45.7; μὴ εἰδέναι.. μήτε λόγῳ μήτε ἔργῳ neither by reasoning nor by experience, Anaxag.7; ἃ δὴ λόγῳ μὲν καὶ διανοίᾳ ληπτά, ὄψει δ' οὔ Pl.R. 529d
, cf. Prm. 135e; ὁ λ. ἢ ἡ αἴσθησις Arist.EN 1149a35
,al.; αὐτῷ μόνον τῷ λ. πιστεύειν (opp. αἰσθήσεις), of Parmenides and his school, Aristocl. ap. Eus.PE14.17: hence λόγῳ or τῷ λ. in idea, in thought, τῷ λ. τέμνειν Pl.R. 525e
; τῷ λ. δύο ἐστίν, ἀχώριστα πεφυκότα two in idea, though indistinguishable in fact, Arist. EN 1102a30, cf. GC 320b14, al.; λόγῳ θεωρητά mentally conceived, opp. sensibly perceived, Placit.1.3.5, cf. Demetr.Lac.Herc.1055.20; τοὺς λ. θεωρητοὺς χρόνους Epicur.Ep.1p.19U.
; διὰ λόγου θ. χ. ib.p.10 U.; λόγῳ καταληπτός Phld.Po.5.20
, etc.; ὁ λ. οὕτω αἱρέει analogy proves, Hdt.2.33; ὁ λ. or λ. αἱρέει reasoning convinces, Id.3.45,6.124, cf. Pl.Cri. 48c (but, our argument shows, Lg. 663d): also c. acc. pers., χρᾶται ὅ τι μιν λ. αἱρέει as the whim took him, Hdt.1.132; ἢν μὴ ἡμέας λ. αἱρῇ unless we see fit, Id.4.127, cf. Pl.R. 607b; later ὁ αἱρῶν λ. ordaining reason, Zeno Stoic.1.50, M.Ant.2.5, cf. 4.24, Arr.Epict. 2.2.20, etc.: coupled or contrasted with other functions, καθ' ὕπνον ἐπειδὴ λόγου καὶ φρονήσεως οὐ μετεῖχε since reason and understanding are in abeyance, Pl.Ti. 71d; μετὰ λόγου τε καὶ ἐπιστήμης, opp. αἰτία αὐτομάτη, of Nature's processes of production, Id.Sph. 265c; τὸ μὲν δὴ νοήσει μετὰ λόγου περιληπτόν embraced by thought with reflection, opp. μετ' αἰσθήσεως ἀλόγου, Id.Ti. 28a; τὸ μὲν ἀεὶ μετ' ἀληθοῦς λ., opp. τὸ δὲ ἄλογον, ib. 51e, cf. 70d, al.; λ. ἔχων ἑπόμενον τῷ νοεῖν Id.Phlb. 62a
; ἐπιστήμη ἐνοῦσα καὶ ὀρθὸς λ. scientific knowledge and right process of thought, Id.Phd. 73a; πᾶς λ. καὶ πᾶσα ἐπιστήμη τῶν καθόλου Arist.Metaph. 1059b26
; τὸ λόγον ἔχον Id.EN 1102b15
, 1138b9, al.: in sg. and pl., contrasted by Pl. and Arist. as theory, abstract reasoning with outward experience, sts. with depreciatory emphasis on the former, εἰς τοὺς λ. καταφυγόντα Pl.Phd. 99e
; τὸν ἐν λόγοις σκοπούμενον τὰ ὄντα, opp. τὸν ἐν ἔργοις (realities), ib. 100a; τῇ αἰσθήσει μᾶλλον τῶν λ. πιστευτέον Arist.GA 760b31
; γνωριμώτερα κατὰ τὸν λ., opp. κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν, Id.Ph. 189a4; ἐκ τῶν λ. δῆλον, opp. ἐκ τῆς ἐπαγωγῆς, Id.Mete. 378b20; ἡ τῶν λ. πίστις, opp. ἐκ τῶν ἔργων φανερόν, Id.Pol. 1326a29; ἡ πίστις οὐ μόνον ἐπὶ τῆς αἰσθήσεως ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ λ. Id.Ph. 262a19
; μαρτυρεῖ τὰ γιγνόμενα τοῖς λ. Id.Pol. 1334a6
; ὁ μὲν λ. τοῦ καθόλου, ἡ δὲ αἴσθησις τοῦ κατὰ μέρος explanation, opp. perception, Id.Ph. 189a7; ἔσονται τοῖς λ. αἱ πράξεις ἀκόλουθοι theory, opp. practice, Epicur.Sent.25; in Logic, of discursive reasoning, opp. intuition, Arist.EN 1142a26, 1143b1; reasoning in general, ib. 1149a26; πᾶς λ. καὶ πᾶσα ἀπόδειξις all reasoning and demonstration, Id.Metaph. 1063b10; λ. καὶ φρόνησιν Phld.Mus.p.105
K.; ὁ λ. ἢ λογισμός ibid.; τὸ ἰδεῖν οὐκέτι λ., ἀλλὰ μεῖζον λόγου καὶ πρὸ λόγου, of mystical vision, opp. reasoning, Plot.6.9.10.—Phrases, κατὰ λ. τὸν εἰκότα by probable reasoning, Pl.Ti. 30b; οὔκουν τόν γ' εἰκότα λ. ἂν ἔχοι Id.Lg. 647d
; παρὰ λόγον, opp. κατὰ λ., Arist.Rh.Al. 1429a29, cf. EN 1167b19; cf. παράλογος (but παρὰ λ. unexpectedly, E.Ba. 940).

2 reason as a faculty, ὁ λ. ἀνθρώπους κυβερνᾷ [Epich.] 256; [θυμοειδὲς] τοῦ λ. κατήκοον Pl.Ti. 70a
; [θυμὸς] ὑπὸ τοῦ λ. ἀνακληθείς Id.R. 440d
; σύμμαχον τῷ λ. τὸν θυμόν ib. b; πειθαρχεῖ τῷ λ. τὸ τοῦ ἐγκρατοῦς Arist. EN 1102b26
; ἄλλο τι παρὰ τὸν λ. πεφυκός, ὃ μάχεται τῷ λ. ib.17; ἐναντίωσις λόγου πρὸς ἐπιθυμίας Plot.4.7.13(8)
; οὐ θυμός, οὐκ ἐπιθυμία, οὐδὲ λ. οὐδέ τις νόησις Id.6.9.11
: freq. in Stoic. Philos. of human Reason, opp. φαντασία, Zeno Stoic.1.39; opp. φύσις, Stoic.2.206; οὐ σοφία οὐδὲ λ. ἐστὶν ἐν [τοῖς ζῴοις] ibid.; τοῖς ἀλόγοις ζῴοις ὡς λ. ἔχων λ. μὴ ἔχουσι χρῶ M.Ant.6.23
; ὁ λ. κοινὸν πρὸς τοὺς θεούς Arr.Epict. 1.3.3
; οἷον [εἰκὼν] λ. ὁ ἐν προφορᾷ λόγου τοῦ ἐν ψυχῇ, οὕτω καὶ αὐτὴ λ. νοῦ Plot.5.1.3
; τὸ τὸν λ. σχεῖν τὴν οἰκείαν ἀρετήν (sc. εὐδαιμονίαν) Procl.in Ti.3.334 D.; also of the reason which pervades the universe, θεῖος λ. [Epich.] 257; τὸν θεῖον λ. καθ' Ἡράκλειτον δι' ἀναπνοῆς σπάσαντες νοεροὶ γινόμεθα S.E.M.7.129
(cf. infr. x).

b creative reason, ἀδύνατον ἦν λόγον μὴ οὐκ ἐπὶ πάντα ἐλθεῖν Plot.3.2.14
; ἀρχὴ οὖν λ. καὶ πάντα λ. καὶ τὰ γινόμενα κατ' αὐτόν Id.3.2.15
; οἱ λ. πάντες ψυχαί Id.3.2.18
.

V continuous statement, narrative (whether fact or fiction), oration, etc. (cf. λέγω (B) 11.2),

1 fable, Hdt.1.141; Αἰσώπου λόγοι Pl.Phd. 60d
, cf. Arist.Rh. 1393b8; ὁ τοῦ κυνὸς λ. X.Mem. 2.7.13
.

2 legend, ἱρὸς λ. Hdt.2.62
, cf. 47, Pi.P.3.80 (pl.); συνθέντες λ. E.Ba. 297
; λ. θεῖος Pl.Phd. 85d
; ἱεροὶ λ., of Orphic rhapsodies, Suid. S.V. Ὀρφεύς.

3 tale, story, ἄλλον ἔπειμι λ. Xenoph. 7.1
, cf. Th.1.97, etc.; συνθέτους λ. A.Pr. 686
; σπουδὴν λόγου urgent tidings, E.Ba. 663; ἄλλος λ. 'another story', Pl.Ap. 34e; ὁμολογούμενος ὁ λ. ἐστίν the story is consistent, Isoc.3.27: pl., histories, ἐν τοῖσι Ἀσσυρίοισι λ. Hdt.1.184
, cf. 106, 2.99; so in sg., a historical work, Id.2.123, 6.19,7.152: also in sg., one section of such a work (like later βίβλος), Id.2.38,6.39, cf. VI.3d; so in pl., ἐν τοῖσι Λιβυκοῖσι λ. Id.2.161
, cf. 1.75,5.22,7.93, 213; ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τῶν λ. Id.5.36
; ὁ πρῶτος λ., of St. Luke's gospel, Act.Ap.1.1: in Pl., opp. μῦθος, as history to legend, Ti. 26e; ποιεῖν μύθους ἀλλ' οὐ λόγους Phd. 61b
, cf. Grg. 523a (but μῦθον λέγειν, opp. λόγῳ ( argument) διεξελθεῖν Prt. 320c
, cf. 324d); περὶ λόγων καὶ μύθων Arist.Pol. 1336a30
; ὁ λ... μῦθός ἐστι Ael.NA4.34
.

4 speech, delivered in court, assembly, etc., χρήσομαι τῇ τοῦ λ. τάξει ταύτῃ Aeschin.3.57
, cf. Arist.Rh. 1358a38; δικανικοὶ λ. Id.EN 1181a4
; τρία γένη τῶν λ. τῶν ῥητορικῶν, συμβουλευτικόν, δικανικόν, ἐπιδεικτικόν Id.Rh. 1358b7
; τῷ γράψαντι τὸν λ. Thphr. Char.17.8
, cf. λογογράφος 11
; ἐπιτάφιος λ. funeral oration, Pl.Mx. 236b; esp. of the body of a speech, opp. ἐπίλογος, Arist.Rh. 1420b3; opp. προοίμιον, ib. 1415a12; body of a law, opp. proem, Pl.Lg. 723b; spoken, opp. written word, τὸν τοῦ εἰδότος λ. ζῶντα καὶ ἔμψυχον οὗ ὁ γεγραμμένος εἴδωλόν τι Id.Phdr. 276a
; ὁ ἐκ τοῦ βιβλίου ῥηθεὶς [λ.] speech read from a roll, ib. 243c; published speech, D.C.40.54; rarely of the speeches in Tragedy ([etym.] ῥήσεις), Arist.Po. 1450b6,9.

VI verbal expression or utterance (cf. λέγω (B) 111), rarely a single word, v. infr. b, never in Gramm. signf. of vocable ([etym.] ἔπος, λέξις, ὄνομα, ῥῆμα), usu. of a phrase, cf. IX. 3 (the only sense found in [dialect] Ep.).

a pl., without Art., talk, τὸν ἔτερπε λόγοις Il.15.393
; αἱμύλιοι λ. Od.1.56
, h.Merc. 317, Hes.Th. 890, Op.78, 789, Thgn.704, A.R.3.1141; ψευδεῖς Λ., personified, Hes.Th. 229; ἀφροδίσιοι λ. Semon.7.91
; ἀγανοῖσι λ. Pi.P. 4.101
; ὄψον δὲ λ. φθονεροῖσιν tales, Id.N.8.21; σμικροὶ λ. brief words, S.Aj. 1268 (s.v.l.), El. 415; δόκησις ἀγνὼς λόγων bred of talk, Id.OT 681 (lyr.): also in sg., λέγ' εἴ σοι τῷ λ. τις ἡδονή speak if thou delightest in talking, Id.El. 891.

b sg., expression, phrase, πρὶν εἰπεῖν ἐσθλὸν ἢ κακὸν λ. Id.Ant. 1245
, cf. E.Hipp. 514; μυρίας ὡς εἰπεῖν λόγῳ Hdt.2.37
; μακρὸς λ. rigmarole, Simon.189, Arist.Metaph. 1091a8; λ. ἠρέμα λεχθεὶς διέθηκε τὸ πόρρω a whispered message, Plot.4.9.3; ἑνὶ λόγῳ to sum up, in brief phrase, Pl.Phdr. 241e, Phd. 65d; concisely, Arist. EN 1103b21 (but also, = ἁπλῶς, περὶ πάντων ἑνὶ λ. Id.GC 325a1): pl., λ. θελκτήριοι magic words, E.Hipp. 478; rarely of single words, λ. εὐσύνθετος οἷον τὸ χρονοτριβεῖν Arist.Rh. 1406a36
; οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λ. answered her not a word, Ev.Matt.15.23.

c coupled or contrasted with words expressed or understood signifying act, fact, truth, etc., mostly in a depreciatory sense, λ. ἔργου σκιή Democr. 145
; ὥσπερ μικρὸν παῖδα λόγοις μ' ἀπατᾷς Thgn.254
; λόγῳ, opp. ἔργῳ, Democr.82, etc.; νηπίοισι οὐ λ. ἀλλὰ ξυμφορὴ διδάσκαλος Id.76
; ἔργῳ κοὐ λόγῳ τεκμαίρομαι A.Pr. 338
, cf. S.El.59, OC 782; λόγῳ μὲν λέγουσι.. ἔργῳ δὲ οὐκ ἀποδεικνῦσι Hdt.4.8
; οὐ λόγων, φασίν, ἡ ἀγορὴ δεῖται, χαλκῶν δέ Herod.7.49
; οὔτε λ. οὔτε ἔργῳ Lys.9.14
; λόγοις, opp. ψήφῳ, Aeschin.2.33; opp. νόῳ, Hdt.2.100; οὐ λόγῳ μαθών E.Heracl.5
; ἐκ λόγων, κούφου πράγματος Pl.Lg. 935a
; λόγοισι εἰς τὸ πιθανὸν περιπεπεμμένα ib. 886e, cf. Luc.Anach.19; ἵνα μὴ λ. οἴησθε εἶναι, ἀλλ' εἰδῆτε τὴν ἀλήθειαν Lycurg.23
, cf. D.30.34; opp. πρᾶγμα, Arist.Top. 146a4; opp. βία, Id.EN 1179b29, cf. 1180a5; opp. ὄντα, Pl.Phd. 100a; opp. γνῶσις, 2 Ep.Cor.11.6; λόγῳ in pretence, Hdt.1.205, Pl.R. 361b, 376d, Ti. 27a, al.; λόγου ἕνεκα merely as a matter of words, ἄλλως ἕνεκα λ. ἐλέγετο Id.Cri. 46d
; λόγου χάριν, opp. ὡς ἀληθῶς, Arist.Pol. 1280b8; but also, let us say, for instance, Id.EN 1144a33, Plb.10.46.4, Phld. Sign.29, M.Ant.4.32; λόγου ἕνεκα let us suppose, Pl.Tht. 191c; ἕως λόγου, μέχρι λ., = Lat. verbo tenus, Plb.10.24.7, Epict.Ench.16: sts. without depreciatory force, the antithesis or parallelism being verbal (cf. 'word and deed'), λόγῳ τε καὶ σθένει S.OC68
; ἔν τε ἔργῳ καὶ λ. Pl.R. 382e
, cf. D.S.13.101, Ev.Luc.24.19, Act.Ap.7.22, Paus.2.16.2; ὅσα μὲν λόγῳ εἶπον, opp. τὰ ἔργα τῶν πραχθέντων, Th. 1.22.

2 common talk, report, tradition, ὡς λ. ἐν θνητοῖσιν ἔην Batr. 8
; λ. ἐκ πατέρων Alc.71
; οὐκ ἔστ' ἔτυμος λ. οὗτος Stesich.32
; διξὸς λέγεται λ. Hdt.3.32
; λ. ὑπ' Αἰγυπτίων λεγόμενος Id.2.47
; νέον [λ.] tidings, S.Ant. 1289 (lyr.); τὰ μὲν αὐτοὶ ὡρῶμεν, τὰ δὲ λόγοισι ἐπυνθανόμεθα by hearsay, Hdt.2.148: also in pl., ἐν γράμμασιν λόγοι κείμενοι traditions, Pl.Lg. 886b.

b rumour, ἐπὶ παντὶ λ. ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit. 87
; αὐδάεις λ. voice of rumour, B.14.44; περὶ θεῶν διῆλθεν ὁ λ. ὅτι .. Th.6.46; λ. παρεῖχεν ὡς .. Plb.3.89.3; ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λ. οὗτος εῖς τινας ὅτι .. Ev.Jo.21.23, cf. Act.Ap.11.22; fiction, Ev.Matt.28.15.

c mention, notice, description, οὐκ ὕει λόγου ἄξιον οὐδέν worth mentioning, Hdt.4.28, cf. Plb.1.24.8, etc.; ἔργα λόγου μέζω beyond expression, Hdt.2.35; κρεῖσσον λόγου τὸ εἶδος τῆς νόσου beyond description, Th. 2.50; μείζω ἔργα ἢ ὡς τῷ λ. τις ἂν εἴποι D.6.11
.

d the talk one occasions, repute, mostly in good sense, good report, praise, honour (cf. supr. 1.4), πολλὰ φέρειν εἴωθε λ... πταίσματα Thgn.1221
; λ. ἐσλὸν ἀκοῦσαι Pi.I.5(4).13
; πλέονα.. λ. Ὀδυσσέος ἢ πάθαν Id.N.7.21
; ἵνα λ. σε ἔχῃ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων ἀγαθός Hdt.7.5
, cf. 9.78; Τροίαν.. ἧς ἁπανταχοῦ λ. whose fame, story fills the world, E.IT 517; οὐκ ἂν ἦν λ. σέθεν Id.Med. 541
: less freq. in bad sense, evil report, λ. κακόθρους, κακός, S. Aj. 138 (anap.), E.Heracl. 165: pl., λόγους ψιθύρους πλάσσων slanders, S.Aj. 148 (anap.).

e λ. ἐστί, ἔχει, κατέχει, the story goes, c. acc. et inf., ἔστ τις λ. τὰν Ἀρετὰν ναίειν Simon.58.1
, cf. S.El. 417; λ. μὲν ἔστ' ἀρχαῖος ὡς .. Id.Tr.1; λ. alone, E.Heracl.35; ὡς λ. A.Supp. 230
, Pl. Phlb. 65c, etc.; λ. ἐστί Hdt.7.129
,9.26, al.; λ. αἰὲν ἔχει S.OC 1573
(lyr.); ὅσον ὁ λ. κατέχει tradition prevails, Th.1.10: also with a personal subject in the reverse construction. Κλεισθένης λ. ἔχει τὴν Πυθίην ἀναπεῖσαι has the credit of.., Hdt.5.66, cf. Pl.Epin. 987b, 988b; λ. ἔχοντα σοφίας Ep.Col.2.23
, v.supr.1.4.

3 discussion, debate, deliberation, πολλὸς ἦν ἐν τοῖσι λ. Hdt.8.59
; συνελέχθησαν οἱ Μῆδοι ἐς τὠυτὸ καὶ ἐδίδοσαν σφίσι λόγον, λέγοντες περὶ τῶν κατηκόντων Id.1.97
; οἱ Πελασγοὶ ἑωυτοῖσι λόγους ἐδίδοσαν Id.6.138
; πολέμῳ μᾶλλον ἢ λόγοις τὰ ἐγκλήματα διαλύεσθαι Th.1.140
; οἱ περὶ τῆς εἰρήνης λ. Aeschin.2.74
; τοῖς ἔξωθεν λ. πεπλήρωκε τὸν λ. [Plato] has filled his dialogue with extraneous discussions, Arist.Pol. 1264b39; τὸ μῆκος τῶν λ. D.Chr.7.131
; μεταβαίνων ὁ λ. εἰς ταὐτὸν ἀφῖκται our debate, Arist.EN 1097a24; ὁ παρὼν λ. ib. 1104a11; θεῶν ὧν νῦν ὁ λ. ἐστί discussion, Pl.Ap. 26b, cf. Tht. 184a, M.Ant.8.32; τῷ λ. διελθεῖν, διϊέναι, Pl.Prt. 329c, Grg. 506a, etc.; τὸν λ. διεξελθεῖν conduct the debate, Id.Lg. 893a; ξυνελθεῖν ἐς λόγον confer, Ar.Eq. 1300: freq. in pl., ἐς λόγους συνελθόντες parley, Hdt. 1.82; ἐς λ. ἐλθεῖν τινι have speech with, ib.86; ἐς λ. ἀπικέσθαι τινί Id.2.32
; διὰ λόγων ἰέναι E.Tr. 916
; ἐμαυτῇ διὰ λ. ἀφικόμην Id.Med. 872
; ἐς λ. ἄγειν τινά X.HG4.1.2
; κοινωνεῖν λόγων καὶ διανοίας Arist.EN 1170b12
.

b right of discussion or speech, ἢ 'πὶ τῷ πλήθει λ.; S.OC 66; λ. αἰτήσασθαι ask leave to speak, Th.3.53; λ. διδόναι X.HG5.2.20
; οὐ προυτέθη σφίσιν λ. κατὰ τὸν νόμον ib.1.7.5; λόγου τυχεῖν D.18.13
, cf. Arist.EN 1095b21, Plb.18.52.1; οἱ λόγου τοὺς δούλους ἀποστεροῦντες Arist.Pol. 1260b5
; δοῦλος πέφυκας, οὐ μέτεστί σοι λόγου Trag.Adesp.304
; διδόντας λ. καὶ δεχομένους ἐν τῷ μέρει Luc.Pisc.8
: hence, time allowed for a speech, ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ λ. And.1.26
,al.; ἐν τῷ ἑαυτοῦ λ. Pl.Ap. 34a
; οὐκ ἐλάττω λ. ἀνήλωκε D.18.9
.

c dialogue, as a form of philosophical debate, ἵνα μὴ μαχώμεθα ἐν τοῖς λ. ἐγώ τε καὶ σύ Pl. Cra. 430d
; πρὸς ἀλλήλους τοὺς λ. ποιεῖσθαι Id.Prt. 348a
: hence, dialogue as a form of literature, οἱ Σωκρατικοὶ λ. Arist.Po. 1447b11
, Rh. 1417a20; cf. διάλογος.

d section, division of a dialogue or treatise (cf. v. 3), ὁ πρῶτος λ. Pl.Prm. 127d
; ὁ πρόσθεν, ὁ παρελθὼν λ., Id.Phlb. 18e, 19b; ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις λ. Arist.PA 682a3
; ἐν τοῖς περὶ κινήσεως λ. in the discussion of motion (i. e. Ph.bk.8), Id.GC 318a4; ἐν τῷ περὶ ἐπαίνου λ. Phld.Rh.1.219
; branch, department, division of a system of philosophy, τὴν φρόνησιν ἐκ τριῶν συνεστηκέναι λ., τῶν φυσικῶν καὶ τῶν ἠθικῶν καὶ τῶν λογικῶν Chrysipp.Stoic.2.258
.

e in pl., literature, letters, Pl.Ax. 365b, Epin. 975d, D.H.Comp.1,21 (but, also in pl., treatises, Plu.2.16c); οἱ ἐπὶ λόγοις εὐδοκιμώτατοι Hdn.6.1.4
; Λόγοι, personified, AP9.171 (Pall.).

VII a particular utterance, saying:

1 divine utterance, oracle, Pi.P.4.59; λ. μαντικοί Pl. Phdr. 275b
; οὐ γὰρ ἐμὸν ἐρῶ τὸν λ. Pl.Ap. 20e
; ὁ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ Apoc.1.2
,9.

2 proverb, maxim, saying, Pi.N.9.6, A.Th. 218; ὧδ' ἔχει λ. ib. 225; τόνδ' ἐκαίνισεν λ. ὡς .. Critias 21, cf. Pl.R. 330a, Ev.Jo.4.37; ὁ παλαιὸς λ. Pl.Phdr. 240c
, cf. Smp. 195b, Grg. 499c, Lg. 757a, 1 Ep.Ti.1.15, Plu.2.1082e, Luc.Alex.9, etc.; τὸ τοῦ λόγου δὴ τοῦτο Herod.2.45
, cf. D.Chr.66.24, Luc.JTr.3, Alciphr.3.56, etc.: pl., Arist.EN 1147a21.

3 assertion, opp. oath, S.OC 651; ψιλῷ λ. bare word, opp. μαρτυρία, D.27.54.

4 express resolution, κοινῷ λ. by common consent, Hdt.1.141,al.; ἐπὶ λ. τοιῷδε, ἐπ' ᾧ τε .. on the following terms, Id.7.158, cf. 9.26; ἐνδέξασθαι τὸν λ. Id.1.60
, cf. 9.5; λ. ἔχοντες πλεονέκτην a greedy proposal, Id.7.158: freq. in pl., terms, conditions, Id.9.33, etc.

5 word of command, behest, A.Pr.17,40 (both pl.), Pers. 363; ἀνθρώπους πιθανωτέρους ποιεῖν λόγῳ X.Oec.13.9
; ἐξέβαλε τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ Ev.Matt.8.16
; οἱ δέκα λ. the ten Commandments, LXX Ex.34.28, Ph.1.496.

VIII thing spoken of, subject-matter (cf. 111.1 b and 2), λ. τοῦτον ἐάσομεν Thgn.1055
; προπεπυσμένος πάντα λ. the whole matter, Hdt.1.21, cf. 111; τὸν ἐόντα λ. the truth of the matter, ib.95, 116; μετασχεῖν τοῦ λ. to be in the secret, ib. 127; μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ τὸν λ. τοῦτον εῐπῃς Id.8.65
; τίς ἦν λ.; S.OT 684 ( = πρᾶγμα, 699); περί τινος λ. διελεγόμεθα subject, question, Pl.Prt. 314c; [τὸ προοίμιον] δεῖγμα τοῦ λ. case, Arist.Rh. 1415a12, cf. 111.1b; τέλος δὲ παντὸς τοῦ λ. ψηφίζονται the end of the matter was that.., Aeschin.3.124; οὐκ ἔστεξε τὸν λ. Plb.8.12.5
; οὐκ ἔστι σοι μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος ἐν τῷ λ. τούτῳ Act.Ap.8.21
; ἱκανὸς αὐτῷ ὁ λ. Pl.Grg. 512c
; οὐχ ὑπολείπει [Γοργίαν] ὁ λ. matter for talk, Arist.Rh. 1418a35; μηδένα λ. ὑπολιπεῖν Isoc.4.146
; πρὸς λόγον to the point, apposite, οὐδὲν πρὸς λ. Pl.Phlb. 42e
, cf. Prt. 344a; ἐὰν πρὸς λ. τι ᾖ Id.Phlb. 33c
; also πρὸς λόγου Id.Grg. 459c
(s. v.l.).

2 plot of a narrative or dramatic poem, = μῦθος, Arist.Po. 1455b17, al.

b in Art, subject of a painting, ζωγραφίας λόγοι Philostr.VA 6.10
; λ. τῆς γραφῆς Id.Im.1.25
.

3 thing talked of, event, μετὰ τοὺς λ. τούτους LXX 1 Ma.7.33
, cf. Act.Ap.15.6.

IX expression, utterance, speech regarded formally, τὸ ἀπὸ [ψυχῆς] ῥεῦμα διὰ τοῦ στόματος ἰὸν μετὰ φθόγγου λ., opp. διάνοια, Pl.Sph. 263e; intelligent utterance, opp. φωνή, Arist.Pol. 1253a14; λ. ἐστὶ φωνὴ σημαντικὴ κατὰ συνθήκην Id.Int. 16b26
, cf. Diog.Bab.Stoic.3.213; ὅθεν (from the heart) ὁ λ. ἀναπέμπεται Stoic.2.228
, cf. 244; Protagoras was nicknamed λόγος, Hsch. ap. Sch.Pl.R. 600c, Suid.; λόγου πειθοῖ Democr.181
: in pl., eloquence, Isoc.3.3,9.11; τὴν ἐν λόγοις εὐρυθμίαν Epicur.Sent.Pal.5p.69
v. d. M.; λ. ἀκριβής precise language, Ar.Nu. 130 (pl.), cf. Arist.Rh. 1418b1; τοῦ μὴ ᾀδομένου λ. Pl.R. 398d
; ἡδυσμένος λ., of rhythmical language set to music, Arist.Po. 1449b25; ἐν παντὶ λ. in all manner of utterance, 1 Ep.Cor.1.5; ἐν λόγοις in orations, Arist.Po. 1459a13; λ. γελοῖοι, ἀσχήμονες, ludicrous, improper speech, Id.SE 182b15, Pol. 1336b14.

2 of various modes of expression, esp. artistic and literary, ἔν τε ᾠδαῖς καὶ μύθοις καὶ λόγοις Pl.Lg. 664a
; ἐν λόγῳ καὶ ἐν ᾠδαῖς X.Cyr.1.4.25
, cf. Pl.Lg. 835b; prose, opp. ποίησις, Id.R. 390a; opp. ψιλομετρία, Arist.Po. 1448a11; opp. ἔμμετρα, ib. 1450b15 (pl.); τῷ λ. τοῦτο τῶν μέτρων (sc. τὸ ἰαμβεῖον) ὁμοιότατον εἶναι Id.Rh. 1404a31
; in full, ψιλοὶ λ. prose, ib. b33 (but ψιλοὶ λ., = arguments without diagrams, Pl.Tht. 165a); λ. πεζοί, opp. ποιητική, D.H.Comp.6; opp. ποιήματα, ib.15; κοινὰ καὶ ποιημάτων καὶ λόγων Phld.Po.5.7
; πεζὸς λ. ib.27, al.

b of the constituents of lyric or dramatic poetry, words, τὸ μέλος ἐκ τριῶν.. λόγου τε καὶ ἁρμονίας καὶ ῥυθμοῦ Pl.R. 398d
; opp. πρᾶξις, Arist.Po. 1454a18; dramatic dialogue, opp. τὰ τοῦ χοροῦ, ib. 1449a17.

3 Gramm., phrase, complex term, opp. ὄνομα, Id.SE 165a13; λ. ὀνοματώδης noun- phrase, Id.APo. 93b30, cf. Rh. 1407b27; expression, D.H.Th.2, Demetr.Eloc.92.

b sentence, complete statement, "ἄνθρωπος μανθάνει λόγον εἶναί φῃς.. ἐλάχιστόν τε καὶ πρῶτον Pl.Sph. 262c
; λ. αὐτοτελής A.D.Synt.3.6
, D.T.634.1; ῥηθῆναι λόγῳ to be expressed in a sentence, Pl.Tht. 202b; λ. ἔχειν to be capable of being so expressed, ib. 201e, cf. Arist.Rh. 1404b26.

c language, τὰ τοῦ λ. μέρη parts of speech, Chrysipp.Stoic.2.31, S.E.M.9.350, etc.; τὰ μόρια τοῦ λ. D.H.Comp.6
; μέρος λ. D.T.633.26
, A.D.Pron.4.6, al. (but ἓν μέρος <τοῦ cod.> λόγου one word, Id.Synt.340.10, cf. 334.22); περὶ τῶν στοιχείων τοῦ λ., title of work by Chrysippus.

X the Word or Wisdom of God, personified as his agent in creation and world-government, ὁ παντοδύναμός σου λ. LXX Wi.18.15
; ὁ ἐκ νοὸς φωτεινὸς λ. υἱὸς θεοῦ Corp.Herm.1.6
, cf. Plu.2.376c; λ. θεοῦ δι' οὗ κατεσκευάσθη [ὁ κόσμος] Ph.1.162; τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ σοφίας· ἡ δέ ἐστιν ὁ θεοῦ λ. ib.56; λ. θεῖος.. εἰκὼν θεοῦ ib. 561, cf. 501; τὸν τομέα τῶν συμπάντων [θεοῦ] λ. ib. 492; τὸν ἄγγελον ὅς ἐστι λ. ib. 122: in NT identified with the person of Christ, ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. Ev.Jo.1.1
, cf. 14, 1 Ep.Jo.2.7, Apoc.19.13; ὁ λ. τῆς ζωῆς 1 Ep.Jo.1.1
.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > λόγος
42 GOÐI

m. heathen priest; chief (in Iceland during the republic).

* * *

a, m. [Ulf, renders ἱερεύς by gudja (ufar-gudja, ahumista-gudja, etc.), ἱερατεία by gudjinassus, ἱερατεύειν by gudjinôn; an Icel. gyði, gen. gyðja, would answer better to the Goth. form, but it never occurs, except that the fem. gyðja = goddess and priestess points not to goði, but to a masc. with a suppressed final i, gyði; a word coting occurs in O. H. G. glossaries, prob. meaning the same; and the form guþi twice occurs on Danish-Runic stones in Nura-guþi and Saulva-guþi, explained as goði by P. G. Thorsen, Danske Runem.; (Rafn’s explanation and reading of Nura-guþi qs. norðr á Gauði, is scarcely right): with this exception this word is nowhere recorded till it appears in Icel., where it got a wide historical bearing]:—prop. a priest, sacerdos, and hence a liege-lord or chief of the Icel. Commonwealth.

A. HISTORICAL REMARKS.—The Norse chiefs who settled in Icel., finding the country uninhabited, solemnly took possession of the land (land-nám, q. v.); and in order to found a community they built a temple, and called themselves by the name of goði or hof-goði, ‘temple-priest;’ and thus the temple became the nucleus of the new community, which was called goðorð, n.:—hence hof-goði, temple-priest, and höfðingi, chief, became synonymous, vide Eb. passim. Many independent goðar and goðorð sprang up all through the country, until about the year 930 the alþingi (q. v.) was erected, where all the petty sovereign chiefs (goðar) entered into a kind of league, and laid the foundation of a general government for the whole island. In 964 A. D. the constitution was finally settled, the number of goðorð being fixed at three in each þing ( shire), and three þing in each of the three other quarters, (but four in the north); thus the number of goðar came to be nominally thirty-nine, really thirty-six, as the four in the north were only reckoned as three, vide Íb. ch. 5. On the introduction of Christianity the goðar lost their priestly character, but kept the name; and the new bishops obtained seats in the Lögrétta (vide biskup). About the year 1004 there were created new goðar (and goðorð), who had to elect judges to the Fifth Court, but they had no seats in the Lögrétta, and since that time the law distinguishes between forn ( old) and ný ( new) goðorð;—in Glúm. ch. 1 the word forn is an anachronism. It is curious that, especially in the 12th century, the goðar used to take the lesser Orders from political reasons, in order to resist the Romish clergy, who claimed the right of forbidding laymen to be lords of churches or to deal with church matters; thus the great chief Jón Loptsson was a sub-deacon; at last, about 1185, the archbishop of Norway forbade the bishops of Icel. to ordain any holder of a goðorð, unless they first gave up the goðorð, fyrir því bjóðum vér biskupum at vígja eigi þá menn er goðorð hafa, D. I. i. 291. In the middle of the 13th century the king of Norway induced the goðar to hand their power over to him, and thus the union with Norway was finally brought about in the year 1262; since that time, by the introduction of new codes (1272 and 1281), the name and dignity of goðar and goðorð disappeared altogether, so that the name begins and ends with the Commonwealth.

B. DUTIES.—In the alþingi the goðar were invested with the Lögrettu-skipan (q. v.), that is to say, they composed the Lögrétta (the Legislative consisting of forty-eight members—on the irregularity of the number vide Íb. ch. 5), and were the lawgivers of the country; secondly, they had the dómnefna (q. v.), or right of naming the men who were to sit in the courts, vide dómr:—as to their duties in the quarter-parliaments (vár-þing) vide Grág. Þ. Þ. and the Sagas. The authority of the goðar over their liegemen at home was in olden times somewhat patriarchal, vide e. g. the curious passage in Hænsaþ. S. ch. 2; though no section of law relating to this interesting part of the old history is on record, we can glean much information from the Sagas. It is to be borne in mind that the goðar of the Saga time (10th century) and those of the Grágás and Sturlunga time (12th and 13th centuries) were very different; the former were a kind of sovereign chiefs, who of free will entered into a league; the latter had become officials, who for neglecting their duties in parliament might be fined, and even forfeit the goðorð to their liegemen, vide Grág. Þ. Þ. Neither þing (q. v.) nor goðorð was ever strictly geographical (such is the opinion of Konrad Maurer), but changed from time to time; the very word goðorð is defined as ‘power’ (veldi), and was not subject to the payment of tithe, K. Þ. K. 142. The goðorð could be parcelled out by inheritance or by sale; or they might, as was the case in the latter years of the Commonwealth, accumulate in one hand, vide esp. Sturl. passim, and Grág. The liegemen (þingmenn) were fully free to change their lords (ganga í lög með goða, ganga ór lögum); every franklin (þingmaðr) had in parliament to declare his þingfesti, i. e. to name his liegeship, and say to what goði and þing he belonged, and the goði had to acknowledge him; so that a powerful or skilful chief might have liegemen scattered all over the country. But the nomination to the courts and the right of sitting in the legislative body were always bound to the old names, as fixed by the settlement of the year 964; and any one who sought the name or influence of a goði had first (by purchase, inheritance, or otherwise) to become possessor of a share of one of the old traditionary goðorð; see the interesting chapter in Nj. The three goðar in one þing ( shire) were called sam-goða, joint-goðar; for the sense of allsherjar-goði vide p. 17.

C. NAMES.—Sometimes a chief’s name referred to the god whom he especially worshipped, as Freys-Goði, Hrafn., Gísl., whence Freys-gyðlingar, q. v.; (the ör-goði is dubious); more frequently the name referred to the liegemen or county, e. g. Ljósvetninga-Goði, Tungu-Goði, etc.; but in the Saga time, goði was often added to the name almost as a cognomen, and with some, as Snorri, it became a part of their name (as Cato Censor in Latin); hann varðveitti þá hof, var hann þá kallaðr Snorri Goði, Eb. 42; seg, at sá sendi, er meiri vin var húsfreyjunnar at Fróðá en Goðans at Helgafelli, 332. Names on record in the Sagas:—men living from A. D. 874 to 964, Hallsteinn Goði, Landn., Eb.; Sturla Goði, Landn. 65; Jörundr Goði and Hróarr Tungu-Goði, id.; Ljótólfr Goði, Sd.; Hrafnkell Freys-Goði, Hrafn.; Oddr Tungu-Goði, Landn.; Þormóðr Karnár-Goði, Vd.; Áskell Goði, Rd.; Úlfr Ör-goði, Landn.; Grímkell Goði, Harð. S.; Þorgrímr Freys-goði, Gísl. 100, 110:—964 to 1030, Arnkell Goði, Landn., Eb.; Þorgrímr Goði, Eb.; Geirr Goði, Landn., Nj.; Runólfr Goði, id.; Þóroddr Goði, Kristni S.; Þormóðr Allsherjar-Goði, Landn.; Þorgeirr Goði, or Ljósvetninga-Goði, Nj., Landn.; (Þorkell Krafla) Vatnsdæla-Goði, Vd.; Helgi Hofgarða-Goði, Landn., Eb.; Snorri Hlíðarmanna-Goði, Lv.; Þórarinn Langdæla-Goði, Heiðarv. S.; and last, not least, Snorri Goði:—in the following period goði appears, though very rarely, as an appellative, e. g. Þormóðr Skeiðar-Goði (about 1100):—of the new goðar of 1004, Höskuldr Hvítaness-Goði, Nj.:—used ironically, Ingjaldr Sauðeyja-Goði, Ld.

2. goðorð mentioned by name,—in the south, Allsherjar-goðorð, Landn. (App.) 336; Dalverja-goðorð, Sturl. ii. 48; Lundarmanna-goðorð, i. 223; Reykhyltinga-goðorð, 104, iii. 166, 169; Bryndæla-goðorð, Kjaln. S. 402: in the north, Ljósvetninga-goðorð, Lv. ch. 30; Möðruvellinga-goðorð, Bs. i. 488; Vatnsdæla-goðorð, Fs. 68; Fljótamanna-goðorð, Sturl. i. 138: in the west, Snorrunga-goðorð, 55; Jöklamanna-goðorð, iii. 166; Rauðmelinga-goðorð, Eb. 288; Reyknesinga-goðorð, Sturl. i. 9, 19; Þórsnesinga-goðorð, 198: the new godords of the Fifth Court, Laufæsinga-goðorð, Nj. 151; Melamanna-goðorð, id., Band., Sturl. i. 227. Passages in the Sagas and Laws referring to goðar and goðorð are very numerous, e. g. Íb. ch. 5, Nj. ch. 98, Grág., Lögréttu-þáttr, and Þ. Þ. passim, esp. ch. 1–5, 17, 35, 37, 39, 44, 58, 60, 61, Lv. ch. 4 (interesting), Vd. ch. 27, 41 (in fine), and 42, Vápn., Hrafn. ch. 2, Eb. ch. 10, 56, Sturl. iii. 98, 104, passim; for the accumulation of godords, see i. 227 (3, 22), Bs. i. 54; for the handing over the godords to the king of Norway, D. I. i; and esp. article 3 of the Sáttmáli, D. I. i. 631, 632. The godords were tithe-free, ef maðr á goðorð, ok þarf eigi þat til tíundar at telja, vald er þat en eigi fé:, K. Þ. K. 142.

COMPDS: goðakviðr, goðalýrittr, goðaþáttr.

II. = goð, i. e. good genius, in the Icel. game at dice called goða-tafl, with the formula, heima ræð eg goða minn bæði vel og lengi, … og kasta eg svo fyrir þig, cp. also ást-goði.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > GOÐI
43 way

wei
1. noun
1) (an opening or passageway: This is the way in/out; There's no way through.) camino, vía; entrada, salida

2) (a route, direction etc: Which way shall we go?; Which is the way to Princes Street?; His house is on the way from here to the school; Will you be able to find your/the way to my house?; Your house is on my way home; The errand took me out of my way; a motorway.) dirección; camino

3) (used in the names of roads: His address is 21 Melville Way.) calle; avenida

4) (a distance: It's a long way to the school; The nearest shops are only a short way away.) distancia

5) (a method or manner: What is the easiest way to write a book?; I know a good way of doing it; He's got a funny way of talking; This is the quickest way to chop onions.) manera, modo, forma

6) (an aspect or side of something: In some ways this job is quite difficult; In a way I feel sorry for him.) aspecto; manera (de alguna manera/forma siento pena por él)

7) (a characteristic of behaviour; a habit: He has some rather unpleasant ways.) maneras

8) (used with many verbs to give the idea of progressing or moving: He pushed his way through the crowd; They soon ate their way through the food.) camino, paso (abrirse camino/paso)

2. adverb
((especially American) by a long distance or time; far: The winner finished the race way ahead of the other competitors; It's way past your bedtime.) muy, mucho más; de sobra

- wayfarer
- wayside
- be/get on one's way
- by the way
- fall by the wayside
- get/have one's own way
- get into / out of the way of doing something
- get into / out of the way of something
- go out of one's way
- have a way with
- have it one's own way
- in a bad way
- in
- out of the/someone's way
- lose one's way
- make one's way
- make way for
- make way
- under way
- way of life
- ways and means

way n

1. manera / modo

what's the best way to do it? ¿cuál es la mejor manera de hacerlo?

2. camino

which is the quickest way to your house? ¿cuál es el camino más rápido para ir a tu casa?

3. dirección

which way did he go? ¿en qué dirección se ha ido? / ¿por dónde se ha ido?

a long way lejos

it's a long way to China China está lejos

by the way por cierto

on the way por el camino

the right way round bien puesto

the wrong way round al revés

to be in the way estar en medio / obstruir el paso / molestar

to get out of the way apartar / apartarse / quitar de en medio

there's a car coming, get out of the way! viene un coche, ¡apártate!

to find your way encontrar el camino

to lose your way perderse

way

tr[weɪ]

noun

1 (right route, road, etc) camino

■ which is the best way to the swimming pool? ¿cómo se va a la piscina?, ¿por dónde se va a la piscina?

■ do you know the way? ¿conoces el camino?, ¿sabes cómo ir?

■ she asked me the way to the cathedral me preguntó cómo se va a la catedral

■ we've gone the wrong way nos hemos equivocado de camino

2 (direction) dirección nombre femenino

■ which way did he go? ¿por dónde se fue?

■ which way is the harbour from here? ¿por dónde cae el puerto desde aquí?

■ come this way, please venga por aquí, por favor

■ are you going my way? ¿vas en la misma dirección que yo?

■ look both ways mira en las dos direcciones

■ she's looking this way está mirando hacia aquí

■ the way things are going tal como van las cosas

3 (distance) distancia

■ it's a long way to Tipperary Tipperary está lejos, Tipperary queda lejos

■ we're a good way from home estamos lejos de casa

■ she slept the whole way durmió durante todo el viaje

■ Easter is a long way off falta mucho para Semana Santa

■ we'd come a good way habíamos hecho un buen trecho

4 (manner, method) manera, modo

■ what's the best way to cook trout? ¿cuál es la mejor manera de guisar las truchas?

■ you're going about it the wrong way lo estás haciendo mal

■ you've done your hair a different way te has peinado de otro modo

■ I had no way of knowing no había manera de saberlo

■ we don't enjoy life the way we used to no disfrutamos de la vida como antes

■ let me do it my way déjame hacerlo a mi manera

■ OK, you do it your own way vale, hazlo como quieras

■ have it your own way como tú quieras

5 (behaviour, custom) manera, forma, modo

■ you dance in a strange way bailas de una manera extraña

■ it's her way of saying she likes you es su manera de decirte que le gustas

■ it's just his way él es así

■ I don't like the way you're laughing no me gusta tu modo de reír

■ she hates the way he's always late odia que él siempre llegue tarde

■ the American way of life el estilo de vida americano

6 (area) zona, área

■ if ever you're over this way si alguna vez vienes por aquí

■ that's out Romford way, isn't it? está por la zona de Romford, ¿verdad?

adverb

1 familiar muy

■ you're way out vas muy equivocado

■ he's way ahead of the rest of the group está mucho más avanzado que el resto del grupo

■ this flat is way too small for us este apartamento es demasiado pequeño para nosotros

plural noun ways

1 (customs) costumbres nombre femenino plural; (habits, behaviour) manías nombre femenino plural

\

SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL

across the way / over the way enfrente

all the way (distance) todo el viaje 2 (completely) totalmente

along the way (on journey) por el camino

by a long way

■ this flat's not big enough by a long way este piso es demasiado pequeño, pero pequeño de verdad

by the way (incidentally) a propósito, por cierto

by way of (via) vía, por vía de, pasando por 2 (serving as, as a kind of) a modo de

either way en cualquier caso

every which way por todas partes, en todas direcciones

in a bad way familiar mal

■ he's in a very bad way está muy mal

in a big way a lo grande, a gran escala, en plan grande

in a small way a pequeña escala, en plan modesto

in a way en cierto modo, en cierta manera

in any way de alguna manera

■ can I help in any way? ¿puedo ayudar de alguna manera?

in many ways desde muchos puntos de vista, en muchos aspectos

■ in many ways, this is her best book desde muchos puntos de vista, éste es su mejor libro

in more ways than one en más de un sentido

in no way de ninguna manera, de ningún modo

in some ways en algunos aspectos

in the way of (regarding) en cuanto a, como

■ what would you like in the way of dessert? ¿qué quieres de postre?

in this way (thus) de este modo, de esta manera

no two ways about it no tiene vuelta de hoja

no way! ¡ni hablar!, ¡de ninguna manera!

■ there's no way I'm going to help her de ninguna manera voy a ayudarla yo

on one's way / on the way por el camino, de camino, de paso

■ I should be on my way home debería irme a casa

■ I'll get some wine on my way compraré vino por el camino

■ on the way to Madrid camino de Madrid

■ we're on our way! ¡ya estamos en camino!

■ is it on your way? ¿te pilla de camino?

■ something happened on the way here ha pasado algo mientras venía hacia aquí

■ close the door on your way out cierra la puerta al salir

one way and another en conjunto

■ one way and another it's been a good year en conjunto, ha sido un buen año

one way or the other (somehow) de algún modo, de una manera u otra, como sea

■ don't worry, we'll find it one way or the other no te preocupes, lo encontraremos de una manera u otra

■ I don't mind one way or the other me da exactamente igual, me da lo mismo

out of the way (remote) apartado,-a, remoto,-a 2 (exceptional) excepcional, particular, original

over the way enfrente

that way (direction) por allá 2 (like that) así

that's always the way siempre es así

that's the way the cookie crumbles así es la vida

the other way round al revés, viceversa

the right way up cabeza arriba, derecho,-a

the wrong way up cabeza abajo

to be born that way ser así, nacer así

to be in the way estorbar, estar por en medio

■ you're in the way! estás estorbando!

■ move your car, it's in the way quita tu coche de en medio, obstruye el paso

to be on the way (coming) estar en camino, estar al llegar, avecinarse

■ changes are on the way se avecinan cambios

■ help is on the way la ayuda está de camino

■ there's rain on the way va a llover

to be on the way down (fall) estar bajando, ir a la baja

to be on the way in (coming into fashion) estar poniéndose de moda

to be on the way out (going out of fashion) en camino de desaparecer, estar pasando de moda

to be on the way up (rise) estar subiendo, ir al alza

to be out of somebody's way no pillar a alguien de camino

■ I hope it's not out of your way espero que no te pille lejos

to be set in one's ways tener unas costumbres muy arraigadas, ser reacio,-a al cambio

to be under way (work) estar en marcha, estar avanzado,-a 2 (meeting, match) haber empezado

to cut both ways / cut two ways ser un arma de doble filo, tener ventajas y desventajas

to get in the way estorbar, molestar, ponerse en medio

to get into the way of doing something coger la costumbre de hacer algo

to get one's own way salirse con la suya

to get out of the way of something dejarle paso a algo, apartarse del camino de algo

to get out of the way apartarse del camino, quitarse de en medio

to get out of the way of doing something perder la costumbre de hacer algo

to get something out of the way deshacerse de algo, quitar algo de en medio

■ as soon as I've got this essay out of the way en cuanto acabe esta redacción

to get under way (meeting, match) empezar 2 (travellers, work) ponerse en marcha

to give way (collapse) ceder, hundirse 2 (yield) ceder (to, a) 3 (when driving) ceder el paso

to go a long way towards something contribuir en gran medida a algo

to go a long way (succeed) ir lejos 2 (be productive) cundir mucho, dar mucho de sí

to go one's own way ir a lo suyo, seguir su propio camino

to go out of one's way (to do something) desvivirse (por hacer algo)

to have a way with... tener un don especial para...

■ he has a way with children tiene un don especial para los niños

to keep out of somebody's way evitar el contacto con alguien

to keep out of the way (hide) mantener un perfil bajo 2 (step aside) apartarse

to learn something the hard way aprender algo a las malas

to look the other way hacer la vista gorda

to lose one's way perderse, extraviarse

to make one's own way in life/in the world abrirse paso en la vida/el mundo

to make one's way dirigirse (to, a)

to make way for something hacer lugar para algo

to my way of thinking a mi modo de ver

to put somebody in the way of (doing) something dar a alguien la oportunidad de (hacer) algo

to see one's way clear to doing something ver la manera de hacer algo

to stand in the way of something ser un obstáculo para algo, ser un estorbo para algo

to talk one's way out of something salir de algo a base de labia

to work one's way through something (crowd etc) abrirse camino por algo 2 (work, book) hacer algo con dificultad 3 (college etc) costearse los estudios trabajando

to work one's way up ascender a fuerza de trabajo, subir a base de trabajar

way back (in time) hace muchísimo

way in entrada

way out (exit) salida 2 (solution) solución nombre femenino, remedio

ways and means medios nombre masculino plural

way ['weɪ] n

1) path, road: camino m, vía f

2) route: camino m, ruta f

to go the wrong way: equivocarse de camino

I'm on my way: estoy de camino

3) : línea f de conducta, camino m

he chose the easy way: optó por el camino fácil

4) manner, means: manera f, modo m, forma f

in the same way: del mismo modo, igualmente

there are no two ways about it: no cabe la menor duda

5) (indicating a wish)

have it your way: como tú quieras

to get one's own way: salirse uno con la suya

6) state: estado m

things are in a bad way: las cosas marchan mal

7) respect: aspecto m, sentido m

8) custom: costumbre f

to mend one's ways: dejar las malas costumbres

9) passage: camino m

to get in the way: meterse en el camino

10) distance: distancia f

to come a long way: hacer grandes progresos

11) direction: dirección f

come this way: venga por aquí

which way did he go?: ¿por dónde fue?

12)

by the way : a propósito, por cierto

13)

by way of via: vía, pasando por

14)

out of the way remote: remoto, recóndito

15) under way

way

n.

• camino s.m.

• dirección s.f.

• distancia s.f.

• estilo s.m.

• guisa s.f.

• género s.m.

• manera s.f.

• medio s.m.

• modales s.m.pl.

• modo s.m.

• paso s.m.

• sentido s.m.

• trayecto s.m.

• vía s.f.

I weɪ
1) noun

Sense I

2) c

a) ( route) camino m

the way back — el camino de vuelta or de regreso

we had to go the long way (around) — tuvimos que dar toda la vuelta

let's go a different way — vayamos por otro lado or camino

the way in/out — la entrada/salida

I saw her on the way out — la vi a la salida

this style is on the way in/out — este estilo se está poniendo/pasando de moda

it's difficult to find one's way around this town — es difícil orientarse or no perderse en esta ciudad

you'll soon find your way around the office/system — en poco tiempo te familiarizarás con la oficina/el sistema

can you find your way there by yourself? — ¿sabes ir solo?

I'll find my own way out — no te molestes en acompañarme

I can drop the package off on my way — de paso puedo dejar el paquete

we're going the wrong way — nos hemos equivocado de camino, vamos mal

which way did you come? — ¿por dónde viniste?

which way did he go? — ¿por dónde fue?; ( following somebody) ¿por dónde se fue?

could you tell me the way to the city center? — ¿me podría decir por dónde se va or cómo se llega al centro (de la ciudad)?

I'll make my own way there — iré por mi cuenta

on my way to work — de camino al trabajo

I'm on my way! — ahora mismo salgo or voy, voy para allí!

the doctor is on her way — la doctora ya va para allí/viene para aquí

the goods are on their way — la mercancía está en camino or ya ha salido

I'll tell you on the way — te lo cuento por el camino

winter's on the way — ya falta poco para que empiece el invierno

did you find the way to Trier all right? — ¿llegaste bien a Trier?

I don't know the way up/down — no sé por dónde se sube/se baja

she's well on her way to recovery — ya está casi recuperada del todo

to lead the way — ir* delante

to lose one's way — perderse*

there is no way around it — no hay otra solución or salida

there are no two ways about it — no tiene or no hay vuelta de hoja

to go one's own way: she'll go her own way hará lo que le parezca; to go out of one's way ( make a detour) desviarse* del camino; ( make special effort): they went out of their way to be helpful se desvivieron or hicieron lo indecible por ayudar; to go the way of something/somebody — acabar como algo/algn, correr la misma suerte de algo/algn

b) (road, path) camino m, senda f

the Appian Way — la vía Apia

the people over the way — (BrE) los vecinos de enfrente

3) c u (passage, space)

we hacked a way through the undergrowth — nos abrimos camino entre la maleza

to be/get in the way — estorbar

she doesn't let her work get in the way of her social life — no deja que el trabajo sea un obstáculo para su vida social

to stand in the way: they stood in our way nos impidieron el paso; I couldn't see it, she was standing in my way no podía verlo, ella me tapaba (la vista); I won't stand in your way no seré yo quien te lo impida; to stand in the way of progress obstaculizar* or entorpecer* el progreso; (get) out of the way! hazte a un lado!, quítate de en medio!; to move something out of the way quitar algo de en medio; I'd like to get this work out of the way quisiera quitar este trabajo de en medio; to keep out of somebody's way rehuir* a algn, evitar encontrarse con algn; make way! — abran paso!

4) c ( direction)

it's that way — es en esa dirección, es por ahí

this way! — por aquí!

we didn't know which way to go — no sabíamos por dónde ir or qué dirección tomar

which way did they go? — ¿por dónde (se) fueron?

this way and that — de un lado a otro, aquí y allá

which way does the house face? — ¿hacia dónde mira or está orientada la casa?

we're both going the same way — vamos para el mismo lado or en la misma dirección

look the other way! — mira para otro lado!

the hurricane is heading this way — el huracán viene hacia aquí or en esta dirección

if you're ever down our way, call in — (colloq) si algún día andas por nuestra zona, ven a vernos

whichever way you look at it, it's a disaster — es un desastre, lo mires por donde lo mires

you've got your T-shirt on the wrong way around — llevas la camiseta al or del revés

the other way around — al revés

which way up should it be? — ¿cuál es la parte de arriba?

to split something three/five ways — dividir algo en tres/cinco partes

every which way — (AmE) para todos lados

to come somebody's way — ( lit) \<\<person/animal\>\> venir* hacia algn

none of the money ever came our way — no nos tocó ni un céntimo del dinero

then bad luck began to come my way — entonces empecé a tener una mala racha

to go somebody's way: are you going my way? ¿vas en mi misma dirección?; the decision went our way se decidió en nuestro favor; to put work/business somebody's way conseguirle* trabajo/clientes a algn; way to go! — (AmE colloq) así se hace!, bien hecho!

5) ( distance) (no pl)

there's only a short way to go now — ya falta or queda poco para llegar

he came all this way just to see me — (colloq) se dió el viaje hasta aquí sólo para verme

we're still some way from home — todavía nos queda un trecho para llegar a casa

it's a long way from here to Rio — Río queda muy lejos de aquí

we passed a church some way back — hace ya un rato que pasamos una iglesia

you have to go back a long way, to the Middle Ages — hay que remontarse a la Edad Media

it's a very long way down/up — hay una buena bajada/subida

the exam is still some way off — todavía falta bastante para el examen

he's come a long way — ha venido de muy lejos

we've come a long way since those days — hemos evolucionado or avanzado mucho desde entonces

my salary has to go a long way — tengo que estirar mucho el sueldo

a little goes a long way — un poco cunde or (AmL tb) rinde mucho

Springfield? that's quite a ways from here — (AmE colloq) ¿Springfield? eso está requetelejos de aquí (fam)

we had to walk all the way up — tuvimos que subir a pie hasta arriba

to go all the way: do you think he might go all the way and fire them? ¿te parece que puede llegar a echarlos?; they went all the way ( had sex) tuvieron relaciones, hicieron el amor; to go some/a long way toward something — contribuir* en cierta/gran medida a algo; see also way I III

Sense II

6) c (method, means) forma f, manera f, modo m

we must try every possible way to convince them — tenemos que tratar de convencerlos por todos los medios

there's no way of crossing the border without a passport — es imposible cruzar la frontera sin pasaporte

it doesn't matter to me one way or the other — me da igual una cosa u otra

it doesn't matter either way — de cualquier forma or manera, no importa

there are many ways in which it will be useful — será útil en muchos sentidos

all right, we'll do it your way — muy bien, lo haremos a tu manera or como tú quieras

to learn something the hard way — aprender algo a fuerza de palos or golpes

to do something the hard/easy way — hacer* algo de manera difícil/fácil

that's not the way to do it! — así no se hace!

that's the way! — así se hace!

he wants to have it both ways — lo quiere todo, lo quiere la chancha y los cinco reales or los veinte (RPl fam)

you can't have it both ways — tienes que elegir entre una cosa u otra

7) c ( manner) manera f, modo m, forma f

in a subtle way — de manera or modo or forma sutil

the way you behaved was disgraceful — te comportaste de (una) manera or forma vergonzosa

is this the way you treat all your friends? — ¿así (es como) tratas a todos tus amigos?

that's one way of looking at it — es una manera or un modo or una forma de verlo

that's no way to talk to your mother! — así no se le habla a la madre!

what a way to go! — (set phrase) mira que acabar or terminar así!

he's in a bad way — está muy mal

that's just his way — así es él

that's the way it goes — así son las cosas, así es la vida

it looks that way — así or eso parece

this way it's better for everyone — así es mejor para todos

the way I see it — tal y como yo lo veo, a mi modo or manera de ver

the way things are o stand at the moment — tal y como están las cosas en este momento

in a big way: they let us down in a big way nos fallaron de mala manera; he fell for her in a big way quedó prendado de ella; to have a way with...: to have a way with children/people saber* cómo tratar a los niños/saber* cómo tratar a la gente, tener* don de gentes; to have a way with animals tener* mucha mano con los animales; to have a way with words — tener* mucha labia or facilidad de palabra

8) c

a) (custom, characteristic)

the ways of our people — las costumbres de nuestro pueblo

you'll get used to our ways — ya te irás haciendo a nuestra manera de hacer las cosas

he has a way of making people feel at ease — sabe hacer que la gente se sienta cómoda

she has a way of popping up unexpectedly — tiene la costumbre de aparecer donde menos te la esperas

to get into/out of the way of something — (BrE) acostumbrarse a/perder* la costumbre de algo

to be set in one's ways — estar* muy acostumbrado a hacer las cosas de cierta manera

to mend one's ways — dejar las malas costumbres, enmendarse*

b) (wish, will)

to get/have one's (own) way — salirse* con la suya (or mía etc)

have it your own way then! — lo que tú quieras!, como tú digas!

to have it all one's own way — salirse* con la suya (or mía etc)

to have one's (evil o wicked) way with somebody — llevarse a algn al huerto (fam), pasar a algn por las armas (fam)

9) c (feature, respect) sentido m, aspecto m

in a way, it's like losing an old friend — de alguna manera or en cierta forma or en cierto sentido es como perder a un viejo amigo

our product is in no way inferior to theirs — nuestro producto no es de ninguna manera or en ningún sentido inferior al suyo

you were in no way to blame — tú no tuviste ninguna culpa; see also way I III

Sense III

10) (in phrases)

by the way — (indep) a propósito, por cierto

but that's all by the way: what I really wanted to say was... — pero eso no es a lo que iba: lo que quería decir es que...

11)

by way of — (as prep)

a) ( via) vía, pasando por

b) ( to serve as) a modo or manera de

by way of introduction/an apology — a modo or manera de introducción/disculpa

12)

in the way of — ( as regards) (as prep)

don't expect too much in the way of help — en cuanto a ayuda, no esperes mucho

there wasn't much in the way of opposition — no hubo gran oposición

13)

no way — (colloq)

no way will I lend it to you — ni loco te lo presto (fam)

no way is he/she going to do it — de ninguna manera lo va a hacer (fam)

no way! — ni hablar! (fam)

14) to give way

a) (break, collapse) \<\<ice/rope/cable\>\> romperse*; \<\<floor\>\> hundirse, ceder

the table gave way under the weight — la mesa no aguantó el peso

b) (succumb, give in)

to give way TO something — \<\<to threats/blackmail\>\> ceder a or ante algo

she gave way to tears — no pudo contener las lágrimas y se echó a llorar

don't give way to pessimism — no te dejes vencer por el pesimismo

c) (BrE Transp)

to give way (TO somebody/something) — ceder el paso (a algn/algo)

give way — ceda el paso

d) (be replaced, superseded by)

to give way TO something — dejar or dar* paso a algo

15)

under way: to get under way ponerse* en marcha, comenzar*; to get a meeting under way dar* comienzo a una reunión; an investigation is under way — se está llevando a cabo or se ha abierto una investigación

II

adverb (colloq)

way back in February — allá por febrero

way behind — muy por detrás

way down south — allá por el sur

they were way out in their calculations — se equivocaron en mucho en los cálculos

way past midnight — mucho después de la medianoche

profits are way up on last year — los beneficios están muy por encima de los del año pasado

way and away — (as intensifier) (AmE) con mucho, lejos (AmL fam)

[weɪ]
1. N

1) (=road, lane) camino m ; (in street names) calle f, avenida f

• Way of the Cross — Vía f Crucis, viacrucis m

• across or over the way (from) — enfrente (de), frente (a)

• permanent way — vía f

• the public way — la vía pública

2) (=route) camino m (to de)

the way to the station — el camino de la estación

which is the way to the station? — ¿cómo se va or cómo se llega a la estación?

this isn't the way to Lugo! — ¡por aquí no se va a Lugo!

• he walked all the way here — vino todo el camino andando

it rained all the way there — llovió durante todo el viaje

he ran all the way home — hizo todo el camino a casa corriendo

• to ask one's way to the station — preguntar el camino or cómo se va a la estación

• we came a back way — vinimos por los caminos vecinales

• she went by way of Birmingham — fue por or vía Birmingham

• if the chance comes my way — si se me presenta la oportunidad

• way down — bajada f, ruta f para bajar

• to take the easy way out — optar por la solución más fácil

• to feel one's way — (lit) andar a tientas

he's still feeling his way in the new job — todavía se está familiarizando con el nuevo trabajo

• to find one's way — orientarse, ubicarse (esp LAm)

to find one's way into a building — encontrar la entrada de un edificio, descubrir cómo entrar en un edificio

the cat found the way into the pantry — el gato logró introducirse en la despensa

I had to find my own way home — me las tuve que arreglar para volver a casa

• the way is hard — el camino es duro

• the way in — (=entrance) la entrada

• I don't know the way to his house — no sé el camino a su casa, no sé cómo se va or llega a su casa

do you know the way to the hotel? — ¿sabes el camino del or al hotel?, ¿sabes cómo llegar al hotel?

I know my way about town — conozco la ciudad

she knows her way around — (fig) tiene bastante experiencia, no es que sea una inocente

• to lead the way — (lit) ir primero; (fig) marcar la pauta, abrir el camino

• to go the long way round — ir por el camino más largo

• to lose one's way — extraviarse

• to make one's way to — dirigirse a

to make one's way home — volver a casa

to make one's way in the world — abrirse camino en la vida

• the middle way — el camino de en medio

• on the way here — de camino hacia aquí, mientras veníamos aquí

on the way to London — rumbo a Londres, camino de Londres

it's on the way to Murcia — está en la carretera de Murcia

we're on our way! — ¡vamos para allá!

he's on his way — está de camino

they have another child on the way — tienen otro niño en camino

you pass it on your way home — te pilla de camino a casa

your house is on my way — tu casa me viene de camino

he is well on the way to finishing it — lo tiene casi terminado

he's on the way to becoming an alcoholic — va camino de hacerse un alcohólico

• the way out — la salida

you'll find it on the way out — lo encontrarás cerca de la salida

I'll find my own way out — no hace falta que me acompañen a la puerta

to find a way out of a problem — encontrar una solución a un problema

there's no way out — (fig) no hay salida or solución, esto no tiene solución

there's no other way out — (fig) no hay más remedio

it's on its way out — está en camino de desaparecer, ya está pasando de moda

• to go out of one's way — (lit) desviarse del camino

to go out of one's way to help sb — desvivirse por ayudar a algn

I don't want to take you out of your way — no quiero apartarle del camino

the village I live in is rather out of the way — mi pueblo está un poco retirado

that's nothing out of the way these days — eso no es nada extraordinario hoy día

• to pay one's way — (in restaurant) pagar su parte

the company isn't paying its way — la compañía no rinde or no da provecho

• he put me in the way of some good contracts — me conectó or enchufó para que consiguiera buenos contratos

• to see one's way (clear) to helping sb — ver la forma de ayudar a algn

could you possibly see your way clear to lending him some money? — ¿tendrías la amabilidad de prestarle algo de dinero?

• to go the shortest way — ir por el camino más corto

• to start on one's way — ponerse en camino

• way up — subida f, ruta f para subir

• the way of virtue — el camino de la virtud

- go the way of all flesh

- I'm with you all the way

- go one's own way

she always goes her own sweet way — hace lo que le da la gana
prepare 1.
3) (=space sb wants to go through) camino m

• to bar the way — ponerse en medio del camino

• to clear a way for — abrir camino para

to clear the way — despejar el camino

• he crawled his way to the gate — llegó arrastrándose hasta la puerta

• to elbow one's way through the crowd — abrirse paso por la multitud a codazos

• to fight one's way out — lograr salir luchando

• to force one's way in — introducirse a la fuerza

• to hack one's way through sth — abrirse paso por algo a fuerza de tajos

• to be/get in sb's way — estorbar a algn

to get in the way — estorbar

am I in the way? — ¿estorbo?

you can watch, but don't get in the way — puedes mirar, pero no estorbes

to put difficulties in sb's way — crear dificultades a algn

to stand in sb's way — (lit) cerrar el paso a algn; (fig) ser un obstáculo para algn

now nothing stands in our way — ahora no hay obstáculo alguno

to stand in the way of progress — impedir or entorpecer el progreso

• to make way (for sth/sb) — (lit, fig) dejar paso (a algo/algn)

make way! — ¡abran paso!

• to leave the way open for further talks — dejar la puerta abierta a posteriores conversaciones

this law leaves the way open to abuse — esta ley deja vía libre a toda clase de desafueros

• to get out of the way — quitarse de en medio

out of my way! — ¡quítate de en medio!

I should keep out of his way if I were you — yo que tú evitaría el trato con él

I try to keep out of his way — procuro evitar cualquier contacto con él

I kept well out of the way — me mantuve muy lejos

to get or move sth out of the way — quitar algo de en medio or del camino

put it somewhere out of the way — ponlo donde no estorbe

it's out of the way of the wind — está al abrigo del viento

as soon as I've got this essay out of the way — en cuanto termine este ensayo

keep those matches out of his way — no dejes esas cerillas a su alcance

• to push one's way through the crowd — abrirse paso por la multitud a empujones

• to work one's way to the front — abrirse camino hacia la primera fila

he worked his way up in the company — ascendió en la compañía a fuerza de trabajo

he worked his way up from nothing — empezó sin nada y fue muy lejos a fuerza de trabajo
give 1., 18)
4) (=direction)

• down our way — por nuestra zona, en nuestro barrio

• are you going my way? — ¿vas por dónde voy yo?

everything is going my way — (fig) todo me está saliendo a pedir de boca

• to look the other way — (lit) mirar para otro lado; (fig) mirar para otro lado, hacer la vista gorda

turn it the other way round — vuélvelo al revés

it was you who invited her, not the other way round — eres tú quien la invitaste, no al revés

• it's out Windsor way — está cerca de Windsor

• turn the map the right way up — pon el mapa mirando hacia arriba

the car landed the right way up — el coche cayó sobre las ruedas

• to split sth three ways — dividir algo en tres partes iguales

• come this way — pase por aquí

this way for the lions — a los leones

this way and that — por aquí y por allá

• which way did it go? — ¿hacia dónde fue?, ¿por dónde se fue?

which way do we go from here? — (lit, fig) ¿desde aquí adónde vamos ahora?

which way is the wind blowing? — ¿de dónde sopla el viento?

she didn't know which way to look — no sabía dónde mirar, no sabía dónde poner los ojos

5) (=distance)

• a little way off — no muy lejos, a poca distancia

a little way down the road — bajando la calle, no muy lejos

• it's a long or good way away or off — está muy lejos

spring is a long way off — la primavera queda muy lejos

it's a long or good way — es mucho camino

we have a long way to go — tenemos mucho camino por delante

he'll go a long way — (fig) llegará lejos

a little of that flavouring goes a long way — un poco de ese condimento cunde mucho

a little of her company goes a long way — iro solo se le puede aguantar en pequeñas dosis

we've come a long way since those days — hemos avanzado mucho desde entonces

it should go a long way towards convincing him — (esto) seguramente contribuirá mucho a convencerlo

that's a long way from the truth — eso queda muy lejos de la verdad

better by a long way — mucho mejor, mejor pero con mucho

not by a long way — ni con mucho

• I can swim quite a way now — ahora puedo nadar bastante distancia

• a short way off — no muy lejos, a poca distancia

6) (=means) manera f, forma f, modo m

we'll find a way of doing it — encontraremos la manera or forma or modo de hacerlo

love will find a way — el amor encontrará el camino

it's the only way of doing it — es la única manera or forma or modo de hacerlo

my way is to — + infin mi sistema consiste en + infin

that's the way! — ¡así!, ¡eso es!

that way it won't disturb anybody — así no molestará a nadie

• every which way — (esp US) (=in every manner) de muchísimas maneras; (=in every direction) por todas partes

he re-ran the experiment every which way he could — reprodujo el experimento de todas las maneras habidas y por haber

• ways and means — medios mpl

• that's not the right way — así no se hace

- there are no two ways about it

7) (=manner) manera f, forma f, modo m

the way things are going we shall have nothing left — si esto continúa así nos vamos a quedar sin nada

she looked at me in a strange way — me miró de manera or forma extraña or de modo extraño

it's a strange way to thank someone — ¡vaya manera or forma or modo de mostrar gratitud or darle las gracias a alguien!

• without in any way wishing to — + infin sin querer en lo más mínimo + infin, sin tener intención alguna de + infin

• in a big way * — en grande *

they like to celebrate their birthdays in a big way — les gusta celebrar sus cumpleaños en grande

we lost in a really big way * — perdimos de manera or forma or modo realmente espectacular

• you can't have it both ways — tienes que optar por lo uno o lo otro

• each way — (Racing) (a) ganador y colocado

• either way I can't help you — de todas formas no puedo ayudarle

• I will help you in every way possible — haré todo lo posible por ayudarte

he insulted us in every possible way — nos ha insultado en todos los sentidos

• the British way of life — el estilo de vida británico

• no way! * — ¡ni pensarlo!, ¡ni hablar!

no way was that a goal * — ¡imposible que fuera eso un gol!

there is no way I am going to agree * — de ninguna manera or forma or de ningún modo lo voy a consentir

• (in) one way or another — de una u otra manera or forma or modo

it doesn't matter to me one way or the other — me es igual, me da lo mismo

a week one way or the other won't matter — no importa que sea una semana más o una semana menos

• in the ordinary way (of things) — por lo general, en general

• he has his own way of doing it — tiene su manera or forma or modo de hacerlo

I'll do it (in) my own way — lo haré a mi manera or forma or modo

he's a good sort in his own way — tiene sus rarezas pero es buena persona

• in the same way — de la misma manera or forma, del mismo modo

to go on in the same old way — seguir como siempre

• we help in a small way — ayudamos un poco

• she's clever that way — para esas cosas es muy lista

• to my way of thinking — a mi parecer, a mi manera or forma or modo de ver

• do it this way — hazlo así

in this way — así, de esta manera or forma or modo

it was this way... — pasó lo siguiente...

• that's always the way with him — siempre le pasa igual

8) [of will]

• to get one's own way — salirse con la suya

• have it your own way! — ¡como quieras!

they've had it all their own way too long — hace tiempo que hacen lo que les da la gana

they didn't have things all their own way — (in football match) no dominaron el partido completamente

he had his wicked or evil way with her — hum se la llevó al huerto *, la sedujo

9) (=custom) costumbre f

the ways of the Spaniards — las costumbres de los españoles

that is our way with traitors — así tratamos a los traidores

he has his little ways — tiene sus manías or rarezas

• to get into the way of doing sth — adquirir la costumbre de hacer algo

• to be/get out of the way of doing sth — haber perdido/perder la costumbre de hacer algo

- mend one's ways

10) (=gift, special quality)

• he has a way with people — tiene don de gentes

he has a way with children — sabe manejar a los niños

he has a way with him — tiene su encanto

11) (=respect, aspect) sentido m

• in a way — en cierto sentido

• in many ways — en muchos sentidos

• he's like his father in more ways than one — se parece a su padre en muchos sentidos

• in no way, not in any way — de ninguna manera, de manera alguna

• in some ways — en algunos sentidos

12) (=state) estado m

• the way things are — tal como están or van las cosas

to leave things the way they are — dejar las cosas como están

• things are in a bad way — las cosas van or marchan mal

the car is in a bad way — el coche está en mal estado

he's in a bad way — (=sick) está grave; (=troubled) está muy mal

• he's in a fair way to succeed — tiene buenas posibilidades de lograrlo

• it looks that way — así parece

- be in the family way

13) (=speed)

to gather way — [ship] empezar a moverse; (fig) [enthusiasm] encenderse

14) (in set expressions with preposition)

• by the way — a propósito, por cierto

how was your holiday, by the way? — a propósito or por cierto, ¿qué tal tus vacaciones?

Jones, which, by the way, is not his real name — Jones que, a propósito or por cierto, no es su verdadero nombre

oh, and by the way — antes que se me olvide

all this is by the way — todo esto no viene al caso

• by way of a warning — a modo de advertencia

that was all I got by way of an answer — eso es todo lo que conseguí por respuesta

she's by way of being an artist — tiene sus ribetes de artista

• he had little in the way of formal education — tuvo poca educación formal

• to be under way — estar en marcha

the job is now well under way — el trabajo ya está muy avanzado

to get under way — [ship] zarpar; [person, group] partir, ponerse en camino; [work, project] ponerse en marcha, empezar a moverse

things are getting under way at last — por fin las cosas están empezando a moverse

2.

ADV
*
• that was way back — eso fue hace mucho tiempo ya

way back in 1900 — allá en 1900

• way down (below) — muy abajo

• it's way out in Nevada — está allá en Nevada

way out to sea — mar afuera

he was way out in his estimate — se equivocó (en) mucho en su presupuesto

• it's way past your bedtime — hace rato que deberías estar en la cama

• it's way too big — es demasiado grande

• way up high — muy alto

way up in the sky — muy alto en el cielo

3.

CPD

way station N — (US) apeadero m ; (fig) paso m intermedio

* * *

I [weɪ]
1) noun

Sense I

2) c

a) ( route) camino m

the way back — el camino de vuelta or de regreso

we had to go the long way (around) — tuvimos que dar toda la vuelta

let's go a different way — vayamos por otro lado or camino

the way in/out — la entrada/salida

I saw her on the way out — la vi a la salida

this style is on the way in/out — este estilo se está poniendo/pasando de moda

it's difficult to find one's way around this town — es difícil orientarse or no perderse en esta ciudad

you'll soon find your way around the office/system — en poco tiempo te familiarizarás con la oficina/el sistema

can you find your way there by yourself? — ¿sabes ir solo?

I'll find my own way out — no te molestes en acompañarme

I can drop the package off on my way — de paso puedo dejar el paquete

we're going the wrong way — nos hemos equivocado de camino, vamos mal

which way did you come? — ¿por dónde viniste?

which way did he go? — ¿por dónde fue?; ( following somebody) ¿por dónde se fue?

could you tell me the way to the city center? — ¿me podría decir por dónde se va or cómo se llega al centro (de la ciudad)?

I'll make my own way there — iré por mi cuenta

on my way to work — de camino al trabajo

I'm on my way! — ahora mismo salgo or voy, voy para allí!

the doctor is on her way — la doctora ya va para allí/viene para aquí

the goods are on their way — la mercancía está en camino or ya ha salido

I'll tell you on the way — te lo cuento por el camino

winter's on the way — ya falta poco para que empiece el invierno

did you find the way to Trier all right? — ¿llegaste bien a Trier?

I don't know the way up/down — no sé por dónde se sube/se baja

she's well on her way to recovery — ya está casi recuperada del todo

to lead the way — ir* delante

to lose one's way — perderse*

there is no way around it — no hay otra solución or salida

there are no two ways about it — no tiene or no hay vuelta de hoja

to go one's own way: she'll go her own way hará lo que le parezca; to go out of one's way ( make a detour) desviarse* del camino; ( make special effort): they went out of their way to be helpful se desvivieron or hicieron lo indecible por ayudar; to go the way of something/somebody — acabar como algo/algn, correr la misma suerte de algo/algn

b) (road, path) camino m, senda f

the Appian Way — la vía Apia

the people over the way — (BrE) los vecinos de enfrente

3) c u (passage, space)

we hacked a way through the undergrowth — nos abrimos camino entre la maleza

to be/get in the way — estorbar

she doesn't let her work get in the way of her social life — no deja que el trabajo sea un obstáculo para su vida social

to stand in the way: they stood in our way nos impidieron el paso; I couldn't see it, she was standing in my way no podía verlo, ella me tapaba (la vista); I won't stand in your way no seré yo quien te lo impida; to stand in the way of progress obstaculizar* or entorpecer* el progreso; (get) out of the way! hazte a un lado!, quítate de en medio!; to move something out of the way quitar algo de en medio; I'd like to get this work out of the way quisiera quitar este trabajo de en medio; to keep out of somebody's way rehuir* a algn, evitar encontrarse con algn; make way! — abran paso!

4) c ( direction)

it's that way — es en esa dirección, es por ahí

this way! — por aquí!

we didn't know which way to go — no sabíamos por dónde ir or qué dirección tomar

which way did they go? — ¿por dónde (se) fueron?

this way and that — de un lado a otro, aquí y allá

which way does the house face? — ¿hacia dónde mira or está orientada la casa?

we're both going the same way — vamos para el mismo lado or en la misma dirección

look the other way! — mira para otro lado!

the hurricane is heading this way — el huracán viene hacia aquí or en esta dirección

if you're ever down our way, call in — (colloq) si algún día andas por nuestra zona, ven a vernos

whichever way you look at it, it's a disaster — es un desastre, lo mires por donde lo mires

you've got your T-shirt on the wrong way around — llevas la camiseta al or del revés

the other way around — al revés

which way up should it be? — ¿cuál es la parte de arriba?

to split something three/five ways — dividir algo en tres/cinco partes

every which way — (AmE) para todos lados

to come somebody's way — ( lit) \<\<person/animal\>\> venir* hacia algn

none of the money ever came our way — no nos tocó ni un céntimo del dinero

then bad luck began to come my way — entonces empecé a tener una mala racha

to go somebody's way: are you going my way? ¿vas en mi misma dirección?; the decision went our way se decidió en nuestro favor; to put work/business somebody's way conseguirle* trabajo/clientes a algn; way to go! — (AmE colloq) así se hace!, bien hecho!

5) ( distance) (no pl)

there's only a short way to go now — ya falta or queda poco para llegar

he came all this way just to see me — (colloq) se dió el viaje hasta aquí sólo para verme

we're still some way from home — todavía nos queda un trecho para llegar a casa

it's a long way from here to Rio — Río queda muy lejos de aquí

we passed a church some way back — hace ya un rato que pasamos una iglesia

you have to go back a long way, to the Middle Ages — hay que remontarse a la Edad Media

it's a very long way down/up — hay una buena bajada/subida

the exam is still some way off — todavía falta bastante para el examen

he's come a long way — ha venido de muy lejos

we've come a long way since those days — hemos evolucionado or avanzado mucho desde entonces

my salary has to go a long way — tengo que estirar mucho el sueldo

a little goes a long way — un poco cunde or (AmL tb) rinde mucho

Springfield? that's quite a ways from here — (AmE colloq) ¿Springfield? eso está requetelejos de aquí (fam)

we had to walk all the way up — tuvimos que subir a pie hasta arriba

to go all the way: do you think he might go all the way and fire them? ¿te parece que puede llegar a echarlos?; they went all the way ( had sex) tuvieron relaciones, hicieron el amor; to go some/a long way toward something — contribuir* en cierta/gran medida a algo; see also way I III

Sense II

6) c (method, means) forma f, manera f, modo m

we must try every possible way to convince them — tenemos que tratar de convencerlos por todos los medios

there's no way of crossing the border without a passport — es imposible cruzar la frontera sin pasaporte

it doesn't matter to me one way or the other — me da igual una cosa u otra

it doesn't matter either way — de cualquier forma or manera, no importa

there are many ways in which it will be useful — será útil en muchos sentidos

all right, we'll do it your way — muy bien, lo haremos a tu manera or como tú quieras

to learn something the hard way — aprender algo a fuerza de palos or golpes

to do something the hard/easy way — hacer* algo de manera difícil/fácil

that's not the way to do it! — así no se hace!

that's the way! — así se hace!

he wants to have it both ways — lo quiere todo, lo quiere la chancha y los cinco reales or los veinte (RPl fam)

you can't have it both ways — tienes que elegir entre una cosa u otra

7) c ( manner) manera f, modo m, forma f

in a subtle way — de manera or modo or forma sutil

the way you behaved was disgraceful — te comportaste de (una) manera or forma vergonzosa

is this the way you treat all your friends? — ¿así (es como) tratas a todos tus amigos?

that's one way of looking at it — es una manera or un modo or una forma de verlo

that's no way to talk to your mother! — así no se le habla a la madre!

what a way to go! — (set phrase) mira que acabar or terminar así!

he's in a bad way — está muy mal

that's just his way — así es él

that's the way it goes — así son las cosas, así es la vida

it looks that way — así or eso parece

this way it's better for everyone — así es mejor para todos

the way I see it — tal y como yo lo veo, a mi modo or manera de ver

the way things are o stand at the moment — tal y como están las cosas en este momento

in a big way: they let us down in a big way nos fallaron de mala manera; he fell for her in a big way quedó prendado de ella; to have a way with...: to have a way with children/people saber* cómo tratar a los niños/saber* cómo tratar a la gente, tener* don de gentes; to have a way with animals tener* mucha mano con los animales; to have a way with words — tener* mucha labia or facilidad de palabra

8) c

a) (custom, characteristic)

the ways of our people — las costumbres de nuestro pueblo

you'll get used to our ways — ya te irás haciendo a nuestra manera de hacer las cosas

he has a way of making people feel at ease — sabe hacer que la gente se sienta cómoda

she has a way of popping up unexpectedly — tiene la costumbre de aparecer donde menos te la esperas

to get into/out of the way of something — (BrE) acostumbrarse a/perder* la costumbre de algo

to be set in one's ways — estar* muy acostumbrado a hacer las cosas de cierta manera

to mend one's ways — dejar las malas costumbres, enmendarse*

b) (wish, will)

to get/have one's (own) way — salirse* con la suya (or mía etc)

have it your own way then! — lo que tú quieras!, como tú digas!

to have it all one's own way — salirse* con la suya (or mía etc)

to have one's (evil o wicked) way with somebody — llevarse a algn al huerto (fam), pasar a algn por las armas (fam)

9) c (feature, respect) sentido m, aspecto m

in a way, it's like losing an old friend — de alguna manera or en cierta forma or en cierto sentido es como perder a un viejo amigo

our product is in no way inferior to theirs — nuestro producto no es de ninguna manera or en ningún sentido inferior al suyo

you were in no way to blame — tú no tuviste ninguna culpa; see also way I III

Sense III

10) (in phrases)

by the way — (indep) a propósito, por cierto

but that's all by the way: what I really wanted to say was... — pero eso no es a lo que iba: lo que quería decir es que...

11)

by way of — (as prep)

a) ( via) vía, pasando por

b) ( to serve as) a modo or manera de

by way of introduction/an apology — a modo or manera de introducción/disculpa

12)

in the way of — ( as regards) (as prep)

don't expect too much in the way of help — en cuanto a ayuda, no esperes mucho

there wasn't much in the way of opposition — no hubo gran oposición

13)

no way — (colloq)

no way will I lend it to you — ni loco te lo presto (fam)

no way is he/she going to do it — de ninguna manera lo va a hacer (fam)

no way! — ni hablar! (fam)

14) to give way

a) (break, collapse) \<\<ice/rope/cable\>\> romperse*; \<\<floor\>\> hundirse, ceder

the table gave way under the weight — la mesa no aguantó el peso

b) (succumb, give in)

to give way TO something — \<\<to threats/blackmail\>\> ceder a or ante algo

she gave way to tears — no pudo contener las lágrimas y se echó a llorar

don't give way to pessimism — no te dejes vencer por el pesimismo

c) (BrE Transp)

to give way (TO somebody/something) — ceder el paso (a algn/algo)

give way — ceda el paso

d) (be replaced, superseded by)

to give way TO something — dejar or dar* paso a algo

15)

under way: to get under way ponerse* en marcha, comenzar*; to get a meeting under way dar* comienzo a una reunión; an investigation is under way — se está llevando a cabo or se ha abierto una investigación

II

adverb (colloq)

way back in February — allá por febrero

way behind — muy por detrás

way down south — allá por el sur

they were way out in their calculations — se equivocaron en mucho en los cálculos

way past midnight — mucho después de la medianoche

profits are way up on last year — los beneficios están muy por encima de los del año pasado

way and away — (as intensifier) (AmE) con mucho, lejos (AmL fam)

English-spanish dictionary > way
44 year

jiə
1. noun
1) (the period of time the earth takes to go once round the sun, about 365 days: We lived here for five years, from November 1968 to November 1973; a two-year delay.) año

2) (the period from January 1 to December 31, being 365 days, except in a leap year, when it is 366 days: in the year 1945.) año

•

- yearly

2. adverb
(every year: The festival is held yearly.) anualmente

- year-book
- all the year round
- all year round
- long

year n

1. año

the year 2001 el año 2001

next year el año que viene

last year el año pasado

I'm thirteen years old tengo trece años

2. curso

he's in my year está en el mismo curso que yo

a third year student un estudiante de tercer curso

year

tr[jɪəː^SMALLr/SMALL]

noun

1 año

we bought it last year lo compramos el año pasado

he's retiring next year se jubila el año que viene

they come twice a year vienen dos veces al año

we go abroad every other year vamos al extranjero cada dos años

she earns 14,000 pounds a year gana 14.000 libras al año

I've known him for years (and years) lo conozco desde hace muchos años

she's 20 years old tiene 20 años

he's getting on in years es un hombre entrado en años

2 SMALLEDUCATION/SMALL curso

I'm in my first year hago primero

first-year students alumnos de primer curso

\

SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL

all the year round durante todo el año

since the year dot desde el año de la nana

to put years on somebody envejecer

the death of his son has put years on him ha envejecido desde la muerte de su hijo

to take years off somebody rejuvenecer a alguien

year in, year out año tras año

donkey's years siglos nombre masculino plural

he's lived there for donkey's years vive allí desde hace años

year ['jɪr] n

1) : año m

last year: el año pasado

he's ten years old: tiene diez años

2) : curso m, año m (escolar)

3) years npl

ages: siglos mpl, años mpl

I haven't seen them in years: hace siglos que no los veo

year

n.

• añada s.f.

• año s.m.

jɪr, jɪə(r)
noun

1) ( period of time) año m

last year — el año pasado

next year — el año que viene, el próximo año

this time last year... — el año pasado por estas fechas...

every year — todos los años, cada año

every other o every second year — cada dos años, un año sí y otro no

once or twice a year — una o dos veces al or por año

it costs $500 a year — cuesta 500 dólares al año

all (the) year round — todo el año

it'll be a year next Monday/August — el lunes que viene/en agosto hará un año

by the year 2000 — para el año 2000

in all my years as a teacher... — en todos mis años que ha trabajado de profesor,...

I'll return in a year o in a year's time — volveré dentro de un año

over the years I've grown accustomed to it — con el tiempo or con los años me he ido acostumbrando

year after year/year in, year out — año tras año

from year to year — de un año a otro

I'm 12 years old — tengo doce años

she got five years — (colloq) le cayeron cinco años (fam)

the year one o (BrE) the year dot — (colloq) el año de Maricastaña or de la pera (fam)

2) years pl

a) ( a long time)

it's years since I saw him, I haven't seen him for years — hace años que no lo veo

that was years ago — de eso hace mucho tiempo or muchos años

years ago, there was a church here — años atrás, aquí había una iglesia

that dress takes years off you — ese vestido te quita años (de encima)

he looks years older — parece mucho mayor

it put years on me — me avejentó or me envejeció, me echó años encima

b) ( age)

he's very mature for his years — es muy maduro para su edad

he must be well on in years — debe ser bastante entrado en años

3)

a) ( Educ) curso m, año m

she was in my year at school — estaba en el mismo curso que yo en el colegio

I'm still in (the) first year — todavía estoy en primer año or en primero

b) ( of wine) cosecha f

['jɪǝ(r)]
N
1) (=twelve months) año m

it takes years — es cosa de años, se tarda años

we waited years — esperamos una eternidad

in the year (of our Lord) 1869 — en el año (del Señor) 1869

he died in his 89th year — murió a los 89 años

he got ten years — le condenaron a diez años de prisión

• three times a year — tres veces al año

100 dollars a year — 100 dólares al año

• in after years — liter en los años siguientes, años después

• to reckon sth by the year — calcular algo por años

• year end — final m del año

we never see her from one year's end to the other — no la vemos en todo el año

• year of grace — año m de gracia

• year in, year out — año tras año, todos los años sin falta

to reckon sth in years — calcular algo por años

• last year — el año pasado

the year before last — el año antepasado

• next year — (looking to future) el año que viene

the next year — (in past time) el año siguiente

• she's three years old — tiene tres años

an eight-year-old child — un niño de ocho años

• the work has put years on him — el trabajo lo ha envejecido

• all (the) year round — durante todo el año

• that hairstyle takes years off you * — ese peinado te quita un montón de años *

- in the year dot

since the year dot — desde el año de la nana *, desde siempre

2) (=age)

• in my early years — en mi infancia, en mi juventud

from her earliest years — desde muy joven

• he looks old/young for his years — aparenta más/menos años de los que tiene

she's very spry for a woman of her years — para una mujer de su edad está muy ágil

• he's getting on in years — va para viejo

• in his later years — en sus últimos años

3) (Brit) (Scol, Univ) curso m, año m

she's in the fifth year — está en quinto

the kids in my year — los chicos de mi curso

he's in fourth year Law — estudia cuarto (curso de) de Derecho

4) [of wine] cosecha f, vendimia f

1982 was a good/bad year — 1982 fue una buena/mala cosecha or vendimia, 1982 fue un buen/mal año

* * *
[jɪr, jɪə(r)]
noun

1) ( period of time) año m

last year — el año pasado

next year — el año que viene, el próximo año

this time last year... — el año pasado por estas fechas...

every year — todos los años, cada año

every other o every second year — cada dos años, un año sí y otro no

once or twice a year — una o dos veces al or por año

it costs $500 a year — cuesta 500 dólares al año

all (the) year round — todo el año

it'll be a year next Monday/August — el lunes que viene/en agosto hará un año

by the year 2000 — para el año 2000

in all my years as a teacher... — en todos mis años que ha trabajado de profesor,...

I'll return in a year o in a year's time — volveré dentro de un año

over the years I've grown accustomed to it — con el tiempo or con los años me he ido acostumbrando

year after year/year in, year out — año tras año

from year to year — de un año a otro

I'm 12 years old — tengo doce años

she got five years — (colloq) le cayeron cinco años (fam)

the year one o (BrE) the year dot — (colloq) el año de Maricastaña or de la pera (fam)

2) years pl

a) ( a long time)

it's years since I saw him, I haven't seen him for years — hace años que no lo veo

that was years ago — de eso hace mucho tiempo or muchos años

years ago, there was a church here — años atrás, aquí había una iglesia

that dress takes years off you — ese vestido te quita años (de encima)

he looks years older — parece mucho mayor

it put years on me — me avejentó or me envejeció, me echó años encima

b) ( age)

he's very mature for his years — es muy maduro para su edad

he must be well on in years — debe ser bastante entrado en años

3)

a) ( Educ) curso m, año m

she was in my year at school — estaba en el mismo curso que yo en el colegio

I'm still in (the) first year — todavía estoy en primer año or en primero

b) ( of wine) cosecha f

English-spanish dictionary > year
45 be

I [biː] гл., прош. вр. 1 л., 3 л. ед. was, 2 л. ед., мн. were, прич. прош. вр. been
1) быть; быть живым, жить; существовать

I think, therefore I am. — Я мыслю, следовательно, существую.

Tyrants and sycophants have been and are. — Тираны и подхалимы были и есть.

So much that was not is beginning to be. — Так много из того, чего раньше не было, появляется.

Content to be and to be well. — Он доволен, что жив, и что у него всё неплохо.

- be before one's time

Syn:

exist, live

2) происходить, случаться, иметь место

Be it as it may. — Будь как будет.

When is the wedding to be? — Когда будет свадьба?

The flower-show was last week. — На прошлой неделе была выставка цветов.

Syn:

take place, happen, occur

3) занимать (какое-л. место, положение); находиться (где-л.), принимать (какую-л.) позу или позицию

to be at home — находиться дома

I'm sorry, Mr Baker is not at home; can I take a message? — Мистера Бейкера нет дома, что-нибудь передать ему?

Your book is here, under the table. — Да вот твоя книжка, под столом.

You shall be beside me in the church. — Ты будешь стоять рядом со мной в церкви.

The bank is between the shoe shop and the post office. — Банк расположен между почтой и обувным магазином.

The valley where we live is beyond the mountains. — Долина, в которой мы живём, расположена за этими горами.

Is Mary down yet? Her eggs are getting cold. — Разве Мэри ещё не спустилась (к завтраку)? Её яичница остывает.

We must try to be away by 8 o'clock. — Нужно попытаться к 8 часам уже уйти.

There's nobody about, you'd better come back later. — Сейчас никого нет, может быть, вам лучше зайти попозже?

Jim is about somewhere, if you'd like to wait. — Джим где-то поблизости, вы можете подождать.

There's a branch above you - can you reach it? — Над тобой ветка, достанешь до неё?

The captain of a ship is above a seaman. — Звание капитана корабля выше звания матроса.

Jim was abreast of the leading runner for a few minutes but then fell behind. — Сначала Джим бежал наравне с лидером, но потом отстал.

Will you be around this time next year? — Вы приедете сюда на следующий год?

When all your toys are away, I will read you a story. — Я почитаю тебе сказку, если ты уберёшь на место все игрушки.

The hotel is on the upper floors, and the shops are below. — Гостиница расположена на верхних этажах, а магазин - ниже.

The home of a rabbit is usually beneath the ground. — Кролики обычно роют свои норки в земле.

Long skirts will be back next year. — В следующем году в моде снова будут длинные юбки.

So many children are away this week with colds. — На этой неделе многие дети отсутствуют по болезни.

When I returned from the police station, the jewels were back in their box; the thieves must have got frightened and replaced them. — Когда я вернулась домой из полиции, драгоценности снова были в шкатулке. Должно быть, воры испугались и положили их обратно.

Your letters are behind the clock, where I always put them. — Твои письма за часами; там, куда я всегда кладу их.

4) находиться в (каком-л.) состоянии; обладать (каким-л.) качеством

to be afraid — страшиться, бояться, трусить; опасаться

to be amazed / astonished — изумляться, удивляться

to be frightened / startled — пугаться

to be indignant — негодовать, возмущаться; обижаться, сердиться

to be slow / tardy — медлить, мешкать; опаздывать, запаздывать; отставать

to be stuffed — объедаться, переедать

to be fused into a frozen mass — смерзаться

to be remorseful — раскаиваться; сокрушаться; каяться, сожалеть

to be hard at work — усердно работать

to be in a hurry — спешить, торопиться

to be lenient — попустительствовать, потакать, потворствовать

to be mistaken — заблуждаться, ошибаться

to be asleep — спать

to be at an end — заканчиваться, подходить к концу

to be in harmony — гармонировать

My patience is at an end, I can listen to her complaints no longer. — Моё терпение лопнуло, я больше не могу слушать её жалобы.

It's quite dark, it must be after 10 o'clock. — Уже довольно темно, сейчас, должно быть, около 10 часов.

Proposals that have been under deliberation. — Предложения, которые рассматривались.

5) ( have been) побывать (где-л.)

Where have you been? I've just been about the town. — Где ты был? Гулял по городу.

Syn:

go, visit

6) оставаться, пребывать (в каком-л. состоянии); не меняться, продолжать быть, как раньше

Let things be. — Пусть всё будет как есть.

Let me be! — Оставьте меня в покое!

Syn:

remain, continue

7) иметь место ( о совокупности условий), являться

to be oneself — быть самим собой

Being they are Church-men, we may rather suspect... — Имея в виду, что они священники, можно подозревать…

What is your new book about? — О чём ваша новая книга?

8) принадлежать (кому-л.), относиться ( к чему-л); сопровождать, сопутствовать

Well is him that hath (= has) found prudence. — Благо тому, кто стал благоразумен.

Good fortune be with you. — Пусть удача сопутствует тебе.

Syn:

attend, befall, belong

9) (there + личная форма от be) иметься, наличествовать

There is some cheese in the fridge. — В холодильнике есть немного сыра.

There are many problems with her essay. — С её эссе много проблем.

10) в роли связки в составном сказуемом

а) означать, значить; быть эквивалентным чему-л.

To fall was to die. — Упасть означало умереть.

I'll tell you what it is, you must leave. — Я тебе скажу, в чём дело - тебе уходить пора.

State is me. — Государство это я.

Let thinking be reasoning. — Будем считать, что думать значит размышлять.

б) занимать место в ряду; характеризоваться признаками

Only by being man can we know man. — Только будучи людьми мы можем познать человека.

He was of Memphis. — Он был из Мемфиса.

The coat was below fifty dollars! — Пальто стоило меньше пятидесяти долларов!

в) иметь значение, быть значимым

Is it nothing to you? —Это ничего для тебя не значит?

11) (if … were / was to do smth.) если бы … имело место ( сослагательное наклонение)

If I were to propose, would you accept? — Если бы я сделал тебе предложение, ты бы согласилась?

12) (be to do smth.) быть обязанным сделать (что-л.; выражает долженствование)

The president is to arrive at 9.30. — Президент должен приехать в 9.30.

You are not to leave before I say so. — Ты не должен уходить, пока я тебе не разрешу.

I was this morning to buy silk for a nightcap. — Тем утром мне нужно было сходить купить шёлка на ночной колпак.

He is to go home. — Он должен пойти домой.

13) (be + about to do smth.) собираться (сделать что-л.)

He is about to go. — Он собирается уходить.

The water is about to boil. — Вода вот-вот закипит.

Syn:

mean, propose, contemplate

14) ( be about) делать, исполнять; заниматься (чем-л.)

What are you about? I'm about my business. — Чем вы сейчас занимаетесь? У меня свой бизнес.

15) ( be above) быть безупречным, вне подозрений, выше критики

Her action during the fire was above reproach. — Её поведение во время пожара было безупречным.

The chairman's decision is not above criticism. — С решением председателя можно поспорить.

16) ( be after)

а) преследовать (кого-л.)

Why is the dog running so fast? He's after rabbits. — Почему собака так быстро бежит? Она гонится за кроликом.

Quick, hide me, the police are after me! — Спрячь меня скорее, за мной гонится полиция.

б) стараться получить (что-л.)

Jim is after another job. — Джим хочет устроиться на другую работу.

Don't marry him, he's only after your money. — Не выходи за него замуж, ему нужны только твои деньги.

She's been after me for a year to buy her a new coat. — Она целый год приставала ко мне, чтобы ей купили новое пальто.

в) разг. журить, бранить; ругать

She's always after the children for one thing or another. — Она всегда за что-нибудь ругает детей.

17) ( be against)

а) противостоять (кому-л. / чему-л.)

Driving without seat belts may soon be against the law. — Вести машину непристёгнутым скоро может стать нарушением правил.

Father was against (his daughter) marrying young. — Отец был против того, чтобы дочь выходила замуж в юном возрасте.

б) противоречить (чему-л.)

Lying is against my principles. — Ложь противоречит моим жизненным принципам.

18) ( be along) приходить

Jim will be along (to the meeting) in a minute. — Через минуту-другую Джим придёт.

19) ( be at)

а) разг. настроиться на (что-л.)

What would you be at? — Каковы ваши намерения?

Syn:

drive 1. 16)

б) разг. ругать (кого-л.), нападать на (кого-л.), приставать к (кому-л.)

в) осуществлять активно (что-л.), посвятить себя (чему-л.)

Jim has been at his work for hours. — Джим часами сидит за работой.

г) разг. быть популярным, быть модным

You must get your clothes in the King's Road, that's where it's at. — Ты можешь отвезти свою одежду на Кинг Роуд, там её оценят по достоинству.

д) трогать (что-л.) чужое; рыться в (чем-л.)

Who's been at my things again? — Кто опять трогал мои вещи?

Syn:

meddle 2)

е) атаковать (кого-л.)

Our men are ready, sir, all armed and eager to be at the enemy. — Солдаты находятся в боевой готовности, сэр, они все вооружены и жаждут броситься в бой.

ж) приводить к (чему-л.), заканчиваться (чем-л.)

What would he be at? - At her, if she's at leisure. — Ну и чего он достигнет? - Будет рядом с ней, если ей захочется.

What would revolutionising Germany be at? — Что же будет в Германии в случае революции?

20) ( be before) обвиняться, предстать перед (судом, законом)

Peter has been before the court again on a charge of driving while drunk. — Питер снова предстал перед судом за то, что находился за рулём в нетрезвом состоянии.

Syn:

bring 5), go 1. 25)

21) ( be behind) служить причиной, крыться за (чем-л.), стоять за (чем-л.)

What's behind his offer? — Интересно, что заставило его сделать такое предложение?

22) ( be below)

а) быть ниже (нормы, стандартных требований)

I'm disappointed in your work; it is below your usual standard. — Я неприятно удивлён результатами вашей работы, обычно вы справляетесь с заданием гораздо лучше.

б) быть ниже по званию, чину

A captain is below a major. — Капитан по званию ниже, чем майор.

By joining the army late, he found that he was below many men much younger than himself. — Довольно поздно вступив на военную службу, он обнаружил, что многие из тех, кто младше его по возрасту, старше по званию.

23) ( be beneath) быть позорным для (кого-л.); быть ниже (чьго-л.) достоинства

Cheating at cards is beneath me. — Я считаю ниже своего достоинства жульничать при игре в карты.

I should have thought it was beneath you to consider such an offer. — Я должен был догадаться, что вы сочтёте недостойным рассматривать подобные предложения.

24) ( be beyond)

а) выходить за пределы возможного или ожидаемого; не подлежать (чему-л.), выходить за рамки (чего-л.)

to be beyond a joke — переставать быть забавным; становиться слишком серьёзным

be beyond endurance — быть невыносимым

Your continual lateness is now beyond a joke; if you're not on time tomorrow, you will be dismissed. — Ваши постоянные опоздания уже перестали быть просто шуткой; если вы и завтра не придёте вовремя, мы вынуждены будем вас уволить.

Your rudeness is beyond endurance - kindly leave my house! — Ваша грубость становится невыносимой, я бы попросил вас покинуть мой дом!

The soldier's brave deed was beyond the call of duty. — Храбрый поступок солдата превосходил обычное представление о долге.

Calling spirits from the dead proved to be beyond the magician's powers. — Вызывать духов умерших людей оказалось за пределами возможностей чародея.

I'm afraid this old piano is now beyond repair so we'd better get rid of it. — Боюсь, что это старое пианино не подлежит ремонту, и лучше было бы избавиться от него.

б) превзойти (что-л.)

The amount of money that I won was beyond all my hopes. — Сумма выигрыша была намного больше того, о чём я мог хотя бы мечтать.

в) = be beyond one's ken быть слишком сложным для (кого-л.); быть выше (чьего-л.) понимания

I'm afraid this book's beyond me; have you an easier one? — Мне кажется, что эта книга слишком сложная для меня; у вас нет чего-нибудь попроще?

It's beyond me which house to choose, they're both so nice! — Я решительно не знаю, какой дом выбрать. Они оба такие красивые!

The details of different kinds of life insurance are quite beyond my ken, so I have to take the advice of professionals. — Вопросы особенностей и различных видов медицинского страхования слишком трудны для моего понимания. Лучше я обращусь к помощи специалистов.

Syn:

get 1. 28)

25) ( be for) поддерживать (кого-л. / что-л.) ; быть "за" (что-л.), защищать (что-л.)

I'm for it. — Я за, я поддерживаю.

You are for the chairman's plan, aren't you? Yes, I'm all for it. — Вы одобряете план, предложенный председателем, не так ли? Да, мне он нравится.

No, I'm for keeping the old methods. — Нет, я приверженец старых методов.

Syn:

support, favour

26) ( be into) разг. быть заинтересованным в (чём-л.)

She doesn't eat meat now, she's really into health food. — Она не ест мяса и увлекается здоровой пищей.

27) ( be off)

а) не посещать (работу, учёбу); закончить (работу, выполнение обязанностей)

Jane was off school all last week with her cold. — Джейн всю прошлую неделю не ходила в школу по болезни.

б) заканчивать принимать ( лекарство)

How soon can mother be off her medicine? — Когда мама закончит принимать своё лекарство?

в) не хотеть, не быть заинтересованным; перестать интересоваться

Jane has been off her food since she caught a cold. — С тех пор, как Джейн простудилась, ей не хотелось есть.

I've been off that kind of music for some time now. — Некоторое время мне не хотелось слушать такую музыку.

28) ( be (up)on)

а) регулярно принимать лекарство

Mother has been on that medicine for months, and it doesn't seem to do her any good. — Мама принимает это лекарство уже несколько месяцев, и кажется, что оно ей совсем не помогает.

I've been on this treatment for some weeks and I must say I do feel better. — Я уже несколько недель принимаю это лекарство и, должен сказать, чувствую себя лучше.

б) делать ставку на (кого-л. / что-л.)

My money's on Sam, is yours? — Я поставил на Сэма, а ты?

Our money's on Northern Dancer to win the third race. — Мы поставили на то, что Северный Танцор выиграет в третьем забеге.

Syn:

stake II 2., wager

в) разг. быть оплаченным (кем-л.)

Put your money away, this meal is on me. — Убери деньги, я заплачу за обед.

29) ( be onto)

а) связаться с (кем-л.; особенно по телефону)

I've been onto the director, but he says he can't help. — Я разговаривал с директором, но он говорит, что не может помочь.

б) разг. постоянно просить (кого-л.) о (чём-л.)

She's been onto me to buy her a new coat for a year. — Она постоянно в течение года просила меня купить ей новое пальто.

в) разг. открывать, обнаруживать (что-л.)

Don't think I haven't been onto your little plan for some time. — Не думай, что я не знал какое-то время о твоём плане.

The police are onto us, we'd better hide. — Полиция знает о нас, уж лучше мы спрячемся.

30) ( be over) тратить много времени на (что-л.); долго заниматься (чем-л.), долго сидеть над (чем-л.)

Will you be long over that report? — Вы потратите много времени на этот доклад?

Don't be all night over finishing your book. — Не сиди всю ночь напролёт, заканчивая свою книгу.

31) ( be past) быть трудным (для понимания, совершения)

It's past me what he means! — Я совершенно не понимаю, что он имеет в виду.

I'll save this book till the children are older; it's a little past them at the moment. — Я приберегу эту книгу до тех пор, пока дети немного повзрослеют. Сейчас она слишком сложна для них.

The old man felt that he was now past going out every day, so he asked some young people to do his shopping. — Пожилой человек почувствовал, что ему становится трудно выходить на улицу каждый день, и он попросил молодых людей покупать ему продукты.

Syn:

get 1. 28)

32) ( be under)

а) подчиняться (кому-л.)

The whole army is under the general's command. — Вся армия находится под командованием генерала.

б) лечиться (у какого-л. врача)

Jane has been under that doctor for three years. — Джейн в течение трёх лет лечилась у этого врача.

в) чувствовать влияние, находиться под влиянием (чего-л.)

When Jim came home singing and shouting, we knew that he was under the influence of drink. — Когда Джим с криками и пением пришёл домой, мы поняли, что он был пьян.

33) ( be with)

а) разг. поддерживать (кого-л.)

We're with you all the way in your fight for equal rights. — Мы от всей души поддерживаем вас в борьбе за равноправие.

б) разг. понимать и любить (что-л. современное); одобрять

I'm not with these new fashions, I find them ugly. — Я не понимаю нынешних течений в моде. По-моему, это просто ужасно.

в) понимать объяснения (кого-л.)

34) ( be within) принадлежать, являться частью (чего-л.)

I can answer your question if it's within my competence. — Я могу ответить на ваш вопрос, если это входит в сферу моей компетенции.

35) ( be without) не хватать, недоставать

Many homes in Britain were without electricity during parts of the winter. — Временами зимой во многих домах Великобритании отключали электричество.

•

- be about
- be around
- be away
- be behind
- be below
- be down
- be in
- be inside
- be off
- be on
- be out
- be over
- be round
- be through
- be up
••

it's all over with someone — (такой-то) умер

to be down in the dumps / mouth — быть в плохом настроении / нездоровым; быть не в форме

to be in accord / harmony with smb. — иметь хорошие отношения с (кем-л.); иметь одинаковые вкусы, мнения с (кем-л.)

to be out in force / large numbers / strength — присутствовать, дежурить на улицах в большом количестве

- have been and gone and done
- be above one's head
- be above oneself
- be abreast of
- be all eyes
- be at a dead end
- be at a loss
- be at attention
- be at each other's throats
- be at ease
- be at it
- be at loggerheads
- be at pains
- be behind bars
- be behind the times
- be beneath contempt
- be beneath smb.'s dignity
- be beneath smb.'s notice
- be beside oneself
- be beyond question
- be beyond redemption
- be down for the count
- be down on one's luck
- be hard up for
- be hip to
- be in at the finish
- be in charge
- be in collision with
- be in for smth.
- be in line with
- be in on the ground floor
- be in the chair
- be in the money
- be in the way
- be on full time
- be on the make
- be on the point
- be onto a good thing
- be over and done with
- be ahead
- be amiss II [biː] вспомогательный глагол; прош. вр. 1 л., 3 л. ед. was, 2 л. ед., мн. were, прич. прош. вр. been
1) с причастием настоящего времени образует времена группы continuous

He was talking of you. — Он говорил о тебе.

A man who is being listened to. — Человек, которого сейчас слушают.

2) в сочетании с причастием настоящего времени или инфинитивом выражает будущее действие

She is visiting there next week. — Она приедет сюда на следующей неделе.

He is to see me today. — Он сегодня придёт меня повидать.

3) в сочетании с причастием прошедшего времени образует пассивный залог

The date was fixed. — Дата была зафиксирована.

His book will be published. — Его книга будет опубликована.

The political aspect of the subject has not been approached. — Политический аспект проблемы до сих пор не рассматривался.

4) уст. с причастием прошедшего времени передаёт перфектное значение для непереходных глаголов

Therefore I am returned. — И поэтому я вернулся.

His parents were grown old. — Его родители состарились.

Англо-русский современный словарь > be
46 sua

sŭus, a, um (old form sos, sa, sum; dat. plur. sis, Enn. ap. Fest. p. 301 Mull.; acc. sas. id. ib. p. 325 ib.; cf. Paul. ex Fest. p. 47; Schol. Pers. 1, 108; sing. sam for suam, Fest. p. 47 Mull.;
so for suo, C. I. L. 5, 2007. In ante-class. verse su- with the following vowel freq. forms one syllable,
Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 48; id. Ps. 1, 3, 5; Ter. And. 1, 1, 68; Lucr. 1, 1022; v. Neue, Formenl. 2, 189 sqq.), pron. poss., 3 d pers. [root SVA-; Sanscr. sva, own; cf. sui; Gr. seWo-, whence sphe, etc., and he; cf. heos], of or belonging to himself, herself, etc.; his own, her own, etc.; his, her, its, their; one ' s; hers, theirs.
I.
Ordinary possessive use his, etc. (cf. the similar use of the pers. pron. sui, q. v.).
A.
With antecedent in the same sentence.
1.
The antecedent a subject-nominative, expressed or understood.
(α).
His:
Caesar copias suas divisit,
Caes. B. C. 3, 97:
ille in sua sententia perseverat,
id. ib. 1, 72:
tantam habebat suarum rerum fiduciam,
id. ib. 2, 37:
cum sceleris sui socios Romae reliquisset,
Cic. Cat. 3, 1, 3:
cur ego non ignoscam si anteposuit suam salutem meae?
id. Pis. 32, 79; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Mil. 10, 27; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:
Hanno praefecturam ejus (i.e. Muttinis) filio suo (Hannonis) dedit,
Liv. 26, 40, 7:
imperat princeps civibus suis,
Sen. Clem. 1, 16, 2:
nemo rem suam emit,
id. Ben. 7, 4, 8.—
(β).
Her:
mea Glycerium suos parentes repperit,
Ter. And. 5, 6, 5:
utinam haec ignoraret suum patrem,
id. Phorm. 5, 6, 34:
si nunc facere volt era officium suom,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 72:
ne eadem mulier cum suo conjuge honestissimum adulescentem oppressisse videatur,
Cic. Cael. 32, 78:
si omnibus suis copiis excellentem virum res publica armasset,
id. Phil. 13, 16, 32.—
(γ).
Its:
omne animal, simul et ortum est, et se ipsum et omnes partes suas diligit,
Cic. Fin. 2, 11, 33:
cum mea domus ardore suo deflagrationem Italiae toti minaretur,
id. Planc. 40, 95.—
(δ).
Their: (legiones) si consulem suum reliquerunt, vituperandae sunt Cic. Phil. 5, 2, 4:
mittent aliquem de suo numero,
id. ib. 11, 10, 25:
rationem illi sententiae suae non fere reddebant,
id. Tusc. 1, 17, 38:
qui agellos suos redimere a piratis solebant,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 37, § 85:
edicunt ut ad suum vestitum senatores redirent,
id. Sest. 14, 32:
suis finibus eos prohibent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1: Allobrogibus sese persuasuros existimabant ut per suos (Allobrogum) fines eos (Helvetios) ire paterentur, id. id. 1, 6;
and distributively: ac naves onerariae LXIII. in portu expugnatae, quaedam cum suis oneribus, frumento, armis, aere, etc.,
some with their several cargoes, Liv. 26, 47, 9.—
2.
With a subject-clause as antecedent:
id sua sponte apparebat tuta celeribus consiliis praepositurum,
was selfevident, Liv. 22, 38, 13:
ad id quod sua sponte satis collectum animorum erat, indignitate etiam Romani accendebantur,
id. 3, 62, 1:
secutum tamen sua sponte est ut vilior ob ea regi Hannibal et suspectior fieret,
id. 35, 14, 4. —
3.
With subject-acc. as antecedent:
hanc dicam Athenis advenisse cum aliquo amatore suo, Plant. Mil. 2, 2, 86: doceo gratissimum esse in sua tribu Plancium,
Cic. Planc. 19, 47:
cupio eum suae causae confidere,
id. Sest. 64, 135:
suspicari debuit (Milo), eum (Clodium) ad villam suam (Clodii) deversurum,
id. Mil. 19, 51: Medeam praedicant in fuga fratris sui membra dissipavisse, id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 22:
(dixit) Caesarem pro sua dignitate debere et studium et iracundiam suam reipublicae dimittere,
Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
4.
With object-acc. as antecedent.
(α).
Suus being an adjunct of the subject (generally rendered in Engl. by a pass. constr.):
hunc pater suus de templo deduxit,
he was taken from the temple by his father, Cic. Inv. 2, 17, 52:
hunc sui cives e civitate ejecerunt,
id. Sest. 68, 142:
Alexandrum uxor sua... occidit,
id. Inv. 2, 49, 144:
illum ulciscentur mores sui,
id. Att. 9, 12, 2:
quodsi quem natura sua... forte deficiet,
id. Or. 1, 14:
utrumque regem sua multitudo consalutaverat,
Liv. 1, 7, 1:
quas (urbes) sua virtus ac dii juvent, magnas sibi opes facere,
id. 1, 9, 3; 1, 7, 15; 6, 33, 5:
quos nec sua conscientia impulerit, nec, etc.,
id. 26, 33, 3; 25, 14, 7:
consulem C. Marium servus suus interemit,
Val. Max. 6, 8, 2:
quis non Vedium Pollionem pejus oderat quam servi sui?
Sen. Clem. 1, 18, 2:
sera dies sit qua illum gens sua caelo adserat,
id. Cons. Poll. 12 (31), 5.—With the antecedent understood from the principal sentence:
ita forma simili pueri ut mater sua internoscere (sc. eos) non posset,
Plaut. Men. prol. 19; and with suus as adjunct both of the subject and of the antecedent: jubet salvere suos vir uxorem suam, id. merc. 4, 3, 11. —
(β).
With impers. verbs:
sunt homines, quos libidinis infamiaeque suae neque pudeat neque taedeat,
Cic. Verr. 1, 12, 35:
video fore ut inimicos tuos poeniteat intemperantiae suae,
id. Fam. 3, 10, 1:
si Caesarem beneficii sui poeniteret,
id. Lig. 10, 29; so id. Agr. 2, 11, 26:
jam ne nobilitatis quidem suae plebejos poenitere,
Liv. 10, 7, 8:
militem jam minus virtutis poenitere suae,
id. 22, 12, 10.—
(γ).
As adjunct of other members of the sentence:
ad parentes suos ducas Silenium,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 86. nam is illius filiam conicit in navem clam matrem suam (i.e. filiae), id. Mil. 2, 1, 34:
eosdem ad quaestoris sui aut imperatoris, aut commilitonum suorum pericula impulistis,
Cic. Phil. 13, 17, 34:
totum enim ex sua patria sustulisti,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 49, § 127; id. Or. 3, 32, 126: quem (Hammonium) tibi etiam suo nomine ( on his own account) commendo... itaque peto a te ut ejus procuratorem et ipsum suo nomine diligas, id. Fam. 13, 21, 2:
Caesar Fabium in sua remittit hiberna,
Caes. B. G. 5, 33; id. B. C. 3, 24:
introire ad Ciceronem, et domi suae imparatum confodere,
Sall. C. 28, 1:
suis flammis delete Fidenas,
i. e. the flames kindled by the Fidenates, Liv. 4, 33, 5:
suo igni involvit hostes,
Tac. A. 14, 30:
quid Caesarem in sua fata inmisit?
Sen. Ep. 94, 65; id. Q. N. 1, praef. 7; cf.
with antecedent supplied from preceding sentence: non destiti rogare et petere (sc. Brutum) mea causa, suadere et hortari sua,
Cic. Att. 6, 2, 7.—
5.
With dat. as antecedent.
(α).
As adjunct of subject (cf. 4. supra):
suus rex reginae placet,
a queen likes her own king, Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 76:
ei nunc alia ducenda'st domum, sua cognata Lemniensis,
id. Cist. 1, 1, 101:
Autronio nonne sodales, non collegae sui... defuerunt?
Cic. Sull. 2, 7:
si ceteris facta sua recte prosunt,
id. Cat. 3, 12, 27:
cui non magistri sui atque doctores, cui non... locus ipse... in mente versetur?
id. Planc. 33, 81:
haec omnia plane... Siculis erepta sunt: primum suae leges, etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 33:
Romanis multitudo sua auxit animum,
Liv. 21, 50, 4:
sicuti populo Romano sua fortuna labet,
id. 42, 50, 7:
Lanuvinis sacra sua reddita,
id. 8, 14, 2:
vilitas sua illis detrahit pretium,
Sen. Ben. 4, 29, 2:
nemo est cui felicitas sua satisfaciat,
id. Ep. 115, 17:
labor illi suus restitutus est,
id. Brev. Vit. 20, 3:
magnitudo sua singulis constat,
id. Q. N. 1, 1, 10:
tantum sapienti sua, quantum Dec omnis aetas patet,
id. Ep. 53, 11. —
With antecedent supplied from principal sentence: mater quod suasit sua Adulescens mulier fecit, i.e. ei,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 38.—
(β).
Of other words:
regique Thebano regnum stabilivit suum,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 40:
mittam hodie huic suo die natali malam rem magnam,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 5:
ego Metello non irascor, neque ei suam vacationem eripio,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:
desinant insidiari domui suae consuli,
id. Cat. 1, 13, 32:
quibus ea res honori fuerit a suis civibus,
id. Mil. 35, 96: Scipio suas res Syracusanis restituit, Liv. [p. 1824] 29, 1, 17:
nos non suas (leges Lacedaemoniis arbitror) ademisse, sed nostras leges dedisse,
id. 39, 37, 6:
Graccho et Tuditano provinciae Lucani et Galliae cum suis exercitibus prorogatae,
id. 25, 3, 5.—
6.
With gen., abl., or object of a prep. as antecedent:
nec illius animi aciem praestringit splendor sui nominis,
Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:
nolite a sacris patriis Junonis Sospitae domesticum et suum consulem avellere,
id. Mur. 41, 90:
quamvis tu magna mihi scripseris de Bruti adventu ad suas legiones,
id. Att. 14, 13, 12:
suae legis ad scriptum ipsam quoque sententiam adjungere,
the meaning of their law to which they refer, id. Inv. 2, 49, 147:
cum ambitio alterius suam primum apud eos majestatem solvisset,
Liv. 22, 42, 12:
nunc causam instituendorum ludorum ab origine sua repetam,
Val. Max. 2, 4, 4:
Jubam in regno suo non locorum notitia adjuvet, non popularium pro rege suo virtus,
Sen. Ep. 71, 10; id. Ben. 7, 6, 3; id. Clem. 1, 3, 4.—Esp. with cujusque as antecedent:
in qua deliberatione ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,
Cic. Off. 1, 33, 119 (v. II. D. 2. infra).— Abl.:
operam dare ut sua lex ipso scripto videatur niti,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 147 (cf. supra):
(Caesar reperiebat) ad Galbam propter justitiam prudentiamque suam totius belli summam deferri,
Caes. B. G. 2, 4:
credere, ad suum concilium a Jove deos advocari,
Sen. Q. N. 2, 42, 1.—
7.
With predic. nom. as antecedent:
sapientissimi artis suae professores sunt a quibus et propria studia verecunde et aliena callide administrantur,
Val. Max. 8, 12, 1.—
8.
With appositive noun.
(α).
With gram. subject as antecedent:
hoc Anaximandro, populari ac sodali suo, non persuasit,
Cic. Ac. 2, 37, 118:
vidit fortissimum virum, inimicissimum suum,
id. Mil. 9, 25:
(hic) fuit in Creta contubernalis Saturnini, propinqui sui,
id. Planc. 11, 27:
ut non per L. Crassum, adfinem suum... causam illam defenderit,
id. Balb. 21, 49:
ne cum hoc T. Broccho, avunculo, ne cum ejus filio, consobrino suo, ne nobiscum vivat,
id. Lig. 4, 11:
Caesar mittit ad eum A. Clodium, suum atque illius familiarem,
Caes. B. C. 3, 57.—
(β).
With object as antecedent:
Dicaearchum cum Aristoxeno, aequali et condiscipulo suo, omittamus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 41:
tres fratres optimos, non solum sibi ipsos, neque nobis, necessariis suis, sed etiam rei publicae condonavit,
id. Lig. 12, 36:
Varroni, quem, sui generis hominem,... vulgus extrahere ad consulatum nitebatur,
Liv. 22, 34, 2.—
(γ).
With appositive noun as antecedent:
si P. Scipionem, clarissimum virum, majorumque suorum simillimum res publica tenere potuisset,
Cic. Phil. 13, 14, 29:
M. Fabi Ambusti, potentis viri cum inter sui corporis homines, tum ad plebem, etc.,
Liv. 6, 34, 5:
C. vero Fabricii, et Q. Aemilii Papi, principum saeculi sui, domibus argentum fuisse confitear oportet,
Val. Max. 4, 4, 3.—
9.
In participial clauses.
(α).
The antecedent being the logical subject of the participle, and other than the principal subject:
credamus igitur Panaetio, a Platone suo dissentienti ( = qui dissentiebat),
Cic. Tusc. 1, 32, 79:
ea Sex. Roscium, expulsum ex suis bonis, recepit domum,
id. Rosc. Am. 10, 27:
diffidentemque rebus suis confirmavit,
id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23:
Dejotarum ad me venientem cum omnibus copiis suis, certiorem feci, etc.,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 7; id. Cat. 4, 9, 18: si hominis et suis et populi Romani ornamentis amplissimi ( being greatly distinguished) causam repudiassem, id. Mur. 4, 8:
stupentes tribunos et suam jam vicem magis anxios quam, etc., liberavit consensus populi Romani,
Liv. 8, 35, 1; 22, 42, 8:
manet in folio scripta querela suo ( = quam scripsit),
Ov. F. 5, 224; cf. in abl. absol.:
et ipsis (hostibus) regressis in castra sua,
Liv. 22, 60, 9:
quibus (speculis) si unum ostenderis hominem, populus adparet, unaquaque parte faciem exprimente sua,
Sen. Q. N. 1, 5, 5.—
(β).
The logical subject of the participle, being also the principal subject:
sic a suis legionibus condemnatus irrupit in Galliam,
Cic. Phil. 10, 10, 21:
hunc agrum patres nostri, acceptum a majoribus suis ( = quem acceperant), perdiderunt,
id. Agr. 2, 31, 84:
ut in suis ordinibus dispositi dispersos adorirentur,
Caes. B. C. 3, 92: Appius, odium in se aliorum suo in eos metiens odio, haud ignaro, inquit, imminet fortuna, Liv. 3, 54, 3:
ipsa capit Condita in pharetra ( = quae condiderat) tela minora sua,
Ov. F. 2, 326; cf. in abl. absol.:
Sopater, expositis suis difficultatibus ( = cum exposuisset, etc.): Timarchidem... perducit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 69:
Caesar, primum suo deinde omnium ex conspectu remotis equis, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 25:
Campani, audita sua pariter sociorumque clade, legatos ad Hannibalem miserunt,
Liv. 25, 15, 1:
(Appius) deposito suo magistratu... domum est reductus,
id. 4, 24, 7; 3, 35, 9; 9, 10, 13; 9, 41, 9.—
(γ).
The antecedent being the principal subject, not the logical subject of the participle:
M. Papirius dicitur Gallo, barbam suam (i.e. Papirii) permulcenti,... iram movisse,
Liv. 5, 41, 9: cum Gracchus, verecundia deserendi socios, implorantis fidem suam populique Romani, substitisset. id. 23, 36, 8; cf. in abl. absol.:
si sine maximo dedecore, tam impeditis suis rebus, potuisset emori,
Cic. Rab. Post. 10, 29; id. Mil. 14, 38; id. Planc. 21, 51; id. Clu. 14, 42:
ita (consul) proelio uno accidit Vestinorum res, haudquaquam tamen incruento milite suo (consulis),
Liv. 8, 29, 12; cf.
with antecedent to be supplied: Campani, cum, robore juventutis suae acciso, nulla (sc. eis) propinqua spes esset, etc.,
id. 7, 29, 7.—
10.
In gerund. construction. ( a) With subject as antecedent:
mihi ipsa Roma ad complectendum conservatorem suum progredi visa est,
Cic. Pis. 22, 52.—
(β).
With object, the logical subjects of the gerund as antecedent:
cur iis persequendi juris sui... adimis potestatem?
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21:
si senatui doloris sui de me declarandi potestas esset erepta,
id. Sest. 23, 51:
nec tribunis plebis (spatium datur) sui periculi deprecandi,
Caes. B. C. 1, 5.—
(γ).
With antecedent dependent on the gerund:
eamque rem illi putant a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam,
Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19.—
11.
As adjunct of a noun dependent on a subjectinf., with its logical subject as antecedent:
magnum Miloni fuit, conficere illam pestem nulla sua invidia?
Cic. Mil. 15, 40:
neque enim fuit Gabinii, remittere tantum de suo nec regis, imponere tantum plus suis,
his claim, id. Rab. Post. 11, 31:
Piso, cui fructum pietatis suae neque ex me neque a populo Romano ferre licuit,
id. Sest. 31, 68:
ei cujus magis intersit, vel sua, vel rei publicae causa vivere,
id. Off. 3, 23, 90:
sapientis est consilium explicare suum de maximis rebus,
id. Or. 2, 81, 333; id. Mil. 15, 41.—With logical subject understood:
totam Italiam suis colonis ut complere (sc. eis) liceat, permittitur,
Cic. Agr. 2, 13, 34:
maximum (sc. eis) solacium erit, propinquorum eodem monumento declarari, et virtutem suorum, et populi Romani pietatem,
id. Phil. 14, 13, 35.
B.
Without gram. antec., one ' s, one ' s own.
1.
Dependent on subject-inff.:
ejusdem animi est, posteris suis amplitudinem nobis quam non acceperit tradere, et memoriam prope intermortuam generis sui, virtute renovare,
Cic. Mur. 7, 16:
siquidem atrocius est, patriae parentem quam suum occidere,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
miliens perire est melius quam in sua civitate sine armorum praesidio non posse vivere,
id. ib. 2, 44, 112: quanto est honestius, alienis injuriis quam suis commoveri, one ' s own, id. Verr. 2, 3, 72, § 169:
contentum suis rebus esse maximae sunt certissimaeque divitiae,
id. Par. 6, 51:
ut non liceat sui commodi causa nocere alteri,
id. Off. 3, 5, 23:
detrahere de altero sui commodi causa,
id. ib. 3, 5, 24:
suis exemplis melius est uti,
Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2:
levius est sua decreta tollere quam aliorum,
Liv. 3, 21. 5; 39, 5, 2;
29, 37, 11: satius est vitae suae rationes quam frumenti publici nosse,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 18, 3:
quanto satius est sua mala exstinguere quam aliena posteris tradere?
id. Q. N. 3, praef. 5:
cum initia beneficiorum suorum spectare, tum etiam exitus decet,
id. Ben. 2, 14, 2; 3, 1, 5:
Romani nominis gloriae, non suae, composuisse illa decuit,
Plin. 1, prooem. § 16.—With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent: cum possimus ab Ennio sumere... exemplum, videtur esse arrogantia illa relinquere, et ad sua devenire, to one ' s own = to our own, Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2.—
2.
Without a subject-inf.:
omnia torquenda sunt ad commodum suae causae... sua diligenter narrando,
Cic. Inv. 1, 21, 30: ut in ceteris habenda ratio non sua (al. sui) solum, sed etiam aliorum, id. Off. 1, 39, 139:
erat Dareo mite ac tractabile ingenium, nisi suam naturam plerumque fortuna corrumperet (suam not referring to Dareo),
Curt. 3, 2, 17 MSS. (Foss, mansuetam). — With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent (cf. 1. supra):
non erit ista amicitia sed mercatura quaedam utilitatum suarum,
Cic. N. D. 1, 44, 122; cf.: pro suo possidere, II. A. 2. a. g; and Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73, II. A. 2. b. a; cf. also II. B. 1. a; II. B. 5. c.; II. B. 7. b.; II. C. 8. b. b infra.
C.
With antec. in a previous sentence. Here ejus, eorum, earum are used for his, her, their, unless the clause is oblique in regard to the antecedent, i. e. the antecedent is conceived as the author of the statement.
1.
In clauses dependent on a verbum sentiendi or dicendi, expressed or understood, referring to the grammatical or logical subject of the verb.
a.
In infinitive clauses:
(Clodius) Caesaris potentiam suam potentiam esse dicebat,
Cic. Mil. 32, 88:
(Caelius) a sua (causa) putat ejus (i.e. Ascitii) esse sejunctam,
id. Cael. 10, 24:
ipsos certo scio non negare ad haec bona Chrysogonum accessisse impulsu suo (referring to ipsos),
id. Rosc. Am. 37, 107:
hostes viderunt,... suorum tormentorum usum spatio propinquitatis interire,
Caes. B. C. 2, 16:
docent, sui judicii rem non esse,
id. ib. 1, 13.—The reference of suus may be ambiguous, esp. if an infinitive is dependent on another:
hoc Verrem dicere ajebant, te... opera sua consulem factum, i.e. Verris, though grammatically it might refer to the subj. of aiebant,
Cic. Verr. 1, 10, 29:
(Ariovistus) dixit neminem secum sine sua pernicie contendisse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 36; cf. the context with, in all, eleven reflexive pronouns referring to four different antecedents (populus Romanus, Ariovistus, Caesar, nemo); cf.
also: occurrebat ei, mancam praeturam suam futuram consule Milone,
Cic. Mil. 9, 25; 32, 88; Liv. 3, 42, 2.—
b.
Suus in a clause dependent on inf.:
scio equidem, ut, qui argentum afferret atque expressam imaginem suam (i.e. militis) huc ad nos, cum eo ajebat velle mitti mulierem,
Plaut. Ps. 2, 2, 55:
isti bonorum emptores arbitrantur, vos hic sedere qui excipiatis eos qui de suis (i.e. emptorum) manibus effugerint,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:
Siculi venisse tempus ajebant ut commoda sua defenderem,
id. Div. in Caecil. 1, 3:
ut tunc tandem sentiret recuperanda esse quae prius sua culpa amissa forent,
Liv. 44, 8, 4. —
Ambiguous: velle Pompejum se Caesari purgatum, ne ea quae reipublicae causa egerit (Pompejus) in suam (i.e. Caesaris) contumeliam vertat (where suam might be referred to Pompejus),
Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
c.
In oblique clauses introduced by ut or ne, or clauses subordinate to such:
Cassius constituit ut ludi absente te fierent suo nomine,
Cic. Att. 15, 11, 2:
postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam tam nefariam adjutores vos profiteamini,
id. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:
Nasidius eos magnopere hortatur ut rursus cum Bruti classe, additis suis (i.e. Nasidii) auxiliis confligant,
Caes. B. C. 2, 3:
(regem) denuntiasse sibi ut triduo regni sui decederent finibus,
Liv. 42, 25, 12:
Sabinae mulieres, hinc patres, hinc viros orantes, ne parricidio macularent partus suos (i.e. mulierum),
id. 1, 13, 2:
Patron praecepit suis ut arma induerent, ad omne imperium suum parati,
Curt. 5, 11, 1.—With reflex. pron., referring to a different antecedent:
ad hanc (Laidem) Demosthenes clanculum adit, et ut sibi copiam sui faceret, petit,
Gell. 1, 8, 5. —
d.
In subordinate clauses introduced by quin or quod:
(Dejotarus) non recusat quin id suum facinus judices,
Cic. Deiot. 15, 43; so id. ib. 4, 15;
16, 45: parietes hujus curiae tibi gratias agere gestiunt, quod futura sit illa auctoritas in his majorum suorum et suis sedibus,
id. Marcell. 3, 10:
quidni gauderet quod iram suam nemo sentiret?
Sen. Troad. 3, 13:
querenti quod uxor sua e fico se suspendisset,
Quint. 6, 3, 88;
and with intentional ambiguity: cum Proculejus quereretur de filio quod is mortem suam expectaret,
id. 9, 3, 68. —
e.
In interrogative clauses:
si, quod officii sui sit, non occurrit animo, nihil umquam omnino aget,
Cic. Ac. 2, 8, 25:
ut non auderet iterum dicere quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,
id. Caecin. 10, [p. 1825] 28:
donec sciat unisquisque quid sui, quid alieni sit,
Liv. 6, 27, 8:
rex ignarus, quae cum Hannibale legatis suis convenisset, quaeque legati ejus ad se allaturi fuissent,
id. 23, 39, 2:
postquam animadvertit quantus agminis sui terror esset,
id. 43, 19, 5. —
2.
In a virtually oblique clause.
a.
In final clause, introduced by ut, ne, or rel., referring to the subject of the purpose:
me a portu praemisit domum, ut haec nuntiem uxori suae,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 41:
quasi Appius ille Caecus viam muniverit, non qua populus uteretur, sed ubi impune sui posteri latrocinarentur, i. e. Appii,
Cic. Mil. 7, 17:
quae gens ad Caesarem legatos mise. rat, ut suis omnibus facultatibus uteretur,
Caes. B. C. 3, 80:
inde castra movent, ne qua vis sociis suis ab Romano exercitu inferri possit,
Liv. 43, 23, 5:
(Romani) Albam a fundamentis proruerunt, ne memoria originum suarum exstaret,
id. 26, 13, 16:
oppidani nuntios Romam, qui certiorem de suo casu senatum facerent, misere,
id. 6, 33, 7; cf.:
tanto intervallo ab hostibus consedit, ut nec adventus suus propinquitate nimia nosci posset, et, etc.,
Liv. 10, 20, 7:
Datames locum delegit talem ut non multum obesse multitudo hostium suae paucitati posset,
Nep. Dat. 7, 3:
quid si gubernator a diis procellas petat ut gratior ars sua periculo fiat?
Sen. Ben. 6, 25, 4. —
b.
In other dependent clauses represented as conceived by an antecedent in the principal sentence:
Sulla, si sibi suus pudor ac dignitas non prodesset, nullum auxilium requisivit ( = negavit se defendi velle, si, etc.),
Cic. Sull. 5, 15:
Paetus omnes libros quos frater suus reliquisset mihi donavit ( = dixit se donare libros quos, etc.),
id. Att. 2, 1, 12:
non enim a te emit, sed, priusquam tu suum sibi venderes, ipse possedit ( = potitus est, ne, etc.),
id. Phil. 2, 37, 96:
Africanus, si sua res ageretur, testimonium non diceret,
id. Rosc. Am. 36, 3:
ille ipse (Pompejus) proposuit epistulam illam, in qua est Pro tuis rebus gestis amplissimis. Amplioribusne quam suis, quam Africani?
id. Att. 8, 9, 2:
spiritus dabat (Manlio) quod... vinculorum suorum invidiam dictator fugisset,
Liv. 6, 18, 4:
(Numa) Camenis eum lucum sacravit, quod earum ibi concilia cum conjuge sua Egeria essent,
id. 1, 21, 3:
adulescens deos omnis invocare ad gratiam illi pro se referendam, quoniam sibi nequaquam satis facultatis pro suo animo atque illius erga se esset,
id. 26, 50, 4 (cf. D. 1. a. infra).
D.
In the place of ejus.
1.
In clauses virtually oblique, but with indicative, being conceived by the antecedent (hence suus, not ejus), but asserted as fact by the author (hence indicative, not subjunctive):
Cicero tibi mandat ut Aristodemo idem respondeas, quod de fratre suo (Ciceronis) respondisti,
Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4:
oriundi ab Sabinis, ne, quia post Tatii mortem ab sua parte non erat regnatum, imperium amitterent, sui corporis creari regem volebant,
Liv. 1, 17, 2:
C. Caesar villam pulcherrimam, quia mater sua aliquando in illa custodita erat, diruit,
Sen. Ira, 3, 21, 5:
Philemonem, a manu servum, qui necem suam per venenum inimicis promiserat, non gravius quam simplici morte punivit,
Suet. Caes. 74; cf.:
quomodo excandescunt si quid e juba sua decisum est,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 12, 3.—
2.
To avoid ambiguity:
petunt rationes illius (Catilinae) ut orbetur consilio res publica, ut minuatur contra suum (i.e. Catilinae) furorem imperatorum copia (instead of ejus, which might be referred to res publica),
Cic. Mur. 39, 83:
equites a cornibus positos, cum jam pelleretur media peditum suorum acies, incurrisse ab lateribus ferunt,
Liv. 1, 37, 3.—
3.
Colloquially and in epistolary style suus is used emphatically instead of ejus, with the meaning own, peculiar: deinde ille actutum subferret suus servus poenas Sosia, his own slave (opp. Mercury, who personates Sosias), Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 19: mira erant in civitatibus ipsorum furta Graecorum quae magistratus sui fecerant, their own magistrates ( = ipsorum), Cic. Att. 6, 2, 5:
in quibus (litteris Bruti) unum alienum summa sua prudentia (est), ut spectem ludos suos,
his peculiar prudence, id. ib. 15, 26, 1; so,
quod quidem ille (Nero) decernebat, quorumdam dolo ad omina sui exitus vertebatur,
Tac. A. 16, 24; cf. II. A. 1. b and g; II. A. 2. a. b; II. B. 3.—
4.
Without particular emphasis (mostly ante- and post-class. and poet.):
tum erit tempestiva cum semen suum maturum erit,
Cato, R. R. 31:
vitis si macra erit, sarmenta sua concidito minute,
id. ib. 37:
qui sic purgatus erit, diuturna valetudine utatur, neque ullus morbus veniet, nisi sua culpa,
id. ib. 157:
Cimon in eandem invidiam incidit quam pater suus,
Nep. Cim. 3, 1:
id qua ratione consecutus sit (Lysander) latet. Non enim virtute sui exercitus factum est, etc.,
id. Lys. 1, 2:
ipse sub Esquiliis, ubi erat regia sua, Concidit,
Ov. F. 6, 601:
quodque suus conjux riguo collegerat horto, Truncat olus foliis,
id. M. 8, 646; so id. ib. 15, 819.
II.
In partic.
A.
As substt.
1.
sui, suorum, m., his, their (etc.) friends, soldiers, fellow-beings, equals, adherents, followers, partisans, posterity, slaves, family, etc., of persons in any near connection with the antecedent.
(α).
(Corresp. to the regular usage, I. A. B. C.) Cupio abducere ut reddam (i.e. eam) suis, to her family, friends, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 77; cf. id. ib. 1, 2, 66:
cum animus societatem caritatis coierit cum suis, omnesque natura conjunctos suos duxerit,
fellow-beings, Cic. Leg. 1, 23, 60:
mulier ingeniosa praecepit suis omnia Caelio pollicerentur,
her slaves, id. Cael. 25, 62:
quo facilius et nostras domos obire, et ipse a suis coli possit,
his friends, id. ib. 7, 18:
qua gratiam beneficii vestri cum suorum laude conjungant,
their family, id. Agr. 2, 1, 1:
vellem hanc contemptionem pecuniae suis reliquisset,
to his posterity, id. Phil. 3, 6, 16:
cum divisurum se urbem palam suis polliceretur,
his partisans, id. ib. 13, 9, 19:
Caesar, cohortatus suos, proelium commisit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 25; so,
Curio exercitum reduxit, suis omnibus praeter Fabium incolumibus,
id. B. C. 2, 35:
Caesar receptui suorum timens,
id. ib. 3, 46:
certior ab suis factus est, praeclusas esse portas,
id. ib. 2, 20:
omnium suorum consensu, Curio bellum ducere parabat,
id. ib. 2, 37: so,
Pompejus suorum omnium hortatu statuerat proelio decertare,
id. ib. 3, 86:
Caesar Brundisium ad suos severius scripsit,
to his officers, id. ib. 3, 25:
naviculam conscendit cum paucis suis,
a few of his followers, id. ib. 3, 104:
multum cum suis consiliandi causa secreto praeter consuetudinem loqueretur,
id. ib. 1, 19:
nupsit Melino, adulescenti inprimis inter suos et honesto et nobili,
his equals, associates, Cic. Clu. 5, 11:
rex raptim a suis in equum impositus fugit,
his suite, Liv. 41, 4, 7:
subsidio suorum proelium restituere,
comrades, id. 21, 52, 10:
feras bestias... ad opem suis ferendam avertas,
their young, id. 26, 13, 12:
abstulit sibi in suos potestatem,
his slaves, Sen. Ira, 3, 12, 6:
Besso et Nabarzani nuntiaverant sui regem... interemptum esse,
their fellow - conspirators, Curt. 5, 12, 14. — Very rarely sing.:
ut bona mens suis omnibus fuerit. Si quem libido abripuit, illorum eum, cum quibus conjuravit, non suum judicet esse,
Liv. 39, 16, 5.—
(β).
Irregular use (acc. to I. D.): sui = ejus amici, etc. (freq.;
the absolute use of ejus in this sense being inadmissible): quasi vero quisquam dormiat? ne sui quidem hoc velint, non modo ipse (sui = ejus amici, liberi),
Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:
is (annus) ejus omnem spem... morte pervertit. Fuit hoc luctuosum suis, acerbum patriae, etc.,
id. Or. 3, 2, 8:
quadrigas, quia per suos ( = ipsius milites) agendae erant, in prima acie locaverat rex,
Liv. 37, 41, 8:
auctoritatem Pisistrati qui inter suos ( = ejus cives) maxima erat,
id. 37, 12:
quo cum multitudine adversariorum sui superarentur, ipse fuit superior, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 8, 4; v. g.—
(γ).
Without antecedent (cf. I. B. supra): quoties necesse est fallere aut falli a suis, by one ' s friends, Sen. Phoen. 493.—
(δ).
Sing.: sŭa, suae. f., a sweetheart, mistress (rare): illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit. Cic. Phil. 2, 28. 69:
cedo quid hic faciet sua?
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 92.—
2.
sŭum, i, n., and more freq. sŭa, suorum, n. plur., = one ' s property.
a.
Sing.
(α).
Lit.:
nec suom adimerem alteri,
his property, his own, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 38 (34):
nunc si ille salvos revenit, reddam suom sibi (v. D. 3. a. infra),
id. ib. 1, 2, 119:
illum studeo quam facillime ad suum pervenire,
Cic. Fam. 13, 26, 4:
populi Romani hanc esse consuetudinem ut socios sui nihil deperdere velit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43; cf. Cic. Rab. Post. 11, 3, I. A. 11. supra:
nec donare illi de suo dicimur,
Sen. Ben. 7, 4, 2; so esp. with quisque; v. infra — Hence, de suo = per se, or sua sponte;
(stellae) quae per igneos tractus labentia inde splendorem trahant caloremque, non de suo clara,
Sen. Q. N. 7, 1, 6. —
(β).
Trop.:
meum mihi placebat, illi suum (of a literary essay),
Cic. Att. 14, 20, 3: suom quemque decet, his own manners, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 11; so, expendere oportet quid quisque habeat sui ( what peculiarities) nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant;
id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,
Cic. Off. 1, 31, 113.—
(γ).
Jurid. term: aliquid pro suo possidere, to possess in the belief of one ' s legal right:
pro suo possessio tale est, cum dominium nobis acquiri putamus. Et ea causa possidemus ex qua acquiritur, et praeterea pro suo,
Dig. 41, 10, 1;
so without an antecedent, and referring to a first person: item re donata, pro donato et pro suo possideo,
ib. 41, 10, 1; v. the whole tit. ib. 42, 10 (Pro suo); cf. ib. 23, 3, 67; cf. C., infra fin.;
similarly: usucapere pro suo = acquire dominion by a possession pro suo, Fragm. Vat. 111: res pro suo, quod justam causam possidendi habet, usucapit,
id. ib. 260; Dig. 41, 3, 27. —
b.
Plur.
(α).
One ' s property:
Roscius tibi omnia sua praeter animam tradidit,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 50, 146:
qui etiam hostibus externis victis sua saepissime reddiderunt,
id. Agr. 1, 6, 19:
tu autem vicinis tuis Massiliensibus sua reddis,
id. Att. 14, 14, 6:
Remi legatos miserunt qui dicerent se suaque omnia in fidem atque potestatem populi Romani permittere,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3, 2; 1, 11, 2; 2, 13, 2:
ipsi milites alveos informes quibus se suaque transveherent, faciebant,
their baggage, Liv. 21, 26, 9:
docere eos qui sua permisere fortunae,
Sen. Q. N. 3, praef. 7; so without an antecedent, one ' s own property (cf. I. B. 2. supra):
hanc ob causam maxime ut sua tenerentur res publicae constitutae sunt,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73;
rarely = eorum res: quod vero etiam sua reddiderint (i.e. Gallis),
Liv. 39, 55, 3. —
(β).
One ' s own affairs:
aliena ut melius videant et dijudicent Quam sua,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 96:
cognoscunt... immobile agmen et sua quemque molientem,
Liv. 10, 20, 8:
omnia ei hostium non secus quam sua nota erant,
id. 22, 41, 5:
aliena cum suis perdidit,
Sen. Ben. 7, 16, 3.— Absol., referring to a noun fem.: sua (finxit) C. Cassius ( = suas persuasiones; cf.
the context),
Quint. 6, 3, 90.
B.
Predicative uses: suum esse, facere, fieri, putare, etc., like a gen. poss., to be, etc., the property, or under the dominion, control, power of the antecedent.
1.
Of property in things.
(α).
Corporeal:
scripsit causam dicere Prius aurum quare sit suum,
Ter. Eun. prol. 11:
nihil erat cujusquam quod non hoc anno suum fore putabat (Clodius),
Cic. Mil. 32, 87:
quia suum cujusque fit, eorum quae natura fuerant communia quod cuique obtigit, id quisque teneat,
id. Off. 1, 7, 21:
Juba suam esse praedicans praedam,
Caes. B. C. 3, 84:
gratum sibi populum facturum, si omnes res Neapolitanorum suas duxissent,
Liv. 22, 32, 8: libros esse dicimus Ciceronis;
eosdem Dorus librarius suos vocat,
Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 1:
cum enim istarum personarum nihil suum esse possit,
since these persons can own nothing, Gai. Inst. 2, 96; cf. Dig. 1, 7, 15 pr.—Virtually predicative:
referas ad eos qui suam rem nullam habent ( = rem quae sua sit),
nothing of their own, Cic. Phil. 2, 6, 15:
qui in potestate nostra est, nihil suum habere potest,
Gai. Inst. 2, 84. — ( b) Of literary works:
quae convenere in Andriam ex Perinthia Fatetur transtulisse, atque usum pro suis ( = quasi sua essent),
Ter. And. prol. 14:
potest autem... quae tum audiet... ingenue pro suis dicere,
his own thoughts, Quint. 12, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Of a country or people:
suum facere = suae dicionis facere: commemorat ut (Caesar) magnam partem Italiae beneficio atque auctoritate eorum suam fecerit,
Caes. B. C. 2, 32:
in quam (Asiam) jam ex parte suam fecerit,
Liv. 44, 24, 4:
crudelissima ac superbissima gens sua omnia suique arbitrii facit,
id. 21, 44, 5.—
(δ).
Trop.:
omnia sua putavit quae vos vestra esse velletis,
Cic. Phil. 11, 12, 27:
non meminit, illum exercitum senatus populique Romani esse, non suum,
id. ib. 13, 6, 4: [p. 1826] probavit, non rempublicam suam esse, sed se reipublicae, Sen. Clem. 1, 19, 8;
so of incorporeal things: hi si velint scire quam brevis eorum vita sit, cogitent ex quota parte sua sit,
how much of it is their own, id. Brev. Vit. 19, 3; so, suum facere, to appropriate:
prudentis est, id quod in quoque optimum est, si possit, suum facere,
Quint. 10, 2, 26:
quaeremus quomodo animus (hanc virtutem) usu suam faciat,
Sen. Clem. 1, 3, 1.—
2.
Of persons.
(α).
Under a master ' s or father ' s control:
ut lege caverent, ne quis quem civitatis mutandae causa suum faceret, neve alienaret,
make any one his slave, Liv. 41, 8, 12: quid eam tum? suamne esse ajebat, his daughter, i.e. in his power? Ter. And. 5, 4, 29:
eduxit mater pro sua ( = quasi sua esset),
id. Eun. 1, 2, 76.—
(β).
Reflexively = sui juris, independent, one ' s own master or mistress, not subject to another ' s control, under one ' s own control (v. sui juris, infra):
ancilla, quae mea fuit hodie, sua nunc est,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Of moral power over others: suus = devoted to one:
hice hoc munere arbitrantur Suam Thaidem esse,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 38:
eos hic fecit suos Paulo sumptu,
id. Ad. 5, 4, 21:
sed istunc exora, ut (mulierem) suam esse adsimulet,
to be friendly to him, id. Heaut. 2, 3, 117:
cum Antonio sic agens ut perspiciat, si in eo negotio nobis satisfecerit, totum me futurum suum,
Cic. Att. 14, 1 a, 2:
Alpheus... utebatur populo sane suo,
devoted to him, id. Quint. 7, 29.— Poet.: vota suos habuere deos, the vows (inst. of the persons uttering them) had the gods on their side, Ov. M. 4, 373. —
(δ).
Of power over one's self, etc.:
nam qui sciet ubi quidque positum sit, quaque eo veniat, is poterit eruere, semperque esse in disputando suus,
self-possessed, Cic. Fin. 4, 4, 10:
inaestimabile bonum est suum fieri,
selfcontrol, Sen. Ep. 75, 18:
(furiosus) qui suus non est,
Dig. 42, 4, 7, § 9:
vix sua, vix sanae virgo Niseia compos Mentis erat,
Ov. M. 8, 35. —
3.
Suum est, as impers. predicate: = ejus est, characteristic of, peculiar to one (very rare):
dixit antea, sed suum illud est, nihil ut affirmet,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99.
C.
Attributive usages, almost always (except in Seneca) with suus before its noun.
1.
The property, relations, affairs, etc., of one opposed to those of another, own.
a.
Opposition expressed:
nihil de suo casu, multa de vestro querebatur,
Cic. Balb. 8, 21:
sua sibi propiora pericula quam mea loquebantur,
id. Sest. 18, 40:
suasque et imperatoris laudes canentes,
Liv. 45, 38, 12:
damnatione collegae et sua,
id. 22, 35, 3:
Senecae fratris morte pavidum et pro sua incolumitate pavidum,
Tac. A. 14, 73:
velut pro Vitellio conquerentes suum dolorem proferebant,
id. H. 3, 37;
opp. alienus: ut suo potius tempore mercatorem admitterent, quam celerius alieno,
at a time convenient to themselves, Varr. R. R. 3, 16, 11. —Without antecedent, opp. externus:
(Platoni) duo placet esse motus, unum suum, alterum externum, esse autem divinius quod ipsum ex se sua sponte moveatur, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32. —
b.
Implied:
voluptatem suis se finibus tenere jubeamus,
within the limits assigned to it, Cic. Fin. 3, 1, 1:
cum vobis immortale monumentum suis paene manibus senatus... exstruxerit,
id. Phil. 14, 12, 33:
superiores (amnes) in Italia, hic (Rhodanus) trans Alpes, hospitales suas tantum, nec largiores quam intulere aquas vehentes,
Plin. 2, 103, 106, § 224: colligitur aqua ex imbribus;
ex suo fonte nativa est,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 3:
pennas ambo non habuere suas (non suas = alienas),
Ov. Tr. 3, 4, 24. —
c.
In particular phrases. ( a) Sua sponte and suo Marte, of one ' s own accord, by one ' s self, without the suggestion, influence, aid, etc., of others:
Caesar bellum contra Antonium sua sponte suscepit,
Cic. Phil. 8, 2, 5:
sua sponte ad Caesarem in jus adierunt,
Caes. B. C. 1, 87.—So of things, = per se, by or of itself, for itself, for its own sake:
jus et omne honestum sua sponte expetendum (cf. in the context: per se igitur jus est expetendum),
Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 48: justitium sua sponte inceptum priusquam indiceretur, by itself, i. e. without a decree, Liv. 9, 7, 8; so,
sortes sua sponte attenuatas,
id. 22, 1, 11 (cf. id. 22, 38, 13; 35, 14, 4, I. A. 2., supra): rex enim ipse, sua sponte, nullis commentariis Caesaris, simul atque audivit ejus interitum suo Marte res suas recuperavit, Cic. Phil. 2, 37, 95.—
(β).
Suus locus, in milit. lang., one ' s own ground, position, or lines:
restitit suo loco Romana acies (opp. to the advance of the enemy),
Liv. 22, 16, 2.—So figuratively:
et staturas suo loco leges,
Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2:
aciem instruxit primum suis locis, pauloque a castris Pompeji longius,
Caes. B. C. 3, 84 (cf.: suo loco, 7. b. g, infra).—
(γ).
For suo jure v. 3. infra.—
(δ).
Sua Venus = one's own Venus, i. e. good luck (v. Venus): ille non est mihi par virtutibus, nec officiis;
sed habuit suam Venerem,
Sen. Ben. 2, 28, 2. —
2.
Of private relations (opp. to public):
ut in suis rebus, ita in re publica luxuriosus nepos,
Cic. Agr. 2, 18, 48:
deinde ut communibus pro communibus utatur, privatis ut suis,
id. Off. 1, 7, 20:
quod oppidum Labienus sua pecunia exaedificaverat,
Caes. B. C. 1, 15:
militibus agros ex suis possessionibus pollicetur,
i. e. his private property, id. ib. 1, 17; Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 3. —
3.
Of just rights or claims:
imperatori senatuique honos suus redditus,
due to them, Liv. 3, 10, 3:
neque inpedimento fuit, quominus religionibus suus tenor suaque observatio redderetur,
Val. Max. 1, 1, 8:
quibus omnibus debetur suus decor,
Quint. 11, 1, 41. —
So distributively: is mensibus suis dimisit legionem,
in the month in which each soldier was entitled to his discharge, Liv. 40, 41, 8. — Esp.: suo jure (so, meo, nostro, tuo, etc., jure), by his own right:
Tullus Hostilius qui suo jure in porta nomen inscripsit,
Cic. Phil. 13, 12, 26:
earum rerum hic A. Licinius fructum a me repetere prope suo jure debet,
id. Arch. 1, 1; id. Marcell. 2, 6; id. Phil. 2, 25, 62; id. Balb. 8, 21:
numquam illum res publica suo jure esset ulta,
by its unquestionable right, id. Mil. 33, 88. —
4.
Of that to which one is exclusively devoted:
huic quaestioni suum diem dabimus,
a day for its exclusive discussion, Sen. Ep. 94, 52:
homini autem suum bonum ratio est,
his exclusive good, id. ib. 76, 10:
in majorem me quaestionem vocas, cui suus locus, suus dies dandus est,
id. Q. N. 2, 46, 1. —
With proprius: mentio inlata apud senatum est, rem suo proprio magistratu egere,
that the business needed a particular officer exclusively for itself, Liv. 4, 8, 4:
et Hannibalem suo proprio occupandum bello,
id. 27, 38, 7; cf.:
dissupasset hostes, ni suo proprio eum proelio equites Volscorum exceptum tenuissent,
in which they alone fought, id. 3, 70, 4:
mare habet suas venas quibus impletur,
by which it alone is fed, Sen. Q. N. 3, 14, 3. —
5.
According to one ' s liking, of one ' s own choice.
a.
Of persons, devoted to one, friendly, dear:
Milone occiso (Clodius) habuisset suos consules,
after his own heart, Cic. Mil. 33, 89:
collegit ipse se contra suum Clodium,
his dear Clodius, id. Pis. 12, 27 (cf.: suum facere, habere, II. B. 2. g).—
b.
Of things, favorable.
(α).
Of place: neque Jugurtham nisi... suo loco pugnam facere, on his own ground, i. e. chosen by him, favorable, Sall. J. 61, 1:
hic magna auxilia expectabant et suis locis bellum in hiemem ducere cogitabant,
Caes. B. C. 1, 61; cf.:
numquam nostris locis laboravimus,
Liv. 9, 19, 15.—
(β).
Of time:
cum Perseus suo maxime tempore et alieno hostibus incipere bellum posset,
Liv. 42, 43, 3; v. 7. b, infra. —
c.
Of circumstances: sua occasio, a favorable opportunity; sometimes without antecedent:
neque occasioni tuae desis, neque suam occasionem hosti des,
Liv. 22, 39, 21:
tantum abfuit ut ex incommodo alieno sua occasio peteretur,
id. 4, 58, 2:
aestuque suo Locros trajecit,
a favorable tide, id. 23, 41, 11:
ignoranti quem portum petat nullus suus ventus est,
Sen. Ep. 71, 3:
orba suis essent etiamnunc lintea ventis,
Ov. M. 13, 195:
aut ille Ventis iturus non suis,
Hor. Epod. 9, 30. —
6.
Of persons or things, peculiar, particular:
quae est ei (animo) natura? Propria, puto, et sua,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 70:
omnis enim motus animi suum quendam a natura habet vultum,
id. de Or. 3, 57, 316:
geometrae et musici... more quodam loquuntur suo. Ipsae rhetorum artes verbis in docendo quasi privatis utuntur ac suis,
id. Fin. 3, 1, 4:
sensus omnis habet suum finem,
its peculiar limits, Quint. 9, 4, 61: animus cum suum ambitum complevit et finibus se suis cinxit, consummatum est summum bonum, Sen. Vit. Beat. 9, 3: est etiam in nominibus ( nouns) diverso collocatis sua gratia, their peculiar elegance, Quint. 9, 3, 86:
ibi non bello aperto, sed suis artibus, fraude et insidiis, est paene circumventus,
Liv. 21, 34, 1:
nec Hannibalem fefellit, suis se artibus peti,
id. 22, 16, 5:
adversus hostem non virtute tantum, sed suis (i. e. hostis) etiam pugnare consiliis oportebat,
Flor. 2, 6, 26:
liberam Minucii temeritatem se suo modo expleturum,
Liv. 22, 28, 2:
equites ovantes sui moris carmine,
id. 10, 26, 11:
exsultans cum sui moris tripudiis,
id. 21, 42, 3:
tripudiantes suo more,
id. 23, 26, 9.—So, suo Marte, referring to the style of fighting peculiar to the different arms:
equitem suo alienoque Marte pugnare,
that the cavalry were fighting both in their own style and in that of the other arms, Liv. 3, 62, 9; cf.: suo Marte, 1, c. a, supra.—And distributively ( = suus quisque):
suos autem haec operum genera ut auctores, sic etiam amatores habent,
Quint. 12, 10, 2:
illa vero fatidica fulmina ex alto et ex suis venire sideribus,
Plin. 2, 43, 43, § 113; cf.:
quae quidem planiora suis exemplis reddentur,
Val. Max. 3, 4 prooem.—
7.
Proper, right.
a.
Referring to one's ordinary or normal condition:
quod certe non fecisset, si suum numerum naves habuissent,
their regular complement, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 51, § 133. — So poet.:
flecte ratem! numerum non habet illa suum,
its full number, Ov. H. 10, 36:
novus exercitus consulibus est decretus: binae legiones cum suo equitatu,
Liv. 40, 36, 6:
cum suo justo equitatu,
id. 21, 17, 8:
totam (disciplinam) in suum statum redegit,
Val. Max. 2, 7, 2:
tranquilla mente et vultu suo,
with the ordinary expression of his face, Sen. Clem. 2, 6, 2:
media pars aeris ab his (ignibus) submota, in frigore suo manet. Natura enim aeris gelida est,
id. Q. N. 2, 10, 4:
cornuaque in patriis non sua vidit aquis,
not natural to her, Ov. H. 14, 90. —
So, non suus, of ingrafted branches and their fruit: miraturque (arbos) novas frondis et non sua poma,
Verg. G. 2, 82. —
b.
Of time, proper, regular, etc. (cf. 5. b, supra).
(α).
The regular time ( = stato tempore):
signum quod semper tempore exoritur suo,
Plaut. Rud. prol. 4:
cum et recte et suo tempore pepererit,
Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 16: aestas suo tempore incanduit...;
tam solstitium quam aequinoctium suos dies retulit,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 16, 3:
omnes venti vicibus suis spirant majore ex parte,
Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128. —
(β).
The right or proper time:
salictum suo tempore caedito,
Cato, R. R. 33:
cessit e vita suo magis quam suorum civium tempore,
the right time for himself, Cic. Brut. 1, 4; so,
exstingui homini suo tempore optabile est,
id. Sen. 23, 85:
Scandilius dicit se suo tempore rediturum,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 60, § 139:
si Ardeates sua tempora exspectare velint,
Liv. 4, 7, 6:
Chrysippus dicit, illum... opperiri debere suum tempus, ad quod velut dato signo prosiliat,
Sen. Ben. 2, 25, 3:
quam multi exercitus tempore suo victorem hostem pepulerunt!
Liv. 44, 39, 4. — Without antecedent: sed suo tempore totius sceleris hujus fons aperietur. Cic. Phil. 14, 6, 15; cf.:
de ordine laudis, etc., praecipiemus suo tempore,
Quint. 2, 4, 21. —
(γ).
Suo loco = at the proper place:
quae erant prudentiae propria suo loco dicta sunt,
Cic. Off. 1, 40, 143:
quod reddetur suo loco,
Quint. 11, 1, 16:
ut suo loco dicetur,
Plin. 2, 90, 102, § 221:
inscripta quae suis locis reddam,
id. 1, prooem. § 27; Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2; cf. 1, c. b; 4. supra. —
(δ).
Suited, appropriate, adapted to one:
in eodem fundo suum quidquid conseri oportet,
Cato, R. R. 7:
siquidem hanc vendidero pretio suo,
at a suitable price, Plaut. Pers. 4, 4, 30:
in partes suas digerenda causa,
Quint. 11, 1, 6:
confundetur quidquid in suas partes natura digessit,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 29, 8. — Poet.: haec ego dumque queror, lacrimae sua verba sequuntur, Deque meis oculis in tua membra cadunt, appropriate, i. e. tristia, Ov. H. 14, 67.—Without antecedent: suum quidquid genus talearum serito, any fit kind, i. e. suited to the ground, Cato, R. R. 48. —
8.
Own, with the notion of independence of, or dependence on others (cf. B. 2. g d).
a.
Of political independence: pacem condicionibus his fecerunt ut Capuae suae leges, sui magistratus essent, her own laws, i. e. not subject to Carthage, Liv. 23, 7, 2: liberos [p. 1827] eos ac suis legibus victuros, id. 25, 23, 4. —
Esp. in the phrases suae potestatis or in sua potestate esse, suo jure uti, sui juris esse: Puteolos, qui nunc in sua potestate sunt, suo jure, libertate aequa utuntur, totos occupabunt,
Cic. Agr. 2, 31, 86:
Rhegini potestatis suae ad ultimum remanserunt,
retained their self-government, Liv. 23, 30, 9:
urbem ne quam formulae sui juris facerent,
id. 38, 9, 10. —
b.
Of paternal authority.
(α).
Free from the power of the paterfamilias; in the phrases sui juris esse, suae potestatis esse, to be independent:
quaedam personae sui juris sunt, quaedam alieno juri sunt subjectae, Gai,
Inst. 1, 48:
sui juris sunt familiarum suarum principes, id est pater familiae, itemque mater familiae,
Ulp. Fragm. 4, 1:
liberi parentum potestate liberantur emancipatione. Sed filius quidem ter manumissus sui juris fit, ceteri autem liberi una manumissione sui juris fiunt,
id. ib. 10, 1:
morte patris filius et filia sui juris fiunt,
id. ib. 10, 2:
patres familiarum sunt qui sunt suae potestatis,
Dig. 1, 6, 4:
si modo defunctus testator suae potestatis mortis tempore fuerit,
Gai. Inst. 2, 147. —
With indef. reference: si sui juris sumus,
Dig. 46, 2, 20; cf.:
pro suo possideo, 2. a. supra.—Attributively: sui juris arrogatio feminae,
Cod. Just. 8, 47, 8:
homo sui juris,
ib. 10, § 5.— Trop.:
sapiens numquam semiliber erit: integrae semper libertatis et sui juris,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 5, 3:
non illarum coitu fieri cometen, sed proprium et sui juris esse,
id. Q. N. 7, 12, 2: nullique sunt tam feri et sui juris adfectus, ut non disciplina perdomentur, id. Ira, 2, 12, 3. —
(β).
Subject to paternal authority, in the phrases suus heres, sui liberi; suus heres, an heir who had been in the paternal power of the deceased:
CVI SVVS HERES NON SIT, XII. Tab. fr. 5, 4.—In the jurists without antecedent: sui et necessarii heredes sunt velut filius filiave, nepos neptisve ex filia, deinceps ceteri qui modo in potestate morientis fuerunt,
Gai. Inst. 2, 156:
(emancipati liberi) non sunt sui heredes,
ib. 2, 135:
alia facta est juris interpretatio inter suos heredes,
ib. 3, 15:
datur patrono adversus suos heredes bonorum possessio (where patrono is not the antecedent of suos),
ib. 3, 41:
sui heredes vel instituendi sunt vel exheredandi,
Ulp. Fragm. 22, 14:
accrescunt suis quidem heredibus in partem virilem, extraneis autem in partem dimidiam,
id. ib. 22, 17. —
Sui liberi, children in paternal power: de suis et legitimis liberis,
Cod. Just. 6, 55 inscr.
D.
In particular connections.
1.
With ipse, his own, etc. (cf. Zumpt, Gram. § 696).
a.
Ipse agreeing with the antecedent of suus, the antecedent being,
(α).
A subjectnom.:
(ingenium ejus) valet ipsum suis viribus,
by its own strength, Cic. Cael. 19, 45:
legio Martia non ipsa suis decretis hostem judicavit Antonium?
by its own resolutions, id. Phil. 4, 2, 5:
ruit ipse suis cladibus,
id. ib. 14, 3, 8:
si ex scriptis cognosci ipsi suis potuissent,
id. de Or. 2, 2, 8:
qui se ipse sua gravitate et castimonia defenderet,
id. Cael. 5, 11:
quod ipse suae civitatis imperium obtenturus esset,
Caes. B. G. 1, 3:
suamet ipsae fraude omnes interierunt,
Liv. 8, 18, 9; 39, 49, 3:
ut saeviret ipse in suum sanguinem effecerunt,
id. 40, 5, 1:
respicerent suum ipsi exercitum,
id. 42, 52, 10; 21, 31, 12; 22, 38, 3; 6, 19, 6.—
(β).
A subject-acc.:
sunt qui dicant eam sua ipsam peremptam mercede,
Liv. 1, 11, 9:
(tribuniciam potestatem) suis ipsam viribus dissolvi,
id. 2, 44, 2.—
(γ).
An object in dat. or acc.:
sic ut ipsis consistendi in suis munitionibus locus non esset,
Caes. B. C. 2, 6:
tribuni (hostem) intra suamet ipsum moenia compulere,
Liv. 6, 36, 4:
alios sua ipsos invidia opportunos interemit,
id. 1, 54, 8; 22, 14, 13.—Suus as adjunct of subject (rare):
aliquando sua praesidia in ipsos consurrexerunt,
their own garrisons revolted against them, Sen. Clem. 1, 26, 1.—
b.
With gen. of ipse, strengthening the possessive notion (cf. 4.;
post-Aug. and very rare, but freq. in modern Lat.): aves (foetus suos) libero caelo suaeque ipsorum fiduciae permittunt,
Quint. 2, 6, 7 (but tuus ipsius occurs in Cic.:
tuo ipsius studio,
Cic. Mur. 4, 9:
tuam ipsius amicitiam,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 4, § 7).—
c.
Both suus and ipse agreeing with the governing noun (very rare; not in Cic. or Caes.): quae tamen in ipso cursu suo dissipata est (= ipsa in cursu suo), in its very course, Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 3 dub.:
suamet ipsa scelera,
Sall. C. 23, 2 (Dietsch ex conj. ipse):
suismet ipsis corporibus,
Liv. 2, 19, 5 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. ipsi):
a suismet ipsis praesidiis,
id. 8, 25, 6 MSS. (Weissenb. ipsi).—
2.
With quisque, distributively, each ( every one)... his own; in prose quisque is generally preceded by suus.
a.
Quisque and suus in different cases.
(α).
Quisque as subjectnom.:
sentit enim vim quisque suam quoad possit abuti,
Lucr. 5, 1033:
suo quisque loco cubet,
Cato, R. R. 5:
suum quisque noscat ingenium,
Cic. Off. 1, 31, 114:
ad suam quisque (me disciplinam) rapiet,
id. Ac. 2, 36, 114:
quod suos quisque servos in tali re facere voluisset,
id. Mil. 10, 29:
cum suo quisque auxilio uteretur,
Caes. B. C. 1, 51:
celeriter ad suos quisque ordines redit,
id. ib. 3, 37.—In apposition with plur. subj. (freq. in Liv.):
nunc alii sensus quo pacto quisque suam rem Sentiat,
Lucr. 4, 522:
ut omnes cives Romani in suis quisque centuriis prima luce adessent,
that all the Roman citizens should be present, each in his own centuria, Liv. 1, 44, 1:
hinc senatus, hinc plebs, suum quisque intuentes ducem constiterant,
id. 6, 15, 3:
ut (trigemini) pro sua quisque patria dimicent,
id. 1, 24, 2:
stabant compositi suis quisque ordinibus,
id. 44, 38, 11:
(consules) in suas quisque provincias proficiscuntur,
id. 25, 12, 2; 25, 26, 13:
in suo quaeque (stella) motu naturam suam exercent,
Plin. 2, 39, 39, § 106.—With abl. absol.:
omnes, velut dis auctoribus in spem suam quisque acceptis, proelium una voce poscunt,
Liv. 21, 45, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:
relictis suis quisque stationibus... concurrerunt,
id. 32, 24, 4; 4, 44, 10; 39, 49, 3; 2, 38, 6.—
(β).
With acc. of quisque as subj.:
fabrum esse suae quemque fortunae, App. Claud. ap. Ps.-Sall. Ep. ad Caes. Rep. c. l.: sui quemque juris et retinendi et dimittendi esse dominum,
Cic. Balb. 13, 31:
recipere se in domos suas quemque jussit,
Liv. 25, 10, 9; and (ungrammatically) nom., as apposition to a subj.-acc.:
se non modo suam quisque patriam, sed totam Siciliam relicturos,
id. 26, 29, 3 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. quosque).—
(γ).
As adjunct of the subject-nom., with a case of quisque as object, attribut. gen., etc.:
sua cujusque animantis natura est,
Cic. Fin. 5, 9, 25:
sua quemque fraus, suum facinus, suum scelus, etc., de sanitate ac mente deturbat,
id. Pis. 20, 46:
sua quemque fraus et suus terror maxime vexat,
id. Rosc. Am. 24, 67:
suum cuique incommodum ferendum est,
id. Off. 3, 6, 30:
ut solidum suum cuique solvatur,
id. Rab. Post. 17, 46:
ne suus cuique domi hostis esset,
Liv. 3, 16, 3:
ut sua cuique respublica in manu esset,
id. 26, 8, 11:
animus suus cuique ordinem pugnandi dabat,
id. 22, 5, 8:
tentorium suum cuique militi domus ac penates sunt,
id. 44, 39, 5:
suus cuique (stellae) color est,
Plin. 2, 18, 16, § 79:
trahit sua quemque voluptas,
Verg. E. 2, 65:
stat sua cuique dies,
id. A. 10, 467.—
(δ).
As predicate-nom. (v. II. B.):
opinionem, quae sua cuique conjectanti esse potest,
Liv. 6, 12, 3.—
(ε).
As adjunct of subj.-acc.:
suum cuique honorem et gradum redditum gaudeo,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 136:
scientiam autem suam cujusque artis esse,
id. Fin. 5, 9, 26.—
(ζ).
As adjunct of an object, with a case of quisque as object or attribut. gen.: suam cuique sponsam, mihi meam: suum cuique amorem, mihi meum, Atil. Fragm. inc. 1: suom cuique per me uti atque frui licet, Cato ap. Gell. 13, 24 (23), 1:
ut suo quemque appellem nomine,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52:
placet Stoicis suo quamque rem nomine appellare,
Cic. Fam. 9, 22, 1:
ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,
id. Off. 1, 33, 119:
justitia quae suum cuique distribuit,
id. N. D. 3, 15, 38:
in tribuendo suum cuique,
id. Off. 1, 5, 14:
Turnus sui cuique periculi recens erat documentum,
Liv. 1, 52, 4:
in trimatu suo cuique dimidiam esse mensuram futurae certum esse,
Plin. 7, 15, 16, § 73:
certa cuique rerum suarum possessio,
Vell. 2, 89, 4; cf.: qua re suum unicuique studium suaque omnibus delectatio relinquatur, Ps.-Cic. Cons. 26, 93.—With quemque in apposition with acc. plur.:
Camillus vidit intentos opifices suo quemque operi,
Liv. 6, 25, 9; so cujusque in appos. with gen. plur.: trium clarissimorum suae cujusque gentis virorum mors, id. 39, 52, 7; and cuique with dat. plur.: sui cuique mores fingunt fortunam hominibus, Poet. ap. Nep. Att. 11, 6 (where Lachm. ad Lucr. 2, 372, reads quique, ex conj.; cf. b. b, infra).—
b.
Attraction of suus and quisque as adjuncts of nouns.
(α).
Attraction of suus:
ut nemo sit nostrum quin in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium requirat acrius (= suum cujusque generis judicium),
Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:
quas tamen inter omnes (voces) est suo quoque in genere (vox) mediocris ( = inter omnes voces est mediocris vox, sua quoque in genere),
id. de Or. 3, 57, 216:
eo concilia suae cujusque regionis indici jussit (= sua cujusque regionis concilia),
Liv. 45, 29, 10:
equites suae cuique parti post principia collocat (= equites suos cuique parti),
id. 3, 22, 6:
cum motibus armorum et corporum suae cuique genti assuetis,
id. 25, 17, 5:
legiones deducebantur cum tribunis et centurionibus et sui cujusque ordinis militibus (= suis cujusque),
Tac. A. 14, 27:
quae sui cujusque sunt ingenii,
Quint. 7, 10, 10 Halm (al. sua):
sui cujusque ingenii poma vel semina gerunt (= sua cujusque),
Col. 3, 1;
and by a double attraction: has (cohortes) subsidiariae ternae et aliae totidem suae cujusque legionis subsequebantur (= has cohortes... totidem cujusque legionis, suam quaeque legionem, subsequebantur),
Caes. B. C. 1, 83. —
(β).
Attraction of quisque:
tanta ibi copia venustatum in suo quique loco sita,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 6 (al. quaeque):
quodvis frumentum non tamen omne Quique suo genere inter se simile esse videbis,
Lucr. 2, 372 Lachm. and Munro ad loc.:
cum verba debeant sui cujusque generis copulari,
Varr. L. L. 10, 48:
in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium,
Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:
haec igitur proclivitas ad suum quodque genus aegrotatio dicatur,
id. Tusc. 4, 12, 28:
separatim greges sui cujusque generis nocte remeabant (= greges sui quisque generis),
Liv. 24, 3, 5:
ut sui cujusque mensis acciperet (frumentum),
Suet. Aug. 40;
and quisque both attracted and in its own case: quia cujusque partis naturae et in corpore et in animo sua quaeque vis sit (where either cujusque or quaeque is redundant),
Cic. Fin. 5, 17, 46; v. Madv. ad loc.; Cato, R. R. 23 fin.;
so esp. in the phrases suo quoque tempore, anno, die, loco, etc.: pecunia, quae in stipendium Romanis suo quoque anno penderetur, deerat (= suo quaeque anno),
each instalment in the year when due, Liv. 33, 46, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:
suo quoque loco,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 2; 1, 22, 6:
opera quae suis quibusque temporibus anni vilicum exsequi oporteret,
Col. 11, 3:
suo quoque tempore,
Vitr. 2, 9, 4:
nisi sua quaque die usurae exsolverentur (= sua quaeque die),
Dig. 22, 1, 12 init.; 13, 7, 8, § 3:
ut opera rustica suo quoque tempore faciat,
ib. 19, 2, 25, § 3 (al. quaeque)—
c.
In the order quisque... suus.
(α).
In relative clauses, comparative clauses with ut, and interrogative clauses introduced by quid, etc., where quisque immediately follows the relative, etc.:
ut quisque suom volt esse, ita est,
Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 45; cf.
with sibi,
Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 49; id. Lael. 9, 30:
expendere oportere quid quisque habeat sui... nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant. Id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,
id. Off. 1, 31, 113:
neque solum quid in senatu quisque civitatis suae dicerent ignorabant, sed, etc.,
Liv. 32, 19, 9:
gratius id fore laetiusque quod quisque sua manu ex hoste captum rettulerit,
id. 5, 20, 8; 6, 25, 10; cf.:
in quibus cum multa sint quae sua quisque dicere velit, nihil est quod quisque suum possit dicere,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 23, 1.—
(β).
If the emphasis is not on suus, but (for quisque, when emphatic, unusquisque is used) on some other word:
in civitates quemque suas... dimisit,
Liv. 21, 48, 2:
in patriam quisque suam remissus est,
Just. 33, 2, 8:
in vestigio quemque suo vidit,
Liv. 28, 22, 15; cf.:
hospitibus quisque suis scribebant,
id. 33, 45, 6:
pro facultatibus quisque suis,
id. 42, 53, 3; cf.:
respiciendae sunt cuique facultates suae,
Sen. Ben. 2, 15, 3:
praecipitat quisque vitam suam et futuri desiderio laborat,
id. Brev. Vit. 7, 5; id. Ben. 7, 5, 1:
tunc praeceps quisque se proripit et penates suos deserit,
id. Q. N. 6, 1, 5; 5, 18, 8:
summum quisque causae suae judicem facit,
Plin. 1, prooem. § 10: aestimatione nocturnae [p. 1828] quietis, dimidio quisque spatio vitae suae vivit, id. 7, 50, 51, § 167.—
(γ).
Poets adopt the order quisque suus when the metre requires it, Verg. A. 6, 743:
oscula quisque suae matri tulerunt,
Ov. F. 2, 715. —
(δ).
When suus and quisque belong to different clauses:
atque earum quaeque, suum tenens munus... manet in lege naturae,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 13, 38. —
d.
Suus uterque, or uterque suus, distributively of two subjects:
suas uterque legiones reducit in castra,
Caes. B. C. 1, 40; 2, 28:
ideo quod uterque suam legem confirmare debebit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 142:
cum sui utrosque adhortarentur,
Liv. 1, 25, 1:
ad utrumque ducem sui redierunt,
id. 21, 29, 5:
utraque (lex) sua via it,
Sen. Ben. 6, 6, 1; cf.
uterque, in apposit.: nec ipsi tam inter se acriter contenderunt, quam studia excitaverant uterque sui corporis hominum,
Liv. 26, 48, 6.—
3.
With sibi.
(α).
Sibi with pronom. force (cf. sui, IV. C. fin.):
reddam suum sibi,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 119 ( = ei; but referred to b, infra, by Brix ad loc.); cf.:
suam rem sibi salvam sistam,
id. Poen. 5, 2, 123:
idem lege sibi sua curationem petet,
for himself, Cic. Agr. 2, 9, 22 (cf. id. Phil. 2, 37, 96;
I. B. 2. b. supra): ut vindicare sibi suum fulgorem possint,
Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 11; cf.
the formula of divorce: tuas res tibi habeto,
Dig. 24, 2, 2.—Hence, illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit, Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69.—
(β).
With sibi redundant, to strengthen suus (anteand post-class. and colloq.):
quo pacto serviat suo sibi patri,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 5:
eum necabam ilico per cerebrum pinna sua sibi, quasi turturem,
id. Poen. 2, 40; v. sui, IV. C. and the passages there cited.—
4.
With gen. agreeing with the subject of suus:
quas cum solus pertulisset ut sua unius in his gratia esset,
that the credit of it should belong to him alone, Liv. 2, 8, 3:
qui de sua unius sententia omnia gerat,
id. 44, 22, 11; cf.:
unam Aegyptus in hoc spem habet suam,
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2.—For suus ipsius, etc., v. D. 1. b. supra.—
5.
With demonstr., rel., or indef. pronn. and adjj., of his, hers, etc.:
postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam adjutores vos profiteamini,
to this booty of his, Cic. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:
Sestius cum illo exercitu suo,
id. Sest. 5, 12:
qua gravitate sua,
id. ib. 61, 129:
suam rem publicam illam defenderunt,
that republic of theirs, id. ib. 67, 141:
in istum civem suum,
against this citizen of theirs, id. Balb. 18, 41:
cum illo suo pari,
id. Pis. 8, 18:
te nulla sua calamitate civitas satiare potest?
id. Phil. 8, 6, 19:
dubitatis igitur, quin vos M. Laterensis ad suam spem aliquam delegerit,
for some hope of his, id. Planc. 16, 39:
non tam sua ulla spe quam militum impetu tractus,
by any hope of his, Liv. 25, 21, 5:
nullo suo merito,
from no fault of theirs, id. 26, 29, 4:
ipse arcano cum paucis familiaribus suis colloquitur,
with a few of his friends, Caes. B. C. 1, 19.—
6.
With descriptive adjj.
(α).
Standing before the adj. and noun (so most freq.):
suorum improbissimorum sermonum domicilium,
Cic. Pis. 31, 76:
causam sui dementissimi consilii,
id. Phil. 2, 22, 53:
suam insatiabilem crudelitatem,
id. ib. 11, 3, 8:
suis amplissimis fortunis,
id. ib. 13, 8, 16:
suum pristinum morem,
id. Pis. 12, 27:
suis lenissimis postulatis,
Caes. B. C. 1, 5: simili ratione Pompeius in suis veteribus castris consedit (suis emphatic; cf. b, infra), id. ib. 3, 76.—
(β).
Between the adj. and noun (less emphatic):
pro eximiis suis beneficiis,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 4, 7:
propter summam suam humanitatem,
id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:
ex praeteritis suis officiis,
Caes. B. C. 3, 60:
Caesar in veteribus suis castris consedit,
id. ib. 3, 76.—
(γ).
After adj. and noun:
veterem amicum suum excepit,
Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:
in illo ardenti tribunatu suo,
id. Sest. 54, 116.—
7.
Objectively for the pers. pron. (rare):
neque cuiquam mortalium injuriae suae parvae videntur ( = sibi illatae),
Sall. C. 51, 11; so,
neglectam ab Scipione et nimis leviter latam suam injuriam ratus,
Liv. 29, 9, 9:
ipsae enim leges te a cognitione sua judicio publico reppulerunt ( = a se cognoscendo),
Cic. Balb. 14, 32:
suam invidiam tali morte quaesitam ( = quaesitum esse ab eo ut homines se inviderent),
Tac. A. 3, 16; so,
nulla sua invidia,
Cic. Mil. 15, 40.—
8.
Abl. fem. sua, with refert or interest, for gen. of the pers. pron.: neminem esse qui quomodo se habeat nihil sua censeat interesse, Cic. Fin. 5, 10, 30:
si scit sua nihil interesse utrum anima per os, an per jugulum exeat,
Sen. Ep. 76, 33; v. intersum, III.—
9.
Strengthened by the suffix - pte or -met.
(α).
By - pte (not used with ipse) affixed to the forms sua, suo, and (ante-class.) suum:
quom illa osculata esset suumpte amicum,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 4, 38:
ut terrena suopte nutu et suo pondere in terram ferantur,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:
ferri suopte pondere,
id. N. D. 1, 25, 69:
suapte natura,
id. Fat. 18, 42:
suapte vi et natura,
id. ib. 19, 43; id. Fin. 1, 16, 54; 5, 22, 61:
suopte ingenio,
Liv. 25, 18; so id. 1, 25, 1; 1, 18, 4:
suapte manu,
Cic. Or. 3, 3, 10:
locus suapte natura infestus,
Liv. 44, 6, 9; so,
suapte natura,
id. 4, 22, 4:
flumina suapte natura vasta,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 27, 8; so id. Ben. 4, 17, 2:
sponte suapte,
Varr. L. L. 6, 7, § 70.—
(β).
With - met, almost always followed by ipse (in all forms of suus except suus, suum, suae, and suorum):
suomet ipsi more,
Sall. J. 31, 6:
suomet ipsi instrumento,
Liv. 22, 14, 13:
suomet ipsi metu,
Tac. H. 3, 16 fin.:
suamet ipsum pecunia,
Sall. J. 8, 2:
suamet ipsae fraude,
Liv. 8, 18, 9:
intra suamet ipsum moenia,
id. 6, 36, 4:
suismet ipsi praesidiis,
id. 8, 25, 6:
suismet ipsis corporibus,
id. 2, 19, 5:
suosmet ipsi cives,
id. 2, 9, 5:
suasmet ipse spes,
Tac. A. 3, 66 fin. —Without ipse:
populum suimet sanguinis mercede,
Sall. H. Fragm. 1, 41, 25 Dietsch:
magna pars suismet aut proxumorum telis obtruncabantur,
id. ib. 2, 52 ib.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > sua
47 suum

sŭus, a, um (old form sos, sa, sum; dat. plur. sis, Enn. ap. Fest. p. 301 Mull.; acc. sas. id. ib. p. 325 ib.; cf. Paul. ex Fest. p. 47; Schol. Pers. 1, 108; sing. sam for suam, Fest. p. 47 Mull.;
so for suo, C. I. L. 5, 2007. In ante-class. verse su- with the following vowel freq. forms one syllable,
Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 48; id. Ps. 1, 3, 5; Ter. And. 1, 1, 68; Lucr. 1, 1022; v. Neue, Formenl. 2, 189 sqq.), pron. poss., 3 d pers. [root SVA-; Sanscr. sva, own; cf. sui; Gr. seWo-, whence sphe, etc., and he; cf. heos], of or belonging to himself, herself, etc.; his own, her own, etc.; his, her, its, their; one ' s; hers, theirs.
I.
Ordinary possessive use his, etc. (cf. the similar use of the pers. pron. sui, q. v.).
A.
With antecedent in the same sentence.
1.
The antecedent a subject-nominative, expressed or understood.
(α).
His:
Caesar copias suas divisit,
Caes. B. C. 3, 97:
ille in sua sententia perseverat,
id. ib. 1, 72:
tantam habebat suarum rerum fiduciam,
id. ib. 2, 37:
cum sceleris sui socios Romae reliquisset,
Cic. Cat. 3, 1, 3:
cur ego non ignoscam si anteposuit suam salutem meae?
id. Pis. 32, 79; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Mil. 10, 27; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:
Hanno praefecturam ejus (i.e. Muttinis) filio suo (Hannonis) dedit,
Liv. 26, 40, 7:
imperat princeps civibus suis,
Sen. Clem. 1, 16, 2:
nemo rem suam emit,
id. Ben. 7, 4, 8.—
(β).
Her:
mea Glycerium suos parentes repperit,
Ter. And. 5, 6, 5:
utinam haec ignoraret suum patrem,
id. Phorm. 5, 6, 34:
si nunc facere volt era officium suom,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 72:
ne eadem mulier cum suo conjuge honestissimum adulescentem oppressisse videatur,
Cic. Cael. 32, 78:
si omnibus suis copiis excellentem virum res publica armasset,
id. Phil. 13, 16, 32.—
(γ).
Its:
omne animal, simul et ortum est, et se ipsum et omnes partes suas diligit,
Cic. Fin. 2, 11, 33:
cum mea domus ardore suo deflagrationem Italiae toti minaretur,
id. Planc. 40, 95.—
(δ).
Their: (legiones) si consulem suum reliquerunt, vituperandae sunt Cic. Phil. 5, 2, 4:
mittent aliquem de suo numero,
id. ib. 11, 10, 25:
rationem illi sententiae suae non fere reddebant,
id. Tusc. 1, 17, 38:
qui agellos suos redimere a piratis solebant,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 37, § 85:
edicunt ut ad suum vestitum senatores redirent,
id. Sest. 14, 32:
suis finibus eos prohibent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1: Allobrogibus sese persuasuros existimabant ut per suos (Allobrogum) fines eos (Helvetios) ire paterentur, id. id. 1, 6;
and distributively: ac naves onerariae LXIII. in portu expugnatae, quaedam cum suis oneribus, frumento, armis, aere, etc.,
some with their several cargoes, Liv. 26, 47, 9.—
2.
With a subject-clause as antecedent:
id sua sponte apparebat tuta celeribus consiliis praepositurum,
was selfevident, Liv. 22, 38, 13:
ad id quod sua sponte satis collectum animorum erat, indignitate etiam Romani accendebantur,
id. 3, 62, 1:
secutum tamen sua sponte est ut vilior ob ea regi Hannibal et suspectior fieret,
id. 35, 14, 4. —
3.
With subject-acc. as antecedent:
hanc dicam Athenis advenisse cum aliquo amatore suo, Plant. Mil. 2, 2, 86: doceo gratissimum esse in sua tribu Plancium,
Cic. Planc. 19, 47:
cupio eum suae causae confidere,
id. Sest. 64, 135:
suspicari debuit (Milo), eum (Clodium) ad villam suam (Clodii) deversurum,
id. Mil. 19, 51: Medeam praedicant in fuga fratris sui membra dissipavisse, id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 22:
(dixit) Caesarem pro sua dignitate debere et studium et iracundiam suam reipublicae dimittere,
Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
4.
With object-acc. as antecedent.
(α).
Suus being an adjunct of the subject (generally rendered in Engl. by a pass. constr.):
hunc pater suus de templo deduxit,
he was taken from the temple by his father, Cic. Inv. 2, 17, 52:
hunc sui cives e civitate ejecerunt,
id. Sest. 68, 142:
Alexandrum uxor sua... occidit,
id. Inv. 2, 49, 144:
illum ulciscentur mores sui,
id. Att. 9, 12, 2:
quodsi quem natura sua... forte deficiet,
id. Or. 1, 14:
utrumque regem sua multitudo consalutaverat,
Liv. 1, 7, 1:
quas (urbes) sua virtus ac dii juvent, magnas sibi opes facere,
id. 1, 9, 3; 1, 7, 15; 6, 33, 5:
quos nec sua conscientia impulerit, nec, etc.,
id. 26, 33, 3; 25, 14, 7:
consulem C. Marium servus suus interemit,
Val. Max. 6, 8, 2:
quis non Vedium Pollionem pejus oderat quam servi sui?
Sen. Clem. 1, 18, 2:
sera dies sit qua illum gens sua caelo adserat,
id. Cons. Poll. 12 (31), 5.—With the antecedent understood from the principal sentence:
ita forma simili pueri ut mater sua internoscere (sc. eos) non posset,
Plaut. Men. prol. 19; and with suus as adjunct both of the subject and of the antecedent: jubet salvere suos vir uxorem suam, id. merc. 4, 3, 11. —
(β).
With impers. verbs:
sunt homines, quos libidinis infamiaeque suae neque pudeat neque taedeat,
Cic. Verr. 1, 12, 35:
video fore ut inimicos tuos poeniteat intemperantiae suae,
id. Fam. 3, 10, 1:
si Caesarem beneficii sui poeniteret,
id. Lig. 10, 29; so id. Agr. 2, 11, 26:
jam ne nobilitatis quidem suae plebejos poenitere,
Liv. 10, 7, 8:
militem jam minus virtutis poenitere suae,
id. 22, 12, 10.—
(γ).
As adjunct of other members of the sentence:
ad parentes suos ducas Silenium,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 86. nam is illius filiam conicit in navem clam matrem suam (i.e. filiae), id. Mil. 2, 1, 34:
eosdem ad quaestoris sui aut imperatoris, aut commilitonum suorum pericula impulistis,
Cic. Phil. 13, 17, 34:
totum enim ex sua patria sustulisti,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 49, § 127; id. Or. 3, 32, 126: quem (Hammonium) tibi etiam suo nomine ( on his own account) commendo... itaque peto a te ut ejus procuratorem et ipsum suo nomine diligas, id. Fam. 13, 21, 2:
Caesar Fabium in sua remittit hiberna,
Caes. B. G. 5, 33; id. B. C. 3, 24:
introire ad Ciceronem, et domi suae imparatum confodere,
Sall. C. 28, 1:
suis flammis delete Fidenas,
i. e. the flames kindled by the Fidenates, Liv. 4, 33, 5:
suo igni involvit hostes,
Tac. A. 14, 30:
quid Caesarem in sua fata inmisit?
Sen. Ep. 94, 65; id. Q. N. 1, praef. 7; cf.
with antecedent supplied from preceding sentence: non destiti rogare et petere (sc. Brutum) mea causa, suadere et hortari sua,
Cic. Att. 6, 2, 7.—
5.
With dat. as antecedent.
(α).
As adjunct of subject (cf. 4. supra):
suus rex reginae placet,
a queen likes her own king, Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 76:
ei nunc alia ducenda'st domum, sua cognata Lemniensis,
id. Cist. 1, 1, 101:
Autronio nonne sodales, non collegae sui... defuerunt?
Cic. Sull. 2, 7:
si ceteris facta sua recte prosunt,
id. Cat. 3, 12, 27:
cui non magistri sui atque doctores, cui non... locus ipse... in mente versetur?
id. Planc. 33, 81:
haec omnia plane... Siculis erepta sunt: primum suae leges, etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 33:
Romanis multitudo sua auxit animum,
Liv. 21, 50, 4:
sicuti populo Romano sua fortuna labet,
id. 42, 50, 7:
Lanuvinis sacra sua reddita,
id. 8, 14, 2:
vilitas sua illis detrahit pretium,
Sen. Ben. 4, 29, 2:
nemo est cui felicitas sua satisfaciat,
id. Ep. 115, 17:
labor illi suus restitutus est,
id. Brev. Vit. 20, 3:
magnitudo sua singulis constat,
id. Q. N. 1, 1, 10:
tantum sapienti sua, quantum Dec omnis aetas patet,
id. Ep. 53, 11. —
With antecedent supplied from principal sentence: mater quod suasit sua Adulescens mulier fecit, i.e. ei,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 38.—
(β).
Of other words:
regique Thebano regnum stabilivit suum,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 40:
mittam hodie huic suo die natali malam rem magnam,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 5:
ego Metello non irascor, neque ei suam vacationem eripio,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:
desinant insidiari domui suae consuli,
id. Cat. 1, 13, 32:
quibus ea res honori fuerit a suis civibus,
id. Mil. 35, 96: Scipio suas res Syracusanis restituit, Liv. [p. 1824] 29, 1, 17:
nos non suas (leges Lacedaemoniis arbitror) ademisse, sed nostras leges dedisse,
id. 39, 37, 6:
Graccho et Tuditano provinciae Lucani et Galliae cum suis exercitibus prorogatae,
id. 25, 3, 5.—
6.
With gen., abl., or object of a prep. as antecedent:
nec illius animi aciem praestringit splendor sui nominis,
Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:
nolite a sacris patriis Junonis Sospitae domesticum et suum consulem avellere,
id. Mur. 41, 90:
quamvis tu magna mihi scripseris de Bruti adventu ad suas legiones,
id. Att. 14, 13, 12:
suae legis ad scriptum ipsam quoque sententiam adjungere,
the meaning of their law to which they refer, id. Inv. 2, 49, 147:
cum ambitio alterius suam primum apud eos majestatem solvisset,
Liv. 22, 42, 12:
nunc causam instituendorum ludorum ab origine sua repetam,
Val. Max. 2, 4, 4:
Jubam in regno suo non locorum notitia adjuvet, non popularium pro rege suo virtus,
Sen. Ep. 71, 10; id. Ben. 7, 6, 3; id. Clem. 1, 3, 4.—Esp. with cujusque as antecedent:
in qua deliberatione ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,
Cic. Off. 1, 33, 119 (v. II. D. 2. infra).— Abl.:
operam dare ut sua lex ipso scripto videatur niti,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 147 (cf. supra):
(Caesar reperiebat) ad Galbam propter justitiam prudentiamque suam totius belli summam deferri,
Caes. B. G. 2, 4:
credere, ad suum concilium a Jove deos advocari,
Sen. Q. N. 2, 42, 1.—
7.
With predic. nom. as antecedent:
sapientissimi artis suae professores sunt a quibus et propria studia verecunde et aliena callide administrantur,
Val. Max. 8, 12, 1.—
8.
With appositive noun.
(α).
With gram. subject as antecedent:
hoc Anaximandro, populari ac sodali suo, non persuasit,
Cic. Ac. 2, 37, 118:
vidit fortissimum virum, inimicissimum suum,
id. Mil. 9, 25:
(hic) fuit in Creta contubernalis Saturnini, propinqui sui,
id. Planc. 11, 27:
ut non per L. Crassum, adfinem suum... causam illam defenderit,
id. Balb. 21, 49:
ne cum hoc T. Broccho, avunculo, ne cum ejus filio, consobrino suo, ne nobiscum vivat,
id. Lig. 4, 11:
Caesar mittit ad eum A. Clodium, suum atque illius familiarem,
Caes. B. C. 3, 57.—
(β).
With object as antecedent:
Dicaearchum cum Aristoxeno, aequali et condiscipulo suo, omittamus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 41:
tres fratres optimos, non solum sibi ipsos, neque nobis, necessariis suis, sed etiam rei publicae condonavit,
id. Lig. 12, 36:
Varroni, quem, sui generis hominem,... vulgus extrahere ad consulatum nitebatur,
Liv. 22, 34, 2.—
(γ).
With appositive noun as antecedent:
si P. Scipionem, clarissimum virum, majorumque suorum simillimum res publica tenere potuisset,
Cic. Phil. 13, 14, 29:
M. Fabi Ambusti, potentis viri cum inter sui corporis homines, tum ad plebem, etc.,
Liv. 6, 34, 5:
C. vero Fabricii, et Q. Aemilii Papi, principum saeculi sui, domibus argentum fuisse confitear oportet,
Val. Max. 4, 4, 3.—
9.
In participial clauses.
(α).
The antecedent being the logical subject of the participle, and other than the principal subject:
credamus igitur Panaetio, a Platone suo dissentienti ( = qui dissentiebat),
Cic. Tusc. 1, 32, 79:
ea Sex. Roscium, expulsum ex suis bonis, recepit domum,
id. Rosc. Am. 10, 27:
diffidentemque rebus suis confirmavit,
id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23:
Dejotarum ad me venientem cum omnibus copiis suis, certiorem feci, etc.,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 7; id. Cat. 4, 9, 18: si hominis et suis et populi Romani ornamentis amplissimi ( being greatly distinguished) causam repudiassem, id. Mur. 4, 8:
stupentes tribunos et suam jam vicem magis anxios quam, etc., liberavit consensus populi Romani,
Liv. 8, 35, 1; 22, 42, 8:
manet in folio scripta querela suo ( = quam scripsit),
Ov. F. 5, 224; cf. in abl. absol.:
et ipsis (hostibus) regressis in castra sua,
Liv. 22, 60, 9:
quibus (speculis) si unum ostenderis hominem, populus adparet, unaquaque parte faciem exprimente sua,
Sen. Q. N. 1, 5, 5.—
(β).
The logical subject of the participle, being also the principal subject:
sic a suis legionibus condemnatus irrupit in Galliam,
Cic. Phil. 10, 10, 21:
hunc agrum patres nostri, acceptum a majoribus suis ( = quem acceperant), perdiderunt,
id. Agr. 2, 31, 84:
ut in suis ordinibus dispositi dispersos adorirentur,
Caes. B. C. 3, 92: Appius, odium in se aliorum suo in eos metiens odio, haud ignaro, inquit, imminet fortuna, Liv. 3, 54, 3:
ipsa capit Condita in pharetra ( = quae condiderat) tela minora sua,
Ov. F. 2, 326; cf. in abl. absol.:
Sopater, expositis suis difficultatibus ( = cum exposuisset, etc.): Timarchidem... perducit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 69:
Caesar, primum suo deinde omnium ex conspectu remotis equis, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 25:
Campani, audita sua pariter sociorumque clade, legatos ad Hannibalem miserunt,
Liv. 25, 15, 1:
(Appius) deposito suo magistratu... domum est reductus,
id. 4, 24, 7; 3, 35, 9; 9, 10, 13; 9, 41, 9.—
(γ).
The antecedent being the principal subject, not the logical subject of the participle:
M. Papirius dicitur Gallo, barbam suam (i.e. Papirii) permulcenti,... iram movisse,
Liv. 5, 41, 9: cum Gracchus, verecundia deserendi socios, implorantis fidem suam populique Romani, substitisset. id. 23, 36, 8; cf. in abl. absol.:
si sine maximo dedecore, tam impeditis suis rebus, potuisset emori,
Cic. Rab. Post. 10, 29; id. Mil. 14, 38; id. Planc. 21, 51; id. Clu. 14, 42:
ita (consul) proelio uno accidit Vestinorum res, haudquaquam tamen incruento milite suo (consulis),
Liv. 8, 29, 12; cf.
with antecedent to be supplied: Campani, cum, robore juventutis suae acciso, nulla (sc. eis) propinqua spes esset, etc.,
id. 7, 29, 7.—
10.
In gerund. construction. ( a) With subject as antecedent:
mihi ipsa Roma ad complectendum conservatorem suum progredi visa est,
Cic. Pis. 22, 52.—
(β).
With object, the logical subjects of the gerund as antecedent:
cur iis persequendi juris sui... adimis potestatem?
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21:
si senatui doloris sui de me declarandi potestas esset erepta,
id. Sest. 23, 51:
nec tribunis plebis (spatium datur) sui periculi deprecandi,
Caes. B. C. 1, 5.—
(γ).
With antecedent dependent on the gerund:
eamque rem illi putant a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam,
Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19.—
11.
As adjunct of a noun dependent on a subjectinf., with its logical subject as antecedent:
magnum Miloni fuit, conficere illam pestem nulla sua invidia?
Cic. Mil. 15, 40:
neque enim fuit Gabinii, remittere tantum de suo nec regis, imponere tantum plus suis,
his claim, id. Rab. Post. 11, 31:
Piso, cui fructum pietatis suae neque ex me neque a populo Romano ferre licuit,
id. Sest. 31, 68:
ei cujus magis intersit, vel sua, vel rei publicae causa vivere,
id. Off. 3, 23, 90:
sapientis est consilium explicare suum de maximis rebus,
id. Or. 2, 81, 333; id. Mil. 15, 41.—With logical subject understood:
totam Italiam suis colonis ut complere (sc. eis) liceat, permittitur,
Cic. Agr. 2, 13, 34:
maximum (sc. eis) solacium erit, propinquorum eodem monumento declarari, et virtutem suorum, et populi Romani pietatem,
id. Phil. 14, 13, 35.
B.
Without gram. antec., one ' s, one ' s own.
1.
Dependent on subject-inff.:
ejusdem animi est, posteris suis amplitudinem nobis quam non acceperit tradere, et memoriam prope intermortuam generis sui, virtute renovare,
Cic. Mur. 7, 16:
siquidem atrocius est, patriae parentem quam suum occidere,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
miliens perire est melius quam in sua civitate sine armorum praesidio non posse vivere,
id. ib. 2, 44, 112: quanto est honestius, alienis injuriis quam suis commoveri, one ' s own, id. Verr. 2, 3, 72, § 169:
contentum suis rebus esse maximae sunt certissimaeque divitiae,
id. Par. 6, 51:
ut non liceat sui commodi causa nocere alteri,
id. Off. 3, 5, 23:
detrahere de altero sui commodi causa,
id. ib. 3, 5, 24:
suis exemplis melius est uti,
Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2:
levius est sua decreta tollere quam aliorum,
Liv. 3, 21. 5; 39, 5, 2;
29, 37, 11: satius est vitae suae rationes quam frumenti publici nosse,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 18, 3:
quanto satius est sua mala exstinguere quam aliena posteris tradere?
id. Q. N. 3, praef. 5:
cum initia beneficiorum suorum spectare, tum etiam exitus decet,
id. Ben. 2, 14, 2; 3, 1, 5:
Romani nominis gloriae, non suae, composuisse illa decuit,
Plin. 1, prooem. § 16.—With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent: cum possimus ab Ennio sumere... exemplum, videtur esse arrogantia illa relinquere, et ad sua devenire, to one ' s own = to our own, Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2.—
2.
Without a subject-inf.:
omnia torquenda sunt ad commodum suae causae... sua diligenter narrando,
Cic. Inv. 1, 21, 30: ut in ceteris habenda ratio non sua (al. sui) solum, sed etiam aliorum, id. Off. 1, 39, 139:
erat Dareo mite ac tractabile ingenium, nisi suam naturam plerumque fortuna corrumperet (suam not referring to Dareo),
Curt. 3, 2, 17 MSS. (Foss, mansuetam). — With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent (cf. 1. supra):
non erit ista amicitia sed mercatura quaedam utilitatum suarum,
Cic. N. D. 1, 44, 122; cf.: pro suo possidere, II. A. 2. a. g; and Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73, II. A. 2. b. a; cf. also II. B. 1. a; II. B. 5. c.; II. B. 7. b.; II. C. 8. b. b infra.
C.
With antec. in a previous sentence. Here ejus, eorum, earum are used for his, her, their, unless the clause is oblique in regard to the antecedent, i. e. the antecedent is conceived as the author of the statement.
1.
In clauses dependent on a verbum sentiendi or dicendi, expressed or understood, referring to the grammatical or logical subject of the verb.
a.
In infinitive clauses:
(Clodius) Caesaris potentiam suam potentiam esse dicebat,
Cic. Mil. 32, 88:
(Caelius) a sua (causa) putat ejus (i.e. Ascitii) esse sejunctam,
id. Cael. 10, 24:
ipsos certo scio non negare ad haec bona Chrysogonum accessisse impulsu suo (referring to ipsos),
id. Rosc. Am. 37, 107:
hostes viderunt,... suorum tormentorum usum spatio propinquitatis interire,
Caes. B. C. 2, 16:
docent, sui judicii rem non esse,
id. ib. 1, 13.—The reference of suus may be ambiguous, esp. if an infinitive is dependent on another:
hoc Verrem dicere ajebant, te... opera sua consulem factum, i.e. Verris, though grammatically it might refer to the subj. of aiebant,
Cic. Verr. 1, 10, 29:
(Ariovistus) dixit neminem secum sine sua pernicie contendisse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 36; cf. the context with, in all, eleven reflexive pronouns referring to four different antecedents (populus Romanus, Ariovistus, Caesar, nemo); cf.
also: occurrebat ei, mancam praeturam suam futuram consule Milone,
Cic. Mil. 9, 25; 32, 88; Liv. 3, 42, 2.—
b.
Suus in a clause dependent on inf.:
scio equidem, ut, qui argentum afferret atque expressam imaginem suam (i.e. militis) huc ad nos, cum eo ajebat velle mitti mulierem,
Plaut. Ps. 2, 2, 55:
isti bonorum emptores arbitrantur, vos hic sedere qui excipiatis eos qui de suis (i.e. emptorum) manibus effugerint,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:
Siculi venisse tempus ajebant ut commoda sua defenderem,
id. Div. in Caecil. 1, 3:
ut tunc tandem sentiret recuperanda esse quae prius sua culpa amissa forent,
Liv. 44, 8, 4. —
Ambiguous: velle Pompejum se Caesari purgatum, ne ea quae reipublicae causa egerit (Pompejus) in suam (i.e. Caesaris) contumeliam vertat (where suam might be referred to Pompejus),
Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
c.
In oblique clauses introduced by ut or ne, or clauses subordinate to such:
Cassius constituit ut ludi absente te fierent suo nomine,
Cic. Att. 15, 11, 2:
postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam tam nefariam adjutores vos profiteamini,
id. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:
Nasidius eos magnopere hortatur ut rursus cum Bruti classe, additis suis (i.e. Nasidii) auxiliis confligant,
Caes. B. C. 2, 3:
(regem) denuntiasse sibi ut triduo regni sui decederent finibus,
Liv. 42, 25, 12:
Sabinae mulieres, hinc patres, hinc viros orantes, ne parricidio macularent partus suos (i.e. mulierum),
id. 1, 13, 2:
Patron praecepit suis ut arma induerent, ad omne imperium suum parati,
Curt. 5, 11, 1.—With reflex. pron., referring to a different antecedent:
ad hanc (Laidem) Demosthenes clanculum adit, et ut sibi copiam sui faceret, petit,
Gell. 1, 8, 5. —
d.
In subordinate clauses introduced by quin or quod:
(Dejotarus) non recusat quin id suum facinus judices,
Cic. Deiot. 15, 43; so id. ib. 4, 15;
16, 45: parietes hujus curiae tibi gratias agere gestiunt, quod futura sit illa auctoritas in his majorum suorum et suis sedibus,
id. Marcell. 3, 10:
quidni gauderet quod iram suam nemo sentiret?
Sen. Troad. 3, 13:
querenti quod uxor sua e fico se suspendisset,
Quint. 6, 3, 88;
and with intentional ambiguity: cum Proculejus quereretur de filio quod is mortem suam expectaret,
id. 9, 3, 68. —
e.
In interrogative clauses:
si, quod officii sui sit, non occurrit animo, nihil umquam omnino aget,
Cic. Ac. 2, 8, 25:
ut non auderet iterum dicere quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,
id. Caecin. 10, [p. 1825] 28:
donec sciat unisquisque quid sui, quid alieni sit,
Liv. 6, 27, 8:
rex ignarus, quae cum Hannibale legatis suis convenisset, quaeque legati ejus ad se allaturi fuissent,
id. 23, 39, 2:
postquam animadvertit quantus agminis sui terror esset,
id. 43, 19, 5. —
2.
In a virtually oblique clause.
a.
In final clause, introduced by ut, ne, or rel., referring to the subject of the purpose:
me a portu praemisit domum, ut haec nuntiem uxori suae,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 41:
quasi Appius ille Caecus viam muniverit, non qua populus uteretur, sed ubi impune sui posteri latrocinarentur, i. e. Appii,
Cic. Mil. 7, 17:
quae gens ad Caesarem legatos mise. rat, ut suis omnibus facultatibus uteretur,
Caes. B. C. 3, 80:
inde castra movent, ne qua vis sociis suis ab Romano exercitu inferri possit,
Liv. 43, 23, 5:
(Romani) Albam a fundamentis proruerunt, ne memoria originum suarum exstaret,
id. 26, 13, 16:
oppidani nuntios Romam, qui certiorem de suo casu senatum facerent, misere,
id. 6, 33, 7; cf.:
tanto intervallo ab hostibus consedit, ut nec adventus suus propinquitate nimia nosci posset, et, etc.,
Liv. 10, 20, 7:
Datames locum delegit talem ut non multum obesse multitudo hostium suae paucitati posset,
Nep. Dat. 7, 3:
quid si gubernator a diis procellas petat ut gratior ars sua periculo fiat?
Sen. Ben. 6, 25, 4. —
b.
In other dependent clauses represented as conceived by an antecedent in the principal sentence:
Sulla, si sibi suus pudor ac dignitas non prodesset, nullum auxilium requisivit ( = negavit se defendi velle, si, etc.),
Cic. Sull. 5, 15:
Paetus omnes libros quos frater suus reliquisset mihi donavit ( = dixit se donare libros quos, etc.),
id. Att. 2, 1, 12:
non enim a te emit, sed, priusquam tu suum sibi venderes, ipse possedit ( = potitus est, ne, etc.),
id. Phil. 2, 37, 96:
Africanus, si sua res ageretur, testimonium non diceret,
id. Rosc. Am. 36, 3:
ille ipse (Pompejus) proposuit epistulam illam, in qua est Pro tuis rebus gestis amplissimis. Amplioribusne quam suis, quam Africani?
id. Att. 8, 9, 2:
spiritus dabat (Manlio) quod... vinculorum suorum invidiam dictator fugisset,
Liv. 6, 18, 4:
(Numa) Camenis eum lucum sacravit, quod earum ibi concilia cum conjuge sua Egeria essent,
id. 1, 21, 3:
adulescens deos omnis invocare ad gratiam illi pro se referendam, quoniam sibi nequaquam satis facultatis pro suo animo atque illius erga se esset,
id. 26, 50, 4 (cf. D. 1. a. infra).
D.
In the place of ejus.
1.
In clauses virtually oblique, but with indicative, being conceived by the antecedent (hence suus, not ejus), but asserted as fact by the author (hence indicative, not subjunctive):
Cicero tibi mandat ut Aristodemo idem respondeas, quod de fratre suo (Ciceronis) respondisti,
Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4:
oriundi ab Sabinis, ne, quia post Tatii mortem ab sua parte non erat regnatum, imperium amitterent, sui corporis creari regem volebant,
Liv. 1, 17, 2:
C. Caesar villam pulcherrimam, quia mater sua aliquando in illa custodita erat, diruit,
Sen. Ira, 3, 21, 5:
Philemonem, a manu servum, qui necem suam per venenum inimicis promiserat, non gravius quam simplici morte punivit,
Suet. Caes. 74; cf.:
quomodo excandescunt si quid e juba sua decisum est,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 12, 3.—
2.
To avoid ambiguity:
petunt rationes illius (Catilinae) ut orbetur consilio res publica, ut minuatur contra suum (i.e. Catilinae) furorem imperatorum copia (instead of ejus, which might be referred to res publica),
Cic. Mur. 39, 83:
equites a cornibus positos, cum jam pelleretur media peditum suorum acies, incurrisse ab lateribus ferunt,
Liv. 1, 37, 3.—
3.
Colloquially and in epistolary style suus is used emphatically instead of ejus, with the meaning own, peculiar: deinde ille actutum subferret suus servus poenas Sosia, his own slave (opp. Mercury, who personates Sosias), Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 19: mira erant in civitatibus ipsorum furta Graecorum quae magistratus sui fecerant, their own magistrates ( = ipsorum), Cic. Att. 6, 2, 5:
in quibus (litteris Bruti) unum alienum summa sua prudentia (est), ut spectem ludos suos,
his peculiar prudence, id. ib. 15, 26, 1; so,
quod quidem ille (Nero) decernebat, quorumdam dolo ad omina sui exitus vertebatur,
Tac. A. 16, 24; cf. II. A. 1. b and g; II. A. 2. a. b; II. B. 3.—
4.
Without particular emphasis (mostly ante- and post-class. and poet.):
tum erit tempestiva cum semen suum maturum erit,
Cato, R. R. 31:
vitis si macra erit, sarmenta sua concidito minute,
id. ib. 37:
qui sic purgatus erit, diuturna valetudine utatur, neque ullus morbus veniet, nisi sua culpa,
id. ib. 157:
Cimon in eandem invidiam incidit quam pater suus,
Nep. Cim. 3, 1:
id qua ratione consecutus sit (Lysander) latet. Non enim virtute sui exercitus factum est, etc.,
id. Lys. 1, 2:
ipse sub Esquiliis, ubi erat regia sua, Concidit,
Ov. F. 6, 601:
quodque suus conjux riguo collegerat horto, Truncat olus foliis,
id. M. 8, 646; so id. ib. 15, 819.
II.
In partic.
A.
As substt.
1.
sui, suorum, m., his, their (etc.) friends, soldiers, fellow-beings, equals, adherents, followers, partisans, posterity, slaves, family, etc., of persons in any near connection with the antecedent.
(α).
(Corresp. to the regular usage, I. A. B. C.) Cupio abducere ut reddam (i.e. eam) suis, to her family, friends, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 77; cf. id. ib. 1, 2, 66:
cum animus societatem caritatis coierit cum suis, omnesque natura conjunctos suos duxerit,
fellow-beings, Cic. Leg. 1, 23, 60:
mulier ingeniosa praecepit suis omnia Caelio pollicerentur,
her slaves, id. Cael. 25, 62:
quo facilius et nostras domos obire, et ipse a suis coli possit,
his friends, id. ib. 7, 18:
qua gratiam beneficii vestri cum suorum laude conjungant,
their family, id. Agr. 2, 1, 1:
vellem hanc contemptionem pecuniae suis reliquisset,
to his posterity, id. Phil. 3, 6, 16:
cum divisurum se urbem palam suis polliceretur,
his partisans, id. ib. 13, 9, 19:
Caesar, cohortatus suos, proelium commisit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 25; so,
Curio exercitum reduxit, suis omnibus praeter Fabium incolumibus,
id. B. C. 2, 35:
Caesar receptui suorum timens,
id. ib. 3, 46:
certior ab suis factus est, praeclusas esse portas,
id. ib. 2, 20:
omnium suorum consensu, Curio bellum ducere parabat,
id. ib. 2, 37: so,
Pompejus suorum omnium hortatu statuerat proelio decertare,
id. ib. 3, 86:
Caesar Brundisium ad suos severius scripsit,
to his officers, id. ib. 3, 25:
naviculam conscendit cum paucis suis,
a few of his followers, id. ib. 3, 104:
multum cum suis consiliandi causa secreto praeter consuetudinem loqueretur,
id. ib. 1, 19:
nupsit Melino, adulescenti inprimis inter suos et honesto et nobili,
his equals, associates, Cic. Clu. 5, 11:
rex raptim a suis in equum impositus fugit,
his suite, Liv. 41, 4, 7:
subsidio suorum proelium restituere,
comrades, id. 21, 52, 10:
feras bestias... ad opem suis ferendam avertas,
their young, id. 26, 13, 12:
abstulit sibi in suos potestatem,
his slaves, Sen. Ira, 3, 12, 6:
Besso et Nabarzani nuntiaverant sui regem... interemptum esse,
their fellow - conspirators, Curt. 5, 12, 14. — Very rarely sing.:
ut bona mens suis omnibus fuerit. Si quem libido abripuit, illorum eum, cum quibus conjuravit, non suum judicet esse,
Liv. 39, 16, 5.—
(β).
Irregular use (acc. to I. D.): sui = ejus amici, etc. (freq.;
the absolute use of ejus in this sense being inadmissible): quasi vero quisquam dormiat? ne sui quidem hoc velint, non modo ipse (sui = ejus amici, liberi),
Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:
is (annus) ejus omnem spem... morte pervertit. Fuit hoc luctuosum suis, acerbum patriae, etc.,
id. Or. 3, 2, 8:
quadrigas, quia per suos ( = ipsius milites) agendae erant, in prima acie locaverat rex,
Liv. 37, 41, 8:
auctoritatem Pisistrati qui inter suos ( = ejus cives) maxima erat,
id. 37, 12:
quo cum multitudine adversariorum sui superarentur, ipse fuit superior, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 8, 4; v. g.—
(γ).
Without antecedent (cf. I. B. supra): quoties necesse est fallere aut falli a suis, by one ' s friends, Sen. Phoen. 493.—
(δ).
Sing.: sŭa, suae. f., a sweetheart, mistress (rare): illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit. Cic. Phil. 2, 28. 69:
cedo quid hic faciet sua?
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 92.—
2.
sŭum, i, n., and more freq. sŭa, suorum, n. plur., = one ' s property.
a.
Sing.
(α).
Lit.:
nec suom adimerem alteri,
his property, his own, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 38 (34):
nunc si ille salvos revenit, reddam suom sibi (v. D. 3. a. infra),
id. ib. 1, 2, 119:
illum studeo quam facillime ad suum pervenire,
Cic. Fam. 13, 26, 4:
populi Romani hanc esse consuetudinem ut socios sui nihil deperdere velit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43; cf. Cic. Rab. Post. 11, 3, I. A. 11. supra:
nec donare illi de suo dicimur,
Sen. Ben. 7, 4, 2; so esp. with quisque; v. infra — Hence, de suo = per se, or sua sponte;
(stellae) quae per igneos tractus labentia inde splendorem trahant caloremque, non de suo clara,
Sen. Q. N. 7, 1, 6. —
(β).
Trop.:
meum mihi placebat, illi suum (of a literary essay),
Cic. Att. 14, 20, 3: suom quemque decet, his own manners, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 11; so, expendere oportet quid quisque habeat sui ( what peculiarities) nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant;
id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,
Cic. Off. 1, 31, 113.—
(γ).
Jurid. term: aliquid pro suo possidere, to possess in the belief of one ' s legal right:
pro suo possessio tale est, cum dominium nobis acquiri putamus. Et ea causa possidemus ex qua acquiritur, et praeterea pro suo,
Dig. 41, 10, 1;
so without an antecedent, and referring to a first person: item re donata, pro donato et pro suo possideo,
ib. 41, 10, 1; v. the whole tit. ib. 42, 10 (Pro suo); cf. ib. 23, 3, 67; cf. C., infra fin.;
similarly: usucapere pro suo = acquire dominion by a possession pro suo, Fragm. Vat. 111: res pro suo, quod justam causam possidendi habet, usucapit,
id. ib. 260; Dig. 41, 3, 27. —
b.
Plur.
(α).
One ' s property:
Roscius tibi omnia sua praeter animam tradidit,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 50, 146:
qui etiam hostibus externis victis sua saepissime reddiderunt,
id. Agr. 1, 6, 19:
tu autem vicinis tuis Massiliensibus sua reddis,
id. Att. 14, 14, 6:
Remi legatos miserunt qui dicerent se suaque omnia in fidem atque potestatem populi Romani permittere,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3, 2; 1, 11, 2; 2, 13, 2:
ipsi milites alveos informes quibus se suaque transveherent, faciebant,
their baggage, Liv. 21, 26, 9:
docere eos qui sua permisere fortunae,
Sen. Q. N. 3, praef. 7; so without an antecedent, one ' s own property (cf. I. B. 2. supra):
hanc ob causam maxime ut sua tenerentur res publicae constitutae sunt,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73;
rarely = eorum res: quod vero etiam sua reddiderint (i.e. Gallis),
Liv. 39, 55, 3. —
(β).
One ' s own affairs:
aliena ut melius videant et dijudicent Quam sua,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 96:
cognoscunt... immobile agmen et sua quemque molientem,
Liv. 10, 20, 8:
omnia ei hostium non secus quam sua nota erant,
id. 22, 41, 5:
aliena cum suis perdidit,
Sen. Ben. 7, 16, 3.— Absol., referring to a noun fem.: sua (finxit) C. Cassius ( = suas persuasiones; cf.
the context),
Quint. 6, 3, 90.
B.
Predicative uses: suum esse, facere, fieri, putare, etc., like a gen. poss., to be, etc., the property, or under the dominion, control, power of the antecedent.
1.
Of property in things.
(α).
Corporeal:
scripsit causam dicere Prius aurum quare sit suum,
Ter. Eun. prol. 11:
nihil erat cujusquam quod non hoc anno suum fore putabat (Clodius),
Cic. Mil. 32, 87:
quia suum cujusque fit, eorum quae natura fuerant communia quod cuique obtigit, id quisque teneat,
id. Off. 1, 7, 21:
Juba suam esse praedicans praedam,
Caes. B. C. 3, 84:
gratum sibi populum facturum, si omnes res Neapolitanorum suas duxissent,
Liv. 22, 32, 8: libros esse dicimus Ciceronis;
eosdem Dorus librarius suos vocat,
Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 1:
cum enim istarum personarum nihil suum esse possit,
since these persons can own nothing, Gai. Inst. 2, 96; cf. Dig. 1, 7, 15 pr.—Virtually predicative:
referas ad eos qui suam rem nullam habent ( = rem quae sua sit),
nothing of their own, Cic. Phil. 2, 6, 15:
qui in potestate nostra est, nihil suum habere potest,
Gai. Inst. 2, 84. — ( b) Of literary works:
quae convenere in Andriam ex Perinthia Fatetur transtulisse, atque usum pro suis ( = quasi sua essent),
Ter. And. prol. 14:
potest autem... quae tum audiet... ingenue pro suis dicere,
his own thoughts, Quint. 12, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Of a country or people:
suum facere = suae dicionis facere: commemorat ut (Caesar) magnam partem Italiae beneficio atque auctoritate eorum suam fecerit,
Caes. B. C. 2, 32:
in quam (Asiam) jam ex parte suam fecerit,
Liv. 44, 24, 4:
crudelissima ac superbissima gens sua omnia suique arbitrii facit,
id. 21, 44, 5.—
(δ).
Trop.:
omnia sua putavit quae vos vestra esse velletis,
Cic. Phil. 11, 12, 27:
non meminit, illum exercitum senatus populique Romani esse, non suum,
id. ib. 13, 6, 4: [p. 1826] probavit, non rempublicam suam esse, sed se reipublicae, Sen. Clem. 1, 19, 8;
so of incorporeal things: hi si velint scire quam brevis eorum vita sit, cogitent ex quota parte sua sit,
how much of it is their own, id. Brev. Vit. 19, 3; so, suum facere, to appropriate:
prudentis est, id quod in quoque optimum est, si possit, suum facere,
Quint. 10, 2, 26:
quaeremus quomodo animus (hanc virtutem) usu suam faciat,
Sen. Clem. 1, 3, 1.—
2.
Of persons.
(α).
Under a master ' s or father ' s control:
ut lege caverent, ne quis quem civitatis mutandae causa suum faceret, neve alienaret,
make any one his slave, Liv. 41, 8, 12: quid eam tum? suamne esse ajebat, his daughter, i.e. in his power? Ter. And. 5, 4, 29:
eduxit mater pro sua ( = quasi sua esset),
id. Eun. 1, 2, 76.—
(β).
Reflexively = sui juris, independent, one ' s own master or mistress, not subject to another ' s control, under one ' s own control (v. sui juris, infra):
ancilla, quae mea fuit hodie, sua nunc est,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Of moral power over others: suus = devoted to one:
hice hoc munere arbitrantur Suam Thaidem esse,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 38:
eos hic fecit suos Paulo sumptu,
id. Ad. 5, 4, 21:
sed istunc exora, ut (mulierem) suam esse adsimulet,
to be friendly to him, id. Heaut. 2, 3, 117:
cum Antonio sic agens ut perspiciat, si in eo negotio nobis satisfecerit, totum me futurum suum,
Cic. Att. 14, 1 a, 2:
Alpheus... utebatur populo sane suo,
devoted to him, id. Quint. 7, 29.— Poet.: vota suos habuere deos, the vows (inst. of the persons uttering them) had the gods on their side, Ov. M. 4, 373. —
(δ).
Of power over one's self, etc.:
nam qui sciet ubi quidque positum sit, quaque eo veniat, is poterit eruere, semperque esse in disputando suus,
self-possessed, Cic. Fin. 4, 4, 10:
inaestimabile bonum est suum fieri,
selfcontrol, Sen. Ep. 75, 18:
(furiosus) qui suus non est,
Dig. 42, 4, 7, § 9:
vix sua, vix sanae virgo Niseia compos Mentis erat,
Ov. M. 8, 35. —
3.
Suum est, as impers. predicate: = ejus est, characteristic of, peculiar to one (very rare):
dixit antea, sed suum illud est, nihil ut affirmet,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99.
C.
Attributive usages, almost always (except in Seneca) with suus before its noun.
1.
The property, relations, affairs, etc., of one opposed to those of another, own.
a.
Opposition expressed:
nihil de suo casu, multa de vestro querebatur,
Cic. Balb. 8, 21:
sua sibi propiora pericula quam mea loquebantur,
id. Sest. 18, 40:
suasque et imperatoris laudes canentes,
Liv. 45, 38, 12:
damnatione collegae et sua,
id. 22, 35, 3:
Senecae fratris morte pavidum et pro sua incolumitate pavidum,
Tac. A. 14, 73:
velut pro Vitellio conquerentes suum dolorem proferebant,
id. H. 3, 37;
opp. alienus: ut suo potius tempore mercatorem admitterent, quam celerius alieno,
at a time convenient to themselves, Varr. R. R. 3, 16, 11. —Without antecedent, opp. externus:
(Platoni) duo placet esse motus, unum suum, alterum externum, esse autem divinius quod ipsum ex se sua sponte moveatur, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32. —
b.
Implied:
voluptatem suis se finibus tenere jubeamus,
within the limits assigned to it, Cic. Fin. 3, 1, 1:
cum vobis immortale monumentum suis paene manibus senatus... exstruxerit,
id. Phil. 14, 12, 33:
superiores (amnes) in Italia, hic (Rhodanus) trans Alpes, hospitales suas tantum, nec largiores quam intulere aquas vehentes,
Plin. 2, 103, 106, § 224: colligitur aqua ex imbribus;
ex suo fonte nativa est,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 3:
pennas ambo non habuere suas (non suas = alienas),
Ov. Tr. 3, 4, 24. —
c.
In particular phrases. ( a) Sua sponte and suo Marte, of one ' s own accord, by one ' s self, without the suggestion, influence, aid, etc., of others:
Caesar bellum contra Antonium sua sponte suscepit,
Cic. Phil. 8, 2, 5:
sua sponte ad Caesarem in jus adierunt,
Caes. B. C. 1, 87.—So of things, = per se, by or of itself, for itself, for its own sake:
jus et omne honestum sua sponte expetendum (cf. in the context: per se igitur jus est expetendum),
Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 48: justitium sua sponte inceptum priusquam indiceretur, by itself, i. e. without a decree, Liv. 9, 7, 8; so,
sortes sua sponte attenuatas,
id. 22, 1, 11 (cf. id. 22, 38, 13; 35, 14, 4, I. A. 2., supra): rex enim ipse, sua sponte, nullis commentariis Caesaris, simul atque audivit ejus interitum suo Marte res suas recuperavit, Cic. Phil. 2, 37, 95.—
(β).
Suus locus, in milit. lang., one ' s own ground, position, or lines:
restitit suo loco Romana acies (opp. to the advance of the enemy),
Liv. 22, 16, 2.—So figuratively:
et staturas suo loco leges,
Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2:
aciem instruxit primum suis locis, pauloque a castris Pompeji longius,
Caes. B. C. 3, 84 (cf.: suo loco, 7. b. g, infra).—
(γ).
For suo jure v. 3. infra.—
(δ).
Sua Venus = one's own Venus, i. e. good luck (v. Venus): ille non est mihi par virtutibus, nec officiis;
sed habuit suam Venerem,
Sen. Ben. 2, 28, 2. —
2.
Of private relations (opp. to public):
ut in suis rebus, ita in re publica luxuriosus nepos,
Cic. Agr. 2, 18, 48:
deinde ut communibus pro communibus utatur, privatis ut suis,
id. Off. 1, 7, 20:
quod oppidum Labienus sua pecunia exaedificaverat,
Caes. B. C. 1, 15:
militibus agros ex suis possessionibus pollicetur,
i. e. his private property, id. ib. 1, 17; Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 3. —
3.
Of just rights or claims:
imperatori senatuique honos suus redditus,
due to them, Liv. 3, 10, 3:
neque inpedimento fuit, quominus religionibus suus tenor suaque observatio redderetur,
Val. Max. 1, 1, 8:
quibus omnibus debetur suus decor,
Quint. 11, 1, 41. —
So distributively: is mensibus suis dimisit legionem,
in the month in which each soldier was entitled to his discharge, Liv. 40, 41, 8. — Esp.: suo jure (so, meo, nostro, tuo, etc., jure), by his own right:
Tullus Hostilius qui suo jure in porta nomen inscripsit,
Cic. Phil. 13, 12, 26:
earum rerum hic A. Licinius fructum a me repetere prope suo jure debet,
id. Arch. 1, 1; id. Marcell. 2, 6; id. Phil. 2, 25, 62; id. Balb. 8, 21:
numquam illum res publica suo jure esset ulta,
by its unquestionable right, id. Mil. 33, 88. —
4.
Of that to which one is exclusively devoted:
huic quaestioni suum diem dabimus,
a day for its exclusive discussion, Sen. Ep. 94, 52:
homini autem suum bonum ratio est,
his exclusive good, id. ib. 76, 10:
in majorem me quaestionem vocas, cui suus locus, suus dies dandus est,
id. Q. N. 2, 46, 1. —
With proprius: mentio inlata apud senatum est, rem suo proprio magistratu egere,
that the business needed a particular officer exclusively for itself, Liv. 4, 8, 4:
et Hannibalem suo proprio occupandum bello,
id. 27, 38, 7; cf.:
dissupasset hostes, ni suo proprio eum proelio equites Volscorum exceptum tenuissent,
in which they alone fought, id. 3, 70, 4:
mare habet suas venas quibus impletur,
by which it alone is fed, Sen. Q. N. 3, 14, 3. —
5.
According to one ' s liking, of one ' s own choice.
a.
Of persons, devoted to one, friendly, dear:
Milone occiso (Clodius) habuisset suos consules,
after his own heart, Cic. Mil. 33, 89:
collegit ipse se contra suum Clodium,
his dear Clodius, id. Pis. 12, 27 (cf.: suum facere, habere, II. B. 2. g).—
b.
Of things, favorable.
(α).
Of place: neque Jugurtham nisi... suo loco pugnam facere, on his own ground, i. e. chosen by him, favorable, Sall. J. 61, 1:
hic magna auxilia expectabant et suis locis bellum in hiemem ducere cogitabant,
Caes. B. C. 1, 61; cf.:
numquam nostris locis laboravimus,
Liv. 9, 19, 15.—
(β).
Of time:
cum Perseus suo maxime tempore et alieno hostibus incipere bellum posset,
Liv. 42, 43, 3; v. 7. b, infra. —
c.
Of circumstances: sua occasio, a favorable opportunity; sometimes without antecedent:
neque occasioni tuae desis, neque suam occasionem hosti des,
Liv. 22, 39, 21:
tantum abfuit ut ex incommodo alieno sua occasio peteretur,
id. 4, 58, 2:
aestuque suo Locros trajecit,
a favorable tide, id. 23, 41, 11:
ignoranti quem portum petat nullus suus ventus est,
Sen. Ep. 71, 3:
orba suis essent etiamnunc lintea ventis,
Ov. M. 13, 195:
aut ille Ventis iturus non suis,
Hor. Epod. 9, 30. —
6.
Of persons or things, peculiar, particular:
quae est ei (animo) natura? Propria, puto, et sua,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 70:
omnis enim motus animi suum quendam a natura habet vultum,
id. de Or. 3, 57, 316:
geometrae et musici... more quodam loquuntur suo. Ipsae rhetorum artes verbis in docendo quasi privatis utuntur ac suis,
id. Fin. 3, 1, 4:
sensus omnis habet suum finem,
its peculiar limits, Quint. 9, 4, 61: animus cum suum ambitum complevit et finibus se suis cinxit, consummatum est summum bonum, Sen. Vit. Beat. 9, 3: est etiam in nominibus ( nouns) diverso collocatis sua gratia, their peculiar elegance, Quint. 9, 3, 86:
ibi non bello aperto, sed suis artibus, fraude et insidiis, est paene circumventus,
Liv. 21, 34, 1:
nec Hannibalem fefellit, suis se artibus peti,
id. 22, 16, 5:
adversus hostem non virtute tantum, sed suis (i. e. hostis) etiam pugnare consiliis oportebat,
Flor. 2, 6, 26:
liberam Minucii temeritatem se suo modo expleturum,
Liv. 22, 28, 2:
equites ovantes sui moris carmine,
id. 10, 26, 11:
exsultans cum sui moris tripudiis,
id. 21, 42, 3:
tripudiantes suo more,
id. 23, 26, 9.—So, suo Marte, referring to the style of fighting peculiar to the different arms:
equitem suo alienoque Marte pugnare,
that the cavalry were fighting both in their own style and in that of the other arms, Liv. 3, 62, 9; cf.: suo Marte, 1, c. a, supra.—And distributively ( = suus quisque):
suos autem haec operum genera ut auctores, sic etiam amatores habent,
Quint. 12, 10, 2:
illa vero fatidica fulmina ex alto et ex suis venire sideribus,
Plin. 2, 43, 43, § 113; cf.:
quae quidem planiora suis exemplis reddentur,
Val. Max. 3, 4 prooem.—
7.
Proper, right.
a.
Referring to one's ordinary or normal condition:
quod certe non fecisset, si suum numerum naves habuissent,
their regular complement, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 51, § 133. — So poet.:
flecte ratem! numerum non habet illa suum,
its full number, Ov. H. 10, 36:
novus exercitus consulibus est decretus: binae legiones cum suo equitatu,
Liv. 40, 36, 6:
cum suo justo equitatu,
id. 21, 17, 8:
totam (disciplinam) in suum statum redegit,
Val. Max. 2, 7, 2:
tranquilla mente et vultu suo,
with the ordinary expression of his face, Sen. Clem. 2, 6, 2:
media pars aeris ab his (ignibus) submota, in frigore suo manet. Natura enim aeris gelida est,
id. Q. N. 2, 10, 4:
cornuaque in patriis non sua vidit aquis,
not natural to her, Ov. H. 14, 90. —
So, non suus, of ingrafted branches and their fruit: miraturque (arbos) novas frondis et non sua poma,
Verg. G. 2, 82. —
b.
Of time, proper, regular, etc. (cf. 5. b, supra).
(α).
The regular time ( = stato tempore):
signum quod semper tempore exoritur suo,
Plaut. Rud. prol. 4:
cum et recte et suo tempore pepererit,
Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 16: aestas suo tempore incanduit...;
tam solstitium quam aequinoctium suos dies retulit,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 16, 3:
omnes venti vicibus suis spirant majore ex parte,
Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128. —
(β).
The right or proper time:
salictum suo tempore caedito,
Cato, R. R. 33:
cessit e vita suo magis quam suorum civium tempore,
the right time for himself, Cic. Brut. 1, 4; so,
exstingui homini suo tempore optabile est,
id. Sen. 23, 85:
Scandilius dicit se suo tempore rediturum,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 60, § 139:
si Ardeates sua tempora exspectare velint,
Liv. 4, 7, 6:
Chrysippus dicit, illum... opperiri debere suum tempus, ad quod velut dato signo prosiliat,
Sen. Ben. 2, 25, 3:
quam multi exercitus tempore suo victorem hostem pepulerunt!
Liv. 44, 39, 4. — Without antecedent: sed suo tempore totius sceleris hujus fons aperietur. Cic. Phil. 14, 6, 15; cf.:
de ordine laudis, etc., praecipiemus suo tempore,
Quint. 2, 4, 21. —
(γ).
Suo loco = at the proper place:
quae erant prudentiae propria suo loco dicta sunt,
Cic. Off. 1, 40, 143:
quod reddetur suo loco,
Quint. 11, 1, 16:
ut suo loco dicetur,
Plin. 2, 90, 102, § 221:
inscripta quae suis locis reddam,
id. 1, prooem. § 27; Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2; cf. 1, c. b; 4. supra. —
(δ).
Suited, appropriate, adapted to one:
in eodem fundo suum quidquid conseri oportet,
Cato, R. R. 7:
siquidem hanc vendidero pretio suo,
at a suitable price, Plaut. Pers. 4, 4, 30:
in partes suas digerenda causa,
Quint. 11, 1, 6:
confundetur quidquid in suas partes natura digessit,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 29, 8. — Poet.: haec ego dumque queror, lacrimae sua verba sequuntur, Deque meis oculis in tua membra cadunt, appropriate, i. e. tristia, Ov. H. 14, 67.—Without antecedent: suum quidquid genus talearum serito, any fit kind, i. e. suited to the ground, Cato, R. R. 48. —
8.
Own, with the notion of independence of, or dependence on others (cf. B. 2. g d).
a.
Of political independence: pacem condicionibus his fecerunt ut Capuae suae leges, sui magistratus essent, her own laws, i. e. not subject to Carthage, Liv. 23, 7, 2: liberos [p. 1827] eos ac suis legibus victuros, id. 25, 23, 4. —
Esp. in the phrases suae potestatis or in sua potestate esse, suo jure uti, sui juris esse: Puteolos, qui nunc in sua potestate sunt, suo jure, libertate aequa utuntur, totos occupabunt,
Cic. Agr. 2, 31, 86:
Rhegini potestatis suae ad ultimum remanserunt,
retained their self-government, Liv. 23, 30, 9:
urbem ne quam formulae sui juris facerent,
id. 38, 9, 10. —
b.
Of paternal authority.
(α).
Free from the power of the paterfamilias; in the phrases sui juris esse, suae potestatis esse, to be independent:
quaedam personae sui juris sunt, quaedam alieno juri sunt subjectae, Gai,
Inst. 1, 48:
sui juris sunt familiarum suarum principes, id est pater familiae, itemque mater familiae,
Ulp. Fragm. 4, 1:
liberi parentum potestate liberantur emancipatione. Sed filius quidem ter manumissus sui juris fit, ceteri autem liberi una manumissione sui juris fiunt,
id. ib. 10, 1:
morte patris filius et filia sui juris fiunt,
id. ib. 10, 2:
patres familiarum sunt qui sunt suae potestatis,
Dig. 1, 6, 4:
si modo defunctus testator suae potestatis mortis tempore fuerit,
Gai. Inst. 2, 147. —
With indef. reference: si sui juris sumus,
Dig. 46, 2, 20; cf.:
pro suo possideo, 2. a. supra.—Attributively: sui juris arrogatio feminae,
Cod. Just. 8, 47, 8:
homo sui juris,
ib. 10, § 5.— Trop.:
sapiens numquam semiliber erit: integrae semper libertatis et sui juris,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 5, 3:
non illarum coitu fieri cometen, sed proprium et sui juris esse,
id. Q. N. 7, 12, 2: nullique sunt tam feri et sui juris adfectus, ut non disciplina perdomentur, id. Ira, 2, 12, 3. —
(β).
Subject to paternal authority, in the phrases suus heres, sui liberi; suus heres, an heir who had been in the paternal power of the deceased:
CVI SVVS HERES NON SIT, XII. Tab. fr. 5, 4.—In the jurists without antecedent: sui et necessarii heredes sunt velut filius filiave, nepos neptisve ex filia, deinceps ceteri qui modo in potestate morientis fuerunt,
Gai. Inst. 2, 156:
(emancipati liberi) non sunt sui heredes,
ib. 2, 135:
alia facta est juris interpretatio inter suos heredes,
ib. 3, 15:
datur patrono adversus suos heredes bonorum possessio (where patrono is not the antecedent of suos),
ib. 3, 41:
sui heredes vel instituendi sunt vel exheredandi,
Ulp. Fragm. 22, 14:
accrescunt suis quidem heredibus in partem virilem, extraneis autem in partem dimidiam,
id. ib. 22, 17. —
Sui liberi, children in paternal power: de suis et legitimis liberis,
Cod. Just. 6, 55 inscr.
D.
In particular connections.
1.
With ipse, his own, etc. (cf. Zumpt, Gram. § 696).
a.
Ipse agreeing with the antecedent of suus, the antecedent being,
(α).
A subjectnom.:
(ingenium ejus) valet ipsum suis viribus,
by its own strength, Cic. Cael. 19, 45:
legio Martia non ipsa suis decretis hostem judicavit Antonium?
by its own resolutions, id. Phil. 4, 2, 5:
ruit ipse suis cladibus,
id. ib. 14, 3, 8:
si ex scriptis cognosci ipsi suis potuissent,
id. de Or. 2, 2, 8:
qui se ipse sua gravitate et castimonia defenderet,
id. Cael. 5, 11:
quod ipse suae civitatis imperium obtenturus esset,
Caes. B. G. 1, 3:
suamet ipsae fraude omnes interierunt,
Liv. 8, 18, 9; 39, 49, 3:
ut saeviret ipse in suum sanguinem effecerunt,
id. 40, 5, 1:
respicerent suum ipsi exercitum,
id. 42, 52, 10; 21, 31, 12; 22, 38, 3; 6, 19, 6.—
(β).
A subject-acc.:
sunt qui dicant eam sua ipsam peremptam mercede,
Liv. 1, 11, 9:
(tribuniciam potestatem) suis ipsam viribus dissolvi,
id. 2, 44, 2.—
(γ).
An object in dat. or acc.:
sic ut ipsis consistendi in suis munitionibus locus non esset,
Caes. B. C. 2, 6:
tribuni (hostem) intra suamet ipsum moenia compulere,
Liv. 6, 36, 4:
alios sua ipsos invidia opportunos interemit,
id. 1, 54, 8; 22, 14, 13.—Suus as adjunct of subject (rare):
aliquando sua praesidia in ipsos consurrexerunt,
their own garrisons revolted against them, Sen. Clem. 1, 26, 1.—
b.
With gen. of ipse, strengthening the possessive notion (cf. 4.;
post-Aug. and very rare, but freq. in modern Lat.): aves (foetus suos) libero caelo suaeque ipsorum fiduciae permittunt,
Quint. 2, 6, 7 (but tuus ipsius occurs in Cic.:
tuo ipsius studio,
Cic. Mur. 4, 9:
tuam ipsius amicitiam,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 4, § 7).—
c.
Both suus and ipse agreeing with the governing noun (very rare; not in Cic. or Caes.): quae tamen in ipso cursu suo dissipata est (= ipsa in cursu suo), in its very course, Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 3 dub.:
suamet ipsa scelera,
Sall. C. 23, 2 (Dietsch ex conj. ipse):
suismet ipsis corporibus,
Liv. 2, 19, 5 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. ipsi):
a suismet ipsis praesidiis,
id. 8, 25, 6 MSS. (Weissenb. ipsi).—
2.
With quisque, distributively, each ( every one)... his own; in prose quisque is generally preceded by suus.
a.
Quisque and suus in different cases.
(α).
Quisque as subjectnom.:
sentit enim vim quisque suam quoad possit abuti,
Lucr. 5, 1033:
suo quisque loco cubet,
Cato, R. R. 5:
suum quisque noscat ingenium,
Cic. Off. 1, 31, 114:
ad suam quisque (me disciplinam) rapiet,
id. Ac. 2, 36, 114:
quod suos quisque servos in tali re facere voluisset,
id. Mil. 10, 29:
cum suo quisque auxilio uteretur,
Caes. B. C. 1, 51:
celeriter ad suos quisque ordines redit,
id. ib. 3, 37.—In apposition with plur. subj. (freq. in Liv.):
nunc alii sensus quo pacto quisque suam rem Sentiat,
Lucr. 4, 522:
ut omnes cives Romani in suis quisque centuriis prima luce adessent,
that all the Roman citizens should be present, each in his own centuria, Liv. 1, 44, 1:
hinc senatus, hinc plebs, suum quisque intuentes ducem constiterant,
id. 6, 15, 3:
ut (trigemini) pro sua quisque patria dimicent,
id. 1, 24, 2:
stabant compositi suis quisque ordinibus,
id. 44, 38, 11:
(consules) in suas quisque provincias proficiscuntur,
id. 25, 12, 2; 25, 26, 13:
in suo quaeque (stella) motu naturam suam exercent,
Plin. 2, 39, 39, § 106.—With abl. absol.:
omnes, velut dis auctoribus in spem suam quisque acceptis, proelium una voce poscunt,
Liv. 21, 45, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:
relictis suis quisque stationibus... concurrerunt,
id. 32, 24, 4; 4, 44, 10; 39, 49, 3; 2, 38, 6.—
(β).
With acc. of quisque as subj.:
fabrum esse suae quemque fortunae, App. Claud. ap. Ps.-Sall. Ep. ad Caes. Rep. c. l.: sui quemque juris et retinendi et dimittendi esse dominum,
Cic. Balb. 13, 31:
recipere se in domos suas quemque jussit,
Liv. 25, 10, 9; and (ungrammatically) nom., as apposition to a subj.-acc.:
se non modo suam quisque patriam, sed totam Siciliam relicturos,
id. 26, 29, 3 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. quosque).—
(γ).
As adjunct of the subject-nom., with a case of quisque as object, attribut. gen., etc.:
sua cujusque animantis natura est,
Cic. Fin. 5, 9, 25:
sua quemque fraus, suum facinus, suum scelus, etc., de sanitate ac mente deturbat,
id. Pis. 20, 46:
sua quemque fraus et suus terror maxime vexat,
id. Rosc. Am. 24, 67:
suum cuique incommodum ferendum est,
id. Off. 3, 6, 30:
ut solidum suum cuique solvatur,
id. Rab. Post. 17, 46:
ne suus cuique domi hostis esset,
Liv. 3, 16, 3:
ut sua cuique respublica in manu esset,
id. 26, 8, 11:
animus suus cuique ordinem pugnandi dabat,
id. 22, 5, 8:
tentorium suum cuique militi domus ac penates sunt,
id. 44, 39, 5:
suus cuique (stellae) color est,
Plin. 2, 18, 16, § 79:
trahit sua quemque voluptas,
Verg. E. 2, 65:
stat sua cuique dies,
id. A. 10, 467.—
(δ).
As predicate-nom. (v. II. B.):
opinionem, quae sua cuique conjectanti esse potest,
Liv. 6, 12, 3.—
(ε).
As adjunct of subj.-acc.:
suum cuique honorem et gradum redditum gaudeo,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 136:
scientiam autem suam cujusque artis esse,
id. Fin. 5, 9, 26.—
(ζ).
As adjunct of an object, with a case of quisque as object or attribut. gen.: suam cuique sponsam, mihi meam: suum cuique amorem, mihi meum, Atil. Fragm. inc. 1: suom cuique per me uti atque frui licet, Cato ap. Gell. 13, 24 (23), 1:
ut suo quemque appellem nomine,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52:
placet Stoicis suo quamque rem nomine appellare,
Cic. Fam. 9, 22, 1:
ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,
id. Off. 1, 33, 119:
justitia quae suum cuique distribuit,
id. N. D. 3, 15, 38:
in tribuendo suum cuique,
id. Off. 1, 5, 14:
Turnus sui cuique periculi recens erat documentum,
Liv. 1, 52, 4:
in trimatu suo cuique dimidiam esse mensuram futurae certum esse,
Plin. 7, 15, 16, § 73:
certa cuique rerum suarum possessio,
Vell. 2, 89, 4; cf.: qua re suum unicuique studium suaque omnibus delectatio relinquatur, Ps.-Cic. Cons. 26, 93.—With quemque in apposition with acc. plur.:
Camillus vidit intentos opifices suo quemque operi,
Liv. 6, 25, 9; so cujusque in appos. with gen. plur.: trium clarissimorum suae cujusque gentis virorum mors, id. 39, 52, 7; and cuique with dat. plur.: sui cuique mores fingunt fortunam hominibus, Poet. ap. Nep. Att. 11, 6 (where Lachm. ad Lucr. 2, 372, reads quique, ex conj.; cf. b. b, infra).—
b.
Attraction of suus and quisque as adjuncts of nouns.
(α).
Attraction of suus:
ut nemo sit nostrum quin in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium requirat acrius (= suum cujusque generis judicium),
Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:
quas tamen inter omnes (voces) est suo quoque in genere (vox) mediocris ( = inter omnes voces est mediocris vox, sua quoque in genere),
id. de Or. 3, 57, 216:
eo concilia suae cujusque regionis indici jussit (= sua cujusque regionis concilia),
Liv. 45, 29, 10:
equites suae cuique parti post principia collocat (= equites suos cuique parti),
id. 3, 22, 6:
cum motibus armorum et corporum suae cuique genti assuetis,
id. 25, 17, 5:
legiones deducebantur cum tribunis et centurionibus et sui cujusque ordinis militibus (= suis cujusque),
Tac. A. 14, 27:
quae sui cujusque sunt ingenii,
Quint. 7, 10, 10 Halm (al. sua):
sui cujusque ingenii poma vel semina gerunt (= sua cujusque),
Col. 3, 1;
and by a double attraction: has (cohortes) subsidiariae ternae et aliae totidem suae cujusque legionis subsequebantur (= has cohortes... totidem cujusque legionis, suam quaeque legionem, subsequebantur),
Caes. B. C. 1, 83. —
(β).
Attraction of quisque:
tanta ibi copia venustatum in suo quique loco sita,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 6 (al. quaeque):
quodvis frumentum non tamen omne Quique suo genere inter se simile esse videbis,
Lucr. 2, 372 Lachm. and Munro ad loc.:
cum verba debeant sui cujusque generis copulari,
Varr. L. L. 10, 48:
in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium,
Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:
haec igitur proclivitas ad suum quodque genus aegrotatio dicatur,
id. Tusc. 4, 12, 28:
separatim greges sui cujusque generis nocte remeabant (= greges sui quisque generis),
Liv. 24, 3, 5:
ut sui cujusque mensis acciperet (frumentum),
Suet. Aug. 40;
and quisque both attracted and in its own case: quia cujusque partis naturae et in corpore et in animo sua quaeque vis sit (where either cujusque or quaeque is redundant),
Cic. Fin. 5, 17, 46; v. Madv. ad loc.; Cato, R. R. 23 fin.;
so esp. in the phrases suo quoque tempore, anno, die, loco, etc.: pecunia, quae in stipendium Romanis suo quoque anno penderetur, deerat (= suo quaeque anno),
each instalment in the year when due, Liv. 33, 46, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:
suo quoque loco,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 2; 1, 22, 6:
opera quae suis quibusque temporibus anni vilicum exsequi oporteret,
Col. 11, 3:
suo quoque tempore,
Vitr. 2, 9, 4:
nisi sua quaque die usurae exsolverentur (= sua quaeque die),
Dig. 22, 1, 12 init.; 13, 7, 8, § 3:
ut opera rustica suo quoque tempore faciat,
ib. 19, 2, 25, § 3 (al. quaeque)—
c.
In the order quisque... suus.
(α).
In relative clauses, comparative clauses with ut, and interrogative clauses introduced by quid, etc., where quisque immediately follows the relative, etc.:
ut quisque suom volt esse, ita est,
Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 45; cf.
with sibi,
Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 49; id. Lael. 9, 30:
expendere oportere quid quisque habeat sui... nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant. Id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,
id. Off. 1, 31, 113:
neque solum quid in senatu quisque civitatis suae dicerent ignorabant, sed, etc.,
Liv. 32, 19, 9:
gratius id fore laetiusque quod quisque sua manu ex hoste captum rettulerit,
id. 5, 20, 8; 6, 25, 10; cf.:
in quibus cum multa sint quae sua quisque dicere velit, nihil est quod quisque suum possit dicere,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 23, 1.—
(β).
If the emphasis is not on suus, but (for quisque, when emphatic, unusquisque is used) on some other word:
in civitates quemque suas... dimisit,
Liv. 21, 48, 2:
in patriam quisque suam remissus est,
Just. 33, 2, 8:
in vestigio quemque suo vidit,
Liv. 28, 22, 15; cf.:
hospitibus quisque suis scribebant,
id. 33, 45, 6:
pro facultatibus quisque suis,
id. 42, 53, 3; cf.:
respiciendae sunt cuique facultates suae,
Sen. Ben. 2, 15, 3:
praecipitat quisque vitam suam et futuri desiderio laborat,
id. Brev. Vit. 7, 5; id. Ben. 7, 5, 1:
tunc praeceps quisque se proripit et penates suos deserit,
id. Q. N. 6, 1, 5; 5, 18, 8:
summum quisque causae suae judicem facit,
Plin. 1, prooem. § 10: aestimatione nocturnae [p. 1828] quietis, dimidio quisque spatio vitae suae vivit, id. 7, 50, 51, § 167.—
(γ).
Poets adopt the order quisque suus when the metre requires it, Verg. A. 6, 743:
oscula quisque suae matri tulerunt,
Ov. F. 2, 715. —
(δ).
When suus and quisque belong to different clauses:
atque earum quaeque, suum tenens munus... manet in lege naturae,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 13, 38. —
d.
Suus uterque, or uterque suus, distributively of two subjects:
suas uterque legiones reducit in castra,
Caes. B. C. 1, 40; 2, 28:
ideo quod uterque suam legem confirmare debebit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 142:
cum sui utrosque adhortarentur,
Liv. 1, 25, 1:
ad utrumque ducem sui redierunt,
id. 21, 29, 5:
utraque (lex) sua via it,
Sen. Ben. 6, 6, 1; cf.
uterque, in apposit.: nec ipsi tam inter se acriter contenderunt, quam studia excitaverant uterque sui corporis hominum,
Liv. 26, 48, 6.—
3.
With sibi.
(α).
Sibi with pronom. force (cf. sui, IV. C. fin.):
reddam suum sibi,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 119 ( = ei; but referred to b, infra, by Brix ad loc.); cf.:
suam rem sibi salvam sistam,
id. Poen. 5, 2, 123:
idem lege sibi sua curationem petet,
for himself, Cic. Agr. 2, 9, 22 (cf. id. Phil. 2, 37, 96;
I. B. 2. b. supra): ut vindicare sibi suum fulgorem possint,
Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 11; cf.
the formula of divorce: tuas res tibi habeto,
Dig. 24, 2, 2.—Hence, illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit, Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69.—
(β).
With sibi redundant, to strengthen suus (anteand post-class. and colloq.):
quo pacto serviat suo sibi patri,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 5:
eum necabam ilico per cerebrum pinna sua sibi, quasi turturem,
id. Poen. 2, 40; v. sui, IV. C. and the passages there cited.—
4.
With gen. agreeing with the subject of suus:
quas cum solus pertulisset ut sua unius in his gratia esset,
that the credit of it should belong to him alone, Liv. 2, 8, 3:
qui de sua unius sententia omnia gerat,
id. 44, 22, 11; cf.:
unam Aegyptus in hoc spem habet suam,
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2.—For suus ipsius, etc., v. D. 1. b. supra.—
5.
With demonstr., rel., or indef. pronn. and adjj., of his, hers, etc.:
postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam adjutores vos profiteamini,
to this booty of his, Cic. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:
Sestius cum illo exercitu suo,
id. Sest. 5, 12:
qua gravitate sua,
id. ib. 61, 129:
suam rem publicam illam defenderunt,
that republic of theirs, id. ib. 67, 141:
in istum civem suum,
against this citizen of theirs, id. Balb. 18, 41:
cum illo suo pari,
id. Pis. 8, 18:
te nulla sua calamitate civitas satiare potest?
id. Phil. 8, 6, 19:
dubitatis igitur, quin vos M. Laterensis ad suam spem aliquam delegerit,
for some hope of his, id. Planc. 16, 39:
non tam sua ulla spe quam militum impetu tractus,
by any hope of his, Liv. 25, 21, 5:
nullo suo merito,
from no fault of theirs, id. 26, 29, 4:
ipse arcano cum paucis familiaribus suis colloquitur,
with a few of his friends, Caes. B. C. 1, 19.—
6.
With descriptive adjj.
(α).
Standing before the adj. and noun (so most freq.):
suorum improbissimorum sermonum domicilium,
Cic. Pis. 31, 76:
causam sui dementissimi consilii,
id. Phil. 2, 22, 53:
suam insatiabilem crudelitatem,
id. ib. 11, 3, 8:
suis amplissimis fortunis,
id. ib. 13, 8, 16:
suum pristinum morem,
id. Pis. 12, 27:
suis lenissimis postulatis,
Caes. B. C. 1, 5: simili ratione Pompeius in suis veteribus castris consedit (suis emphatic; cf. b, infra), id. ib. 3, 76.—
(β).
Between the adj. and noun (less emphatic):
pro eximiis suis beneficiis,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 4, 7:
propter summam suam humanitatem,
id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:
ex praeteritis suis officiis,
Caes. B. C. 3, 60:
Caesar in veteribus suis castris consedit,
id. ib. 3, 76.—
(γ).
After adj. and noun:
veterem amicum suum excepit,
Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:
in illo ardenti tribunatu suo,
id. Sest. 54, 116.—
7.
Objectively for the pers. pron. (rare):
neque cuiquam mortalium injuriae suae parvae videntur ( = sibi illatae),
Sall. C. 51, 11; so,
neglectam ab Scipione et nimis leviter latam suam injuriam ratus,
Liv. 29, 9, 9:
ipsae enim leges te a cognitione sua judicio publico reppulerunt ( = a se cognoscendo),
Cic. Balb. 14, 32:
suam invidiam tali morte quaesitam ( = quaesitum esse ab eo ut homines se inviderent),
Tac. A. 3, 16; so,
nulla sua invidia,
Cic. Mil. 15, 40.—
8.
Abl. fem. sua, with refert or interest, for gen. of the pers. pron.: neminem esse qui quomodo se habeat nihil sua censeat interesse, Cic. Fin. 5, 10, 30:
si scit sua nihil interesse utrum anima per os, an per jugulum exeat,
Sen. Ep. 76, 33; v. intersum, III.—
9.
Strengthened by the suffix - pte or -met.
(α).
By - pte (not used with ipse) affixed to the forms sua, suo, and (ante-class.) suum:
quom illa osculata esset suumpte amicum,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 4, 38:
ut terrena suopte nutu et suo pondere in terram ferantur,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:
ferri suopte pondere,
id. N. D. 1, 25, 69:
suapte natura,
id. Fat. 18, 42:
suapte vi et natura,
id. ib. 19, 43; id. Fin. 1, 16, 54; 5, 22, 61:
suopte ingenio,
Liv. 25, 18; so id. 1, 25, 1; 1, 18, 4:
suapte manu,
Cic. Or. 3, 3, 10:
locus suapte natura infestus,
Liv. 44, 6, 9; so,
suapte natura,
id. 4, 22, 4:
flumina suapte natura vasta,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 27, 8; so id. Ben. 4, 17, 2:
sponte suapte,
Varr. L. L. 6, 7, § 70.—
(β).
With - met, almost always followed by ipse (in all forms of suus except suus, suum, suae, and suorum):
suomet ipsi more,
Sall. J. 31, 6:
suomet ipsi instrumento,
Liv. 22, 14, 13:
suomet ipsi metu,
Tac. H. 3, 16 fin.:
suamet ipsum pecunia,
Sall. J. 8, 2:
suamet ipsae fraude,
Liv. 8, 18, 9:
intra suamet ipsum moenia,
id. 6, 36, 4:
suismet ipsi praesidiis,
id. 8, 25, 6:
suismet ipsis corporibus,
id. 2, 19, 5:
suosmet ipsi cives,
id. 2, 9, 5:
suasmet ipse spes,
Tac. A. 3, 66 fin. —Without ipse:
populum suimet sanguinis mercede,
Sall. H. Fragm. 1, 41, 25 Dietsch:
magna pars suismet aut proxumorum telis obtruncabantur,
id. ib. 2, 52 ib.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > suum
48 suus

sŭus, a, um (old form sos, sa, sum; dat. plur. sis, Enn. ap. Fest. p. 301 Mull.; acc. sas. id. ib. p. 325 ib.; cf. Paul. ex Fest. p. 47; Schol. Pers. 1, 108; sing. sam for suam, Fest. p. 47 Mull.;
so for suo, C. I. L. 5, 2007. In ante-class. verse su- with the following vowel freq. forms one syllable,
Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 48; id. Ps. 1, 3, 5; Ter. And. 1, 1, 68; Lucr. 1, 1022; v. Neue, Formenl. 2, 189 sqq.), pron. poss., 3 d pers. [root SVA-; Sanscr. sva, own; cf. sui; Gr. seWo-, whence sphe, etc., and he; cf. heos], of or belonging to himself, herself, etc.; his own, her own, etc.; his, her, its, their; one ' s; hers, theirs.
I.
Ordinary possessive use his, etc. (cf. the similar use of the pers. pron. sui, q. v.).
A.
With antecedent in the same sentence.
1.
The antecedent a subject-nominative, expressed or understood.
(α).
His:
Caesar copias suas divisit,
Caes. B. C. 3, 97:
ille in sua sententia perseverat,
id. ib. 1, 72:
tantam habebat suarum rerum fiduciam,
id. ib. 2, 37:
cum sceleris sui socios Romae reliquisset,
Cic. Cat. 3, 1, 3:
cur ego non ignoscam si anteposuit suam salutem meae?
id. Pis. 32, 79; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Mil. 10, 27; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:
Hanno praefecturam ejus (i.e. Muttinis) filio suo (Hannonis) dedit,
Liv. 26, 40, 7:
imperat princeps civibus suis,
Sen. Clem. 1, 16, 2:
nemo rem suam emit,
id. Ben. 7, 4, 8.—
(β).
Her:
mea Glycerium suos parentes repperit,
Ter. And. 5, 6, 5:
utinam haec ignoraret suum patrem,
id. Phorm. 5, 6, 34:
si nunc facere volt era officium suom,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 72:
ne eadem mulier cum suo conjuge honestissimum adulescentem oppressisse videatur,
Cic. Cael. 32, 78:
si omnibus suis copiis excellentem virum res publica armasset,
id. Phil. 13, 16, 32.—
(γ).
Its:
omne animal, simul et ortum est, et se ipsum et omnes partes suas diligit,
Cic. Fin. 2, 11, 33:
cum mea domus ardore suo deflagrationem Italiae toti minaretur,
id. Planc. 40, 95.—
(δ).
Their: (legiones) si consulem suum reliquerunt, vituperandae sunt Cic. Phil. 5, 2, 4:
mittent aliquem de suo numero,
id. ib. 11, 10, 25:
rationem illi sententiae suae non fere reddebant,
id. Tusc. 1, 17, 38:
qui agellos suos redimere a piratis solebant,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 37, § 85:
edicunt ut ad suum vestitum senatores redirent,
id. Sest. 14, 32:
suis finibus eos prohibent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1: Allobrogibus sese persuasuros existimabant ut per suos (Allobrogum) fines eos (Helvetios) ire paterentur, id. id. 1, 6;
and distributively: ac naves onerariae LXIII. in portu expugnatae, quaedam cum suis oneribus, frumento, armis, aere, etc.,
some with their several cargoes, Liv. 26, 47, 9.—
2.
With a subject-clause as antecedent:
id sua sponte apparebat tuta celeribus consiliis praepositurum,
was selfevident, Liv. 22, 38, 13:
ad id quod sua sponte satis collectum animorum erat, indignitate etiam Romani accendebantur,
id. 3, 62, 1:
secutum tamen sua sponte est ut vilior ob ea regi Hannibal et suspectior fieret,
id. 35, 14, 4. —
3.
With subject-acc. as antecedent:
hanc dicam Athenis advenisse cum aliquo amatore suo, Plant. Mil. 2, 2, 86: doceo gratissimum esse in sua tribu Plancium,
Cic. Planc. 19, 47:
cupio eum suae causae confidere,
id. Sest. 64, 135:
suspicari debuit (Milo), eum (Clodium) ad villam suam (Clodii) deversurum,
id. Mil. 19, 51: Medeam praedicant in fuga fratris sui membra dissipavisse, id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 22:
(dixit) Caesarem pro sua dignitate debere et studium et iracundiam suam reipublicae dimittere,
Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
4.
With object-acc. as antecedent.
(α).
Suus being an adjunct of the subject (generally rendered in Engl. by a pass. constr.):
hunc pater suus de templo deduxit,
he was taken from the temple by his father, Cic. Inv. 2, 17, 52:
hunc sui cives e civitate ejecerunt,
id. Sest. 68, 142:
Alexandrum uxor sua... occidit,
id. Inv. 2, 49, 144:
illum ulciscentur mores sui,
id. Att. 9, 12, 2:
quodsi quem natura sua... forte deficiet,
id. Or. 1, 14:
utrumque regem sua multitudo consalutaverat,
Liv. 1, 7, 1:
quas (urbes) sua virtus ac dii juvent, magnas sibi opes facere,
id. 1, 9, 3; 1, 7, 15; 6, 33, 5:
quos nec sua conscientia impulerit, nec, etc.,
id. 26, 33, 3; 25, 14, 7:
consulem C. Marium servus suus interemit,
Val. Max. 6, 8, 2:
quis non Vedium Pollionem pejus oderat quam servi sui?
Sen. Clem. 1, 18, 2:
sera dies sit qua illum gens sua caelo adserat,
id. Cons. Poll. 12 (31), 5.—With the antecedent understood from the principal sentence:
ita forma simili pueri ut mater sua internoscere (sc. eos) non posset,
Plaut. Men. prol. 19; and with suus as adjunct both of the subject and of the antecedent: jubet salvere suos vir uxorem suam, id. merc. 4, 3, 11. —
(β).
With impers. verbs:
sunt homines, quos libidinis infamiaeque suae neque pudeat neque taedeat,
Cic. Verr. 1, 12, 35:
video fore ut inimicos tuos poeniteat intemperantiae suae,
id. Fam. 3, 10, 1:
si Caesarem beneficii sui poeniteret,
id. Lig. 10, 29; so id. Agr. 2, 11, 26:
jam ne nobilitatis quidem suae plebejos poenitere,
Liv. 10, 7, 8:
militem jam minus virtutis poenitere suae,
id. 22, 12, 10.—
(γ).
As adjunct of other members of the sentence:
ad parentes suos ducas Silenium,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 86. nam is illius filiam conicit in navem clam matrem suam (i.e. filiae), id. Mil. 2, 1, 34:
eosdem ad quaestoris sui aut imperatoris, aut commilitonum suorum pericula impulistis,
Cic. Phil. 13, 17, 34:
totum enim ex sua patria sustulisti,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 49, § 127; id. Or. 3, 32, 126: quem (Hammonium) tibi etiam suo nomine ( on his own account) commendo... itaque peto a te ut ejus procuratorem et ipsum suo nomine diligas, id. Fam. 13, 21, 2:
Caesar Fabium in sua remittit hiberna,
Caes. B. G. 5, 33; id. B. C. 3, 24:
introire ad Ciceronem, et domi suae imparatum confodere,
Sall. C. 28, 1:
suis flammis delete Fidenas,
i. e. the flames kindled by the Fidenates, Liv. 4, 33, 5:
suo igni involvit hostes,
Tac. A. 14, 30:
quid Caesarem in sua fata inmisit?
Sen. Ep. 94, 65; id. Q. N. 1, praef. 7; cf.
with antecedent supplied from preceding sentence: non destiti rogare et petere (sc. Brutum) mea causa, suadere et hortari sua,
Cic. Att. 6, 2, 7.—
5.
With dat. as antecedent.
(α).
As adjunct of subject (cf. 4. supra):
suus rex reginae placet,
a queen likes her own king, Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 76:
ei nunc alia ducenda'st domum, sua cognata Lemniensis,
id. Cist. 1, 1, 101:
Autronio nonne sodales, non collegae sui... defuerunt?
Cic. Sull. 2, 7:
si ceteris facta sua recte prosunt,
id. Cat. 3, 12, 27:
cui non magistri sui atque doctores, cui non... locus ipse... in mente versetur?
id. Planc. 33, 81:
haec omnia plane... Siculis erepta sunt: primum suae leges, etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 33:
Romanis multitudo sua auxit animum,
Liv. 21, 50, 4:
sicuti populo Romano sua fortuna labet,
id. 42, 50, 7:
Lanuvinis sacra sua reddita,
id. 8, 14, 2:
vilitas sua illis detrahit pretium,
Sen. Ben. 4, 29, 2:
nemo est cui felicitas sua satisfaciat,
id. Ep. 115, 17:
labor illi suus restitutus est,
id. Brev. Vit. 20, 3:
magnitudo sua singulis constat,
id. Q. N. 1, 1, 10:
tantum sapienti sua, quantum Dec omnis aetas patet,
id. Ep. 53, 11. —
With antecedent supplied from principal sentence: mater quod suasit sua Adulescens mulier fecit, i.e. ei,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 38.—
(β).
Of other words:
regique Thebano regnum stabilivit suum,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 40:
mittam hodie huic suo die natali malam rem magnam,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 5:
ego Metello non irascor, neque ei suam vacationem eripio,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:
desinant insidiari domui suae consuli,
id. Cat. 1, 13, 32:
quibus ea res honori fuerit a suis civibus,
id. Mil. 35, 96: Scipio suas res Syracusanis restituit, Liv. [p. 1824] 29, 1, 17:
nos non suas (leges Lacedaemoniis arbitror) ademisse, sed nostras leges dedisse,
id. 39, 37, 6:
Graccho et Tuditano provinciae Lucani et Galliae cum suis exercitibus prorogatae,
id. 25, 3, 5.—
6.
With gen., abl., or object of a prep. as antecedent:
nec illius animi aciem praestringit splendor sui nominis,
Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:
nolite a sacris patriis Junonis Sospitae domesticum et suum consulem avellere,
id. Mur. 41, 90:
quamvis tu magna mihi scripseris de Bruti adventu ad suas legiones,
id. Att. 14, 13, 12:
suae legis ad scriptum ipsam quoque sententiam adjungere,
the meaning of their law to which they refer, id. Inv. 2, 49, 147:
cum ambitio alterius suam primum apud eos majestatem solvisset,
Liv. 22, 42, 12:
nunc causam instituendorum ludorum ab origine sua repetam,
Val. Max. 2, 4, 4:
Jubam in regno suo non locorum notitia adjuvet, non popularium pro rege suo virtus,
Sen. Ep. 71, 10; id. Ben. 7, 6, 3; id. Clem. 1, 3, 4.—Esp. with cujusque as antecedent:
in qua deliberatione ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,
Cic. Off. 1, 33, 119 (v. II. D. 2. infra).— Abl.:
operam dare ut sua lex ipso scripto videatur niti,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 147 (cf. supra):
(Caesar reperiebat) ad Galbam propter justitiam prudentiamque suam totius belli summam deferri,
Caes. B. G. 2, 4:
credere, ad suum concilium a Jove deos advocari,
Sen. Q. N. 2, 42, 1.—
7.
With predic. nom. as antecedent:
sapientissimi artis suae professores sunt a quibus et propria studia verecunde et aliena callide administrantur,
Val. Max. 8, 12, 1.—
8.
With appositive noun.
(α).
With gram. subject as antecedent:
hoc Anaximandro, populari ac sodali suo, non persuasit,
Cic. Ac. 2, 37, 118:
vidit fortissimum virum, inimicissimum suum,
id. Mil. 9, 25:
(hic) fuit in Creta contubernalis Saturnini, propinqui sui,
id. Planc. 11, 27:
ut non per L. Crassum, adfinem suum... causam illam defenderit,
id. Balb. 21, 49:
ne cum hoc T. Broccho, avunculo, ne cum ejus filio, consobrino suo, ne nobiscum vivat,
id. Lig. 4, 11:
Caesar mittit ad eum A. Clodium, suum atque illius familiarem,
Caes. B. C. 3, 57.—
(β).
With object as antecedent:
Dicaearchum cum Aristoxeno, aequali et condiscipulo suo, omittamus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 41:
tres fratres optimos, non solum sibi ipsos, neque nobis, necessariis suis, sed etiam rei publicae condonavit,
id. Lig. 12, 36:
Varroni, quem, sui generis hominem,... vulgus extrahere ad consulatum nitebatur,
Liv. 22, 34, 2.—
(γ).
With appositive noun as antecedent:
si P. Scipionem, clarissimum virum, majorumque suorum simillimum res publica tenere potuisset,
Cic. Phil. 13, 14, 29:
M. Fabi Ambusti, potentis viri cum inter sui corporis homines, tum ad plebem, etc.,
Liv. 6, 34, 5:
C. vero Fabricii, et Q. Aemilii Papi, principum saeculi sui, domibus argentum fuisse confitear oportet,
Val. Max. 4, 4, 3.—
9.
In participial clauses.
(α).
The antecedent being the logical subject of the participle, and other than the principal subject:
credamus igitur Panaetio, a Platone suo dissentienti ( = qui dissentiebat),
Cic. Tusc. 1, 32, 79:
ea Sex. Roscium, expulsum ex suis bonis, recepit domum,
id. Rosc. Am. 10, 27:
diffidentemque rebus suis confirmavit,
id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23:
Dejotarum ad me venientem cum omnibus copiis suis, certiorem feci, etc.,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 7; id. Cat. 4, 9, 18: si hominis et suis et populi Romani ornamentis amplissimi ( being greatly distinguished) causam repudiassem, id. Mur. 4, 8:
stupentes tribunos et suam jam vicem magis anxios quam, etc., liberavit consensus populi Romani,
Liv. 8, 35, 1; 22, 42, 8:
manet in folio scripta querela suo ( = quam scripsit),
Ov. F. 5, 224; cf. in abl. absol.:
et ipsis (hostibus) regressis in castra sua,
Liv. 22, 60, 9:
quibus (speculis) si unum ostenderis hominem, populus adparet, unaquaque parte faciem exprimente sua,
Sen. Q. N. 1, 5, 5.—
(β).
The logical subject of the participle, being also the principal subject:
sic a suis legionibus condemnatus irrupit in Galliam,
Cic. Phil. 10, 10, 21:
hunc agrum patres nostri, acceptum a majoribus suis ( = quem acceperant), perdiderunt,
id. Agr. 2, 31, 84:
ut in suis ordinibus dispositi dispersos adorirentur,
Caes. B. C. 3, 92: Appius, odium in se aliorum suo in eos metiens odio, haud ignaro, inquit, imminet fortuna, Liv. 3, 54, 3:
ipsa capit Condita in pharetra ( = quae condiderat) tela minora sua,
Ov. F. 2, 326; cf. in abl. absol.:
Sopater, expositis suis difficultatibus ( = cum exposuisset, etc.): Timarchidem... perducit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 69:
Caesar, primum suo deinde omnium ex conspectu remotis equis, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 25:
Campani, audita sua pariter sociorumque clade, legatos ad Hannibalem miserunt,
Liv. 25, 15, 1:
(Appius) deposito suo magistratu... domum est reductus,
id. 4, 24, 7; 3, 35, 9; 9, 10, 13; 9, 41, 9.—
(γ).
The antecedent being the principal subject, not the logical subject of the participle:
M. Papirius dicitur Gallo, barbam suam (i.e. Papirii) permulcenti,... iram movisse,
Liv. 5, 41, 9: cum Gracchus, verecundia deserendi socios, implorantis fidem suam populique Romani, substitisset. id. 23, 36, 8; cf. in abl. absol.:
si sine maximo dedecore, tam impeditis suis rebus, potuisset emori,
Cic. Rab. Post. 10, 29; id. Mil. 14, 38; id. Planc. 21, 51; id. Clu. 14, 42:
ita (consul) proelio uno accidit Vestinorum res, haudquaquam tamen incruento milite suo (consulis),
Liv. 8, 29, 12; cf.
with antecedent to be supplied: Campani, cum, robore juventutis suae acciso, nulla (sc. eis) propinqua spes esset, etc.,
id. 7, 29, 7.—
10.
In gerund. construction. ( a) With subject as antecedent:
mihi ipsa Roma ad complectendum conservatorem suum progredi visa est,
Cic. Pis. 22, 52.—
(β).
With object, the logical subjects of the gerund as antecedent:
cur iis persequendi juris sui... adimis potestatem?
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21:
si senatui doloris sui de me declarandi potestas esset erepta,
id. Sest. 23, 51:
nec tribunis plebis (spatium datur) sui periculi deprecandi,
Caes. B. C. 1, 5.—
(γ).
With antecedent dependent on the gerund:
eamque rem illi putant a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam,
Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19.—
11.
As adjunct of a noun dependent on a subjectinf., with its logical subject as antecedent:
magnum Miloni fuit, conficere illam pestem nulla sua invidia?
Cic. Mil. 15, 40:
neque enim fuit Gabinii, remittere tantum de suo nec regis, imponere tantum plus suis,
his claim, id. Rab. Post. 11, 31:
Piso, cui fructum pietatis suae neque ex me neque a populo Romano ferre licuit,
id. Sest. 31, 68:
ei cujus magis intersit, vel sua, vel rei publicae causa vivere,
id. Off. 3, 23, 90:
sapientis est consilium explicare suum de maximis rebus,
id. Or. 2, 81, 333; id. Mil. 15, 41.—With logical subject understood:
totam Italiam suis colonis ut complere (sc. eis) liceat, permittitur,
Cic. Agr. 2, 13, 34:
maximum (sc. eis) solacium erit, propinquorum eodem monumento declarari, et virtutem suorum, et populi Romani pietatem,
id. Phil. 14, 13, 35.
B.
Without gram. antec., one ' s, one ' s own.
1.
Dependent on subject-inff.:
ejusdem animi est, posteris suis amplitudinem nobis quam non acceperit tradere, et memoriam prope intermortuam generis sui, virtute renovare,
Cic. Mur. 7, 16:
siquidem atrocius est, patriae parentem quam suum occidere,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
miliens perire est melius quam in sua civitate sine armorum praesidio non posse vivere,
id. ib. 2, 44, 112: quanto est honestius, alienis injuriis quam suis commoveri, one ' s own, id. Verr. 2, 3, 72, § 169:
contentum suis rebus esse maximae sunt certissimaeque divitiae,
id. Par. 6, 51:
ut non liceat sui commodi causa nocere alteri,
id. Off. 3, 5, 23:
detrahere de altero sui commodi causa,
id. ib. 3, 5, 24:
suis exemplis melius est uti,
Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2:
levius est sua decreta tollere quam aliorum,
Liv. 3, 21. 5; 39, 5, 2;
29, 37, 11: satius est vitae suae rationes quam frumenti publici nosse,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 18, 3:
quanto satius est sua mala exstinguere quam aliena posteris tradere?
id. Q. N. 3, praef. 5:
cum initia beneficiorum suorum spectare, tum etiam exitus decet,
id. Ben. 2, 14, 2; 3, 1, 5:
Romani nominis gloriae, non suae, composuisse illa decuit,
Plin. 1, prooem. § 16.—With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent: cum possimus ab Ennio sumere... exemplum, videtur esse arrogantia illa relinquere, et ad sua devenire, to one ' s own = to our own, Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2.—
2.
Without a subject-inf.:
omnia torquenda sunt ad commodum suae causae... sua diligenter narrando,
Cic. Inv. 1, 21, 30: ut in ceteris habenda ratio non sua (al. sui) solum, sed etiam aliorum, id. Off. 1, 39, 139:
erat Dareo mite ac tractabile ingenium, nisi suam naturam plerumque fortuna corrumperet (suam not referring to Dareo),
Curt. 3, 2, 17 MSS. (Foss, mansuetam). — With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent (cf. 1. supra):
non erit ista amicitia sed mercatura quaedam utilitatum suarum,
Cic. N. D. 1, 44, 122; cf.: pro suo possidere, II. A. 2. a. g; and Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73, II. A. 2. b. a; cf. also II. B. 1. a; II. B. 5. c.; II. B. 7. b.; II. C. 8. b. b infra.
C.
With antec. in a previous sentence. Here ejus, eorum, earum are used for his, her, their, unless the clause is oblique in regard to the antecedent, i. e. the antecedent is conceived as the author of the statement.
1.
In clauses dependent on a verbum sentiendi or dicendi, expressed or understood, referring to the grammatical or logical subject of the verb.
a.
In infinitive clauses:
(Clodius) Caesaris potentiam suam potentiam esse dicebat,
Cic. Mil. 32, 88:
(Caelius) a sua (causa) putat ejus (i.e. Ascitii) esse sejunctam,
id. Cael. 10, 24:
ipsos certo scio non negare ad haec bona Chrysogonum accessisse impulsu suo (referring to ipsos),
id. Rosc. Am. 37, 107:
hostes viderunt,... suorum tormentorum usum spatio propinquitatis interire,
Caes. B. C. 2, 16:
docent, sui judicii rem non esse,
id. ib. 1, 13.—The reference of suus may be ambiguous, esp. if an infinitive is dependent on another:
hoc Verrem dicere ajebant, te... opera sua consulem factum, i.e. Verris, though grammatically it might refer to the subj. of aiebant,
Cic. Verr. 1, 10, 29:
(Ariovistus) dixit neminem secum sine sua pernicie contendisse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 36; cf. the context with, in all, eleven reflexive pronouns referring to four different antecedents (populus Romanus, Ariovistus, Caesar, nemo); cf.
also: occurrebat ei, mancam praeturam suam futuram consule Milone,
Cic. Mil. 9, 25; 32, 88; Liv. 3, 42, 2.—
b.
Suus in a clause dependent on inf.:
scio equidem, ut, qui argentum afferret atque expressam imaginem suam (i.e. militis) huc ad nos, cum eo ajebat velle mitti mulierem,
Plaut. Ps. 2, 2, 55:
isti bonorum emptores arbitrantur, vos hic sedere qui excipiatis eos qui de suis (i.e. emptorum) manibus effugerint,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:
Siculi venisse tempus ajebant ut commoda sua defenderem,
id. Div. in Caecil. 1, 3:
ut tunc tandem sentiret recuperanda esse quae prius sua culpa amissa forent,
Liv. 44, 8, 4. —
Ambiguous: velle Pompejum se Caesari purgatum, ne ea quae reipublicae causa egerit (Pompejus) in suam (i.e. Caesaris) contumeliam vertat (where suam might be referred to Pompejus),
Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
c.
In oblique clauses introduced by ut or ne, or clauses subordinate to such:
Cassius constituit ut ludi absente te fierent suo nomine,
Cic. Att. 15, 11, 2:
postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam tam nefariam adjutores vos profiteamini,
id. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:
Nasidius eos magnopere hortatur ut rursus cum Bruti classe, additis suis (i.e. Nasidii) auxiliis confligant,
Caes. B. C. 2, 3:
(regem) denuntiasse sibi ut triduo regni sui decederent finibus,
Liv. 42, 25, 12:
Sabinae mulieres, hinc patres, hinc viros orantes, ne parricidio macularent partus suos (i.e. mulierum),
id. 1, 13, 2:
Patron praecepit suis ut arma induerent, ad omne imperium suum parati,
Curt. 5, 11, 1.—With reflex. pron., referring to a different antecedent:
ad hanc (Laidem) Demosthenes clanculum adit, et ut sibi copiam sui faceret, petit,
Gell. 1, 8, 5. —
d.
In subordinate clauses introduced by quin or quod:
(Dejotarus) non recusat quin id suum facinus judices,
Cic. Deiot. 15, 43; so id. ib. 4, 15;
16, 45: parietes hujus curiae tibi gratias agere gestiunt, quod futura sit illa auctoritas in his majorum suorum et suis sedibus,
id. Marcell. 3, 10:
quidni gauderet quod iram suam nemo sentiret?
Sen. Troad. 3, 13:
querenti quod uxor sua e fico se suspendisset,
Quint. 6, 3, 88;
and with intentional ambiguity: cum Proculejus quereretur de filio quod is mortem suam expectaret,
id. 9, 3, 68. —
e.
In interrogative clauses:
si, quod officii sui sit, non occurrit animo, nihil umquam omnino aget,
Cic. Ac. 2, 8, 25:
ut non auderet iterum dicere quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,
id. Caecin. 10, [p. 1825] 28:
donec sciat unisquisque quid sui, quid alieni sit,
Liv. 6, 27, 8:
rex ignarus, quae cum Hannibale legatis suis convenisset, quaeque legati ejus ad se allaturi fuissent,
id. 23, 39, 2:
postquam animadvertit quantus agminis sui terror esset,
id. 43, 19, 5. —
2.
In a virtually oblique clause.
a.
In final clause, introduced by ut, ne, or rel., referring to the subject of the purpose:
me a portu praemisit domum, ut haec nuntiem uxori suae,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 41:
quasi Appius ille Caecus viam muniverit, non qua populus uteretur, sed ubi impune sui posteri latrocinarentur, i. e. Appii,
Cic. Mil. 7, 17:
quae gens ad Caesarem legatos mise. rat, ut suis omnibus facultatibus uteretur,
Caes. B. C. 3, 80:
inde castra movent, ne qua vis sociis suis ab Romano exercitu inferri possit,
Liv. 43, 23, 5:
(Romani) Albam a fundamentis proruerunt, ne memoria originum suarum exstaret,
id. 26, 13, 16:
oppidani nuntios Romam, qui certiorem de suo casu senatum facerent, misere,
id. 6, 33, 7; cf.:
tanto intervallo ab hostibus consedit, ut nec adventus suus propinquitate nimia nosci posset, et, etc.,
Liv. 10, 20, 7:
Datames locum delegit talem ut non multum obesse multitudo hostium suae paucitati posset,
Nep. Dat. 7, 3:
quid si gubernator a diis procellas petat ut gratior ars sua periculo fiat?
Sen. Ben. 6, 25, 4. —
b.
In other dependent clauses represented as conceived by an antecedent in the principal sentence:
Sulla, si sibi suus pudor ac dignitas non prodesset, nullum auxilium requisivit ( = negavit se defendi velle, si, etc.),
Cic. Sull. 5, 15:
Paetus omnes libros quos frater suus reliquisset mihi donavit ( = dixit se donare libros quos, etc.),
id. Att. 2, 1, 12:
non enim a te emit, sed, priusquam tu suum sibi venderes, ipse possedit ( = potitus est, ne, etc.),
id. Phil. 2, 37, 96:
Africanus, si sua res ageretur, testimonium non diceret,
id. Rosc. Am. 36, 3:
ille ipse (Pompejus) proposuit epistulam illam, in qua est Pro tuis rebus gestis amplissimis. Amplioribusne quam suis, quam Africani?
id. Att. 8, 9, 2:
spiritus dabat (Manlio) quod... vinculorum suorum invidiam dictator fugisset,
Liv. 6, 18, 4:
(Numa) Camenis eum lucum sacravit, quod earum ibi concilia cum conjuge sua Egeria essent,
id. 1, 21, 3:
adulescens deos omnis invocare ad gratiam illi pro se referendam, quoniam sibi nequaquam satis facultatis pro suo animo atque illius erga se esset,
id. 26, 50, 4 (cf. D. 1. a. infra).
D.
In the place of ejus.
1.
In clauses virtually oblique, but with indicative, being conceived by the antecedent (hence suus, not ejus), but asserted as fact by the author (hence indicative, not subjunctive):
Cicero tibi mandat ut Aristodemo idem respondeas, quod de fratre suo (Ciceronis) respondisti,
Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4:
oriundi ab Sabinis, ne, quia post Tatii mortem ab sua parte non erat regnatum, imperium amitterent, sui corporis creari regem volebant,
Liv. 1, 17, 2:
C. Caesar villam pulcherrimam, quia mater sua aliquando in illa custodita erat, diruit,
Sen. Ira, 3, 21, 5:
Philemonem, a manu servum, qui necem suam per venenum inimicis promiserat, non gravius quam simplici morte punivit,
Suet. Caes. 74; cf.:
quomodo excandescunt si quid e juba sua decisum est,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 12, 3.—
2.
To avoid ambiguity:
petunt rationes illius (Catilinae) ut orbetur consilio res publica, ut minuatur contra suum (i.e. Catilinae) furorem imperatorum copia (instead of ejus, which might be referred to res publica),
Cic. Mur. 39, 83:
equites a cornibus positos, cum jam pelleretur media peditum suorum acies, incurrisse ab lateribus ferunt,
Liv. 1, 37, 3.—
3.
Colloquially and in epistolary style suus is used emphatically instead of ejus, with the meaning own, peculiar: deinde ille actutum subferret suus servus poenas Sosia, his own slave (opp. Mercury, who personates Sosias), Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 19: mira erant in civitatibus ipsorum furta Graecorum quae magistratus sui fecerant, their own magistrates ( = ipsorum), Cic. Att. 6, 2, 5:
in quibus (litteris Bruti) unum alienum summa sua prudentia (est), ut spectem ludos suos,
his peculiar prudence, id. ib. 15, 26, 1; so,
quod quidem ille (Nero) decernebat, quorumdam dolo ad omina sui exitus vertebatur,
Tac. A. 16, 24; cf. II. A. 1. b and g; II. A. 2. a. b; II. B. 3.—
4.
Without particular emphasis (mostly ante- and post-class. and poet.):
tum erit tempestiva cum semen suum maturum erit,
Cato, R. R. 31:
vitis si macra erit, sarmenta sua concidito minute,
id. ib. 37:
qui sic purgatus erit, diuturna valetudine utatur, neque ullus morbus veniet, nisi sua culpa,
id. ib. 157:
Cimon in eandem invidiam incidit quam pater suus,
Nep. Cim. 3, 1:
id qua ratione consecutus sit (Lysander) latet. Non enim virtute sui exercitus factum est, etc.,
id. Lys. 1, 2:
ipse sub Esquiliis, ubi erat regia sua, Concidit,
Ov. F. 6, 601:
quodque suus conjux riguo collegerat horto, Truncat olus foliis,
id. M. 8, 646; so id. ib. 15, 819.
II.
In partic.
A.
As substt.
1.
sui, suorum, m., his, their (etc.) friends, soldiers, fellow-beings, equals, adherents, followers, partisans, posterity, slaves, family, etc., of persons in any near connection with the antecedent.
(α).
(Corresp. to the regular usage, I. A. B. C.) Cupio abducere ut reddam (i.e. eam) suis, to her family, friends, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 77; cf. id. ib. 1, 2, 66:
cum animus societatem caritatis coierit cum suis, omnesque natura conjunctos suos duxerit,
fellow-beings, Cic. Leg. 1, 23, 60:
mulier ingeniosa praecepit suis omnia Caelio pollicerentur,
her slaves, id. Cael. 25, 62:
quo facilius et nostras domos obire, et ipse a suis coli possit,
his friends, id. ib. 7, 18:
qua gratiam beneficii vestri cum suorum laude conjungant,
their family, id. Agr. 2, 1, 1:
vellem hanc contemptionem pecuniae suis reliquisset,
to his posterity, id. Phil. 3, 6, 16:
cum divisurum se urbem palam suis polliceretur,
his partisans, id. ib. 13, 9, 19:
Caesar, cohortatus suos, proelium commisit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 25; so,
Curio exercitum reduxit, suis omnibus praeter Fabium incolumibus,
id. B. C. 2, 35:
Caesar receptui suorum timens,
id. ib. 3, 46:
certior ab suis factus est, praeclusas esse portas,
id. ib. 2, 20:
omnium suorum consensu, Curio bellum ducere parabat,
id. ib. 2, 37: so,
Pompejus suorum omnium hortatu statuerat proelio decertare,
id. ib. 3, 86:
Caesar Brundisium ad suos severius scripsit,
to his officers, id. ib. 3, 25:
naviculam conscendit cum paucis suis,
a few of his followers, id. ib. 3, 104:
multum cum suis consiliandi causa secreto praeter consuetudinem loqueretur,
id. ib. 1, 19:
nupsit Melino, adulescenti inprimis inter suos et honesto et nobili,
his equals, associates, Cic. Clu. 5, 11:
rex raptim a suis in equum impositus fugit,
his suite, Liv. 41, 4, 7:
subsidio suorum proelium restituere,
comrades, id. 21, 52, 10:
feras bestias... ad opem suis ferendam avertas,
their young, id. 26, 13, 12:
abstulit sibi in suos potestatem,
his slaves, Sen. Ira, 3, 12, 6:
Besso et Nabarzani nuntiaverant sui regem... interemptum esse,
their fellow - conspirators, Curt. 5, 12, 14. — Very rarely sing.:
ut bona mens suis omnibus fuerit. Si quem libido abripuit, illorum eum, cum quibus conjuravit, non suum judicet esse,
Liv. 39, 16, 5.—
(β).
Irregular use (acc. to I. D.): sui = ejus amici, etc. (freq.;
the absolute use of ejus in this sense being inadmissible): quasi vero quisquam dormiat? ne sui quidem hoc velint, non modo ipse (sui = ejus amici, liberi),
Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:
is (annus) ejus omnem spem... morte pervertit. Fuit hoc luctuosum suis, acerbum patriae, etc.,
id. Or. 3, 2, 8:
quadrigas, quia per suos ( = ipsius milites) agendae erant, in prima acie locaverat rex,
Liv. 37, 41, 8:
auctoritatem Pisistrati qui inter suos ( = ejus cives) maxima erat,
id. 37, 12:
quo cum multitudine adversariorum sui superarentur, ipse fuit superior, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 8, 4; v. g.—
(γ).
Without antecedent (cf. I. B. supra): quoties necesse est fallere aut falli a suis, by one ' s friends, Sen. Phoen. 493.—
(δ).
Sing.: sŭa, suae. f., a sweetheart, mistress (rare): illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit. Cic. Phil. 2, 28. 69:
cedo quid hic faciet sua?
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 92.—
2.
sŭum, i, n., and more freq. sŭa, suorum, n. plur., = one ' s property.
a.
Sing.
(α).
Lit.:
nec suom adimerem alteri,
his property, his own, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 38 (34):
nunc si ille salvos revenit, reddam suom sibi (v. D. 3. a. infra),
id. ib. 1, 2, 119:
illum studeo quam facillime ad suum pervenire,
Cic. Fam. 13, 26, 4:
populi Romani hanc esse consuetudinem ut socios sui nihil deperdere velit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43; cf. Cic. Rab. Post. 11, 3, I. A. 11. supra:
nec donare illi de suo dicimur,
Sen. Ben. 7, 4, 2; so esp. with quisque; v. infra — Hence, de suo = per se, or sua sponte;
(stellae) quae per igneos tractus labentia inde splendorem trahant caloremque, non de suo clara,
Sen. Q. N. 7, 1, 6. —
(β).
Trop.:
meum mihi placebat, illi suum (of a literary essay),
Cic. Att. 14, 20, 3: suom quemque decet, his own manners, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 11; so, expendere oportet quid quisque habeat sui ( what peculiarities) nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant;
id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,
Cic. Off. 1, 31, 113.—
(γ).
Jurid. term: aliquid pro suo possidere, to possess in the belief of one ' s legal right:
pro suo possessio tale est, cum dominium nobis acquiri putamus. Et ea causa possidemus ex qua acquiritur, et praeterea pro suo,
Dig. 41, 10, 1;
so without an antecedent, and referring to a first person: item re donata, pro donato et pro suo possideo,
ib. 41, 10, 1; v. the whole tit. ib. 42, 10 (Pro suo); cf. ib. 23, 3, 67; cf. C., infra fin.;
similarly: usucapere pro suo = acquire dominion by a possession pro suo, Fragm. Vat. 111: res pro suo, quod justam causam possidendi habet, usucapit,
id. ib. 260; Dig. 41, 3, 27. —
b.
Plur.
(α).
One ' s property:
Roscius tibi omnia sua praeter animam tradidit,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 50, 146:
qui etiam hostibus externis victis sua saepissime reddiderunt,
id. Agr. 1, 6, 19:
tu autem vicinis tuis Massiliensibus sua reddis,
id. Att. 14, 14, 6:
Remi legatos miserunt qui dicerent se suaque omnia in fidem atque potestatem populi Romani permittere,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3, 2; 1, 11, 2; 2, 13, 2:
ipsi milites alveos informes quibus se suaque transveherent, faciebant,
their baggage, Liv. 21, 26, 9:
docere eos qui sua permisere fortunae,
Sen. Q. N. 3, praef. 7; so without an antecedent, one ' s own property (cf. I. B. 2. supra):
hanc ob causam maxime ut sua tenerentur res publicae constitutae sunt,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73;
rarely = eorum res: quod vero etiam sua reddiderint (i.e. Gallis),
Liv. 39, 55, 3. —
(β).
One ' s own affairs:
aliena ut melius videant et dijudicent Quam sua,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 96:
cognoscunt... immobile agmen et sua quemque molientem,
Liv. 10, 20, 8:
omnia ei hostium non secus quam sua nota erant,
id. 22, 41, 5:
aliena cum suis perdidit,
Sen. Ben. 7, 16, 3.— Absol., referring to a noun fem.: sua (finxit) C. Cassius ( = suas persuasiones; cf.
the context),
Quint. 6, 3, 90.
B.
Predicative uses: suum esse, facere, fieri, putare, etc., like a gen. poss., to be, etc., the property, or under the dominion, control, power of the antecedent.
1.
Of property in things.
(α).
Corporeal:
scripsit causam dicere Prius aurum quare sit suum,
Ter. Eun. prol. 11:
nihil erat cujusquam quod non hoc anno suum fore putabat (Clodius),
Cic. Mil. 32, 87:
quia suum cujusque fit, eorum quae natura fuerant communia quod cuique obtigit, id quisque teneat,
id. Off. 1, 7, 21:
Juba suam esse praedicans praedam,
Caes. B. C. 3, 84:
gratum sibi populum facturum, si omnes res Neapolitanorum suas duxissent,
Liv. 22, 32, 8: libros esse dicimus Ciceronis;
eosdem Dorus librarius suos vocat,
Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 1:
cum enim istarum personarum nihil suum esse possit,
since these persons can own nothing, Gai. Inst. 2, 96; cf. Dig. 1, 7, 15 pr.—Virtually predicative:
referas ad eos qui suam rem nullam habent ( = rem quae sua sit),
nothing of their own, Cic. Phil. 2, 6, 15:
qui in potestate nostra est, nihil suum habere potest,
Gai. Inst. 2, 84. — ( b) Of literary works:
quae convenere in Andriam ex Perinthia Fatetur transtulisse, atque usum pro suis ( = quasi sua essent),
Ter. And. prol. 14:
potest autem... quae tum audiet... ingenue pro suis dicere,
his own thoughts, Quint. 12, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Of a country or people:
suum facere = suae dicionis facere: commemorat ut (Caesar) magnam partem Italiae beneficio atque auctoritate eorum suam fecerit,
Caes. B. C. 2, 32:
in quam (Asiam) jam ex parte suam fecerit,
Liv. 44, 24, 4:
crudelissima ac superbissima gens sua omnia suique arbitrii facit,
id. 21, 44, 5.—
(δ).
Trop.:
omnia sua putavit quae vos vestra esse velletis,
Cic. Phil. 11, 12, 27:
non meminit, illum exercitum senatus populique Romani esse, non suum,
id. ib. 13, 6, 4: [p. 1826] probavit, non rempublicam suam esse, sed se reipublicae, Sen. Clem. 1, 19, 8;
so of incorporeal things: hi si velint scire quam brevis eorum vita sit, cogitent ex quota parte sua sit,
how much of it is their own, id. Brev. Vit. 19, 3; so, suum facere, to appropriate:
prudentis est, id quod in quoque optimum est, si possit, suum facere,
Quint. 10, 2, 26:
quaeremus quomodo animus (hanc virtutem) usu suam faciat,
Sen. Clem. 1, 3, 1.—
2.
Of persons.
(α).
Under a master ' s or father ' s control:
ut lege caverent, ne quis quem civitatis mutandae causa suum faceret, neve alienaret,
make any one his slave, Liv. 41, 8, 12: quid eam tum? suamne esse ajebat, his daughter, i.e. in his power? Ter. And. 5, 4, 29:
eduxit mater pro sua ( = quasi sua esset),
id. Eun. 1, 2, 76.—
(β).
Reflexively = sui juris, independent, one ' s own master or mistress, not subject to another ' s control, under one ' s own control (v. sui juris, infra):
ancilla, quae mea fuit hodie, sua nunc est,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Of moral power over others: suus = devoted to one:
hice hoc munere arbitrantur Suam Thaidem esse,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 38:
eos hic fecit suos Paulo sumptu,
id. Ad. 5, 4, 21:
sed istunc exora, ut (mulierem) suam esse adsimulet,
to be friendly to him, id. Heaut. 2, 3, 117:
cum Antonio sic agens ut perspiciat, si in eo negotio nobis satisfecerit, totum me futurum suum,
Cic. Att. 14, 1 a, 2:
Alpheus... utebatur populo sane suo,
devoted to him, id. Quint. 7, 29.— Poet.: vota suos habuere deos, the vows (inst. of the persons uttering them) had the gods on their side, Ov. M. 4, 373. —
(δ).
Of power over one's self, etc.:
nam qui sciet ubi quidque positum sit, quaque eo veniat, is poterit eruere, semperque esse in disputando suus,
self-possessed, Cic. Fin. 4, 4, 10:
inaestimabile bonum est suum fieri,
selfcontrol, Sen. Ep. 75, 18:
(furiosus) qui suus non est,
Dig. 42, 4, 7, § 9:
vix sua, vix sanae virgo Niseia compos Mentis erat,
Ov. M. 8, 35. —
3.
Suum est, as impers. predicate: = ejus est, characteristic of, peculiar to one (very rare):
dixit antea, sed suum illud est, nihil ut affirmet,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99.
C.
Attributive usages, almost always (except in Seneca) with suus before its noun.
1.
The property, relations, affairs, etc., of one opposed to those of another, own.
a.
Opposition expressed:
nihil de suo casu, multa de vestro querebatur,
Cic. Balb. 8, 21:
sua sibi propiora pericula quam mea loquebantur,
id. Sest. 18, 40:
suasque et imperatoris laudes canentes,
Liv. 45, 38, 12:
damnatione collegae et sua,
id. 22, 35, 3:
Senecae fratris morte pavidum et pro sua incolumitate pavidum,
Tac. A. 14, 73:
velut pro Vitellio conquerentes suum dolorem proferebant,
id. H. 3, 37;
opp. alienus: ut suo potius tempore mercatorem admitterent, quam celerius alieno,
at a time convenient to themselves, Varr. R. R. 3, 16, 11. —Without antecedent, opp. externus:
(Platoni) duo placet esse motus, unum suum, alterum externum, esse autem divinius quod ipsum ex se sua sponte moveatur, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32. —
b.
Implied:
voluptatem suis se finibus tenere jubeamus,
within the limits assigned to it, Cic. Fin. 3, 1, 1:
cum vobis immortale monumentum suis paene manibus senatus... exstruxerit,
id. Phil. 14, 12, 33:
superiores (amnes) in Italia, hic (Rhodanus) trans Alpes, hospitales suas tantum, nec largiores quam intulere aquas vehentes,
Plin. 2, 103, 106, § 224: colligitur aqua ex imbribus;
ex suo fonte nativa est,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 3:
pennas ambo non habuere suas (non suas = alienas),
Ov. Tr. 3, 4, 24. —
c.
In particular phrases. ( a) Sua sponte and suo Marte, of one ' s own accord, by one ' s self, without the suggestion, influence, aid, etc., of others:
Caesar bellum contra Antonium sua sponte suscepit,
Cic. Phil. 8, 2, 5:
sua sponte ad Caesarem in jus adierunt,
Caes. B. C. 1, 87.—So of things, = per se, by or of itself, for itself, for its own sake:
jus et omne honestum sua sponte expetendum (cf. in the context: per se igitur jus est expetendum),
Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 48: justitium sua sponte inceptum priusquam indiceretur, by itself, i. e. without a decree, Liv. 9, 7, 8; so,
sortes sua sponte attenuatas,
id. 22, 1, 11 (cf. id. 22, 38, 13; 35, 14, 4, I. A. 2., supra): rex enim ipse, sua sponte, nullis commentariis Caesaris, simul atque audivit ejus interitum suo Marte res suas recuperavit, Cic. Phil. 2, 37, 95.—
(β).
Suus locus, in milit. lang., one ' s own ground, position, or lines:
restitit suo loco Romana acies (opp. to the advance of the enemy),
Liv. 22, 16, 2.—So figuratively:
et staturas suo loco leges,
Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2:
aciem instruxit primum suis locis, pauloque a castris Pompeji longius,
Caes. B. C. 3, 84 (cf.: suo loco, 7. b. g, infra).—
(γ).
For suo jure v. 3. infra.—
(δ).
Sua Venus = one's own Venus, i. e. good luck (v. Venus): ille non est mihi par virtutibus, nec officiis;
sed habuit suam Venerem,
Sen. Ben. 2, 28, 2. —
2.
Of private relations (opp. to public):
ut in suis rebus, ita in re publica luxuriosus nepos,
Cic. Agr. 2, 18, 48:
deinde ut communibus pro communibus utatur, privatis ut suis,
id. Off. 1, 7, 20:
quod oppidum Labienus sua pecunia exaedificaverat,
Caes. B. C. 1, 15:
militibus agros ex suis possessionibus pollicetur,
i. e. his private property, id. ib. 1, 17; Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 3. —
3.
Of just rights or claims:
imperatori senatuique honos suus redditus,
due to them, Liv. 3, 10, 3:
neque inpedimento fuit, quominus religionibus suus tenor suaque observatio redderetur,
Val. Max. 1, 1, 8:
quibus omnibus debetur suus decor,
Quint. 11, 1, 41. —
So distributively: is mensibus suis dimisit legionem,
in the month in which each soldier was entitled to his discharge, Liv. 40, 41, 8. — Esp.: suo jure (so, meo, nostro, tuo, etc., jure), by his own right:
Tullus Hostilius qui suo jure in porta nomen inscripsit,
Cic. Phil. 13, 12, 26:
earum rerum hic A. Licinius fructum a me repetere prope suo jure debet,
id. Arch. 1, 1; id. Marcell. 2, 6; id. Phil. 2, 25, 62; id. Balb. 8, 21:
numquam illum res publica suo jure esset ulta,
by its unquestionable right, id. Mil. 33, 88. —
4.
Of that to which one is exclusively devoted:
huic quaestioni suum diem dabimus,
a day for its exclusive discussion, Sen. Ep. 94, 52:
homini autem suum bonum ratio est,
his exclusive good, id. ib. 76, 10:
in majorem me quaestionem vocas, cui suus locus, suus dies dandus est,
id. Q. N. 2, 46, 1. —
With proprius: mentio inlata apud senatum est, rem suo proprio magistratu egere,
that the business needed a particular officer exclusively for itself, Liv. 4, 8, 4:
et Hannibalem suo proprio occupandum bello,
id. 27, 38, 7; cf.:
dissupasset hostes, ni suo proprio eum proelio equites Volscorum exceptum tenuissent,
in which they alone fought, id. 3, 70, 4:
mare habet suas venas quibus impletur,
by which it alone is fed, Sen. Q. N. 3, 14, 3. —
5.
According to one ' s liking, of one ' s own choice.
a.
Of persons, devoted to one, friendly, dear:
Milone occiso (Clodius) habuisset suos consules,
after his own heart, Cic. Mil. 33, 89:
collegit ipse se contra suum Clodium,
his dear Clodius, id. Pis. 12, 27 (cf.: suum facere, habere, II. B. 2. g).—
b.
Of things, favorable.
(α).
Of place: neque Jugurtham nisi... suo loco pugnam facere, on his own ground, i. e. chosen by him, favorable, Sall. J. 61, 1:
hic magna auxilia expectabant et suis locis bellum in hiemem ducere cogitabant,
Caes. B. C. 1, 61; cf.:
numquam nostris locis laboravimus,
Liv. 9, 19, 15.—
(β).
Of time:
cum Perseus suo maxime tempore et alieno hostibus incipere bellum posset,
Liv. 42, 43, 3; v. 7. b, infra. —
c.
Of circumstances: sua occasio, a favorable opportunity; sometimes without antecedent:
neque occasioni tuae desis, neque suam occasionem hosti des,
Liv. 22, 39, 21:
tantum abfuit ut ex incommodo alieno sua occasio peteretur,
id. 4, 58, 2:
aestuque suo Locros trajecit,
a favorable tide, id. 23, 41, 11:
ignoranti quem portum petat nullus suus ventus est,
Sen. Ep. 71, 3:
orba suis essent etiamnunc lintea ventis,
Ov. M. 13, 195:
aut ille Ventis iturus non suis,
Hor. Epod. 9, 30. —
6.
Of persons or things, peculiar, particular:
quae est ei (animo) natura? Propria, puto, et sua,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 70:
omnis enim motus animi suum quendam a natura habet vultum,
id. de Or. 3, 57, 316:
geometrae et musici... more quodam loquuntur suo. Ipsae rhetorum artes verbis in docendo quasi privatis utuntur ac suis,
id. Fin. 3, 1, 4:
sensus omnis habet suum finem,
its peculiar limits, Quint. 9, 4, 61: animus cum suum ambitum complevit et finibus se suis cinxit, consummatum est summum bonum, Sen. Vit. Beat. 9, 3: est etiam in nominibus ( nouns) diverso collocatis sua gratia, their peculiar elegance, Quint. 9, 3, 86:
ibi non bello aperto, sed suis artibus, fraude et insidiis, est paene circumventus,
Liv. 21, 34, 1:
nec Hannibalem fefellit, suis se artibus peti,
id. 22, 16, 5:
adversus hostem non virtute tantum, sed suis (i. e. hostis) etiam pugnare consiliis oportebat,
Flor. 2, 6, 26:
liberam Minucii temeritatem se suo modo expleturum,
Liv. 22, 28, 2:
equites ovantes sui moris carmine,
id. 10, 26, 11:
exsultans cum sui moris tripudiis,
id. 21, 42, 3:
tripudiantes suo more,
id. 23, 26, 9.—So, suo Marte, referring to the style of fighting peculiar to the different arms:
equitem suo alienoque Marte pugnare,
that the cavalry were fighting both in their own style and in that of the other arms, Liv. 3, 62, 9; cf.: suo Marte, 1, c. a, supra.—And distributively ( = suus quisque):
suos autem haec operum genera ut auctores, sic etiam amatores habent,
Quint. 12, 10, 2:
illa vero fatidica fulmina ex alto et ex suis venire sideribus,
Plin. 2, 43, 43, § 113; cf.:
quae quidem planiora suis exemplis reddentur,
Val. Max. 3, 4 prooem.—
7.
Proper, right.
a.
Referring to one's ordinary or normal condition:
quod certe non fecisset, si suum numerum naves habuissent,
their regular complement, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 51, § 133. — So poet.:
flecte ratem! numerum non habet illa suum,
its full number, Ov. H. 10, 36:
novus exercitus consulibus est decretus: binae legiones cum suo equitatu,
Liv. 40, 36, 6:
cum suo justo equitatu,
id. 21, 17, 8:
totam (disciplinam) in suum statum redegit,
Val. Max. 2, 7, 2:
tranquilla mente et vultu suo,
with the ordinary expression of his face, Sen. Clem. 2, 6, 2:
media pars aeris ab his (ignibus) submota, in frigore suo manet. Natura enim aeris gelida est,
id. Q. N. 2, 10, 4:
cornuaque in patriis non sua vidit aquis,
not natural to her, Ov. H. 14, 90. —
So, non suus, of ingrafted branches and their fruit: miraturque (arbos) novas frondis et non sua poma,
Verg. G. 2, 82. —
b.
Of time, proper, regular, etc. (cf. 5. b, supra).
(α).
The regular time ( = stato tempore):
signum quod semper tempore exoritur suo,
Plaut. Rud. prol. 4:
cum et recte et suo tempore pepererit,
Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 16: aestas suo tempore incanduit...;
tam solstitium quam aequinoctium suos dies retulit,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 16, 3:
omnes venti vicibus suis spirant majore ex parte,
Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128. —
(β).
The right or proper time:
salictum suo tempore caedito,
Cato, R. R. 33:
cessit e vita suo magis quam suorum civium tempore,
the right time for himself, Cic. Brut. 1, 4; so,
exstingui homini suo tempore optabile est,
id. Sen. 23, 85:
Scandilius dicit se suo tempore rediturum,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 60, § 139:
si Ardeates sua tempora exspectare velint,
Liv. 4, 7, 6:
Chrysippus dicit, illum... opperiri debere suum tempus, ad quod velut dato signo prosiliat,
Sen. Ben. 2, 25, 3:
quam multi exercitus tempore suo victorem hostem pepulerunt!
Liv. 44, 39, 4. — Without antecedent: sed suo tempore totius sceleris hujus fons aperietur. Cic. Phil. 14, 6, 15; cf.:
de ordine laudis, etc., praecipiemus suo tempore,
Quint. 2, 4, 21. —
(γ).
Suo loco = at the proper place:
quae erant prudentiae propria suo loco dicta sunt,
Cic. Off. 1, 40, 143:
quod reddetur suo loco,
Quint. 11, 1, 16:
ut suo loco dicetur,
Plin. 2, 90, 102, § 221:
inscripta quae suis locis reddam,
id. 1, prooem. § 27; Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2; cf. 1, c. b; 4. supra. —
(δ).
Suited, appropriate, adapted to one:
in eodem fundo suum quidquid conseri oportet,
Cato, R. R. 7:
siquidem hanc vendidero pretio suo,
at a suitable price, Plaut. Pers. 4, 4, 30:
in partes suas digerenda causa,
Quint. 11, 1, 6:
confundetur quidquid in suas partes natura digessit,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 29, 8. — Poet.: haec ego dumque queror, lacrimae sua verba sequuntur, Deque meis oculis in tua membra cadunt, appropriate, i. e. tristia, Ov. H. 14, 67.—Without antecedent: suum quidquid genus talearum serito, any fit kind, i. e. suited to the ground, Cato, R. R. 48. —
8.
Own, with the notion of independence of, or dependence on others (cf. B. 2. g d).
a.
Of political independence: pacem condicionibus his fecerunt ut Capuae suae leges, sui magistratus essent, her own laws, i. e. not subject to Carthage, Liv. 23, 7, 2: liberos [p. 1827] eos ac suis legibus victuros, id. 25, 23, 4. —
Esp. in the phrases suae potestatis or in sua potestate esse, suo jure uti, sui juris esse: Puteolos, qui nunc in sua potestate sunt, suo jure, libertate aequa utuntur, totos occupabunt,
Cic. Agr. 2, 31, 86:
Rhegini potestatis suae ad ultimum remanserunt,
retained their self-government, Liv. 23, 30, 9:
urbem ne quam formulae sui juris facerent,
id. 38, 9, 10. —
b.
Of paternal authority.
(α).
Free from the power of the paterfamilias; in the phrases sui juris esse, suae potestatis esse, to be independent:
quaedam personae sui juris sunt, quaedam alieno juri sunt subjectae, Gai,
Inst. 1, 48:
sui juris sunt familiarum suarum principes, id est pater familiae, itemque mater familiae,
Ulp. Fragm. 4, 1:
liberi parentum potestate liberantur emancipatione. Sed filius quidem ter manumissus sui juris fit, ceteri autem liberi una manumissione sui juris fiunt,
id. ib. 10, 1:
morte patris filius et filia sui juris fiunt,
id. ib. 10, 2:
patres familiarum sunt qui sunt suae potestatis,
Dig. 1, 6, 4:
si modo defunctus testator suae potestatis mortis tempore fuerit,
Gai. Inst. 2, 147. —
With indef. reference: si sui juris sumus,
Dig. 46, 2, 20; cf.:
pro suo possideo, 2. a. supra.—Attributively: sui juris arrogatio feminae,
Cod. Just. 8, 47, 8:
homo sui juris,
ib. 10, § 5.— Trop.:
sapiens numquam semiliber erit: integrae semper libertatis et sui juris,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 5, 3:
non illarum coitu fieri cometen, sed proprium et sui juris esse,
id. Q. N. 7, 12, 2: nullique sunt tam feri et sui juris adfectus, ut non disciplina perdomentur, id. Ira, 2, 12, 3. —
(β).
Subject to paternal authority, in the phrases suus heres, sui liberi; suus heres, an heir who had been in the paternal power of the deceased:
CVI SVVS HERES NON SIT, XII. Tab. fr. 5, 4.—In the jurists without antecedent: sui et necessarii heredes sunt velut filius filiave, nepos neptisve ex filia, deinceps ceteri qui modo in potestate morientis fuerunt,
Gai. Inst. 2, 156:
(emancipati liberi) non sunt sui heredes,
ib. 2, 135:
alia facta est juris interpretatio inter suos heredes,
ib. 3, 15:
datur patrono adversus suos heredes bonorum possessio (where patrono is not the antecedent of suos),
ib. 3, 41:
sui heredes vel instituendi sunt vel exheredandi,
Ulp. Fragm. 22, 14:
accrescunt suis quidem heredibus in partem virilem, extraneis autem in partem dimidiam,
id. ib. 22, 17. —
Sui liberi, children in paternal power: de suis et legitimis liberis,
Cod. Just. 6, 55 inscr.
D.
In particular connections.
1.
With ipse, his own, etc. (cf. Zumpt, Gram. § 696).
a.
Ipse agreeing with the antecedent of suus, the antecedent being,
(α).
A subjectnom.:
(ingenium ejus) valet ipsum suis viribus,
by its own strength, Cic. Cael. 19, 45:
legio Martia non ipsa suis decretis hostem judicavit Antonium?
by its own resolutions, id. Phil. 4, 2, 5:
ruit ipse suis cladibus,
id. ib. 14, 3, 8:
si ex scriptis cognosci ipsi suis potuissent,
id. de Or. 2, 2, 8:
qui se ipse sua gravitate et castimonia defenderet,
id. Cael. 5, 11:
quod ipse suae civitatis imperium obtenturus esset,
Caes. B. G. 1, 3:
suamet ipsae fraude omnes interierunt,
Liv. 8, 18, 9; 39, 49, 3:
ut saeviret ipse in suum sanguinem effecerunt,
id. 40, 5, 1:
respicerent suum ipsi exercitum,
id. 42, 52, 10; 21, 31, 12; 22, 38, 3; 6, 19, 6.—
(β).
A subject-acc.:
sunt qui dicant eam sua ipsam peremptam mercede,
Liv. 1, 11, 9:
(tribuniciam potestatem) suis ipsam viribus dissolvi,
id. 2, 44, 2.—
(γ).
An object in dat. or acc.:
sic ut ipsis consistendi in suis munitionibus locus non esset,
Caes. B. C. 2, 6:
tribuni (hostem) intra suamet ipsum moenia compulere,
Liv. 6, 36, 4:
alios sua ipsos invidia opportunos interemit,
id. 1, 54, 8; 22, 14, 13.—Suus as adjunct of subject (rare):
aliquando sua praesidia in ipsos consurrexerunt,
their own garrisons revolted against them, Sen. Clem. 1, 26, 1.—
b.
With gen. of ipse, strengthening the possessive notion (cf. 4.;
post-Aug. and very rare, but freq. in modern Lat.): aves (foetus suos) libero caelo suaeque ipsorum fiduciae permittunt,
Quint. 2, 6, 7 (but tuus ipsius occurs in Cic.:
tuo ipsius studio,
Cic. Mur. 4, 9:
tuam ipsius amicitiam,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 4, § 7).—
c.
Both suus and ipse agreeing with the governing noun (very rare; not in Cic. or Caes.): quae tamen in ipso cursu suo dissipata est (= ipsa in cursu suo), in its very course, Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 3 dub.:
suamet ipsa scelera,
Sall. C. 23, 2 (Dietsch ex conj. ipse):
suismet ipsis corporibus,
Liv. 2, 19, 5 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. ipsi):
a suismet ipsis praesidiis,
id. 8, 25, 6 MSS. (Weissenb. ipsi).—
2.
With quisque, distributively, each ( every one)... his own; in prose quisque is generally preceded by suus.
a.
Quisque and suus in different cases.
(α).
Quisque as subjectnom.:
sentit enim vim quisque suam quoad possit abuti,
Lucr. 5, 1033:
suo quisque loco cubet,
Cato, R. R. 5:
suum quisque noscat ingenium,
Cic. Off. 1, 31, 114:
ad suam quisque (me disciplinam) rapiet,
id. Ac. 2, 36, 114:
quod suos quisque servos in tali re facere voluisset,
id. Mil. 10, 29:
cum suo quisque auxilio uteretur,
Caes. B. C. 1, 51:
celeriter ad suos quisque ordines redit,
id. ib. 3, 37.—In apposition with plur. subj. (freq. in Liv.):
nunc alii sensus quo pacto quisque suam rem Sentiat,
Lucr. 4, 522:
ut omnes cives Romani in suis quisque centuriis prima luce adessent,
that all the Roman citizens should be present, each in his own centuria, Liv. 1, 44, 1:
hinc senatus, hinc plebs, suum quisque intuentes ducem constiterant,
id. 6, 15, 3:
ut (trigemini) pro sua quisque patria dimicent,
id. 1, 24, 2:
stabant compositi suis quisque ordinibus,
id. 44, 38, 11:
(consules) in suas quisque provincias proficiscuntur,
id. 25, 12, 2; 25, 26, 13:
in suo quaeque (stella) motu naturam suam exercent,
Plin. 2, 39, 39, § 106.—With abl. absol.:
omnes, velut dis auctoribus in spem suam quisque acceptis, proelium una voce poscunt,
Liv. 21, 45, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:
relictis suis quisque stationibus... concurrerunt,
id. 32, 24, 4; 4, 44, 10; 39, 49, 3; 2, 38, 6.—
(β).
With acc. of quisque as subj.:
fabrum esse suae quemque fortunae, App. Claud. ap. Ps.-Sall. Ep. ad Caes. Rep. c. l.: sui quemque juris et retinendi et dimittendi esse dominum,
Cic. Balb. 13, 31:
recipere se in domos suas quemque jussit,
Liv. 25, 10, 9; and (ungrammatically) nom., as apposition to a subj.-acc.:
se non modo suam quisque patriam, sed totam Siciliam relicturos,
id. 26, 29, 3 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. quosque).—
(γ).
As adjunct of the subject-nom., with a case of quisque as object, attribut. gen., etc.:
sua cujusque animantis natura est,
Cic. Fin. 5, 9, 25:
sua quemque fraus, suum facinus, suum scelus, etc., de sanitate ac mente deturbat,
id. Pis. 20, 46:
sua quemque fraus et suus terror maxime vexat,
id. Rosc. Am. 24, 67:
suum cuique incommodum ferendum est,
id. Off. 3, 6, 30:
ut solidum suum cuique solvatur,
id. Rab. Post. 17, 46:
ne suus cuique domi hostis esset,
Liv. 3, 16, 3:
ut sua cuique respublica in manu esset,
id. 26, 8, 11:
animus suus cuique ordinem pugnandi dabat,
id. 22, 5, 8:
tentorium suum cuique militi domus ac penates sunt,
id. 44, 39, 5:
suus cuique (stellae) color est,
Plin. 2, 18, 16, § 79:
trahit sua quemque voluptas,
Verg. E. 2, 65:
stat sua cuique dies,
id. A. 10, 467.—
(δ).
As predicate-nom. (v. II. B.):
opinionem, quae sua cuique conjectanti esse potest,
Liv. 6, 12, 3.—
(ε).
As adjunct of subj.-acc.:
suum cuique honorem et gradum redditum gaudeo,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 136:
scientiam autem suam cujusque artis esse,
id. Fin. 5, 9, 26.—
(ζ).
As adjunct of an object, with a case of quisque as object or attribut. gen.: suam cuique sponsam, mihi meam: suum cuique amorem, mihi meum, Atil. Fragm. inc. 1: suom cuique per me uti atque frui licet, Cato ap. Gell. 13, 24 (23), 1:
ut suo quemque appellem nomine,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52:
placet Stoicis suo quamque rem nomine appellare,
Cic. Fam. 9, 22, 1:
ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,
id. Off. 1, 33, 119:
justitia quae suum cuique distribuit,
id. N. D. 3, 15, 38:
in tribuendo suum cuique,
id. Off. 1, 5, 14:
Turnus sui cuique periculi recens erat documentum,
Liv. 1, 52, 4:
in trimatu suo cuique dimidiam esse mensuram futurae certum esse,
Plin. 7, 15, 16, § 73:
certa cuique rerum suarum possessio,
Vell. 2, 89, 4; cf.: qua re suum unicuique studium suaque omnibus delectatio relinquatur, Ps.-Cic. Cons. 26, 93.—With quemque in apposition with acc. plur.:
Camillus vidit intentos opifices suo quemque operi,
Liv. 6, 25, 9; so cujusque in appos. with gen. plur.: trium clarissimorum suae cujusque gentis virorum mors, id. 39, 52, 7; and cuique with dat. plur.: sui cuique mores fingunt fortunam hominibus, Poet. ap. Nep. Att. 11, 6 (where Lachm. ad Lucr. 2, 372, reads quique, ex conj.; cf. b. b, infra).—
b.
Attraction of suus and quisque as adjuncts of nouns.
(α).
Attraction of suus:
ut nemo sit nostrum quin in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium requirat acrius (= suum cujusque generis judicium),
Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:
quas tamen inter omnes (voces) est suo quoque in genere (vox) mediocris ( = inter omnes voces est mediocris vox, sua quoque in genere),
id. de Or. 3, 57, 216:
eo concilia suae cujusque regionis indici jussit (= sua cujusque regionis concilia),
Liv. 45, 29, 10:
equites suae cuique parti post principia collocat (= equites suos cuique parti),
id. 3, 22, 6:
cum motibus armorum et corporum suae cuique genti assuetis,
id. 25, 17, 5:
legiones deducebantur cum tribunis et centurionibus et sui cujusque ordinis militibus (= suis cujusque),
Tac. A. 14, 27:
quae sui cujusque sunt ingenii,
Quint. 7, 10, 10 Halm (al. sua):
sui cujusque ingenii poma vel semina gerunt (= sua cujusque),
Col. 3, 1;
and by a double attraction: has (cohortes) subsidiariae ternae et aliae totidem suae cujusque legionis subsequebantur (= has cohortes... totidem cujusque legionis, suam quaeque legionem, subsequebantur),
Caes. B. C. 1, 83. —
(β).
Attraction of quisque:
tanta ibi copia venustatum in suo quique loco sita,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 6 (al. quaeque):
quodvis frumentum non tamen omne Quique suo genere inter se simile esse videbis,
Lucr. 2, 372 Lachm. and Munro ad loc.:
cum verba debeant sui cujusque generis copulari,
Varr. L. L. 10, 48:
in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium,
Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:
haec igitur proclivitas ad suum quodque genus aegrotatio dicatur,
id. Tusc. 4, 12, 28:
separatim greges sui cujusque generis nocte remeabant (= greges sui quisque generis),
Liv. 24, 3, 5:
ut sui cujusque mensis acciperet (frumentum),
Suet. Aug. 40;
and quisque both attracted and in its own case: quia cujusque partis naturae et in corpore et in animo sua quaeque vis sit (where either cujusque or quaeque is redundant),
Cic. Fin. 5, 17, 46; v. Madv. ad loc.; Cato, R. R. 23 fin.;
so esp. in the phrases suo quoque tempore, anno, die, loco, etc.: pecunia, quae in stipendium Romanis suo quoque anno penderetur, deerat (= suo quaeque anno),
each instalment in the year when due, Liv. 33, 46, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:
suo quoque loco,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 2; 1, 22, 6:
opera quae suis quibusque temporibus anni vilicum exsequi oporteret,
Col. 11, 3:
suo quoque tempore,
Vitr. 2, 9, 4:
nisi sua quaque die usurae exsolverentur (= sua quaeque die),
Dig. 22, 1, 12 init.; 13, 7, 8, § 3:
ut opera rustica suo quoque tempore faciat,
ib. 19, 2, 25, § 3 (al. quaeque)—
c.
In the order quisque... suus.
(α).
In relative clauses, comparative clauses with ut, and interrogative clauses introduced by quid, etc., where quisque immediately follows the relative, etc.:
ut quisque suom volt esse, ita est,
Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 45; cf.
with sibi,
Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 49; id. Lael. 9, 30:
expendere oportere quid quisque habeat sui... nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant. Id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,
id. Off. 1, 31, 113:
neque solum quid in senatu quisque civitatis suae dicerent ignorabant, sed, etc.,
Liv. 32, 19, 9:
gratius id fore laetiusque quod quisque sua manu ex hoste captum rettulerit,
id. 5, 20, 8; 6, 25, 10; cf.:
in quibus cum multa sint quae sua quisque dicere velit, nihil est quod quisque suum possit dicere,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 23, 1.—
(β).
If the emphasis is not on suus, but (for quisque, when emphatic, unusquisque is used) on some other word:
in civitates quemque suas... dimisit,
Liv. 21, 48, 2:
in patriam quisque suam remissus est,
Just. 33, 2, 8:
in vestigio quemque suo vidit,
Liv. 28, 22, 15; cf.:
hospitibus quisque suis scribebant,
id. 33, 45, 6:
pro facultatibus quisque suis,
id. 42, 53, 3; cf.:
respiciendae sunt cuique facultates suae,
Sen. Ben. 2, 15, 3:
praecipitat quisque vitam suam et futuri desiderio laborat,
id. Brev. Vit. 7, 5; id. Ben. 7, 5, 1:
tunc praeceps quisque se proripit et penates suos deserit,
id. Q. N. 6, 1, 5; 5, 18, 8:
summum quisque causae suae judicem facit,
Plin. 1, prooem. § 10: aestimatione nocturnae [p. 1828] quietis, dimidio quisque spatio vitae suae vivit, id. 7, 50, 51, § 167.—
(γ).
Poets adopt the order quisque suus when the metre requires it, Verg. A. 6, 743:
oscula quisque suae matri tulerunt,
Ov. F. 2, 715. —
(δ).
When suus and quisque belong to different clauses:
atque earum quaeque, suum tenens munus... manet in lege naturae,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 13, 38. —
d.
Suus uterque, or uterque suus, distributively of two subjects:
suas uterque legiones reducit in castra,
Caes. B. C. 1, 40; 2, 28:
ideo quod uterque suam legem confirmare debebit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 142:
cum sui utrosque adhortarentur,
Liv. 1, 25, 1:
ad utrumque ducem sui redierunt,
id. 21, 29, 5:
utraque (lex) sua via it,
Sen. Ben. 6, 6, 1; cf.
uterque, in apposit.: nec ipsi tam inter se acriter contenderunt, quam studia excitaverant uterque sui corporis hominum,
Liv. 26, 48, 6.—
3.
With sibi.
(α).
Sibi with pronom. force (cf. sui, IV. C. fin.):
reddam suum sibi,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 119 ( = ei; but referred to b, infra, by Brix ad loc.); cf.:
suam rem sibi salvam sistam,
id. Poen. 5, 2, 123:
idem lege sibi sua curationem petet,
for himself, Cic. Agr. 2, 9, 22 (cf. id. Phil. 2, 37, 96;
I. B. 2. b. supra): ut vindicare sibi suum fulgorem possint,
Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 11; cf.
the formula of divorce: tuas res tibi habeto,
Dig. 24, 2, 2.—Hence, illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit, Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69.—
(β).
With sibi redundant, to strengthen suus (anteand post-class. and colloq.):
quo pacto serviat suo sibi patri,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 5:
eum necabam ilico per cerebrum pinna sua sibi, quasi turturem,
id. Poen. 2, 40; v. sui, IV. C. and the passages there cited.—
4.
With gen. agreeing with the subject of suus:
quas cum solus pertulisset ut sua unius in his gratia esset,
that the credit of it should belong to him alone, Liv. 2, 8, 3:
qui de sua unius sententia omnia gerat,
id. 44, 22, 11; cf.:
unam Aegyptus in hoc spem habet suam,
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2.—For suus ipsius, etc., v. D. 1. b. supra.—
5.
With demonstr., rel., or indef. pronn. and adjj., of his, hers, etc.:
postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam adjutores vos profiteamini,
to this booty of his, Cic. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:
Sestius cum illo exercitu suo,
id. Sest. 5, 12:
qua gravitate sua,
id. ib. 61, 129:
suam rem publicam illam defenderunt,
that republic of theirs, id. ib. 67, 141:
in istum civem suum,
against this citizen of theirs, id. Balb. 18, 41:
cum illo suo pari,
id. Pis. 8, 18:
te nulla sua calamitate civitas satiare potest?
id. Phil. 8, 6, 19:
dubitatis igitur, quin vos M. Laterensis ad suam spem aliquam delegerit,
for some hope of his, id. Planc. 16, 39:
non tam sua ulla spe quam militum impetu tractus,
by any hope of his, Liv. 25, 21, 5:
nullo suo merito,
from no fault of theirs, id. 26, 29, 4:
ipse arcano cum paucis familiaribus suis colloquitur,
with a few of his friends, Caes. B. C. 1, 19.—
6.
With descriptive adjj.
(α).
Standing before the adj. and noun (so most freq.):
suorum improbissimorum sermonum domicilium,
Cic. Pis. 31, 76:
causam sui dementissimi consilii,
id. Phil. 2, 22, 53:
suam insatiabilem crudelitatem,
id. ib. 11, 3, 8:
suis amplissimis fortunis,
id. ib. 13, 8, 16:
suum pristinum morem,
id. Pis. 12, 27:
suis lenissimis postulatis,
Caes. B. C. 1, 5: simili ratione Pompeius in suis veteribus castris consedit (suis emphatic; cf. b, infra), id. ib. 3, 76.—
(β).
Between the adj. and noun (less emphatic):
pro eximiis suis beneficiis,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 4, 7:
propter summam suam humanitatem,
id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:
ex praeteritis suis officiis,
Caes. B. C. 3, 60:
Caesar in veteribus suis castris consedit,
id. ib. 3, 76.—
(γ).
After adj. and noun:
veterem amicum suum excepit,
Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:
in illo ardenti tribunatu suo,
id. Sest. 54, 116.—
7.
Objectively for the pers. pron. (rare):
neque cuiquam mortalium injuriae suae parvae videntur ( = sibi illatae),
Sall. C. 51, 11; so,
neglectam ab Scipione et nimis leviter latam suam injuriam ratus,
Liv. 29, 9, 9:
ipsae enim leges te a cognitione sua judicio publico reppulerunt ( = a se cognoscendo),
Cic. Balb. 14, 32:
suam invidiam tali morte quaesitam ( = quaesitum esse ab eo ut homines se inviderent),
Tac. A. 3, 16; so,
nulla sua invidia,
Cic. Mil. 15, 40.—
8.
Abl. fem. sua, with refert or interest, for gen. of the pers. pron.: neminem esse qui quomodo se habeat nihil sua censeat interesse, Cic. Fin. 5, 10, 30:
si scit sua nihil interesse utrum anima per os, an per jugulum exeat,
Sen. Ep. 76, 33; v. intersum, III.—
9.
Strengthened by the suffix - pte or -met.
(α).
By - pte (not used with ipse) affixed to the forms sua, suo, and (ante-class.) suum:
quom illa osculata esset suumpte amicum,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 4, 38:
ut terrena suopte nutu et suo pondere in terram ferantur,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:
ferri suopte pondere,
id. N. D. 1, 25, 69:
suapte natura,
id. Fat. 18, 42:
suapte vi et natura,
id. ib. 19, 43; id. Fin. 1, 16, 54; 5, 22, 61:
suopte ingenio,
Liv. 25, 18; so id. 1, 25, 1; 1, 18, 4:
suapte manu,
Cic. Or. 3, 3, 10:
locus suapte natura infestus,
Liv. 44, 6, 9; so,
suapte natura,
id. 4, 22, 4:
flumina suapte natura vasta,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 27, 8; so id. Ben. 4, 17, 2:
sponte suapte,
Varr. L. L. 6, 7, § 70.—
(β).
With - met, almost always followed by ipse (in all forms of suus except suus, suum, suae, and suorum):
suomet ipsi more,
Sall. J. 31, 6:
suomet ipsi instrumento,
Liv. 22, 14, 13:
suomet ipsi metu,
Tac. H. 3, 16 fin.:
suamet ipsum pecunia,
Sall. J. 8, 2:
suamet ipsae fraude,
Liv. 8, 18, 9:
intra suamet ipsum moenia,
id. 6, 36, 4:
suismet ipsi praesidiis,
id. 8, 25, 6:
suismet ipsis corporibus,
id. 2, 19, 5:
suosmet ipsi cives,
id. 2, 9, 5:
suasmet ipse spes,
Tac. A. 3, 66 fin. —Without ipse:
populum suimet sanguinis mercede,
Sall. H. Fragm. 1, 41, 25 Dietsch:
magna pars suismet aut proxumorum telis obtruncabantur,
id. ib. 2, 52 ib.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > suus
49 CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. The Oxford Book of Portuguese Verse: XIIth Century-XXth Century. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1925, 1952 (2nd edition, B. Vi-digal, ed.).

   ■. Portuguese Literature. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922, 1970 (2nd edition, B. Vidigal, ed.).

   ■ Bleiberg, German, Maureen Ihrie, and Janet Pérez, eds. Dictionary of the Literature of the Iberian Peninsula, 2 vols. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1993.

   ■ Castro, Francisco Lyon de, ed. História da literatura portuguesa, 7 vols. Lisbon: Alfa, 2001-02.

   ■ Cidade, Hernani. Lições de Cultura e Literatura Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.

   ■ Cook, Manuela. Portuguese: A Complete Course for Beginners. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1996. Figueiredo, Fidelino. História literária de Portugal. Coimbra, 1944. Gentile, Georges Le. La Littérature Portugaise. Rev. ed. Paris, 1951. Kunoff, Hugo. Portuguese Literature from Its Origins to 1990: A Bibliography Based on the Collections at Indiana University. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1994.

   ■ Longland, Jean. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry. A Bilingual Selection. Irvington-on-Hudson: Harvey House, 1966. Prado Coelho, Jacinto do. Dicionário das Literaturas Portuguesas, Galega e Brasileira, 3rd ed. Oporto, 1978. Rossi, Giuseppe C. Storia della letteratura portoghesa. Florence, 1953.

   ■ Santos, João Camilo dos. "Portuguese Contemporary Literature." In Antônio Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 218-42. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■ Saraiva, Antônio José. História da cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-60.

   ■. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990 ed.

   ■, and Oscar Lopes. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Oporto and Coimbra, 1992 ed.

   ■ Seguier, Jaime de, ed. Dicionário Prático Ilustrado. Oporto: Lello, 1961 and later eds.

   ■ Simões, João Gaspar. História da poesia portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1955-56 and later eds.

   ■. História da poesia portuguesa do século XX. Lisbon, 1959 and later eds.

   ■ Stern, Irwin, ed.-in-chief. Dictionary of Brazilian Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1988.

   ■ TRAVEL AND TOURIST GUIDES ON PORTUGAL

   ■ Adragão, José Victor. The Algarve: The Land, the Sea and Its People. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■ Ballard, Sam, and Jane Ballard. Pousadas of Portugal: Unique Lodgings in State-owned Castles, Palaces, Mansions and Hotels. Boston: Harvard Common, 1986.

   ■ Bridge, Ann, and Susan Lowndes Marques. The Selective Traveller in Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1968.

   ■ Ellingham, Mark, et al. Portugal: The Rough Guide. London: Rough Guides, 2008 ed.

   ■ Hogg, Anthony. Travellers' Portugal. London: Solo Mio, 1983.

   ■ Kite, Cynthia, and Ralph Kite. Portuguese Country Inns & Pousadas. New York: Warner Books; Karen Brown's Country Inn Series, 1988.

   ■ Lowndes, Susan, ed. Fodor's Portugal 1991. New York: Fodor's, 1990.

   ■ Proença Raúl, and Sant'anna Dionísio, eds. Guía De Portugal. I. Generalidades. Lisboa E, Arredores. Lisbon: Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1924; 1983.

   ■ Robertson, Ian. Portugal: Blue Guide. London: Benn; New York: Norton, 2000 and later eds.

   ■ Stoop, Anne de. Living in Portugal. Paris and New York: Flammarion, 1995. Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Minho and North Portugal: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1968.

   ■. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.

   ■. Algarve: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1973.

   ■ HISTORY OF PORTUGAL Ancient and Medieval (2000 BCE-1415 CE)

   ■ Alarção, Jorge de. Roman Portugal. Volume I: Introduction. Warminster, U.K., 1988.

   ■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História de Portugal. Vol. I. Coimbra, 1922. Arnaut, Salvador Dias. A Crise Nacional dos fins do século XVI. Vol. 1. Coimbra, 1960.

   ■ Baião, Antônio, Hernani Cidade, and Manuel Múrias, eds. História de Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40. Caetano, Marcello. Lições de História do Direito Português. Coimbra, 1962. Cortesão, Jaime. Os Factores Democráticos no Formação de Portugal. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ David, Pierre. Etudes Historiques sur la Galice et le Portugal du VI au XII siécle. Paris, 1947.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999. Diffie, Bailey W. Prelude to Empire: Portugal Overseas before Henry the Navigator. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1960. Dutra, Francis A. "Portugal: To 1279." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 35-48. New York: Scribners, 1987.

   ■. "Portugal: 1279-1481." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 48-56. New York: Scribners, 1987. Gama Barros, Henrique de. História de Administração Pública em Portugal nos séculos XII à XV, 11 vols. Lisbon, 1945-51. Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. A Economia dos Descobrimentos Henriquinos. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■ Gonzaga de Azevedo, Luís. História de Portugal, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1939-44.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. História de Portugal, 8 vols., 9th ed. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Kennedy, Hugh. Muslim Spain and Portugal: A Political History of al-Anda-lus. London: Longman, 1996.

   ■ Lencastre e Tavora, Luía Gonzaga. O Estudo da Sigilografia Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. The Origins of Spain and Portugal. London: Allen & Unwin, 1971.

   ■ Lopes, David. "Os Árabes nas obras de Alexandre Herculano." Boletim da Segunda Classe. Lisbon: Academia Real das Sciéncias, III (1909-10). MacKendrick, Paul. The Iberian Stones Speak. New York: Funk & Wagnalls, 1969.

   ■ Martinez, Pedro Soares. História Diplomática De Portugal [chapter I, 114315]. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Mattoso, José, ed. A Nobreza Medieval Portuguesa: A Família e o Poder. Lisbon: Estampa, 1981.

   ■. Religião e cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1982.

   ■. Identificaçao de um país ( ensaio sobre as orígens de Portugal), 2 vols. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.

   ■. Novos Ensaios de História Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1988.

   ■. Historia de Portugal. Vol. 2: A Monarquia Feudal ( 1096-1480). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. Hansa e Portugal na Idade Média. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■. Introduçao à História da Agricultura em Portugal. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■. Daily Life in Portugal in the Middle Ages. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1971.

   ■. Ensaios de História Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■. "Introduçao à História da Cidade Medieval Portuguesa." Bracara Augusta XXV, 92-93 (January-December 1981): 367-87.

   ■. Guía do Estudante de História Medieval Portuguesa, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■. Portugal Na Crise Dos Séculos XIV e XV-Vol. IV of Serrão and Oliveira Marques, Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Peres, Damião de, ed. História de Portugal. Vols. I, II. Barcelos, 1928-29.

   ■ Rau, Virginia. Subsídios para o estudo das Feiras Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1943.

   ■. Sesma'rias Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Ribeiro, Orlando. "Portugal, formação de." Dicionário da História de Portugal. Vol. III, 432-51. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.

   ■ Russell, P. E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955.

   ■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. New York: Thames and Hudson, 1968.

   ■ Silva, Armando Coelho Ferreira. A Cultura Castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Pacos de Ferreira, 1986.

   ■ Varagnac, André. O Homem antes da Escrita ( Pre-história). Lisbon, 1963.

   ■ Imperial and Early Modern (1415-1822)

   ■ Azevedo, J. Lúcio de. História de António de Vieira, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1918-20.

   ■. Épocas de Portugal Económico. Lisbon, 1929.

   ■ Borges de Macedo, Jorge. Problemas de História de Indústria Portuguesa no Século X VIII. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. "Pombal." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. III, 415-23. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■ Bovill, Edward W. The Battle of the Alcazar: An Account of the Defeat of Dom Sebastian at El-Ksar el-Kebir. London, 1952.

   ■ Boxer, C. R. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg, South Africa: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.

   ■. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.

   ■. João de Barros: Portuguese Humanist and Historian of Asia. New Delhi, India: Xavier Centre, 1981.

   ■ Cheke, Marcus. Dictator of Portugal: A Life of the Marquis of Pombal, 16991782. London: Sidgwick & Jackson, 1938.

   ■ Cunha, Luís da. Testamento Político. Lisbon, 1820.

   ■ Davidson, Lillias C. Catherine of Bragança. London: John Murray, 1908.

   ■ Dutra, Francis A. "Membership in the Order of Christ in the Seventeenth Century." The Americas 27 (1970): 3-25.

   ■ Eberlein, H. D., and R. W. Ramsdell. The Practical Book of Italian, Spanish and Portuguese Furniture. Philadelphia: Lippincott, 1927.

   ■ Ericeira, Luís de Meneses [Count of]. História de Portugal Restaurado, 4 vols. Oporto, 1945.

   ■ Fisher, H. E. S. "Anglo-Portuguese Trade, 1700-70." Economic History Review XVI, 2 (1963): 219-33.

   ■. The Portugal Trade: A Study of Anglo-Portuguese Commerce, 1700- 1770. London: Methuen, 1971.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal: 1691-1708. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.

   ■. Portugal, 1715-1808. London: Tamesis, 1985.

   ■ Hanson, Carl A. Economy and Society in Baroque Portugal, 1668-1703. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1981.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. New York: AMS Press, 1968 reprint.

   ■ Kendrick, T. D. The Lisbon Earthquake. London: Methuen, 1956.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. "The Privileges of an Englishman in the Kingdom and Dominions of Portugal." Atlante 11 (1954): 57-77.

   ■ Macauley, Neil. Dom Pedro: The Struggle for Liberty in Brazil and Portugal, 1798-1834. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 1986.

   ■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.

   ■. They Went to Portugal, Too. London: Carcanet, 1990.

   ■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. Prix et Monnaies au Portugal. Paris, 1955.

   ■. "Portugal and Her Empire." In New Cambridge Modern History. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1961): 509-10.

   ■. A Economia dos descobrimentos henri-quinos. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■. Estructura da Antiga Sociedade Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Mauro, Frédéric. Le Portugal et l'Atlantique au XVII siécle ( 1570-1670). Paris: SEVPEN, 1960.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Pombal and the Nationalization of the Luso-Brazilian Economy." Hispanic American Historical Review XLVIII (November 1968): 608-31.

   ■. Conflicts and Conspiracies: Brazil and Portugal, 1750-1808. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1973.

   ■ Norris, A. H., and R. W. Bremner. The Lines of Torres Vedras. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal, 1980.

   ■ Oliveira, Antônio de. A Vida Económica e Social de Coimbra de 1537 à 1640, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1971-72.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Royal Power and the Cortes in Portugal. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1927.

   ■. Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.

   ■. "The Mode of Government in Portugal during the Restoration [1640-68] Period." In Edgar Prestage, ed., Melange d'Etudes Portugaises Offerts a M. Georges Le Gentil, 265-70. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■ Rabassa, Gregory. "Padre Antônio Vieira: Portugal's Amazing Polymath." Camões Centre Quarterly 2, 3-4 (Autumn and Winter 1990): 27-32. Rau, Virginia. D. Catarina de Bragança: Rainha de Inglaterra. Lisbon, 1944. Ricard, Robert. "Prophecy and Messianism in the Works of Antônio Vieira." The Americas 37 (1960): 357-88.

   ■ Roche, T. W. E. Philippa: Dona Filipa of Portugal. London: Phillimore, 1971.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.

   ■ Rooney, Peter T. "Hapsburg Fiscal Policies in Portugal, 1580-1640." Journal of European Economic History 23, 3 (1994): 545-62.

   ■ Roth, Cecil. "The Religion of the Marranos." Jewish Quarterly Review 22 (1931): 1-33.

   ■. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.

   ■ Saraiva, Antônio José. Inquisição e Cristãos-Novos. Oporto, 1969.

   ■. A Inquisição Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969 and later eds.

   ■ Schneider, Susan. O Marquês De Pombal E O Vinho Do Porto: Dependência e subdesenvolvimento em Portugal no século XVIII. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Shaw, L. M. E. Trade, Inquisition and the English Nation in Portugal, 16401690. London: Carcancet, 1989.

   ■ Shillington, V. M., and A. B. W. Chapman. The Commercial Relations of England and Portugal. London: Routledge, 1907.

   ■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.

   ■ Smith, John Athelstone [Conde de Carnota]. Marquis of Pombal, 2nd ed. London, 1872.

   ■ Thomas, Gerturde Z. Richer Than Spices. New York: Knopf, 1965. Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Constitutional Monarchy and Liberalism (1822-1910)

   ■ Baptista, Jacinto. O Cinco de Outubro. Lisbon, 1965. Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1969 ed.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. O desenvolvimento do capitalismo em Portugal no século XIX. Lisbon, 1981. Caetano, Marcello. História Breve das Constituções portuguesas. Lisbon, 1971 ed.

   ■ Carnota, Conde da. Memoirs of Marshal, the Duke of Saldanha, with Selections from His Correspondence, 2 vols. London: John Murray, 1880. Carvalho, Joaquim de. Estudos sobre a cultura portuguesa do século XIX. Coimbra, 1955.

   ■ Cheke, Marcus. Carlota Joaquina, Queen of Portugal. London: Sidgwick and Jackson, 1947.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. Zé Provinho na Obra de Rafael Bordalo Pinheiro. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Fuschini, Augusto. Liquidações políticas. Lisbon, 1896.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. Estrutura da Antiga Sociedade Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■ Hammond, Richard J. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.

   ■ Homem, Amadeu Carvalho. A Propaganda Republicana ( 1870-1910). Coimbra, 1990.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. Portugal: A Short History. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1973. Machado, Alvaro Manuel. A Geração de 70-uma revolução cultural e literária. Lisbon, 1986 ed.

   ■ Martins, Joaquim Pedro de Oliveira. Portugal Contemporâneo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953 ed.

   ■ Medina, João. Eça Político. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Fontes Pereira de Melo. Oporto: Ed. Afrontamento, 1999.

   ■ Nobre, Eduardo. Paixoes Reais. Lisbon: Quimera, 2002.

   ■ Pereira, Miriam Halpern. Livre Câmbio e Desenvolvimento Económico: Portugal na segunda metade do século XIX. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■. Revolução, Finanças, Dependência Externa ( de 1820 à convenção de Gramido). Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Peres, Damião, ed. História de Portugal. Volume III. Barcelos, 1935 ed.

   ■ Ramos, Rui. D.Carlos. 1863-1908. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2006.

   ■. Liberal Reformism in Portugal. Oliveira Martins, the Movement for New Life and the Politics of the Constitutional Monarchy ( 1885-1908). Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1998.

   ■ Rorick, David. Maria da Fonte: History and Myth. M.A. thesis, History Department, Sonoma State University, Sonoma, Calif., 1984.

   ■ Sá, Vítor de. Perspectivas do Século XIX. Lisbon, 1964.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. Sampaio Bruno: O homem e o pensamento. Lisbon, 1958.

   ■. Temas Oitocentistas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1959-62.

   ■. "Liberalismo." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. II, 732-41. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■. Do Sebastianismo ao Socialismo. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■ Silbert, Albert. Do Portugal de Antiga Regime ao Portugal Oitocentista. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Teles, Basílio. Do Ultimatum ao 31 de Janeiro. Lisbon, 1968 ed.

   ■ Parliamentary, Republican Portugal (1910-26)

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. A Cadeira do Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1980. Arriaga, Manuel de. Na primeira presidência da República Portugueza: Um rápido relatório. Lisbon, 1916.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey, F. G. In Portugal. London, 1912.

   ■. Portugal of the Portuguese. London: Pitman, 1915.

   ■ Bragança-Cunha, V. de. Revolutionary Portugal, 1910-1936. London: Swift, 1937.

   ■ Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. In Brandão, Obras Completas. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Burity, Braz [Pseudonym of Joaquim Madureira]. A Forja da Lei. Coimbra, 1915.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. Portugal Na Alvorada Do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. 'The Aesthetics of Nationalism: Modernism and Authoritarianism in Early 20th-Century Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 15-43. Campos, Ezequiel. Política. Oporto, 1924.

   ■ Cardia, Sottomayor, ed. Seara Nova: Antologia. Pela Reforma da República (1, 2) 1921-1926, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1971-72.

   ■ Carqueja, Bento. O Povo de Portugal. Oporto, 1916.

   ■. O Futuro de Portugal: Portugal Apos À Guerra. Oporto, 1920.

   ■ Chagas, João. Diário, 1914-1918, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1929-30.

   ■ Cortesão, Jaime. "Memórias da Grande Guerra." In Obras Completas de Jaime Cortesão. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. As Minhas Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1966-68.

   ■ Derou, Jean. Les Relations Franco-Portugaises ( 1910-1926). Paris: Publications de la Sorbonne, 1986.

   ■ Fazenda, Pedro. A Crise Política. Lisbon, 1926.

   ■ Ferrão, Carlos. História De la República. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Ferreira, David. "5 De Outubro de 1910." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História De Portugal III (1968): 264-67. Ferreira Martins, Gen. Luís, ed. Portugal na Grande Guerra, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1945.

   ■ Gomes da Costa, Gen. Manuel. Memórias. Lisbon, 1930. História Política da Primeira República Portuguesa ( 1910-1915), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Lorenzo, Felix. Portugal ( cinco anos de republica). Madrid, 1915.

   ■ Machado, Bernardino. Depois de 21 de Maio. Lisbon, 1922.

   ■ Machado Santos, Antônio. 1907-1910: A revolução portugueza. Relatôrio.

   ■ Lisbon, 1911. Madureira, Arnaldo. 0 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Magno, David. Livro da Guerra de Portugal na Flandres. Oporto, 1920.

   ■. A Situação Portuguesa. Oporto, 1926.

   ■ Marques Guedes, Armando. Cinco Meses no governo. Oporto, 1926.

   ■ Martins, Rocha. Memórias sobre Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1921.

   ■ Medeiros, Fernando. Nas Orígens Do A Sociedade E A Economia Portuguesas Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1978. Medina, João. "Oh! a República!...," Estudos sobre o Republicanismo e a Primeira República Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■, ed. História Contemporânea De Portugal: Primeira República, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. "Uma Aristocracia Operária: Os Chapeleiros (18701913)." Análise Social 60, 2nd series (1979). Montalvor, Luís de, ed. História de Regimen Republicano em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1930-32.

   ■ Oliveira, César. O Operariado E A República Democrática, 1910-1914. Oporto, 1972.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. "The Portuguese 1920s: A General Survey." Iberian Studies 2 (1973): 32-40.

   ■. História De la República Portuguesa: As Estruturas De Base, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973-74.

   ■. A Primeira República Portuguesa: Alguns aspectos estruturais. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■. O Terceiro Governo Afonso Costa— 1917. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Pabôn, Jesus. La Revolución Portuguesa, 2 vols. Madrid, 1945-46; Portuguese edition: Lisbon, 1961. Paxeco, Oscar. Os Que Arrancaram Em 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1937. Peres, Damião, ed. História De Portugal. Ediçao Monumental: Supplemento. Oporto, 1954.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. A Memória do Presidente— Rei Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1928.

   ■ Relvas, José. Memórias Políticas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1977-78.

   ■ Schwartzman, Kathleen C. "Lucros, investimentos e coligações políticas na I República." Análise Social XVIII, 72-71 (1982): 741-58.

   ■. The Social Origins of Democratic Collapse: The First Portuguese Republic in the Global Economy. Lawrence: University of Kansas Press, 1989.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. Liberalismo, socialismo e republicanismo. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Silva, Antônio Maria da. O Meu Depoimento, 2 vols. Mem Martins, 1978-82.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Poder e a guerra, 1914-1918. Lisbon: Estampa, 1996.

   ■, and Antônio Costa Pinto, eds. A Primeira República Portuguesa: Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 2000.

   ■ Telo, Antônio José. Decadência E Queda Da I República Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980-84.

   ■ Torre (Gomez), Hipôlito dela, and J. Sanchez Cervello. Portugal En El Siglo XX. Madrid: Ediciones Istmo: Colecciôn La Historia en sus textos, 1992.

   ■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. "A República e as classes trabalhadores (Outubro 1910-Agosto 1911)." Análise Social IX, 31 (1972): 293-316.

   ■. O Poder e o Povo: A Revolução de 1910. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Veríssimo Serrao, Joaquim. História De Portugal. Volume XI: A Primeira República ( 1910-1926): História Política, Religiosa, Militar e Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■. História De Portugal Volume XII: História Diplomática, Social, Económica e Cultural. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain and Portugal, 1910-1916." Ph.D. dissertation, History, University of London, 1971.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese Revolution of 1910." Journal of Modern History 44 (June 1972): 172-94.

   ■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978.

   ■. "Nightmare Republic: Portugal, 1910-1926." History Today (London) 32 (September 1981): 5-10.

   ■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young: An Historical Study. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1917.

   ■ Authoritarian Portugal (1926-74)

   ■ Afonso, Rui. Injustiça: O Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.

   ■. Um Homem Bom: Aristides De Sousa Mendes, O " Wallenberg Portuguese' Lisbon: Caminho, 1995.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. Os Americanos E Portugal. Vol. 1. Os anos de Ricard Nixon, 1969-1974. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Os Americanos e Portugal. 1961. Kennedy e Salazar: O Leão e a Raposa. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■. Salazar/Caetano. Cartas Secretas. 1932-1968. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1993.

   ■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.

   ■. Portugal na guerra do petróleo: Os Açores E As Vitórias de Israel 1973. Lisbon: Edeline, 2000. Aquino, Acácio Tómas de. O Segredo das Prisões Atlânticas. Lisbon, 1978. Araquistain, Luis. "Dictatorship in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 7 (October 1928): 41-53.

   ■ Assac, Jacques Ploncard. Salazar. Paris: La Table Ronde, 1967.

   ■ Baklanoff, Eric N. "The Political Economy of Portugal's Old Regime: Growth and Change Preceding the 1974 Revolution." World Development 7, 8-9 (August-September 1979): 799-812.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Blume, Norman. "SEDES: An Example of Opposition in a Conservative Authoritarian State." Government and Opposition 12 (Summer 1977): 351-66.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. A origem da democracia-cristã em Portugal e o Sala-zarismo. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. "Notas para uma caracterização política do salazarismo." In Gabinete de Investigações Sociais. Análise Social: A Formação de Portugal Contemporâneo: 1900-1980. Vol. I, 72-74 (April-December 1981): 773-94.

   ■. "O Integralismo nas origens do Salazarismo." Análise Social XVIII (1982): 1409-19.

   ■. "A Oposição Eleitoral ao Salazarismo." Revista de História das Ideias V (1983).

   ■. Monárquicos e Republicanos no Estado Novo. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Sobre o fascismo e o seu avento em Portugal." Análise Social XII, 48 (1976), 873-915.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello. A Missão Dos Dirigentes. Lisbon, 1966, 4th ed.

   ■. Depoimento. São Paulo, 1974.

   ■. História Breve das Constituições Portugueses. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. As Minhas Memórias de Salazar. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Campinos, Jorge. A Ditadura Militar, 1926-1933. Lisbon, 1975. Carrilho, Maria. Forças Armadas e Mudança Política em Portugal no Século XX. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■, et al. Portugal na Segunda Guerra Mundial Contributos para uma reavaliação. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Carvalho, Otelo Saraiva de. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Castanheira, Jose Pedro and Valdemar Cruz. A Filha Rebelde. Lisbon: Temas & Debates, 2003.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, et al. O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, Lisbon, March 1980]. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. 'The Radical Right and the Military Dictatorship in Portugal: The National May 28 League (1928-1933)." Luso-Brazilian Review 23, 1 (Summer 1986): 1-15.

   ■. "O Salazarismo No Recente Investigação Sobre o Fascismo Europeu...." Análise Social XXV (1990): 695-713.

   ■. As camisas azuis: Ideologias, elites e movimentos fascistas em Portugal, 1914-1945. Lisbon: Estampa, 1994.

   ■. Salazar's Dictatorship and European Fascism: Problems of Interpretation. New York: Columbia University Press, 1995.

   ■. The Blue Shirts: Portuguese Fascists and the New State. New York: Columbia University Press, 2000.

   ■ Delgado, Humberto. The Memoirs of General Delgado. London: Cassell, 1964.

   ■. Memórias De Humberto Delgado. Iva Delgado and Antônio de Figueiredo, eds. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.

   ■ Duarte Silva, A. E., et al. Salazar E O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Egerton, F. C. C. Salazar, Rebuilder of Portugal. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1943.

   ■ Ferraz, Artur Ivens. A Asenção de Salazar: Memórias de Ivens Ferraz. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■ Ferro, Antônio. Salazar: O Homem E A Sua Obra. Lisbon, 1933. English edition: Salazar: Portugal and Her Leader. London: Faber & Faber, 1939, and editions in other languages.

   ■. Portugal: Breviário Da Pátria Para Os Ausentes. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Figueiredo, Antônio. Portugal and Its Empire: The Truth. London: Gollancz, 1961.

   ■. "The Case Against Portugal." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 46-57. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■. Portugal. Fifty Years of Dictatorship. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1975.

   ■ Fox, Ralph. Portugal Now. London, 1937.

   ■ Freitas do Amaral, Diogo. O Antigo Regime E A Revolução. Memórias Políticas ( 1941-1975). Lisbon: Bertrand, 1995.

   ■ Fryer, Peter, and Patricia McGowan Pinheiro. Oldest Ally: A Portrait of Sala-zar's Portugal. London: Dobson, 1961.

   ■ Gallagher, Tom. "Controlled Repression in Salazar's Portugal." Journal of Contemporary History 14, 3 (July 1979): 385-403.

   ■. "The Mystery Train: Portugal's Military Dictatorship 1926-32." European Studies Review 11 (1981): 325-54.

   ■. "From Hegemony to Opposition: The Ultraright Before and After 1974." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 81-103. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Portugal: A Twentieth Century Interpretation. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1983.

   ■ Galvão, Henrique. Santa Maria: My Crusade for Portugal. London: Weiden-feld and Nicholson, 1961.

   ■. Carta Aberta ao Dr. Salazar. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Gamier, Christine. Vacances avec Salazar. Paris, 1952; American edition: Salazar in Portugal: An Intimate Portrait. New York, 1954. Georgel, Jacques. O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Gouveia, Fernando. Memórias de um Inspector da PIDE. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Portugal: The Bureaucracy of Empire." LADAC Occasional Papers series 2, 9 (1973). Austin, Tex.: Institute of Latin American Studies.

   ■. Portugal: The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.

   ■. "The Military in Politics: The Politicization of the Portuguese Armed Forces." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 221-56. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Guyomard, George. La Dictature Militaire au Portugal. Paris, 1927.

   ■ Janeiro, Helena Pinto. Salazar E Pétain. Relações Luso-Francesas Durante A II Guerra Mundial ( 1940-44). Lisbon: Cosmos, 1998.

   ■ Kay, Hugh. "A Catholic View." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 80-103. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.

   ■ Leeds, Elizabeth. "Labor Export, Development and the State: The Political Economy of Portuguese Emigration." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1984.

   ■ Lewis, Paul H. "Salazar's Ministerial Elite, 1932-1968."Journal of Politics 40 (August 1987): 622-47.

   ■ Lins, Alvaro. Missão em Portugal. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Linz, Juan. "Foreword." In L. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, xii-xi. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Lucena, Manuel. A evolução do sistema corporativo português, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "The Evolution of Portuguese Corporatism under Salazar and Caetano." In L. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 47-88. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ McCarthy, Mary. "Letter from Lisbon." The New Yorker XXX, 51 (February 5, 1955): 80-96.

   ■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. O Socialismo e o Futuro da Peninsula. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Makler, Harry M. A " Elite" Industrial Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■. "The Portuguese Industrial Elite and Its Corporative Relations." Economic Development and Cultural Change 24, 3 (April 1976): 495-526.

   ■ Martins, Hermínio. "Opposition in Portugal." Government and Opposition 4 (Spring 1969): 250-63.

   ■. "Portugal." In S. J. Woolf, ed., European Fascism, 302-36. New York: Vintage, 1969.

   ■. "Introduction: Tristes durées." In R. Feijô, H. Martins and J. de Pina-Cabral, eds., Death in Portugal: Studies in Portuguese Anthropology and Modern History. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.

   ■ Medina, João. Salazar em França. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Salazar E Os Fascistas: Salazarismo e Nacional-Sindicalismo: A história dum conflito 1932/1935. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■. Ditadura: O " Estado Novo," 2 vols., in his História Contemporânea De Portugal. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros, ed. Dez Anos de Política Externa ( 1936-1947): A Nação Portuguesa e a Segunda Guerra Mundial, 12 vols., and in progress. Lisbon, 1964.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Educação e Sociedade no Portugal de Salazar. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Nogueira, Alberto Franco. Salazar, 6 vols. Coimbra and Oporto, 1978-85.

   ■. História de Portugal, 1933-1974: II Supplemento. Oporto, 1981.

   ■. Um político confessa-se ( Diário: 1960-1968), 3rd ed. Oporto, 1987.

   ■ Oliveira, César. Portugal e a II República de Espanha, 1931-l 936. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■. Salazar E A Guerra Civil De Espanha, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. A Maçonaria Portuguesa e o Estado Novo. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. History of Portugal; 1 in 2 vols. New York: Columbia University Press, 1976 ed.

   ■. A Liga de Paris E A Ditadura Militar, 1927-1928. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. História de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: 1980 and later eds.

   ■, ed. A Literatura Clandestina Em Portugal, 1926-1932, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Patriarca, Fátima. A Questaão Social no Salazarismo. Vol. 1. Lisbon: INCM, 1995.

   ■. Sindicatos contra Salazar: A revolta do 18 de janeiro de 1934. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 2000. Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Payne, Stanley G. A History of Spain and Portugal. Volume 2. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1973.

   ■. "Salazarism: 'Fascism' or 'Bureaucratic Authoritarianism'?" In Estudos de história portuguesa: Homenagem à A. H. de Oliveira Marques. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Pereira, José Pacheco. Conflitos sociais nos campos do sul de Portugal. Mem Martins, 1978.

   ■. A Preparação Ideológica da Intervenção Militar de 28 de Maio de 1926. Oporto, 1978.

   ■. "Problemas da história do P. C. P." In A. Costa Pinto et al., eds., O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, University of Lisbon, March 1980], 269-85. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal durante a II Guerra Mundial. Em fuga de Hitler e do Holocausto. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2006.

   ■ Pires, José Cardoso. Dinossauro Excelentíssimo. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.

   ■ Presidência do Conselho de Ministros. Comissão do Livro Negro Sobre o Regime Fascista ["Black Book" series]. Eleições No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. A Política De Informação No Regime Fascista, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■. Livros Proibidos No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■. Presos Políticos No Regime Fascista, 5 vols. Lisbon, 1981-87.

   ■. Relatórios Para Oliveira Salazar, 1931-1939. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■. Discriminação Política No Emprego No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. Proibição Da " Time" No Regime Fascista [ Time magazine July 23, 1946, with Dr. Salazar on cover]. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. Os Estudantes No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. Trabalho, Sindicatos E Greves No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Correspondência Entre Mário De Figueiredo E Oliveira Salazar. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Repressão Política E Social No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Correspondência de Pedro Teotónio Pereira para Oliveira Salazar vol. 1 ( 1931-1939), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1987-89.

   ■ Queiroga, Captain Fernando. Portugal Oprimido. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Raby, David L. "Populism and the Portuguese Left: From Delgado to Otelo." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 61-80. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Fascism and Resistance in Portugal: Communists, Liberals and the Military Dissidents in the Opposition to Salazar, 1941-1974. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1988.

   ■ Raby, Dawn Linda. "The Portuguese Presidential Election of 1949: A Successful Government Maneuver?" Luso-Brazilian Review 27, 1 (Summer 1990): 63-77.

   ■ Rêgo, Raúl. Diário Político. Lisbon, 1969; 1974, 2nd ed.

   ■. Horizontes Fechados. Oporto, 1970.

   ■. Horizontes Fechados/ Páginas de Política, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfrâmio. Lisbon, 1944.

   ■. Quando os Lobos Uivam. Lisbon, 1958; English ed. Patricia McGowan

   ■ Pinheiro, trans. London: Cape, 1963.

   ■ Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London and Boston: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rocha, José Antônio De Oliveira. The Portuguese Administrative State. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, University of South Carolina, 1986.

   ■ Rosa, Frederico Delgado. Humberto Delgado. Biografia Do General Sem Medo. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2008. Rosas, Fernando. O Estado Novo Nos Anos Trinta: 1928-1938. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. O Salazarismo E A Aliança Luso-Britânica. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Portugal Entre A Paz E A Guerra... 1939-1945. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■. O Estado Novo ( 1926-1974). Vol. VII of José Mattoso, ed. Historia De

   ■ Portugal. Lisbon: Edit. Estampa, 1994.

   ■. and Pedro Aires Oliveira (eds.). A Transicao Falhada. O Marcelismo e o Fim do Estado Novo ( 1968-1974). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.

   ■ Rudel, Christian. Salazar. Paris: Mercure de France, 1969.

   ■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Uma Tentativa de Participação política. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■. A Liberalização bloqueada. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■. Vale a Pena ser Deputado? Fundão, 1973.

   ■ Salazar, Antônio de Oliveira. Discursos E Notas Políticas. [Speeches, Broadcasts, Notes and Statements, 1928-1966, 6 vols. Coimbra, 1935-1966]. Several editions.

   ■. Doctrine and Action: Internal and Foreign Policy of the New Portugal, I928-1939. Robert Edgar Broughton, trans. London: Faber & Faber, 1939.

   ■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.

   ■. The Road for the Future [Speeches, statements of policy made during 1928-62]. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. Entrevistas: 1960-1966 [interviews]. Coimbra, 1967.

   ■. Salazar: Pensamento e doutrina política. Textos anthológicos. [Anthology of speeches, writings, interviews granted, 1914-68]. Mendo C. Henriques and Gonçalo de Sampaio e Melo, eds. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Santana, Emilio. Historia de um Atentado. O atentado contra Salazar. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Schmitter, Philippe C. Corporatism and Public Policy in Authoritarian Portugal. London: Sage, 1975.

   ■. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (Nov. 1975): 5-33.

   ■. "The Impact and Meaning of Elections in Authoritarian Portugal, 1933-74." In G. Hermet et al., eds., Elections Without Choice. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1978.

   ■. "'The 'Regime d'exception' That Became the Rule: Forty-Eight Years of Authoritarian Domination in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Mak-ler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 3-46. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Gerhard Lehmbruch, eds. Trends towards Corporatist Intermediation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1979.

   ■ Shelton, Richard L. "Development of the Communist Party of Portugal, 1921-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, St. Louis University, 1984.

   ■ Silva, José. Memórias de um operário. Vol. 2. Oporto, 1971. Soares, Mário. Escritos Políticos. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■. Portugal Bailloné. Paris, 1972; Portuguese edition: Portugal Amordaçado, Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Portugal's Struggle for Liberty. Translated by Mary Gawsworth. London: Allen & Unwin, 1975.

   ■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Johannesburg: Perskor, 1974.

   ■ Teixeira, Luis [Sampaio]. Perfil de Salazar. Lisbon, 1938.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. "From Neutrality to Alignment: Portugal in the Foundation of the Atlantic Pact." EUI: Working Papers in History. Florence, Italy: European University Institute, 1991.

   ■ Telo, Antônio José. Portugal na Segunda Guerra. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■. A Neutralidade Portuguesa e o Ouro Nazi. Lisbon: Quetzal, 2000.

   ■ Teotônio Pereira, Pedro. Memórias, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1972-73.

   ■ Vasco, Nuno. Vigiados e perseguidos. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Veríssimo, Serrão. Marcelo Caetano: Confidencias No Exílio. Lisbon, 1985. Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. West, S. George. The New Corporative State of Portugal [Inaugural lecture, King's College, London, Feb. 1937]. London: New Temple Press, 1937. Wheeler, Douglas L. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.

   ■. "Days of Wine and Carnations: The Portuguese Revolution of [April 25] 1974." Bulletin. New Hampshire Council on World Affairs XX (July 1974): 1-10.

   ■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Jacques Frémontier, ed., Les Hommes d'Siecle XX: Les Dictateurs. Paris: Mazenod, 1978.

   ■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926- 1974." In S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■. "In the Service of Order: The Portuguese Dictatorship's Political Police (PVDE; PIDE) and the British, German and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 24, 2 (January 1983): 1-25.

   ■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978. Portuguese edition: História Política de Portugal, 1910-l926. Mem Martins, 1985.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review [two part article] 12, 1-2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27.

   ■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa, 1926-1933. Mem Martins, 1988.

   ■. "The Third Pig: From Theory to Grubby Fact in Reassessing the Estado Novo." In B. F. Taggie and R. W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 145-68. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State Press, 1989.

   ■. "And Who Is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 119-39.

   ■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Research Guide to European Historical Biography. Vol. 3. Washington, D.C.: Beacham, 1992.

   ■. "'Estado Presente de tranquilidade,' posto em causa: Portugal observado e analisado no contexto internacional de 1958-59." In Iva Delgado, Carlos Pacheco, and Telmo Faria, eds., Humberto Delgado: As eleições de 58, 448-71. Lisbon: Vega, 1998.

   ■, and René Pélissier. Angola. New York: Praeger and London: Pall Mall, 1971; reprinted: Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977.

   ■ Wiarda, Howard J. "Toward a Framework for the Study of Political Change in Iberic-Latin Tradition: The Corporative Model." World Politics 25 (January 1973): 206-35.

   ■. Corporatism and Development: The Portuguese Experience. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 1977.

   ■. "The Corporatist Tradition and the Corporative System in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal. The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 89-122. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ World War II and Portugal

   ■ Afonso, Rui. Um Homem Bom. Aristides De Sousa Mendes O " Wallenberg Portugues." Lisbon: Caminho, 1995.

   ■. Injustica-o Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.

   ■ Agudo, Manuel Ros. La Guerra Secreta de Franco ( 1939-1945). Barcelona, 2002.

   ■ Anon., Fugindo a Hitler e a Salazar e ao Holocausto-Refugiados em Portugal entre 1933-1945. Lisbon: Soc. Tipografica, 1994.

   ■ Barreiros, Jose Antonio. A Lusitania Dos Espioes. Lisbon: Hugin, 1995.

   ■. O Espiao Alemao Em Goa. Operacao Long Shanks, 1943. Lisbon, 2001.

   ■ Beevor, J. G. SOE. Recollections and Reflections 1940-45. London, 1981. Bloch, Michael. Operation Willi: The Plot to Kidnap the Duke of Windsor July 1940. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1984. Carrilho, Maria et. al., Portugal Na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Contributos para uma reavaliacao. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1989. Cole, Robert. Britain and the War of Words in Neutral Europe, 1939-45. New York: St. Martin's, 1990. Colvin, Ian. Flight 777. London: Evans, 1957. Dias, Mariana Tavares. Lisboa nos Anos 40. Lisbon: Quimera, 1997. Eizenstadt, Stuart E. Coord. U.S. and Allied Efforts to Recover and Restore Gold and Other Assets Stolen or Hidden by Germany during World War II. New York, 2001.

   ■ Fralon, Jose-Alain. A Good Man in Evil Times. The Story of Aristides De Sousa Mendes: The Man Who Saved the Lives of Countless Refugees in World War II. New York: Carroll & Graf, 2001.

   ■ Giraudoux, Jean. Portugal. Paris: Grasset, 1958.

   ■ Johns, Philip. Within Two Cloaks. Missions With SIS and SOE. London, 1979.

   ■ Koestler, Arthur. Arrival and Departure. London, 1943.

   ■ Leitz, Christian. Sympathy for the Devil: Neutral Portugal and Nazi Germany in World War II. New York, 2001.

   ■ Louca, Antonio. Hitler e Salazar. Comercio em tempos de Guerra 1940-1944. Lisbon, 2000.

   ■ Luca, Antonio. "Portugal's Double Game: Between the Nazis and the Allies." In Avi Beker, ed., The Plunder of Jewish Property during the Holocaust. Confronting European History. New York, 2001. MacIntyre, Ben. Agent Zigzag. New York: Harmony, 2007. Martins, Maria Joao. O Paraiso Triste. O Quotidiano em Lisboa durante a II Grande Guerra. Lisbon: Vega, 1994. Masterman, J.C. The Double-Cross System in the War of 1939 to 1945. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1972. Muggeridge, Malcolm. Chronicles of Wasted Time. Chronicle 2: The Infernal Grove. New York: William Morrow, 1974.

   ■ Nery, Julia. O Consul. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.

   ■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 2006.

   ■ Popov, Dusko. Spy/ Counterspy. London, 1974.

   ■ Prokosch, Frederick. The Conspirators. New York, 1943.

   ■ Remarque, Erich Maria. The Night in Lisbon. New York, 1966.

   ■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfarmio Romance. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1943.

   ■ Rosas, Fernando. Portugal entre a Paz e a Guerra. Lisbon: Estampa, 1990.

   ■ Saint-Exupery, Antoine. Wartime Writings, 1939-1944. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1986.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano, ed. Portugal E A Guerra. Historia das Intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais seculos XIX e XX. Lisbon: Colibri, 1998.

   ■ Telo, Antonio Jose. Propagandal E Guerra Secreta Em Portugal 1939-45. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■. Portugal na Segunda Guerra ( 1941-1945), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■. Os Acores E O Controlo Do Atlantico ( 1898/ 1948). Lisbon: Ed. Asa, 1993.

   ■. A neutralidade portuguesa e o ouro nazi. Lisbon, 2000.

   ■ Vintras, R.E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman and Turner, 1974. Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Age Old Business of Espionage." 1987 World Book Year Book. Chicago, 1987.

   ■. "'In the Service of Order.' The Portuguese Political Police and the British, Germany and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 36: no. 3 (Jan. 1983), 1-25.

   ■. "And Who is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 23 (no. 2) (Summer 1989), 119-39.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, WI), 23 (nos.1, 2) (Summer, 1986; Winter, 1986). 97-111; 108-127.

   ■. "Last of the Great Air Mysteries of the War [World War II]." Bridport and Lyme Regis Gazette (Dorset, U.K.), June 5, 2003, 24-25.

   ■. "Leslie Howard Helped Win World War II," St. Louis Post-Dispatch (St. Louis, Mo.), April 3, 5, 2005.

   ■ Wilson, Robert. A Small Death in Lisbon. London, 2000.

   ■. The Company Of Strangers. San Diego, 2002.

   ■ Wylie, Neville. "An Amateur Learns His Job? Special Operations Executive in Portugal, 1940-42." Journal of Contemporary History. 36: no. 3 (2001), 441-57.

   ■ The Military

   ■ Ferreira Martins, General. Historia do Exercito Portugues. Lisbon: Inquerito, 1945.

   ■ Kaulza de Arriaga, General. Guerra e Politica. Em nome da verdade. Os anos decisivos. Lisbon: Referendo, 1987.

   ■ Medeiros Ferreira, Jose. O Comportamento Politico dos Militares, Forcas Armadas e Regimes Politicos em Portugal no seculo XX. Lisbon: Estampa, 1992.

   ■ Pereira Marques, Fernando. Exercito e Sociedade em Portugal. No Declinio do Antigo Regime e advento do Liberalismo. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.

   ■ Ribeiro Dos Santos, Antonio Pedro. O Estado E A Order Publica. As Institui-coes Militares Portuguesas. Lisbon: Instituto Superior De Ciencias Sociais E Politicas, 1999.

   ■ Saraiva de Carvalho, Otelo. Alvorada em Abril. Amadora (Portugal): Bertrand, 1977.

   ■ Selvagem, Carlos. Portugal Militar. Compendio de Historia Militar e Naval de Portugal. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1931.

   ■ Spinola, Antonio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon: Arcadia, 1974.

   ■. Pais Sem Rumo. Contributo para a historia de uma Revolucao. Lisbon: Scire, 1978.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. Portugal e a Guerra. Historia das intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais do seculo XX. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 1999.

   ■. Coord., Nova Historia Militar de Portugal, 5 vols. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2003-.

   ■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. O Poder e o Povo. A Revolucao de 1910. Lisbon: Moraes, 1976, 1982.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. Republican Portugal: A Political History ( 1910-1926). Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978, 1998.

   ■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa ( 1926-1933). Mem Martins: Europa- America, 1988.

   ■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926-1974: "The Honor of the Army." In Lawrence S. Graham and Harry M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Government and Politics since 1974

   ■ Aguiar, Joaquim. "Hidden Fluidity in an Ultra-Stable Party System." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 101-27. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel, ed. Sistema Eleitoral Portugües: Debate Político e Parlamentar. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional/ Casa da Moeda, 1998.

   ■, ed. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." In Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer, 2000): 1-404.

   ■ Bruneau, Thomas C., and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.

   ■ Bruneau, Thomas C., ed. Political Parties and Democracy in Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1997. Carlucci, Frank. "Confiei no Povo Portugues." Visao (Lisbon), April 10, 1997, 46-47.

   ■. "The View from the U.S. Embassy." In Hans Binnendijk, ed., Authoritarian Regimes in Transition. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Dept. of State, Foreign Service Institute, Center for the Study of Foreign Affairs, 1987.

   ■ Coelho, Mário Baptista, ed. Portugal. O Sistema Política a Constitucional, 1974-87. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, UNL, 1989.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antonio. "Settling Accounts with the Past in a Troubled Transition to Democracy: The Portuguese Case." In Alexandra Barahona De Brito, Carmen Gonzalez-Enriquez, and Paloma Aguilar, eds., The Politics of Memory: Transitional Justice in Democratizing Societies, 65-91. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2001.

   ■ Cruzeiro, Maria Manuela. Costa Gomes-o Ultimo Marechal. Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 1998.

   ■ Domingos, Emídio Da Veiga. Portugal Político. Análise das Instituiçoes. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Goldey, David. "Elections and the Consolidation of Portuguese Democracy: 1974-1983." Electoral Studies 2, 3 (1983): 229-40.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Institutionalizing Democracy: Governance in Post-1974 Portugal." In Ali Farazmand, ed., Handbook of Comparative and Development Public Administration, 81-90. New York: Dekker, 1991.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Gunther, Richard. "Spain and Portugal." In G. A. Dorfman and P. J. Duignan, eds., Politics in Western Europe, 186-236. Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1988.

   ■ Magone, José Maria. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1997.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.

   ■, ed. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth R., and Scott C. Monje, eds. Portugal: The Constitution and the Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-1989. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Camões Center Special Report No. 2, Columbia University, 1991.

   ■ Opello, Walter C., Jr. "The New Parliament in Portugal." Legislative Studies Quarterly, 3 (May 1978): 309-334.

   ■. "Local Government and Political Culture in a Portuguese Rural County." Comparative Politics 13 (April 1981): 271-89.

   ■. "Portugal's Administrative Elite: Social Origins and Political Attitudes." West European Politics 6 (Jan. 1983): 63-74.

   ■. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.

   ■ Pinto Balsemão, Francisco. "The Constitution and Politics: Options for the Future." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 197-232. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Sartori, Giovanni. "Portugal." In Sartori, G, ed., Parties and Party Systems. Vol. 1, 131-45. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976. Secretary of State for Mass Communications. Constitution of the Portuguese Republic [1976]. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Contemporary Portugal since 1974

   ■ Aguiar, Joaquim. A Ilusão do poder: Analise do Sistema Partidário, 19761982. Lisbon, 1983. Almeida, Diniz de. Orígens e Evolução do Movimento dos Capitães. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Ascensao, Apogeu e Queda do MFA, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Alves, Márcio Moreira. Les Soldats Socialistes du Portugal. Paris: Gallimard, 1975.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. Sá Carneiro: Um Meteoro Nos Anos Setenta. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. O Segredo do 25 de Novembro. Mem Martins, 1983.

   ■ Arouca, Manuel. Os Filhos Da Costa Do Sol. Mem Martins, 1989. Audibert, Pierre, and Daniel Brignon. Portugal: Les nouveaux centurions. Paris, 1974.

   ■ Baptista, Jacinto. Caminhos para uma revolução. Lisbon, 1975. Barreto, Antônio. Memórias da Reforma Agrária. Mem Martins: Europa-Amé-rica, 1983.

   ■, and C. V. Preto, eds. A Situação Social em Portugal, 1960-1996. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 1996.

   ■ Bermeo, Nancy Gina. "Worker Management in Industry: Reconciling Representative Government and Industrial Democracy in a Polarized Society." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 181-98. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. The Revolution within the Revolution: Workers' Control in Rural Portugal. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■ Braeckman, Colette. Portugal: Revolution surveilée. Brussels: Rossei, 1975.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. "O Presidente da República na génese e evolução do sistema de governor portugües." Análise social XXIX, 125-26 (1994): 237-65.

   ■, coord. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer 2000): 1-404. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Popular Support for Democracy in Post-revolutionary Portugal: Results from a Survey." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 21-42. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Politics and Nationhood: Post-Revolutionary Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1984.

   ■. "Portugal Fifteen Years after the April Revolution." Field Staff Reports ( 1989-90/ No. 1, Europe), 3-11. Indianapolis, Ind.: Universities Field Staff International, 1990.

   ■, and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.

   ■ Carvalho, Ortelo Saraiva de. Cinco Meses Mudaram Portugal. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Cid, Augusto. PREC-Processo Revolucionário Eventualmente Chocante. Viseu, 1977.

   ■ Costa Lobo, Marina, and Pedro C. Magalhaes. "From 'Third Wave' to 'Third Way': Europe and the Portuguese Socialists (1975-1999)," Journal of Southern Europe and the Balkans 3, no. 1 (2001), 25-35.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, ed. Modern Portugal. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■, and Nuno Severiano Teixeira, eds. Southern Europe and the Making of the European Union. New York: Columbia Univ. Press, 2002.

   ■ Cunhal, Alvaro. A Revolução Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999.

   ■ Downs, Charles. "Comissões de Moradores and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 4 (1986): 267-94.

   ■. Revolution at the Grassroots: Community Organizations in the Portuguese Revolution. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1989.

   ■ Dufour, Jean-Marc. Prague sur Tage. Paris, 1975.

   ■ Durão Barroso, José. Le systémepolitiqueportugais face à l'intégration euro-péenne. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Eisfeid, Rainer. "Portugal: What Role/What Future?" In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution. New York: RIIC, Columbia University, 1984.

   ■. Sozialistischer Pluralismus in Europa: Ansãtze und Scheitern am Beispiel Portugal. Cologne: Verlag Wissenchaft ünd Politik, 1985.

   ■. "Portugal and Western Europe." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 29-62. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Farinha, Luis. "Regresso a Europa. Uma opcao feliz." Historia. XXIX; 95, III series (March 2007), 23-33.

   ■ Faye, Jean-Pierre, ed. Portugal: The Revolution in the Labyrinth. Nottingham, U.K.: Spokesman, 1976. Ferreira, Hugo Gil, and Michael W. Marshall. Portugal's Revolution: Ten Years On. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1986. Figueira, João Costa. Cavaco Silva: Homem de Estado. Lisbon, 1987. Filoche, Gérard. Printemps Portugais. Paris: Editions Action, 1984. Frémontier, Jacques. Os Pontos nos ii. Lisbon, 1976. Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian. 25 de Abril-10 anos depois. Lisbon, 1984. Futscher Pereira, Bernardo. "Portugal and Spain." In K. Maxwell, ed. Portugal in the 1980s, 63-87. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Gama, Jaime. Política Externa Portuguesa 1983-85: Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. "Preface." In J. Calvet de Magalhães, A. de Vasconcelos, and J. Ramos Silva, eds., Portugal: An Atlantic Paradox, 9-11. Lisbon, 1990. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino. As Eleições De 25 De Abril: Geografia E Imagem Dos Partidos. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "10 Anos de Democracia: Reflexos na geografia política." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opelio, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal 1974-1984/ Conflitos e Mudanças em Portugal, 1974-1984, 135-55. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■, et al. As Eleições para assembleia da república, 1979-1983: Estudos de geografia eleitoral. Lisbon, 1984. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino, eds. Portugal em mapas e em números. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Giaccone, Fausto. Una Storia Portoghese/ Uma História Portuguesa. Palermo: Randazzo Focus, 1987.

   ■ Gladdish, Ken. "Portugal: An Open Verdict." In Geoffrey Pridham, ed. Securing Democracy: Political Parties and Democratic Consolidation in Southern Europe, 104-25. London and New York: Routledge, 1990.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.

   ■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Grayson, George W. "Portugal and the Armed Forces Movement." Orbis XIX, 2 (Summer 1975): 335-78.

   ■ Green, Gil. Portugal's Revolution. New York: International, 1976.

   ■ Hammond, John L. Building Popular Power: Workers' and Neighborhood Movements in the Portuguese Revolution. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1988.

   ■ Harsgor, Michael. Naissance d'un Nouveau Portugal. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1975.

   ■. Portugal in Revolution. Washington, D.C.: CSIS and Sage, 1976.

   ■ Harvey, Robert. Portugal, Birth of a Democracy. London: Macmillan, 1978.

   ■ Herr, Richard, ed. Portugal: The Long Road to Democracy and Europe. Berkeley, Calif.: International and Area Studies, 1992.

   ■ Insight Team of the Sunday [London] Times. Insight on Portugal: The Year of the Captains. London: Deutsch, 1975.

   ■ Janitschek, Hans. Mario Soares: Portrait of a Hero. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1985.

   ■ Keefe, Eugene K., et al. Area Handbook for Portugal, 1st ed. Washington, D.C.: Foreign Area Studies of American University, 1977. Kramer, Jane. "A Reporter at Large: The Portuguese Revolution." The New Yorker (Dec. 15, 1975): 92-131.

   ■ Lauré, Jason, and Ettagal Lauré. Jovem Portugal: After the Revolution. New York: Straus, Farrar and Giroux, 1977.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. A New History of Portugal. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976.

   ■ Lourenço, Eduardo. Os Militares e O Poder. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. O Fascismo Nunca Existiu. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "Identidade e Memôria: o caso português." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-l 984, 17-22. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Lucena, Manuel. Evolução e Instituições: A Extinção dos Grémios da Lavoura Alentejanos. Mem Martins, 1984.

   ■. "A herança de duas revoluções." In M. Baptista Coelho, ed., Portugal: O Sistema Político e Constitucional, 1974-87, 505-55. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Macedo, Jorge Braga de, and S. Serfaty. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. New York: Praeger, 1981.

   ■ Magone, José M. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. New York: St. Martin's, 1997. Mailer, Phil. Portugal: The Impossible Revolution. London: Solidarity, 1977. Manta, João Abel. Cartoons/ 1969-1975. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Manuel, Paul C. Uncertain Outcome: The Politics of Portugal's Transition to Democracy. Lanham, Md. and London: University Press of America, 1994.

   ■ Mateus, Rui. Contos Proibidos. Memorias de Um PS Desconhecido, 3rd ed. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1996.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Portugal under Pressure." The New York Review of Books (May 2, 1974).

   ■. "The Hidden Revolution in Portugal." The New York Review of Books (April 17, 1975).

   ■. "The Thorns of the Portuguese Revolution." Foreign Affairs 54, 2 (Jan. 1976): 250-70.

   ■. "The Communists and the Portuguese Revolution." Dissent 27, 2 (Spring 1980): 194-206.

   ■. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.

   ■, ed. "Portugal: Toward the Twenty-First Century." Camoes Center Quarterly 5, 3-4 (Fall 1995): 6-55.

   ■, ed. The Press and the Rebirth of Iberian Democracy. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1983.

   ■. Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution: Reports of Three Columbia University-Gulbenkian Workshops. New York: Research Institute on International Change, Columbia University, 1984.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth, and Michael H. Haltzel, eds. Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.

   ■ Medeiros Ferreira, José. Ensaio Histórico sobre a revolução do 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Medina, João, ed. Portugal De Abril: Do 25 Aos Nossos Dias. In Medina, ed., História Contemporãnea De Portugal. Lisbon, 1985. Merten, Peter. Anarchismus ünd Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libertare, 1981.

   ■ Miranda, Jorge. Constituição e Democracia. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. A Constituição de 1976. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Morrison, Rodney J. Portugal: Revolutionary Change in an Open Economy. Boston: Auburn House, 1981.

   ■ Mujal-Leôn, Eusebio. "The PCP [Portuguese Communist Party] and the Portuguese Revolution." Problems of Communism 26 (Jan.- Feb. 1977): 21-41.

   ■ Neves, Mário. Missão em Moscovo. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Oliveira, César. M. F. A. e Revolução Socialista. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.

   ■ Opello, Waiter C., Jr. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.

   ■. Portugal: From Monarchy to Pluralist Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1991.

   ■ Pell, Senator Claiborne H. Portugal ( Including the Azores and Spain) in Search of New Directions: Report to the Committee on Foreign Relations, U.S. Senate. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office, 1976.

   ■ Pereira, J. Pacheco. "A Case of Orthodoxy: The Communist Party of Portugal." In Waller and Fenema, eds., Communist Parties in Western Europe: Adaptation or Decline? Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1988.

   ■ Pilmott, Ben. "Socialism in Portugal: Was It a Revolution?" Government and Opposition 7 (Summer 1977).

   ■. "Were the Soldiers Revolutionary? The Armed Forces Movement in Portugal, 1973-1976." Iberian Studies 7, 1 (1978): 13-21.

   ■, and Jean Seaton. "Political Power and the Portuguese Media." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 43-57. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm and Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1977.

   ■ Pouchin, Dominique. Portugal, quelle révolution? Paris, 1976.

   ■ Pulido Valente, Vasco. "E Viva Otelo." In Pulido Valente, V., ed., O País das Maravilhas, 451-54. Lisbon, 1979 [anthology of articles from weekly Lisbon paper, Expresso].

   ■. Estudos Sobre a Crise Nacional. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Rebelo de Sousa, Marcelo. O Sistema de Governo Português antes e depois da Revisão Constitucional, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1981. Rêgo, Raúl. Militares, Clérigos e Paisanos. Lisbon, 1981. Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, Avelino, Cesário Borga, and Mário Cardoso. O Movemento dos Capitães e o 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. Portugal Depois De Abril. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Ruas, H. B., ed. A Revolução das Flores. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Rudel, Christian. La Liberte couleur d'oeillet. Paris: Fayard, 1980.

   ■ Sa, Tiago Moreira de. Os Americanos na Revolucao Portuguesa ( 1974-1976). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.

   ■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Por Uma Social-Democracia Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Sanches Osôrio, Helena. Um Só Rosto. Uma Só Fé. Conversas Com Adelino Da Palma Carlos. Lisbon, 1988. Sanches Osôrio, J. The Betrayal of the 25th of April in Portugal. Madrid: Sedmay, 1975.

   ■ Schmitter, Philippe C. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (1974): 5-33.

   ■. "An Introduction to Southern European Transitions from Authoritarian Rule: Italy, Greece, Portugal, Spain and Turkey." In G. O'Donnell,

   ■ P. C. Schmitter, and L. Whitehead, eds., Transitions from Authoritarian Rule, 3-10. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1986.

   ■ Silva, Fernando Dioga da. "Uma Administração Envelhecido." Revista da Ad-ministraçao Pública 2 (Oct.-Dec. 1979).

   ■ Simões, Martinho, ed. Relatório Do 25 De Novembro: Texto Integral, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Soares, Isabel, ed. Mário Soares: O homem e o político. Lisbon, 1976. Soares, Mário. Democratização e Descolonização: Dez meses no Governo Provisório. Lisbon, 1975. Sobel, Lester A., ed. Portuguese Revolution, 1974-1976. New York: Facts on File, Inc., 1976.

   ■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. País Sem Rumo: Contributo para a História de uma Revolução. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Stock, Maria José. Os Partidos do Poder: Dez Anos Depois do " 25 De Abril." Evora, 1986.

   ■ Story, Jonathan. "Portugal's Revolution of Carnations: Patterns of Change and Continuity." International Affairs 52 (July 1976): 417-34. Sweezey, Paul. "Class Struggles in Portugal." Monthly Review 27, 4 (Sept. 1975): 1-26.

   ■ Szulc, Tad. "Lisbon and Washington: Behind Portugal's Revolution." Foreign Policy 21 (Winter 1975-76): 3-62. Tavares de Almeida, Antônio. Balsemão: O retrato. Lisbon, 1981. "Vasco." Desenhos Políticos. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Vasconcelos, Alvaro. "Portugal in Atlantic-Mediterranean Security." In Douglas T. Stuart, ed., Politics and Security in the Southern Region of the Atlantic Alliance, 117-36. London: Macmillan, 1988.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "Golpes militares e golpes literários. A literatura do golpe de 25 de Abril de 1974 em contexto histôrico." Penélope. Fazer E Desfazer A História, 19-20 (1998): 191-212.

   ■. "Tributo ao Historiador dos Historiadores. Memorias de A.H.de Oliveira Marques (1933-2007)," Historia XXIX, 95, III series (March 2007), 18-22.

   ■ Wiarda, Howard J. Transcending Corporatism? The Portuguese Corporative System and the Revolution of 1974. Columbia: Institute of International Studies, University of South Carolina, 1976.

   ■. The Transition to Democracy in Spain and Portugal. Washington, D.C.: American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research, 1989. Wise, Audrey. Eyewitness in Revolutionary Portugal. With a Preface by Judith Hart, MP. London: Spokesman, 1975.

   ■ PHYSICAL FEATURES: GEOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY, FAUNA, AND FLORA

   ■ Birot, Pierre. Le Portugal: Étude de géographie régionale. Paris, 1950.

   ■ Embleton, Clifford. Geomorphology of Europe. London: Macmillan, 1984.

   ■ Girão, Aristides de Amorim. Divisão regional, divisão agrícola e divisão administrativa. Coimbra, 1932.

   ■. Condições geográficos e históricas de autonomia política de Portugal. Coimbra, 1935.

   ■. Atlas de Portugal, 2nd ed. Coimbra, 1958.

   ■ Ribeiro, Orlando. Portugal, O Mediterrâneo e o Altântico. Coimbra, 1945 and later eds.

   ■. Portugal. Volume V of Geografia de Espana y Portugal. Barcelona, 1955.

   ■. Ensaios de Geografia Humana e regio nal. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■. A geografia e a divisão regional do país. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■ Stanislawski, Dan. The Individuality of Portugal. Austin: The University of Texas Press, 1959.

   ■. Portugal's Other Kingdom: The Algarve. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1963.

   ■ Taylor, Albert William. Wild Flowers of Spain and Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1972.

   ■ Way, Ruth, and Margaret Simmons. A Geography of Spain and Portugal. London: Methuen, 1962.

   ■ ARCHAEOLOGY AND PREHISTORY

   ■ "Actas do Colóquio Inter-Universitário do Noroeste Peninsular (Porto-Baião, 1988), vol. II, Proto-História, romanização e Idade Média." In Trabalhos de antropologia e etnologia. 28, 3-4 (1988).

   ■ Alarcão, Jorge de, ed. "Do Paleolítico va arte visigótica." Vol. 1, História da

   ■ Arte em Portugal. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.

   ■. Roman Portugal, 3 vols. Warminister, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.

   ■. Portugal Das Orígens A Romanização. Vol. I. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon: Presença, 1990. Anderson, James M., and M. S. Lea. Portugal 1001 Sights: An Archaeological and Historical Guide. Calgary, Alberta: University of Calgary and Robert Hale, 1994.

   ■ Balmuth, Miriam S., Antonio Gilman, and Lourdes Prados-Torreira, eds. Encounters and Transformations: The Archaeology of Iberia in Transition. Monographs in Mediterranean Archaeology, no. 7. Sheffield, U.K.: Sheffield Academic Press, 1997.

   ■ Beirão, C. M. M. Une civilization protohistorique du Sud au Portugal ( 1er Age du Fer). Paris: D. Boccard, 1986.

   ■ Cardoso, João Luís, Santinho A. Cunha, and Delberto Aguiar. O Homem Pre-Histórico no Concelho de Oeiras. Oeiras, Portugal: Estudos Arquelógicos de Oeiras, 1991.

   ■ Harrison, Richard J. The Bell Beaker Cultures of Spain and Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1977.

   ■ Mangas, Júlio, ed. Hispania epigraphica. Madrid, 1989.

   ■ Maloney, Stephanie J. "The Villa of Toerre de Palma, Portugal: Archaeology and Preservation." Portuguese Studies Review VIII, 1 (Fall-Winter, 1999-2000): 14-28.

   ■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. London, 1968.

   ■ Silva, A. C. F. A cultura castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Paços de Ferreira:

   ■ Museu da Citânia de Sanfins, 1986. Straus, L. G. Iberia before the Iberians. Albuquerque, N.M., 1992.

   ■ FOREIGN TRAVELERS AND RESIDENTS' ACCOUNTS

   ■ Andersen, Hans Christian. A Visit to Portugal 1866. London: Peter Owen, 1972.

   ■ Beckford, William. Italy, with Sketches of Spain and Portugal. Paris: Baudry's European Library, 1834.

   ■. The Journal of William Beckford in Portugal and Spain 1787-1788.

   ■ Boyd Alexander, ed. London: Hart-Davies, 1954.

   ■. Recollections of an Excursion to the Monasteries of Alcoboca and Batalha. Fontwell, U.K.: Centaur Press, 1972.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. In Portugal. London: Bodley Head, 1912.

   ■ Borrow, George. The Bible in Spain, 2 vols. London: Constable, 1923 ed.

   ■ Chaves, Castelo Branco. Os livros de viagens em Portugal no século XVIII e a sua projecção europeia. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Costigan, Arthur William. Sketches of Society and Manners in Portugal. London: T. Vernon, 1787.

   ■ Crawfurd, Oswald. Portugal Old and New. London: Kegan, Paul, 1880.

   ■. Round the Calendar in Portugal. London: Chapman & Hall, 1890.

   ■ Darymple, William. Travels through Spain and Portugal in 1774. London: J. Almon, 1777.

   ■ Dumouriez, Charles Francois Duperrier. An Account of Portugal as It Appeared in 1766. London: C. Law, 1797.

   ■ Fielding, Henry. Jonathan Wild and the Journal of a Voyage to Lisbon. London: J. M. Dent, 1932.

   ■ Fullerton, Alice. To Portugal for Pleasure. London: Grafton, 1945.

   ■ Gibbons, John. I Gathered No Moss. London: Robert Hale, 1939.

   ■ Gordon, Jan, and Cora Gordon. Portuguese Somersault. London: Harrap, 1934.

   ■ Hewitt, Richard. A Cottage in Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1996.

   ■ Huggett, Frank. South of Lisbon: Winter Travels in Southern Portugal. London: Gollancz, 1960.

   ■ Hume, Martin. Through Portugal. London: Richards, 1907.

   ■ Hyland, Paul. Backwards Out of the Big World: A Voyage into Portugal. Hammersmith, U.K.: HarperCollins, 1996.

   ■ Jackson, Catherine Charlotte, Lady. Fair Lusitania. London: Bentley, 1874.

   ■ Kelly, Marie Node. This Delicious Land Portugal. London: Hutchinson, 1956.

   ■ Kempner, Mary Jean. Invitation to Portugal. New York: Athenaeum, 1969.

   ■ Kingston, William H. G. Lusitanian Sketches of the Pen and Pencil. 2 vol. London: Parker, 1845.

   ■ Landmann, George. Historical, Military and Picturesque Observations on Portugal. 2 vol. London: Cadell and Davies, 1818.

   ■ Latouche, John [Pseudonym of Oswald Crawfurd]. Travels in Portugal. London: Ward, Lock & Taylor, ca. 1874.

   ■ Link, Henry Frederick. Travels in Portugal and France and Spain. London: Longman & Rees, 1801.

   ■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.

   ■. They Went to Portugal, Too. Manchester: Carcanet Books, 1990.

   ■ Merle, Iris. Portuguese Panorama. London: Ouzel, 1958.

   ■ Murphy, J. C. Travels in Portugal. London: 1795.

   ■ Proper, Datus C. The Last Old Place: A Search through Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1992.

   ■ Quillinan, Dorothy [Wordsworth]. Journal of a Few Months in Portugal with Glimpses of the South of Spain. 2 vol. London: Moxon, 1847. Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1954. Smith, Karine R. Until Tomorrow: Azores and Portugal. Snohomish, Wash.: Snohomish Publishing, 1978. Southey, Robert. Journals of a Residence in Portugal, 1800-1801 and a Visit to France, 1838. London and New York: Oxford Univ. Press, 1912. Thomas, Gordon Kent. Lord Byron's Iberian Pilgrimage. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983. Twiss, Richard. Travels through Portugal and Spain in 1772-1773. London, 1775.

   ■ Watson, Gilbert. Sunshine and Sentiment in Portugal. London: Arnold, 1904. Wheeler, Douglas L. "A[n American] Fulbrighter in Lisbon, Portugal, 196162." Portuguese Studies Review 1 (1991): 9-16.

   ■ PORTUGUESE CARTOGRAPHY, DISCOVERIES, AND NAVIGATION

   ■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Curso de História de Naútica. Coimbra, 1972.

   ■. Introdução a história dos descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Mem Martins, 1983.

   ■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon: Alfa, 1983.

   ■. Navegadores, viajantes e adventureiros portugueses: Séculos XV e XVI. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Portuguese Books on Nautical Science from Pedro Nunes to 1650. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Boorstin, Daniel. The Discoverers. New York: Random House, 1983. Boxer, C. R. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire, 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.

   ■ Brazão, Eduardo. La découverte de Terre-Neuve. Montreal: Les Presses de l'Université, 1964.

   ■. "Les Corte-Real et le Nouveau Monde." Revue d'histoire d'Amérique Française 19, 1 (1965): 335-49. Cortesão, Armando, and Avelino Teixeira de Mota. Cartografia Portuguesa Antiga. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■. Portugalia Monumenta Cartográfica, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.

   ■. História da Cartografia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1969-70.

   ■ Cortesão, Jaime. L'expansion des portugais dans l'historie de la civilisation. Brussels, 1930.

   ■. Os descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. V. Magalhães Godinho and Joel Serrão, eds. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■. A expansão dos Portugueses no período henriquinho. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■. Descobrimentos precolombanos dos portugueses. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Costa, Abel Fontoura da. A Marinharia dos Descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Costa Brochado, Idalino F. Descobrimento do Atlântico. Lisbon, 1958. English ed., 1959-60.

   ■ Coutinho, Admiral Gago. A naútica dos descobrimentos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1951-52.

   ■ Crone, G. R. Maps and Their Makers. New York: Capricorn Books, 1966.

   ■ Dias, José S. da Silva. Os descobrimentos e a problemática cultural do Século XVI, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Disney, Anthony, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães, ed. Documentos sobre a expansão portuguesa [ to 1460], 3 vols. Lisbon, 1945-54.

   ■ Guedes, Max, and Gerald Lombardi, eds. Portugal. Brazil: The Age of Atlantic Discoveries. Lisbon: Bertrand; Milan: Ricci; Brazilian Culture Foundation, 1990. [Catalogue of New York Public Library Exhibit, Summer 1990]

   ■ Harley, J. B., and David Woodward. The History of Cartography. Volume 1: Cartography in Prehistoric, Ancient and Medieval Europe and Mediterranean. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1987.

   ■ Leite, Duarte. História dos Descobrimentos: Colectânea de esparsos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1958-61.

   ■ Ley, Charles. Portuguese Voyages, 1498-1663. London: Dent, 1953.

   ■ Marques, J. Martins da Silva. Descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1944-71.

   ■ Martyn, John R. C., ed. Pedro Nunes ( 1502-1578): His Lost Algebra and Other Discoveries. John R. C. Martyn, trans. New York: Peter Lang, 1996.

   ■ Morison, Samuel Eliot. The European Discovery of America: The Northern Voyages, A. D. 500-1600. New York: Oxford University Press, 1971.

   ■. Portuguese Voyages to America in the Fifteenth Century. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1974.

   ■ Mota, Avelino Teixeira da. Mar, Além-Mar-Estudos e Ensaios de História e Geografia. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Vida e Obra do Infante D. Henrique. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Parry, J. H. The Discovery of the Sea. New York: Dial, 1974.

   ■ Penrose, Boies. Travel and Discovery in the Renaissance, 1420-1620. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1952.

   ■ Peres, Damião. História dos Descobrimentos Portugueses. Oporto, 1943.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London, 1933; New York: Barnes & Noble, 1967.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Precision Astrolabe: Portuguese Navigators and Transoceanic Aviation. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Seary, E. R. "The Portuguese Element in the Place Names of Newfoundland." In Luís Albuquerque, ed., Vice-Almirante A. Teixeira da Mota: In Memo-riam. Vol. II, 359-64. Lisbon: Academia da Marinha, 1989.

   ■ Subrahmanyam, Sanjay. The Career and Legend of Vasco Da Gama. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997.

   ■ Velho, Alvaro. Roteiro ( Navigator's Route) da Primeira Viagem de Vasco da Gama ( 1497-1499). Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Winius, George, ed. Portugal, the Pathfinder: Journeys from the Medieval toward the Modern World 1300-ca. 1600. Madison, Wisc.: Hispanic Seminary of Medieval Studies, 1995.

   ■ PORTUGAL AND HER OVERSEAS EMPIRES (1415-1975)

   ■ Abshire, David M., and Michael A. Samuels, eds. Portuguese Africa: A Handbook. New York: Praeger, 1969.

   ■ Afonso, Aniceto, and Carlos de Matos Gomes. Guerra Colonial. Lisbon: Noticias, 2001.

   ■ Albuquerque, J. Moushino de. Moçambique. Lisbon, 1898.

   ■ Alden, Dauril. The Making of an Enterprise: The Society of Jesus in Portugal, Its Empire & Beyond. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1995.

   ■ Alexandre, Valentim. Orígens do Colonialismo Português Moderno ( 18221891). Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1979.

   ■. Velho Brasil, Novas Africas: Portugal e o Império ( 1808-1975). Oporto: Afrontamento, 2000.

   ■, and Jill Dias, eds. "O Império Africano 1825-1890. Volume X." In J.

   ■ Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1998.

   ■ Ames, Glen J. "The Carreira da India, 1668-1682: Maritime Enterprise and the Quest for Stability in Portugal's Asian Empire." Journal of European Economic History 20, 1 (1991): 7-28.

   ■. Renascent Empire? The House of Braganza and the Quest for Stability in Portuguese Monsoon Asia, ca. 1640-1683. Amsterdam: Amsterdam Univ.Press, 2000.

   ■. Vasco da Gama. Renaissance Crusader. New York: Pearson/Longman, 2005.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. O Império com Pés de Barro: Colonizaçao e Descolonização: As Ideologias em Portugal. Lisbon: D. Quixote, 1980.

   ■. O Factor Africano 1890-1990. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1990.

   ■. A Guerra De Africa 1961-1974, 2 vols. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995-96.

   ■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto 1919-1982. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.

   ■ Axelson, Eric A. South-East Africa, 1488-1530. London: Longmans, 1940.

   ■. "Prince Henry and the Discovery of the Sea Route to India." Geographical Journal (U.K.) 127, 2 (June 1961): 145-58.

   ■. Portugal and the Scramble for Africa, 1875-1891. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1967.

   ■. Portuguese in South-East Africa, 1488-1699. Cape Town: Struik, 1973.

   ■. Congo to Cape: Early Portuguese Explorers. New York: Harper & Row, 1974.

   ■ Azevedo, Mário. Historical Dictionary of Mozambique, 2nd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2003.

   ■ Baião, António, Hernãni Cidade, and Manuel Murias, eds. História da Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 4 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40.

   ■ Bender, Gerald J. "The Limits of Counterinsurgency [in the Angolan War, 1961-72]." Comparative Politics (1972): 331-60.

   ■. Angola under the Portuguese: The Myth Versus Reality. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1978.

   ■ Bhíla, H. H. K. Trade and Politics in a Shona Kingdom: The Manyika and Their Portuguese and African Neighbours, 1875-1902. Harlow, U.K.: Longman, 1990.

   ■ Birmingham, David. The Portuguese Conquest of Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1965.

   ■. Trade and Conflict in Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1966.

   ■. Frontline Nationalism in Angola & Mozambique. London: James Currey, 1992.

   ■. Portugal and Africa. New York: St. Martins, 1999.

   ■ Bottineau, Yves. Le Portugal Et Sa Vocation Maritime. Paris: Boccard, 1977. Boxer, C. R. Fidalgos in the Far East— Fact and Fancy in the History of Macau. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1948. ———. The Christian Century in Japan. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1951.

   ■ ———. Salvador de Sá and the Struggle for Brazil and Angola, 1602-1688. London, 1952.

   ■ ———. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.

   ■ ———. The Golden Age of Brazil, 1695-1750. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1962.

   ■ ———. Race Relations in the Portuguese Colonial Empire, 1415-1825. Oxford:

   ■ Clarendon Press, 1963. ———. Portuguese Society in the Tropics. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1965.

   ■ ———. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchi nson, 1969.

   ■ ———, and Carlos de Azevedo, eds. Fort Jesus and the Portuguese in Mombasa. London: Hollis and Carter, 1960.

   ■ Broadhead, Susan H. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 2nd ed. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1992.

   ■ Burton, Richard. Goa and the Blue Mountains. London: Bentley, 1851.

   ■ Cabral, Luís. Crónica da Libertação. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello. Colonizing Traditions, Principles and Methods of the Portuguese. Lisbon, 1951.

   ■ ———. Portugal E A Internacionalização Dos Problemas Africanos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■ Cann, John P. Counterinsurgency in Africa: The Portuguese Way of War, 1961-1974. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1997. Castelo, Claudia. " O modo portugues de estar no mundo." O luso-tropicalismo e a ideologia colonial portuguesa ( 1931-1961). Oporto: Afrontamento, 1998. Castro, Armando. O Sistema Colonial Português em Africa ( meados do Século XX). Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Chaliand, Gerard. "The Independence of Guinea-Bissau and the Heritage of [Amilcar] Cabral." In Revolution in the Third World. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1978.

   ■ Chilcote, Ronald H. Portuguese Africa. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1967.

   ■ Clarence-Smith, Gervase. Slaves, Peasants and Capitalists in Southern Angola 1840-1926. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1979.

   ■ ———. The Third Portuguese Empire 1825-1975: A Study in Economic Imperialism. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1985.

   ■ Coates, Timothy J. Convicts and Orphans: Forced and State-Sponsored Colonizers in the Portuguese Empire, 1550-1720. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 2001.

   ■ Davies, Shann. Macau. Singapore: Times Editions, 1986.

   ■ Dias, C. Malheiro, ed. História da colonização portuguesa no Brasil, 3 vols. Oporto, 1921-24.

   ■ Diffie, Bailey W., and George Winius. Foundations of the Portuguese Empire, 1415-1580. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1977.

   ■ Disney, Anthony R. Twilight of the Pepper Empire: Portuguese Trade in Southwest India in the Early Seventeenth Century. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1978.

   ■ ———, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■ Duffy, James. Shipwreck and Empire: Being an Account of Portuguese Maritime Disaster in a Century of Decline. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1955.

   ■ ———. Portuguese Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1959. ———. Portugal in Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1962.

   ■. "The Portuguese Territories." In Colin Legum, ed., Africa: A Handbook to the Continent. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1967. ———. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1967. Felgas, Hélio. História do Congo Português. Carmona, Angola, 1958. ———. Guerra em Angola. Lisbon, 1961.

   ■ Galvão, Henrique, and Carlos Selvagam. O Império Ultramarino Português, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953.

   ■ Gleijeses, Piero. Conflicting Missions: Havana, Washington and Africa, 19591976. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2002.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. "Portugal and Her Empire." In The New Cambridge Modern History. Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1963): 509-TO.

   ■ Grenfell, F. James. História da Igreja Baptista em Angola, 1879-1975. Queluz, Portugal: Núcleo, 1998.

   ■ Hammond, Richard J. "Economic Imperialism: Sidelights on a Stereotype." Journal of Economic History XXI, 4 (1961): 582-98.

   ■ ———. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.

   ■ Hanson, Carl. Portugal and the Wider World 1147-1497. New Orleans, La.: University Press of the South, 2001.

   ■ Harris, Marvin. Portugal's African Wards. New York: American Committee on Africa, 1957.

   ■ ———. "Portugal's Contribution to the Underdevelopment of Africa and Brazil." In Ronald H. Chilcote, ed., Protest & Resistance in Angola & Brazil: Comparative Studies, 209-23. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1972.

   ■ Henderson, Lawrence W. Angola: Five Centuries of Conflict. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1979. ———. A Igreja Em Angola. Lisbon: Edit. Além-Mar, 1990. Heywood, Linda. Contested Power in Angola 1840s to the Present. Rochester, N.Y.: University of Rochester Press, 2000.

   ■ Hilton, Anne. The Kingdom of Kongo. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1985.

   ■ Hower, Alfred, and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds. Empire in Transition: The Portuguese World in the Time of Camões. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1985.

   ■ Isaacman, Allen. "The Prazos da Coroa 1752-1830: A Functional Analysis of the Political System." STUDIA (Lisbon) 26 (1969): 149-78.

   ■. Mozambique: The Africanization of a European Institution: The Zambezi Prazos, 1750-1902. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1972.

   ■ ———. The Tradition of Resistance in Mozambique: Anti-Colonial Activity in the Zambesi Valley 1850-1921. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1976.

   ■ James, Martin. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2004.

   ■ Jardim, Jorge. Sanctions Double-Cross: Oil to Rhodesia. Lisbon, 1978. Johnson, Harold, and Maria Beatriz Nizza da Silva. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1500-1620. Volume VI. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1992. Joliffe, Jill. East Timor: Nationalism & Colonialism. University of Queensland Press, 1978.

   ■ Kea, Ray A. Settlements, Trade and Politics in the Seventeenth Century Gold Coast. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1982.

   ■ Kohen, Arnold. From the Place of the Dead. The Epic Struggles of Bishop Belo of East Timor. New York: St Martins, 1999.

   ■ Livingstone, Charles, and David Livingstone. Narrative of an Expedition to the Zambezi and Its Tributaries. New York: 1866.

   ■ Livingstone, David. Missionary Travels and Researches in South Africa. London, 1857.

   ■ Lobban, Richard, and Joshua Forrest. Historical Dictionary of the Republic of Guinea-Bissau, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1996. Lobban, Richard, and Marilyn Halter. Historical Dictionary of Cape Verde, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1993. Martino, Antonio M. Joao de Azevedo Coutinho. Marinheiro e soldado de Portugal. Lisbon: Colibri, 2002. Martins, Rocha. História das Colónias Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1933. Marvaud, Angel. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1912. Mason, Philip, ed. Angola: A Symposium; Views of a Revolt. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1961. Melo, João de, ed. Os Anos Da Guerra 1961-1975: Os Portugueses em Africa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1988. Miller, Joseph C. Way of Death: Merchant Capitalism and the Angolan Slave Trade, 1730-1830. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1988.

   ■ Ministry of Foreign Affairs. Portugal. Vinte Anos de Defesa do Estado Português de India. Lisbon, 1967.

   ■. Portugal Replies in the United Nations. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■ Mondlane, Eduardo. The Struggle for Mozambique. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1969.

   ■ Moreira, Adriano. Política Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■. Portugal's Stand in Africa. New York: University Publishers, 1962.

   ■, and Jose Carlos Venancio. Eds. Luso-Tropicalismo. Uma Teoria Social em Questao. Lisbon: Vega, 2000.

   ■ Múrias, Manuel, ed. História da expansão portuguesa no mundo, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1937-42.

   ■. Short History of Portuguese Colonization. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Newitt, Malyn. Portuguese Settlement on the Zambesi: Exploration, Land Tenure and Colonial Rule in East Africa. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1973.

   ■. Portugal in Africa: The Last Hundred Years. London: Longmans, 1981.

   ■. A History of Mozambique. London: Hurst, 1995.

   ■. A History ofPortuguese Overseas Expansion, 1400-1668. London: Routledge, 2005.

   ■. Diálogos Interditos: A Política Externa Portuguesa E A Guerra De Africa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. História De Portugal. 1933-1974: II Suplemento. Oporto, 1981.

   ■. Um político confessa-se ( Diário: 1960-1968), 3rd ed. Oporto, 1987.

   ■. Salazar. Vol. V: A Resistência ( 1958-1964). Oporto, 1981.

   ■ Nowell, Charles E. "Portugal and the Partition of Africa." Journal of Modern History XIX, 1 (1947): 1-17.

   ■ Nunes, Antonio Lopes Pires. Angola 1961. Da Baixa do Cassange a Nambu-angongo. Lisbon: Prefacio, 2005.

   ■ Okuma, Thomas. Angola in Ferment: The Background and Prospects of Angolan Nationalism. Boston: Beacon, 1962.

   ■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wise.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Pélissier, René. Les Guerres Grises: Resistance Et Revoltes en Angola ( 18451941). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1977.

   ■. Naissance Du Mozambique: Tome 1, Tome 2, Resistance Et Revoltes Anticoloniales ( 1854-1981), 2 vols. Orgeval: Pélissier, 1984.

   ■. História de Moçambique. Vol. II. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Naissance de la Guinée: Portugais et Africains en Senegambie ( 1841-1936). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1989.

   ■. Timor En Guerre: Le Crocodile et les Portugais ( 1847-1913). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1996.

   ■ Pires, Adelino Serras, and Fiona Claire Capstick. The Winds of Havoc: A Memoir of Adventure and Destruction in Deepest Africa. New York: St. Martin's, 2001.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.

   ■ Ranger, T. [Terence] O. "Revolt in Portuguese East Africa: The Makombe Rising of 1917." St. Anthony's Papers. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 15 (1963).

   ■ Remy. Goa, Rome of the Orient. Trans. from the French by Lancelot Sheppard. London, 1957.

   ■ Ribeiro, General Goncalves. A Vertigem da Descolonizacao. Da Agonia do Exodo a Cidadania Plena. Lisbon: Inquerito, 2002. Ricard, Robert. Etudes sur l'Histoire des Portugais au Maroc. Coimbra, 1955.

   ■ Richards, J. M. Goa. London: Hurst, 1982.

   ■ Rodney, Walter. A History of the Upper Guinea Coast, 1545-1800. New York: Oxford University Press, 1970. Rodrigues, José Honório. Africa e Brasil: Outro Horizonte. Rio de Janeiro, 1961.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. "Valentim Fernandes, Rodrigo de Santaella, and the Recognition of the Antilles as "Opposite India." Boletim da Sociedade de Geografia de Lisboa series 75 (July-September 1957): 279-309.

   ■. The Obedience of a King of Portugal. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1958.

   ■. The Quest for Eastern Christians: Travels and Rumors in the Age of Discovery. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1962.

   ■ Russell-Wood, A. J. Fidalgos and Philanthropists: The Santa Casa da Mi-sericordia of Bahia, 1550-1755. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1968.

   ■. "Colonial Brazil." In David W. Cohen and Jack Greene, eds., Neither Slave nor Free, 84-133. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1972.

   ■. "Local Government in Portuguese America: A Study in Cultural Divergence." Comparative Studies in Society and History 16 (1974): 187-231.

   ■. From Colony to Nation: Essays on the Independence of Brazil. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1975.

   ■. World on the Move: The Portuguese in Africa, Asia & America, 1415-1808. New York: St. Martins, 1993.

   ■ Salazar, António de Oliveira. Goa and the Indian Union. Lisbon, 1954.

   ■. "Portugal, Goa and the Indian Union." Foreign Affairs (New York) 34, 3 (April, 1956): 418-31.

   ■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs (London) XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.

   ■ Saldanha, C. F. A Short History of Goa. Goa, 1957.

   ■ Sanceau, Elaine. Indies Adventure: The Amazing Career of Afonso de Albuquerque. London: Blackie, 1936.

   ■. Portugal in Quest of Prester John. London: Hutchinson, 1943.

   ■. The Land of Prester John. New York: Knopf, 1944.

   ■. Henry the Navigator. New York: Norton, 1947.

   ■. The Perfect Prince: Dom João II. Oporto, 1959.

   ■. Good Hope, the Voyage of Vasco da Gama. Lisbon, 1967.

   ■. The Reign of the Fortunate King ( Manuel I), 1495-1521. Hamden, Conn.: Archon, 1969.

   ■. Knight of the Renaissance: A Biography of Dom João de Castro. London: Hutchinson, n.d.

   ■ Schubert, Benedict. A Guerra e as Igrejas: Angola, 1961-1991. Basel, Switzerland: Schlettwein, 2000 [orig. ed. in German, Lucerne, Exodus Pub., 1997].

   ■ Schwartz, Stuart G. Sovereignty and Society in Colonial Brazil. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1973.

   ■ Serra, Carlos, ed. História de Moçambique, 2 vols. Maputo, Mozambique: Tempo, 1982-83.

   ■ Silva, Botelho da, ed. and comp. " Dossier" Goa. ( General Manuel) Vassalo e Silva. A Recusa do Sacrifício Inútil. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Silva, Maria Beatriz Nizza da, ed. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1750-1822. Volume VIII. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1986.

   ■ Silva Cunha J. M. da. Questões Ultramarinos e Internacionais. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Silva Rego, A. da. História das missões do padroado português do Oriente: India ( 1500-1542). 1 vol. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■. Portuguese Colonization in the Sixteenth Century: A Study of Royal Ordinances. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1957.

   ■. O Ultramar Português No Século XIX ( 1834-1910). Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Sousa Dias, Gastão. Os Portugueses em Angola. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Sykes, John. Portugal and Africa: The People and the War. London: Hutchinson, 1971.

   ■ Telo, António José. Lourenço Marques na Política Externa Portuguesa. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1991.

   ■. Economia E Império No Portugal Contemporânea. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1994.

   ■. Os Açores e o Controlo do Atlântico. Lisbon: Asa, 1993.

   ■ Vail, Leroy, and Landeg White. Capitalism and Colonialism in Mozambique: A Study of Quelimane District. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1980.

   ■ Veen, Ernst van. Defeat or Decay? An Inquiry into the Portuguese Decline in Asia 1580-1645. Leiden: University of Leiden, 2000.

   ■ Verlinden, Charles. "Italian Influence on Iberian Colonization." Hispanic American Historical Review 33 (1953): 99-211.

   ■. The Beginnings of Modern Colonization. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1970.

   ■ Vogel, Charles. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1860.

   ■ Vogt, John. Portuguese Rule on the Gold Coast 1469-1682. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1979.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola. 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, Boston University, Department of History, 1963.

   ■. "Anti-Imperialism Traditions in Portugal, Yesterday and Today." Boston University Graduate Journal XII, 2 (Spring 1964): 125-37.

   ■. 'The Portuguese and Mozambique: The Past against the Future." In John A. Davis and James K. Baker, eds., Southern Africa in Transition. 180-96. New York: Praeger, 1966.

   ■. "Gungunhana." In Norman R. Bennett, ed., Leadership in Eastern Africa, Six Political Biographies, 165-220. Boston: Boston University Press, 1968.

   ■. "Gungunyane the Negotiator." Journal of African History IX, 4 (1968): 585-602.

   ■. "Nineteenth-Century African Protest in Angola: Prince Nicolas of Kongo (1830?-1860)." African Historical Studies (Boston) I (1968): 40-59.

   ■. "The Portuguese Army in Angola." Journal of Modern African Studies (Cambridge U.K.), 7, 3 (Oct. 1969): 425-39.

   ■. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.

   ■. "Portugal in Angola: A Living Colonialism?" In C. Potholm and R. Dale, eds., Southern Africa in Perspective, 172-82. New York: Free Press, 1972.

   ■. "The First Portuguese Colonial Movement, 1835-1875." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) I, 1 (Spring 1975): 25-27.

   ■. "Rebels and Rebellions in Angola, 1672-1892." In Mark Karp, ed., African Dimensions: Essays in Honor of William O. Brown, 81-93. Boston: Boston University Press, 1975.

   ■. "African Elements in Portugal's Armies in Africa (1961-1974)." Armed Forces and Society (Chicago) 2, 2 (Feb. 1976): 233-50.

   ■. "Portuguese Colonial Governors in Africa, 1870-1974." In L. H. Gann and Peter Duignan, eds., African Proconsuls: European Governors in Africa, 415-26. New York: Free Press, 1978; and "J. Mousinho de Albuquerque (1855-1902)" and "J. Norton de Matos (1867-1955)": 427-44; 445-63.

   ■. "The Portuguese Withdrawal from Africa, 1974-1975; The Angolan Case." In John Seiler, ed., Southern Africa Since the Portuguese Coup, 3-21. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1980.

   ■. "The Portuguese Exploration Expeditions and Expansion in Angola, 1877-1883." In Academia de Marinha and Instituto de Investigação Científica Tropical, eds., Vice Almirante A. Teixeira Da Mota: In Memoriam. Volume I, 267-76. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■. "'Aqui é Portugal!': The Politics of the Colonial Idea during the Estado Novo, 1926-1974." In Pavilhão de Portugal, EXPO'98 and Instituto de História Contemporânea, eds., Portugal No Transição Do Milênio: Colóquio Internacional, 375-105. Lisbon: Fim de Século, 1998.

   ■. The Empire Time Forgot: Writing a History of the Portuguese Overseas Empire, 1808-1975. Oporto: Universidade Fernando Pessoa, 1998.

   ■. "Filho Do Porto, Filho Do Império: Antônio Francisco Da Silva Porto (1817-1890) and the Politics of Motivation in Portugal's First and Second Scrambles for Africa (1836-1861; 1875-1891)." Revista da UFP [Universidade Fernando Pessoa] 4 (Dec. 1999): 225-54.

   ■. "'Mais leis do que mosquitos': A Primeira República Portuguesa e o Império Ultramarino (1910-1926)." In Nuno Severiano Teixeira and Antó-nio Costa Pinto, eds., A Primeira República Portuguesa Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo, 133-68. Lisbon: University Nova de Lisboa, 2000.

   ■. "Spiritual Peoples at Odds: Portugal, India and the Goa Question, 1947-61." In Anthony Disney and Emily Booth, eds., Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia, 452-70. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■. "Portugal, Africa and the future." In Stewart Lloyd-Jones and Antonio Costa Pinto, eds., The Last Empire: Thirty Years of Portuguese Decolonization, 113-25. Bristol, U.K.: Intellect, 2003.

   ■. "The Forced Labor 'System' in Angola, 1903-1947: Reassessing Origins and Persistence in the Context of Colonial Consolidation, Economic Growth and Reform Failures." In CEAUP, Centro de Estudos Africanos da Universidade do Porto, ed., Trabalho forcado africano-experiencias coloniais comparadas, 367-393. Oporto: CEAUP, 2006.

   ■. "As Raizes Do Nacionalismo Angolano: Publicacoes De Protesto Dos Assimilados, 1870-1940." In Nuno Vidal and Justino Pinto De Andrade, eds., O Processo De Transicao Para O Multipartidarismo Em Angola, 73-92. Lisbon: Ed. Firmamento, 2006.

   ■, and René Pélissier. Angola. London: Pall Mall and New York: Praeger, 1971; reprinted, Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977; Portuguese lang. edition, Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2009. Whiteway, R. W. The Rise of the Portuguese Power in India, 1497-1550. London: Constable, 1899.

   ■ Winius, George D. The Fatal History of Portuguese Ceylon: Transition to Dutch Rule. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1971.

   ■. "The Portuguese Asian 'Decadência' Revisited." In Alfred Hower and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds., Empire in Transition, 106-17. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1980.

   ■. The Black Legend of Portuguese India. New Delhi: New Concept, 1985.

   ■ Portuguese Migration and Communities Abroad

   ■ Alves, Marcial. Os Portugueses no Mundo. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Anderson, Grace M., and David Higgs, eds. A Future to Inherit: Portuguese Communities in Canada. Toronto: McClelland and Stewart, 1976. Arroteia, Jorge Carvalho. A emigração Portuguesa-suas origens e distribuição. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. "Nineteenth- and Twentieth-Century Portuguese Emigration: A Bibliography." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 3 (Fall-Winter, 1977-78).

   ■. "Emigrar Para Voltar: A Portuguese Ideology of Return Migration." Papers in Anthropology 20 (1979): 1-20.

   ■. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman Publishing Co., 1982.

   ■. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■ Carvalho, Eduardo de. Os portugueses na Nova Inglaterra. Rio de Janeiro, 1931.

   ■ Caspari, Andrea. "The Return Orientation among Portuguese Migrants in France." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 193-203. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone, ed. Portugueses na América do Norte. Baden: Peregrinação, 1983.

   ■ Fagundes, Francisco Cota. Hard Knocks: An Azorean-American Odyssey.

   ■ [Memoir]. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000. Felix, John Henry, and Peter F. Senecal. The Portuguese in Hawaii. Honolulu, Hawaii: Authors' edition, 1978. Fernandes, Ferreira. Os Primos da América. Lisbon: Relógio D'Agua, 1991. Ferreira, Eduardo de Sousa. As orígens e formas de emigração. Lisbon, 1976. Freitas, J. F. Portuguese-American Memories. Honolulu, Hawaii, 1930.

   ■ Giles, Wenona. "Motherhood and Wage Labour in London, England: Portuguese Migrant Women and the Politics of Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. University of Toronto, 1987.

   ■ Higgs, David, ed. Portuguese Migration in Global Perspective. Ontario: Multicultural Historical Society of Ontario, 1990.

   ■ Klimt, Andrea. "Portuguese Migrants in Germany: Class, Ethnicity and Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Stanford University, 1987.

   ■ Lavigne, Gules. Les ethniques et la ville: L'aventure des immigrants portugais à Montreal. Montreal: Preamble, 1987.

   ■ Leder, Hans Howard. Cultural Persistence in a Portuguese-American Community. New York: Arno Press, 1980.

   ■ Lewis, J. R., and A. M. Williams. "Emigrants and Retornados: A Comparative Analysis of the Economic Impact of Return Migration in the Região Centro." In E. D. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 227-50. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ McCabe, Marsha L., and Joseph D. Thomas, eds. Portuguese Spinner: An American Story; Stories of History, Culture and Life from Portuguese Americans in Southeastern New England. New Bedford, Mass.: Spinner, 1998.

   ■ Marques, D., and J. Medeiros. Portuguese Immigrants: 25 Years in Canada. Toronto: West End YMCA, 1989.

   ■ Martins, J. Oliveira. Fomento Rural e emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■ Mira, Manuel. The Forgotten Portuguese: The Melungeons and Other Groups; The Portuguese Making of America. Franklin, N.C.: Portuguese-American Historical Research Foundation, 1998.

   ■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal." Economia e Sociedade (Lisbon) 23 (1977): 31-50.

   ■ Nunes, Maria Luisa. A Portuguese Colonial in America: Belmira Nunes Lopes; The Autobiography of a Cape Verdean-American. Pittsburgh, Penn.: Latin American Literary Review Press, 1982.

   ■ Oliver, Lawrence. Never Backward: The Autobiography of Lawrence Oliver; A Portuguese-American. San Diego, 1972.

   ■ Pap, Leo. The Portuguese-Americans. Boston: Twayne, 1981.

   ■ Pereira, Miriam Halpern. A Política Portuguesa de Emigraçao, 1850 a 1930. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.

   ■ Pereira da Rosa, Victor M., and Salvato V. Trigo. "Elementos para uma Caracterização da Família Imigrante Portuguesa na Africa do Sul." Economia e Sociologia 41 (1986): 61-71.

   ■. Azorean Emigration: A Preliminary Overview. Oporto: Fernando Pessoa University, 1994.

   ■. Portugueses e Moçambicanos no Apartheid: Da Ficção à Realidade. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Purves, James. "Portuguese in Bermuda." Bermuda Historical Quarterly 3 (1946): 133-42.

   ■ Ribeiro, F. G. Cassola. Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da. "La Sociologie des Migrations au Portugal." Current Sociology 32, 2 (Summer 1984): 175-98.

   ■. "Towards Reintegration of Emigrants." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and Guy Clausse, eds., Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal, 183-94. Saarbrücken: Breitenbach, 1985.

   ■. "Emigração." In Dicionario Illustrado Da História De Portugal ( 1985): 205-7.

   ■. A Emigração. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. "Espaços de herança cultural portuguesa-gentes, factos, políticas." Analise Social (Lisbon) XXIV (1988): 313-51.

   ■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da, and Jorge Arroteia. Bibliografia da Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Americans of Portuguese Descent: A Lesson in Differentiation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1974.

   ■. Testemunhos sobre a Emigração Portuguesa: Antologia. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Silva, F. Emídio da. A Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1917.

   ■ Silva, Manuela, et al. Retorno, Emigração e Desenvolvimento Regional em Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Simões, Mário Pinto. O Emigrante Português: Processos de Adaptação ( o exemplo da Suiça). Oporto, 1985.

   ■ Simões, Nuno. O Brasil e a Emigração Portuguesa. Coimbra, 1934.

   ■ Sousa Ferreira, Eduardo de, and Guy Clausse, eds. Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal. Saarbrucken: Verlag Breitenbach, 1986.

   ■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Sea to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.

   ■ Vicente, António Luís. Os Portuguese Nos Estados Unidos Da América: Política De Comunidades E Comunidade Política. Lisbon: FLAD, 1998.

   ■ Viera, David, et al. Portuguese in the United States: A Bibliography ( Supplement to the 1976 Leo Pap Bibliography). Essay Number 6 in Essays in Portuguese Studies. Durham, N.H.: International Conference Group on Portugal, 1989.

   ■ Williams, Jerry. And Yet They Come: Portuguese Immigration from the Azores to the United States. New York: Center for Migration Studies, 1982.

   ■ Portugal's Atlantic Islands (Azores, Madeiras)

   ■ Biddle, Anthony J. Drexel. The Madeira Islands, 2 vols. London: Hurst and Blackett, 1900.

   ■ Bryans, Robin. Madeira, Pearl of the Atlantic. London: Robert Hale, 1959.

   ■. The Azores. London: Faber & Faber, 1963.

   ■ Cooke, Rupert Croft. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.

   ■ Cossart, Noel. Madeira— the Island Vineyard. London: Christie's, 1984.

   ■ Da Silva, Fernando Augusto, and Carlos Azevedo de Menezes. Elucidário Madeirense, 3 vols. Funchal, 1940.

   ■ Duncan, T. Bentley. Atlantic Islands in the Seventeenth Century: Madeira, the Azores and the Cape Verdes in Seventeenth-Century Commerce andNavigation. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1972.

   ■ Guill, James H. A History of the Azores Islands. Menlo Park, Calif.: Author's Edition, 1972.

   ■ Instituto Histórico Da Ilha Terceira [Azores]. Os Açores E O Atlântico ( Séculos XIV-XVII) [Proceedings of International Colloquium, August 1983]. Angra do Heroismo, Terceira Island, Azores, 1984.

   ■ Koebel, William Henry. Madeira Old and New. London: Griffiths, 1909.

   ■ Mee, Jules. Histoire de la découverte des Iles Açores. Ghent, 1901.

   ■ Peres, Damião. A Madeira sob os donatórios-Séculos XV e XVI. Funchal, 1914.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Atlantic Islanders of the Azores and Madeiras. North Quincy, Mass.: Christopher House, 1979.

   ■ Serpa, Caetano Valadão. A Gente Dos Açores. Identificaçao-Emigraçio E Religiosidade: Séculos XVI-XX. Lisbon: 1978.

   ■ Silva, J. Donald. "With Columbus in Madeira." Portuguese Studies Review (Durham, NH) I, 1 (Spring-Summer 1991).

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Azores and the United States (1787-1987): Two Hundred Years of Shared History." Boletim do Instituto Histórico da Ilha Terceira XLV (1988): 55-71.

   ■ Anglo-Portuguese Alliance (1373-Present)

   ■ Almada, José de. A Aliança Inglesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1947.

   ■. Para a história da aliança luso-britânica. Lisbon, 1955.

   ■ Atkinson, William C. British Contributions to Portuguese and Brazilian Studies. London: British Council, 1974.

   ■ Bourne, Kenneth. The Foreign Policy of Victorian England 1830-1902. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1970.

   ■ British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC). 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance. London: BBC, 1973.

   ■ British Community Council of London. Souvenir Brochure Commemorating the 600th Anniversary of the Anglo-Portuguese Treaty of Alliance and Friendship, 1373-1973. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. Portugal na Alvorada do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello "Aliança Inglesa." Enciclopédia Luso-Brasileira da Cultura. Vol. 1 (1963): 1270-1271.

   ■. "L'alliance Anglo-Portuguese: Histoire et situation actuelle." Chronique de politique etrangére (Paris) XX, 6 (1967): 695-708.

   ■. Portugal e a Internacionalização dos Problemas Africanos. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Castro, Armando. A dominação inglesa em Portugal. Estudo seguido de Antologia Textos dos Sécs. XVIII e XIX. Oporto: Afrontamento, 1972.

   ■ Crollen, Luc. Portugal, the U.S. and NATO. Leuven, Belgium: Leuven University Press, 1973.

   ■. "Portugal." In O. De Raeymaeker et al. Small Powers in Alignment, 27-96. Leuven, Belgium: Leuven University Press, 1974.

   ■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. Portugal e Inglaterra. Corunna, 1932.

   ■ Davidson, Basil. "The Oldest Alliance Faces a Crisis." In Philip Masonm, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 138-60. London: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■ Duff, Katherine. "The War and the Neutrals." In Arnold and Veronica Toyn-bee, eds., Survey of International Affairs. London: Chatham House, 1956.

   ■ Duffy, James. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1967.

   ■ Epstein, John. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1373-1973." World Survey (London) 54 (June 1973): p. 18.

   ■ Ferreira, José Medeiros. Estudos de Estratégia e Relações Internacionais. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Ferreira Martins, General L. O Poder Militar Da Gran-Bretanha E A Aliança Anglo-Lusa. Coimbra, 1939.

   ■. A Cooperaçio Anglo-Portuguesa na Grande Guerra de 1914-18. Lisbon, 1942.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal 1691-1700. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.

   ■. Portugal 1715-1808. London: Tamesis, 1985.

   ■ Freitas, A. Barjona de. A Questão Ingleza. Lisbon, 1891.

   ■ Gonçalves, Caetano. A Aliança Luso-Britânica e o Domínio Colonial Português. Lisbon, 1917.

   ■ Guedes, Armando Marques. A Aliança Inglesa: Notas de História diplomática, 1383-1943. Lisbon, 1943. Halpern Pereira, Miriam. Revoluçio, finanças, dependência externa. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Howorth, A. H. D'Araujo Scott. A Aliança Luso-Britânica E A Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■ Kay, Hugh. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.

   ■ Lawrence, L. Nehru Seizes Goa. New York: Pageant, 1963.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance: Historical Perspective." 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 7-15. Lisbon: BBC, 1973.

   ■ Macedo, Jorge Borges de. História Diplomática Portuguesa-Constantes e Linhas de Força. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Manoel, J. de Câmara. Portugal e Inglatterra. Lisbon, 1909.

   ■ Martinez, Pedro S. História Diplomática de Portugal. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Medlicott, W. N. The Economic Blockade, Vol. II. London: His Majesty's Stationery Office, 1952.

   ■ Oliveira, Pedro Aires. Os Despojos Da Alianca. A Gra-Bretanha e a questao colonial portuguesa 1945-1975. Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2007. Ortigão, Ramalho. John Bull. Lisbon, 1887.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. Diplomatic Relations of Portugal with France, England and Holland from 1646 to 1668. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1925.

   ■. Chapters in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. London: Voss & Michael, 1935.

   ■ Russell, Peter E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955. Sarmento, J. E. Morães. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and Coast Defense. London, 1908.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. "O Ultimatum (January 1890)." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. IV (1971): 219-24.

   ■ Shafaat, Ahmed Khan, ed. Anglo-Portuguese Negotiations Relating to Bombay, 1660-1667. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922.

   ■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.

   ■ Sousa, Carlos Hermenegildo de. A Aliança Anglo-Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1943.

   ■ Stone, Glyn A. "The Official British Attitude to the Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1910-45." Journal of Contemporary History (London) 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 729-46.

   ■. The Oldest Ally: Britain and the Portuguese Connection, 1936-1941. Woodbridge, U.K.: Royal Historical Society and Boydell Press, 1994. Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Ultimatum Inglês: Política Externa no Portugal do 1890. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Teles, Basilio. Do Ultimatum ao 30 de Janeiro. Oporto, 1905.

   ■ Vicente, António Pedro. "Um testemunho de 1796 sobre a Situação de Portugal face ao domínio inglês." In Arquivos do Centro Cultural Portugües, IV. Paris, 1972.

   ■ Vieira de Castro, Luís. D. Carlos I. ( Elementos de História Diplomática), 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1941.

   ■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain, Portugal and the First World War." European Studies Review 4, 3 (1974).

   ■. "The Portuguese Economy and the Anglo-Portuguese Commercial Treaty of 1916." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) III, 2 (Autumn 1974): 49-54.

   ■. As Relações Políticas Luso-Britânicas 1910-1916. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. "The Portuguese Republic and Britain, 1910-14." Journal of Contemporary History 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 707-27.

   ■ Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: A Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. Viriato [Pseud]. A Aliança lnglesa. Lisbon, 1914.

   ■ Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon and Its Closing Stages Ensuring upon the Treaty of 1810. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola, 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 1963.

   ■. "19th Century: Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and the Scramble for Africa." In BBC, 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 40-43. London: BBC, 1973.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 34, 1, 2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27; 97-111.

   ■ Wordsworth, William. William Wordsworth's Convention of Cintra: A Facsimile of the 1809 Tract [Introduction by Gordon Kent Thomas]. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983.

   ■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1917.

   ■ ANTHROPOLOGY, SOCIOLOGY, RURAL AND URBAN SOCIETY

   ■ Almeida, Miguel Vale de. The Hegemonic Male: Masculinity in a Portuguese Town. Oxford: Berghan, 1996.

   ■ Black, Richard. Crisis and Change in Rural Europe: Agricultural Development in the Portuguese Mountains. Aldershot, U.K.: Avebury and Ashgate, 1992.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■. "The Absence of Men." Natural History 96, 2 (Feb. 1987): 52-61.

   ■. "The Portuguese." In Encyclopedia of World Cultures. New Haven, Conn.: Human Relations Area Files, 1990.

   ■. "The Priest and His People: The Contractual Basis for Religious Practice in Rural Portugal." In Ellen Badone, ed., Religious Orthodoxy and Popular Faith in European Society, 55-75. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1990.

   ■ Brogger, Jan. Pre-bureaucratic Europeans: A Study of a Portuguese Fishing Community. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1989. Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. "Portuguese Perspectives." Sociologia Ruralis [Journal of European Rural Sociology] XXIV, 1 (1986); number devoted to rural Portugal today. Chaney, Rick. Regional Emigration and Remittances in Developing Countries: The Portuguese Experience. New York: Praeger, 1986. Cole, Sally. Women of the Praia: Work and Lives in a Portuguese Colonial Community. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1991. Cutileiro, José. A Portuguese Rural Society. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1971.

   ■ Deschamps, Paul. Portugal: La Vie Sociale Actuelle. Paris, 1935.

   ■. Histoire Sociale du Portugal. Paris, 1959.

   ■ Dias, Jorge. Rio do Onor-comunitarismo agropastoral. Oporto, 1953.

   ■. Ensaios Etnológicos. Lisbon, 1961.

   ■. The Portuguese Contribution to Cultural Anthropology. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1964.

   ■. Vilarinho Da Furna: Uma Aldeia Comunitária. Rev. ed. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Downs, Charles. Os Moradores à Conquista da Cidade. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■. "Community Organization, Political Change and Urban Policy: Portugal. 1974-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology. University of California, 1980.

   ■. "Residents' Commissions and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Dracklé, Dorlé. Macht und Ohnmacht: Der Kampf num die Agarreform im Alentejo ( Portugal). Gottingen, Germany: Edit. Re, 1991.

   ■ Espírito Santo, Moise. Communidade Rural ao Norte do Tejo. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Feijó, Rui, H. Martins, and João de Pina Cabral, eds. Death in Portugal. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.

   ■ Feijó, Rui Graça. "State, Nation and Regional Diversity in Portugal: An Overview." In Richard Herr and John H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity: Essays on the Nature of Identity in Portugal and Spain, 37-47. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, University of California, 1989.

   ■ Feio, Mariano. Les Bas Alentejo et l'Algarve. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■ Ferreira de Almeida, João. Classes sociais nos campos. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Fonseca, Ramiro da. O Livro da Saúde e da Doença. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Gallop, Rodney. Portugal: A Book of Folk-Ways. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1936. Reprinted, 1961.

   ■ Hoefgen, Lynn. "The Integration of Returnees from the Colonies into Portugal's Social and Economic Life." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, University of Florida, 1985.

   ■ Ingerson, Alice Elizabeth. "Corporatism and Class Consciousness in Northwestern Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Johns Hopkins University, 1984.

   ■ Jenkins, Robin. The Road to Alto. London: Pluto Press, 1979.

   ■ Lawrence, Denise. "Menstrual Politics: Women and Pigs in Rural Portugal." In T. Buckley and A. Gottlieb, eds., Blood Magic: The Anthropology of Menstruation, 117-36. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1988.

   ■. "Suburbanization of House Form and Gender Relations in a Rural Portuguese Agro-Town." Architecture and Behavior 4, 3 (1988): 197-212.

   ■ Martins, Hermínio. "Portugal." In Margaret S. Archer and Salvador Giner, eds., Contemporary Europe: Class, Status and Power. New York: St. Martins, 1971.

   ■ Mattoso, José. Identificação de um país. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Merten, Peter. Anarchismüs und Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libera-tare Association, 1981.

   ■ Monteiro, Paulo. Terra que ja foi terra: Análise Sociológica de nove lugares agro-pastorais da Serra da Lousã. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Nataf, Daniel. "Social Cleavages and Regime Formation in Contemporary Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, UCLA, 1987.

   ■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal: Ensaio Exploratório." Economia e Socialismo 23 (1977): 31-50.

   ■ O'Neill, Brian Juan. "Dying and Inheriting in Rural Tras-os-Montes." Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford 14 (1983): 44-74.

   ■. Social Inequality in a Portuguese Hamlet: Land, Late Marriage, and Inheritance, 1870-1978. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1987.

   ■ Pacheco, Helder. Tradições Populares de Portugal. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Pardoe, Julia. Traits and Traditions of Portugal, 2 vols. London, 1832.

   ■ Pereira Neto, João Baptista. "Social Evolution in Portugal since 1945." In Raymond S. Sayers, ed., Portugal and Brazil in Transition, 212-27. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1968.

   ■ Pina-Cabral, João de. Sons of Adam, Daughters of Eve: The Peasant World-View of the Alto Minho. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1986.

   ■. "Sociocultural Differentiation and Regional Identity in Portugal." In

   ■ R. Herr and J. H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity, 3-18. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, 1989.

   ■ Poinard, Michel. La Retour des Traveilleurs Portugais. Paris: La Documentation Francaise, 1979.

   ■ Reed, Robert Roy. "Managing the Revolution: Revolutionary Promise and Political Reality in Rural Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Indiana University, 1988.

   ■ Riegelhaupt, Joyce F. "In the Shadow of the City: Integration of a Portuguese Village" [São João das Lampas, nr, Cascais]. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Columbia University, 1964.

   ■. "Saloio Women: An Analysis of Informal and Formal Political and Economic Roles of Portuguese Peasant Women." Anthropological Quarterly 40, 3 (July 1967): 109-26.

   ■. "Festas and Padres: The Organization of Religious Action in a Portuguese Parish." American Anthropologist 75 (1973): 835-52.

   ■. "Peasants and Politics in Salazar's Portugal: The Corporate State and Village 'Nonpolitics'" In L. S. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 167-90. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, Julieta E. S. de Almeida. "Continuity and Change in Urban Portuguese Women's Roles: Emerging New Household Structures." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology, Columbia University, 1979.

   ■ Rowland, Robert. "Demographic Patterns and Rural Society in Portugal." So-ciologica Ruralis 26, 1 (1986): 36-47.

   ■ Sanchis, Pierre. Arraial. La Fête d'un Peuple: Les Pélerinages Populaires au Portugal. Paris, 1976.

   ■ Siegel, Bernard J. "Social Structure and Medical Practitioners in Rural Brazil and Portugal." Sociologia (São Paulo) 20, 4 (Oct. 1958): 463-76.

   ■. "Conflict, Parochialism and Social Differentiation in Portuguese Society." Journal of Conflict Resolution V, 1 (March 1961): 35-12.

   ■ Smith, T. Lynn. "The Social Relationships of Man to the Land in Portugal." Sociologia 25, 1 (Dec. 1963): 319-43.

   ■ Sousa Santos, Boaventura. "Estado e sociedade na semiperíferia do sistema mundiale: O caso português." Análise Social 87-89 (1985): 869-902.

   ■. "Social Crisis and the State." In Kenneth Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation, 167-95. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Vasconcellos, Joaquim Leite de. Ethnograia Portuguesa, 8 vols. Lisbon, 1941-82.

   ■. Tradições Populares Portugueses. New ed. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Willems, Emilio. "On Portuguese Family Structure." International Journal of Comparative Society (Dharwar, India) 3, 1 (Sept. 1962): 65-79.

   ■ ARTS, ARCHITECTURE, URBAN PLANNING, MUSIC

   ■ Almeida, Rodrigo Vicente de. História da Arte em Portugal: ( Segundo Estudo) Documentos lnéditos. Oporto, 1883. Almeida D'Eca, Admiral Vicente M. Castles of Portugal. Lisbon, 1925. Amaral, Francisco K. Lisboa: Uma Cidade em Transformação. Lisbon, 1969. Azevedo, Carlos de, and Chester Brummel. Churches of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1985.

   ■ Barreira, João, ed. Arte Portuguesa: As Decorativas, 2 vols. Lisbon, n.d.

   ■ Barretto, Mascarenhas, and George Dykes. Fado: Lyrical Origins and Poetical Motivation. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. London: Scala, 1987.

   ■ Branco, Luís de Freitas. A Música em Portugal. Lisbon, 1930.

   ■ Brito, Manuel Carlos de. Opera in Portugal in the Eighteenth Century. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1989.

   ■ Carvalho, Pinto de. História de Fado. Lisbon, 1903 and 1982 eds.

   ■ Castro d'Aire, Teresa. O Fado. Lisbon: Temas da Actualidade, 1996.

   ■ Chicó, Mário Tavares. A Architectura Gótica em Portugal. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. A Arte em Portugal No Século XIX. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■. Lisboa Pombalina e o Illuminismo, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. A Reconstrucão e a Arquitectura Pombalina. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Gallop, Rodney. "The Fado (The Portuguese Song of Fate)." Musical Quarterly XIX (1933): 199-213.

   ■. Eight Portuguese Folksongs. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1936.

   ■ Gil, Júlio. The Finest Churches in Portugal. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. The Finest Castles in Portugal, 3rd ed. George F. W. Dykes, trans. Lisbon, 1996.

   ■ Gonçalves, Rui Mário. Pintura e escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura, 1984.

   ■. 100 Pintores Portugueses do século XX. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.

   ■ Kubler, George. Portuguese Plain Architecture: Between Spices and Diamonds, 1521-1706. Middletown, Conn.: Wesleyan University Press, 1972.

   ■. Studies in Ancient American and European Art: The Collected Essays of George Kubler. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1985.

   ■, and Martin Soria. Art and Architecture in Spain and Portugal. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1959.

   ■ Lacerda, Aarão de. História da Arte em Portugal, 2 vols. Oporto, 1942-48.

   ■ Leão, Joaquim de Sousa. "Decorative Art: The Azulejo." In H. V. Livermore, ed. Portugal and Brazil: An Introduction. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1953.

   ■ Lopes Graça, Fernando. A canção popular portuguesa. Lisbon, 1953.

   ■. A música portuguesa e os sus problemas: Ensaios. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Moita, Luís. O fado: canção de vencidos. Lisbon, 1936.

   ■ Neves, José Cassiano. The Palace and Gardens of Fronteira: Seventeenth and Eighteenth Century Portuguese Style. Lisbon: Quetzal and Scala, 1995. North, C.T. Guia dos castelos antigos de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: Bertrand Ed., 2002.

   ■ Pacheco, Jose. Stuart Carvalhais. O desenho grafico e a imprensa. Lisbon: Biblioteca do Empresario, 2000. Pereira, Paulo, ed. Arte portuguesa. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995. Picchio, Luciana Stegagno. Storia del Teatro Portoghese. Rome: Edizinio deli' Ateneo, 1964.

   ■ Queirós, José. Cerâmica Portuguesa, 2 vols. 2nd rev. ed. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ Santos, Luís Reis. Monuments of Portugal. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1948-50.

   ■. História da Arte em Portugal. Oporto, 1953.

   ■ Sasportes, José. História da Dança em Portugal. Lisbon, 1970. Simões, J. M. dos Santos. "Azulejos in a Land of Many Colours." Connoisseur (London) CXXXVII, 551 (1956): 15-21.

   ■. Azulejaria em Portugal no Século X VIII. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Smith, Robert C. A Talha em Portugal. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. The Art of Portugal, 1500-1800. London, Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1968.

   ■. "The Building of Mafra." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 360-67.

   ■ Stoop, Anne de. Demeures portugaises dans les environs de Lisbonne. Paris: Weber, 1986.

   ■. Palais et manoirs: Le Minho. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1995.

   ■ Tannock, Michael. Portuguese 20th Century Artists: A Biographical Dictionary. Chichester, U.K.: Phillimore, 1978.

   ■ Taylor, René. "The Architecture of Port Wine." The Architectural Review CXXIX, 772 (1961): 368-99.

   ■ Terol, Marylene. Azulejos a Lisbonne. Paris: Hervas, 1992.

   ■ Veiga de Oliveira, Ernesto. Instrumentos musicais populares portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Watson, Walter Crum. Portuguese Architecture. London: Constable, 1908. Wohl, Hellmut. "Carlos Mardel and His Lisbon Architecture." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 350-59.

   ■ Sculpture and Ceramics

   ■ Andrade, Sergio de. "Presepios." In Dicionario de Arte Barroca em Portugal. Lisbon: Presenca, 1989. Barreira, Joao. Arte Portuguesa, Arquitectura e Escultura. Lisbon: Excelsior, n.d.

   ■ Cardoso, Arnaldo Pinto. O Presepio Barroco Portugues. Lisbon: Bertrand, 2003.

   ■ Chaves, Luis. Os Barristas Portugueses. Coimbra, 1925.

   ■. Natal Portugues. Oporto: Liv. Classica Editora, 1942.

   ■ Gargano, Pietro. Il Presepio. Otto Secoli di Storia, Arte, Tradizione. Milan: Fenice, 1995.

   ■ Lima, Henrique de Campos F. Joaquim Machado de Castro, Escultor Conimbricense. Coimbra: Instituto de Historia de Arte, 1989. Macedo, Diogo de. Presepios Portugueses. Lisbon: Artis, 1951.

   ■. Machado de Castro. Lisbon: Artis, 1958.

   ■ Morais, Heitor. Natal do Meu Coracao. Braga: Ed. A.O., 1991.

   ■ Pais, Alexandre Nobre. Presepios Portugueses Monumentos do Seculo XVIII em Terracotta, 2 vols. Master's thesis in history of art, Universidade Nova de Lisboa, 1998.

   ■ Queiros, Jose. Ceramica Portuguesa. Lisbon: Presenca, 1998. Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1951. Serrao, Vitor. Historia da Arte em Portugal IV-O Barroco. Lisbon: Presenca, 2003.

   ■ Smith, Robert C. The Art Of Portugal 1500-1800. New York: Meredith Press, 1968.

   ■ Sousa, Ernesto de. Presepios. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1998.

   ■ Cinema

   ■ Antunes, Joao and Jose de Matos-Cruz, Cinema Portugues 1896-1998. Lisbon: Lusomundo, 1997.

   ■ Bandeira, Jose Gomes. Porto: 100 anos de cinema portugues. Oporto: Camara Municipal do Porto, 1996. Duarte, Fernando. Primitivos do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Cinecultura, 1960.

   ■ Faria de Almeida, M., Resumo da Historia do Cinema. Lisbon: RTP, 1982. Nobre, Roberto. Singularidades do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Portugalia, n.d.

   ■ Pina, Luis de. Aventura do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Vega, 1977.

   ■. Documentarismo Portugues. Lisbon: IPC, 1977.

   ■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.

   ■. Historia do Cinema Portugues. Mem Martins: Europa-America, 1986.

   ■ Ribeiro, Felix. O Cinema Portugues antes do Sonoro. Esboco Historiconema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.

   ■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: n.d.

   ■ Children's Literature

   ■ Andresen, Sofia de Melo Breyner. A Fada Oriana. 9th ed. Lisbon: Figueiri-nhas, 1985.

   ■ Araújo, Matilde Rosa. A estrada fascinante. Lisbon: Livros Horizonte, 1988. Barreto, Garcia. Literatura Para Crianças E Jovens Em Portugal. Oporto:

   ■ Campo Das Letras, 1998. Bastos, Glória. A escrita para crianças em Portugal no seculo XIX. Lisbon:

   ■ Caminho da Educaçao, 1997. Cadet, Maria Rita Chiappe. Os Contos da Mamã. Lisbon: Lallement Freres, 1883.

   ■ Castro, Fernanda. Mariazinha em Africa, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1947. Cross, Esther, and Wilbur Cross. Portugal. Chicago: Childrens Press, 1986. DeSkalon, Anna, and Christa Stadtler. We Live in Portugal. New York: Watts, 1987.

   ■ Gomes, Alice. A Nau Catrineta, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1973.

   ■. A literatura para a infância. Lisbon: Torres & Abreu, 1979.

   ■ Letria, José Jorge. Do sentimento mágico da vida. Lisbon: Escritor, 1994. Müller, Adolfo Simões. Historiazinha de Portugal, 6th ed. Oporto: Tavares Martins, 1983.

   ■ Osório, Ana de Castro. Para as crianças. Illustr. by Leal da Câmara. Setúbal: Liv. Crianças, 1908.

   ■ Pires, Maria Laura Bettencourt. História da literatura infantil portuguesa. Lisbon: Vega, 1981. Ribeiro, Aquilino. Arca de Noé-III Classe. Lisbon, 1989. Rocha, Natércia. Breve História da Literatura para Crianças em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura e Língua Portuguesa, 1984.

   ■. Bibliografia geral da literatura portuguesa para crianças. Lisbon: Edit. Comunicação, 1987.

   ■ Sá, Domingos Guimarães de. A literatura infantil em Portugal. Braga: Edit. Franciscana, 1981.

   ■ Selfridge. John. Portugal. New York: Chelsea House, 1990. Vaz de Carvalho, Maria Amália. Contos para os Nossos Filhos, 11th ed. Oporto: Barreira, 1947.

   ■ Viana, António Manuel Couto. Jõao de Deus e um século de literatura infantil em Portugal. Lisbon: Ed. do Templo, 1978.

   ■ Lisbon, Capital City, in History and Literature

   ■ Castelo-Branco, Fernando. Lisboa Seiscentista, 3rd ed. Lisbon: 1969.

   ■ Castilho, Júlio de. Lisboa Antiga, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1935-45.

   ■ Couto, Dejanirah. Histoire de Lisbonne. Paris: Fayard, 2000.

   ■ Crespo, Ángel. Lisboa Mítica e Literária. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1987.

   ■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Lisboa Desaparecida. Lisbon: Quimera, 1990.

   ■ Dionísio, Sant'anna, ed. Guia de Portugal. Vol. I: Lisboa e Arredores. Lisbon: Biblioteca Nacional de Lisboa, 1924, orig. ed; reprint, Gulbenkian Foundation, 1979.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. Lisboa Pombalina e o Iluminismo. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1977.

   ■ Moita, Irisalva, ed. O Livro de Lisboa. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1994.

   ■ Neves, Orlando. Lisboa em Crónica. Lisbon: Author's Ed., 1968.

   ■ Pavão, Luís, and Mário Pereira. Tabernas de Lisboa. Lisbon: Assírio & Alvim, 1981.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. Lisboa. O que o turista deve ver: What the Tourist Should See. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1997.

   ■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. À Capital. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1960.

   ■ Santos, Piedade Braga, et al. Lisboa Setecentista vista por Estrangeiros. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1996.

   ■ Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa. Lisbon: Caminho, 1993.

   ■ Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.

   ■ The Inquisition in History

   ■ Azevedo, João Lúcio. Historia das Cristãos-Novos. Lisbon: Liv. Clássica, 1975.

   ■ Baião, António. A Inquisição em Portugal e no Brasil: Subsídios para a sua história. Lisbon: Arquivo Histórico Portugues, 1906. Bethencourt, Francisco. "Portugal: A Scrupulous Inquisition," In Bengt Ankarloo and Gustav Henningsen, eds., Early Modern Witchcraft: Centres and Peripheries, 403-22. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1990.

   ■. "Os equilíbrios sociais do Poder." In José Mattoso, ed., Historia De Portugal, Vol. 3, No Alvorecer Da Modernidade ( 1480-1620). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.

   ■. História das Inquisições: Portugal, Espanha e Itália. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1994.

   ■ Braga, Maria Luísa. A Inquisição em Portugal na primeira metade do Séc. XVIII. Lisbon: Inst. Nacional de Investigação Científica, 1992.

   ■ Haliczer, Stephen, ed. Inquisition and Society in Early Modern Europe. London: Croom Helm, 1987.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. Reprint. New York: AMS Press, 1968.

   ■ Magalhães, Joaquim Romero. "Em Busca dos Tempos da Inquisição (15731615)." Revista de História das Ideias 9 (1987): 191-228.

   ■ Mea, Elvira Cunha Azevedo. A Inquisição de Coimbra no Século XVI. Oporto, 1989.

   ■ Mendonça, José Lourenço D. de, and António Joaquim Moreira. História da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1980.

   ■ Novinsky, Anita, and Luísa M. Carneiro, eds. Inquisição: Ensaios sobre Mentalidade, Heresias e Arte. Rio de Janeiro: Expressão e Cultura, 1992.

   ■ Pereira, Isais da Rosa. Documentos para a história da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Rego, Yvonne Cunha, ed. Feiticeiros, Profetas e Visionários: Textos Antigos Portugueses. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional e Casa da Moeda, 1981.

   ■ Saraiva, António José. Inquisição e cristãos-novos. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.

   ■ Walker, Timothy Dale. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, Boston University, 2001.

   ■ Literature in English Translation: Selection

   ■ Alcaforado, Mariana. The Letters of a Portuguese Nun ( Mariana Alcaforado). Edgar Prestage, trans. London: D. Nutt, 1893.

   ■ Andrade, Eugénio de. "White on White." Alexis Levitin, trans. Quarterly Review of Literature. Poetry Series VIII. Vol. 27. Princeton, N.J., 1987.

   ■. Another Name for Earth; O outro nome da terra. Alexis Levitin, trans. Ft. Bragg, Calif.: QED Press, 1997.

   ■ Andresen, Sophia de Mello Breyner. Marine Rose: Selected Poems. Ruth Fain-light, trans. Redding Ridge, Conn.: Swan Books, 1989.

   ■ Antunes, António Lobo. South of Nowhere. Elizabeth Lowe, trans. New York: Random House, 1983.

   ■. Fado Alexandrino. Gregory Rabassa, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1990.

   ■. An Explanation of the Birds. Richard Zenith, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1991.

   ■. Act of the Damned. New York: Grove Press, 1995.

   ■. The Natural Order of Things. New York: Grove Press, 2000.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. Poems from the Portuguese ( with the Portuguese text). A.

   ■ Bell, trans. Oxford: Blackwell, 1913.

   ■ Camões, Luís de. The Lusiads of Luís de Camões. Leonard Bacon, trans. New York: Hispanic Society of America, 1950.

   ■. The Lusiads. William C. Atkinson, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1952.

   ■. The Lusiads. Landeg White, trans. New York: Oxford University Press, 1997.

   ■ Castelo Branco, Camilo. Doomed Love ( A Family Memoir). Alice R. Clemente, trans Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1995. Castro, José Maria Ferreira de. Emigrants. Dorothy Ball, trans. New York: Macmillan, 1962.

   ■. Jungle. Charles Duff, trans. New York: Viking, 1935.

   ■. The Mission. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1963.

   ■ Dantas, Júlio. The Cardinals' Collation, 48th ed. A. Saintsbury, trans. London, 1962.

   ■ Dias de Melo. Dark Stones. Gregory McNab, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1996.

   ■ Dinis, Júlio. The Fidalgos of Casa Mourisca. Rosanna Dabney, trans. Boston: D. Lothrop, 1891.

   ■ Garrett, Almeida. Brother Luiz de Sousa [play]. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: Elkin Mathess, 1909.

   ■. Travels in My Homeland. John M. Parker, trans. London: Peter Owen and UNESCO, 1987. Griffin, Jonathan. Camões: Some Poems Translated from the Portuguese by Jonathan Griffin. London: Menard Press, 1976. Jorge, Lídia. The Murmuring Coast. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1995.

   ■ Lisboa, Eugénio, ed. Portuguese Short Fiction. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1997.

   ■ Lopes, Fernão. The English in Portugal 1367-87: Extracts from the Chronicles of Dom Fernando and Dom João. Derek W. Lomax and R. J. Oakley, eds. and trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.

   ■ Macedo, Helder, ed. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry: An Anthology in English. Helder Macedo, et al., trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet New Press, 1978.

   ■ Martins, J. P. De Oliveira. A History of Iberian Civilization. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans.; preface by Salvador de Madariaga. New York: Cooper Square, 1969.

   ■ Mendes Pinto, Fernão. The Travels of Mendes Pinto [Orig. title: Peregrinação].

   ■ Rebecca D. Catz, trans., with introduction and notes. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1989. Miguéis, José Rodrigues. A Man Smiles at Death with Half a Face. George

   ■ Monteiro, trans. Hanover, N.H.: University Press of New England, 1991.

   ■. Happy Easter. John Byrne, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.

   ■. Steerage and Ten Other Stories. George Monteiro, ed. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1998. Monteiro, Luís De Sttau. The Rules of the Game. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1965.

   ■ Mourão-Ferreira, David. Lucky in Love. Christine Robinson, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1999. Namora, Fernando. Field of Fate. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1970.

   ■. Mountain Doctor. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1956.

   ■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Inclement Weather over the Channel. Francisco Cota Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1993.

   ■. Stormy Isles: An Azorean Tale. Francisco C. Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000.

   ■ Paço D'Arcos, Joaquim. Memoirs of a Banknote. Robert Lyle, trans. London, 1968.

   ■ Pedroso, Consiglieri, comp. Portuguese Folk-Tales. Henriqueta Monteiro, trans. Reprint of orig. 1882 ed. New York: Benjamin Blom, 1969.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. Fernando Pessoa: Sixty Portuguese Poems. F. E. G. Quintanilha, ed. and trans. Cardiff: University of Wales Press, 1971.

   ■. Selected Poems: Fernando Pessoa. 2nd rev. ed. Jonathan Griffin, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1982.

   ■. The Book of Disquiet. Alfred MacAdams, trans. New York: Pantheon, 1991.

   ■. Fernando Pessoa: Selected Poems. Peter Rickard, ed. and trans. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1991.

   ■. "The Mariner: A 'Static Drama' in One Act." In Translation: Portugal.

   ■ George Ritchie, et al., trans. The Journal of Literary Translation. Vol. XXV, 38-56. New York: Translation Center, Columbia University, 1991.

   ■. Message: Bilingual Edition. Jonathan Griffin, trans. London: Menard Press and King's College, 1992.

   ■ Pires, José Cardoso. Ballad of a Dog's Beach. Mary Fitton, trans. London: J. M. Dent, 1986.

   ■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. Cousin Bazilio. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1953.

   ■. The Relic. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1954.

   ■. The City and the Mountains. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1955.

   ■. The Sin of Father Amaro. Nan Flanagan, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1962.

   ■. The Maias. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1965.

   ■. The Illustrious House of Ramires. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1968.

   ■. Letters from England. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1970.

   ■. To the Capital. John Vetch, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.

   ■ Quental, Antero de. Sixty-four Sonnets. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: David Nutt, 1894.

   ■ Redol, Alves. The Man with Seven Names. L. L. Barrett, trans. New York: Knopf, 1964.

   ■ Resende, André de. André deResende's 'Poema Latina'/ 'Latinpoems.' J. C. R. Martyn, ed. and trans. Lewiston N.Y.: Lampeter and Edwin Mellen, 1998. Ribeiro, Aquilino. When the Wolves Howl. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. New York: Macmillan; London: Cape, 1963. Sá Carneiro, Mário de. The Great Shadow ( and Other Stories). Margaret Jull Costa, trans. Sawtry, U.K.: Dedalus, 1996. Santareno, Bernardo. The Promise. Nelson H. Vieira, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1981.

   ■ Saramago, José. Baltasar and Blimunda. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1987.

   ■. The Stone Raft. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.

   ■. The Year of the Death of Ricardo Reis. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.

   ■. The History of the Siege of Lisbon. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt Brace, 1996.

   ■. Blindness. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1999.

   ■. Tale of the Unknown Island. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2000.

   ■. All the Names. Margaret Jull Costa, trans. New York: Harcourt, 2000.

   ■. Journey to Portugal. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2001.

   ■ Sena, Jorge de. The Poetry of Jorge de Sena: A Bilingual Selection. Frederick G. Williams et al., trans. Santa Barbara, Calif.: Mudborn Press, 1980.

   ■. By the Rivers of Babylon and Other Stories. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers University Press, 1989.

   ■ Vicente, Gil. Four Plays of Gil Vicente: Edited from the Editio Princeps ( 1562). Aubrey F. G. Bell, ed. and trans. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1920.

   ■. Lyrics of Gil Vicente. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. Oxford: Oxford University Press, Hispanic Notes and Monographs, Portuguese Series 1, 1921.

   ■. The Play of Rubena. Jack E. Tomlins, trans.; Rene P. Garay and José I. Suarez, eds. New York: National Hispanic Foundation for Humanities, 1993.

   ■. The Boat Plays. David Johnston, trans. and adaptation. London: Oberon, 1996.

   ■. Three Discovery Plays. Anthony Lappin, trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1997.

   ■ Vieira, António. Dust Thou Art. Rev. W. Anderson, trans. London, 1882.

   ■ Portuguese and Portuguese-American Cooking: Cuisine

   ■ Anderson, Jean. Food of Portugal. New York: Hearst, 1994. Asselin, E. Donald. A Portuguese-American Cookbook. Rutland, Vt.: Charles E. Tuttle, 1966.

   ■ Bourne, Ursula. Portuguese Cookery. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1973. Crato, Maria Helena Tavares. Cozinha Portuguesa I, II. Lisbon: Editorial Presença, 1978.

   ■ Dienhart, Miriam, and Anne Emerson, ed. Cooking in Portugal. Cascais: American Women of Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Feibleman, Peter S. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. New York: Time-Life Books; Foods of the World, 1969.

   ■ Koehler, Margaret H. Recipes from the Portuguese of Provincetown. Riverside, Conn.: Chatham Press, 1973. Manjny, Maite. The Home Book of Portuguese Cookery. London: Faber & Faber, 1974.

   ■ Marques, Susan Lowndes. Good Food from Spain and Portugal. London: Muller, 1956.

   ■ Modesto, Maria de Lourdes. Cozinha Tradicional Portuguesa. Lisbon: Verbo, 1982.

   ■ Ortiz, Elisabeth Lambert. The Food of Spain and Portugal. The Complete Iberian Cuisine. New York: Atheneum, 1989. Pinto, Elvira. La Bonne Cuisine Portugaise. Paris: Edicions Garanciere, 1985.

   ■ Robertson, Carol. Portuguese Cooking: The Authentic and Robust Cuisine of Portugal. Berkeley Calif.: North Atlantic, 1993. Schmaeling, Tony. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. Ware, U.K.: Omega, 1983.

   ■ Vieira, Édite. The Taste of Portugal. London: Robinson, 1989.

   ■ Von Treskow, Maria. Zü Gast in Portugal: Eine Kulnarische Reise in Garten Europas. Weingarten: Kunstverlag, 1989. Wright, Carol. Portuguese Food. London: Dent, 1969.

   ■. Self-catering in Portugal: Making the Most of Local Food and Drink. London: Croom Helm, 1986.

   ■ Gardens and Gardening of Portugal and Madeira

   ■ Afonso, Simonetta Luz, and Angela Delaforce. Palace of Queluz— The Gardens. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Araújo, Iluídio Alves de. Arte Paisagista e Arte das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■ Azeredo, Francisco de. Casas Senhoriais Portuguesas. Barcelos, 1986.

   ■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1987.

   ■ Bowe, Patrick, and Nicolas Sapieha. Gardens of Portugal. New York: Scala Books and Harper and Row, 1989.

   ■ Cane, Florence du. The Flowers and Gardens of Madeira. London, 1924.

   ■ Cardoso, Pedro Homem, and Helder Carita. Da Grandeza das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Carita, Helder, and Homem Cardoso. Portuguese Gardens. London: Antique Collector's Club, 1987.

   ■ Costa, António da, and Luís de O. Franquinho. Madeira: Plantas e Floras. Funchal, 1986.

   ■ Nichols, Rose Standish. Spanish and Portuguese Gardens. Boston, 1926.

   ■ Pereira, Arthur D. Sintra and Its Farm Manors. Sintra, 1983.

   ■ Sampaio, Gonçalo. Flora Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1945.

   ■ Underwood, John, and Pat Underwood. Landscapes of Madeira. London, 1980.

   ■ Vieira, Rui. Flowers of Madeira. Funchal, 1973.

   ■ Viterbo, Francisco Marques de Sousa. A Jardinagem em Portugal, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1906-9.

   ■ Education, Science, Health, and Medical History

   ■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Estudos de História, 3 vols. Coimbra, 1973-81.

   ■. Ciência e experiência nos Descobrimentos portugueses. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. Para a História de Ciência em Portugal. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. As Navegaçoes E A Sua Projecção Na Ciência E Na Cultura. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Baião, Antônio. Episódios Dramáticos da Inquisição Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1936-55.

   ■ Cabreira, Antônio. Portugal nos mares e nas ciências. Lisbon, 1929. Carvalho, Rômulo de. A Astronomia em Portugal (séc. xviii). Lisbon, 1985. Fernandes, Barahona. Egas Moniz: Pioneiro de descobrimentos médicos. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Gaitonde, P. D. Portuguese Pioneers in India: Spotlight on Medicine. London: Sangam Books, 1983.

   ■ Hanson, Carl A. "Portuguese Cosmology in the Late Seventeenth Century." In Benjamin F. Taggie and Richard W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 75-85. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State University, 1989.

   ■ Higgins, Michael H., and Charles F. S. de Winton. Survey of Education in Portugal. London, 1942.

   ■ Hirsch, Elizabeth Feist. Damião de Góis: The Life and Thought of a Portuguese Humanist. The Hague, 1967.

   ■ Lemos, Maximiano. Arquivos de História da Medicina Portuguesa. Several vols. Lisbon, 1886-1923. Vol. I. História da Medicina em Portugal. Doutrina e Instituições. Lisbon, 1899.

   ■ Mira, Matias Ferreira de. História da Medicina Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ Orta, Garcia de. Colóquios dos Simples e Drogas e Cousas Medicinais da India. Conde de Ficalho, ed., 2 vols. Lisbon, 1891-95.

   ■ Osório, J. Pereira. História e Desenvolvimento da Ciência em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986-89.

   ■ Pina, Luís de. "Uma prioridade portuguesa do século XVI. João de Barros e a Dactiloscópia Oriental." Arquivo da Repartição de Antropologia Criminal IV (1936).

   ■. "As Ciências na História do Império Colonial Português — Séculos XV a XIX." Anais de Faculdade de Ciências do Porto ( 1939-10).

   ■. "Os Portugueses Mestres de Ciência e Metras no Estrangeiro." Actas do Congresso do Mundo Português. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■. "A Ciência em Portugal (bosquejo Histórico)." In Secretariado Nacional da Informação, ed., Portugal: Breviário Da Pátria Para Os Portugueses Ausentes, 277-301. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Richards, Robert A. C., ed. Guide to World Science: Vol. 9: Spain and Portugal, 2nd ed. Guernsey, U.K.: F. H. Books, 1974.

   ■ Saraiva, António José. História da Cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-62.

   ■ ———. "João de Barros." In Serrao, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal 1 (1963): 307-8.

   ■ Silvestre Ribeiro, José. História dos Establecimentos Scientíficos, Literários e Artísticos de Portugal nos Successivos Reinados da Monarchia, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1871-83.

   ■ Veiga-Pires, J. A., and Ronald G. Grainger, eds. Pioneers in Angiography: The Portuguese School ofAngiography. Lancaster, U.K.: MTP Press, 1982.

   ■ Walker, Timothy. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 2001.

   ■ Feminism and Women's Studies

   ■ Barbosa, Madelena. "Women in Portugal." Women's Studies International Quarterly 4 (1981): 477-80.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. Novas Cartas Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ ———. The Three Marias. New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman, 1982.

   ■ Ferreira, Virginia. "Engendering Portugal: Social Change, State Politics, and Women's Social Mobilization." In António Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 162-88. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■ Goodwin, Mary. "Portuguese Feminism." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 17 (Spring-Summer 1987): 12-13.

   ■ Lamas, Maria. As Mulheres do Meu País. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ "Mulheres Portuguesas e Feminismo." Análise Social [special number on Portuguese Women and Feminism] 22 (1986): 92-93.

   ■ Osório, Ana de Castro. As Mulheres Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1905.

   ■ Sadlier, Darlene J. The Question of How: Women Writers and New Portuguese Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood; Contributions in Women's Studies, no. 109, 1989.

   ■ Silva, Manuela. The Employment of Women in Portugal. Luxembourg: Office for Official Publications, European Communities, 1984. Velho da Costa, Maria. Maina Mendes. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Vicente, Ana, and Maria Reynolds de Souza. Family Planning in Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Religion and Catholic Church

   ■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História da Igreja em Portugal. 6 vols. Coimbra, 1910-24, and Oporto, 1967-72. Alonso, Joaquim Maria. The Secret of Fátima: Fact and Legend. Cambridge, Mass.: Ravengate Press, 1979. Alves, José da Felicidade, ed. Católicos e política de Humberto Delgado à Marcelo Caetano. Lisbon, 1969. Araújo, Miguel de, ed. Dicionario político; 1; Os Bispos e a revoluçao de Abril. Lisbon, 1976. Bishko, Charles Julian. Spanish and Portuguese Monastic History 600-1300. London, Variorum Reprints, 1984.

   ■ Blanshard, Paul. Freedom and Catholic Power in Spain and Portugal. Boston: Beacon Press, 1962.

   ■ Boxer, C. R. The Church Militant and Iberian Expansion 1440-1770. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1978. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Church and State in Portugal: Crises of Cross and Sword." Journal of Church and State XVIII (1976): 463-90. Freire, José Geraldes. Resistência Católico ao Salazarismo-Marcelismo. Oporto, 1976.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. John C. Banner, trans. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1962.

   ■ IPOPE. Estudo sobre liberdade e religião em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973. Johnston, Francis. Fátima: The Great Sign. Chulmleigh, U.K.: Augustine Publications, 1980.

   ■ Kondor, Fr. Louis. Fátima in Lucia's Own Words: Sister Lucia's Memoirs. Fatima: Postulation Center, 1976. Lourenço, Joaquim Maria. Situação jurídica da Igreja em Portugal. Coimbra, 1943.

   ■ Mattoso, José. Religião e Cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1982. Miller, Samuel J. Portugal and Rome c. 1748-1830: An Aspect of Catholic Enlightenment. Rome: Universita Gregoriana Editrice, 1978. O'Malley, John W. The First Jesuits. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1993.

   ■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. Portugal: A Pioneer of Christianity. Lisbon, 1945.

   ■ Richard, Robert. Etudes sur l'histoire morale et religieuse de Portugal. Paris: Centro Cultural de Gulbenkian, 1970.

   ■ Robinson, Richard A. H. "The Religious Question and Catholic Revival in Portugal, 1900-1930." Journal of Contemporary History XII (1977): 345-62.

   ■. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, R. P. Francisco. História da Companhia de Jesus na Assistência de Portugal, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1931-50.

   ■ Roth, Cecil. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.

   ■ Agriculture, Viticulture, and Fishing

   ■ Abreu-Ferreira, Darlene. "The Portuguese in Newfoundland: Documentary Evidence Examined." Portuguese Studies Review 4, 1 (1995-96): 11-33.

   ■ Allen, H. Warner. The Wines of Portugal. London: Michael Joseph, 1963.

   ■ Barros, Afonso de. A reforma agrária em Portugal. Oeiras, 1979.

   ■ Beamish, Huldine V. The Hills of Alentejo. London: Geoffrey Bles, 1958.

   ■ Bennett, Norman R. "The Golden Age of the Port Wine System, 1781-1807." The International History Review XII (1990): 221-18.

   ■ Black, Richard. "The Myth of Subsistence: Market Production in the Small Farm Sector of Northern Portugal." Iberian Studies 1, 8 (1989): 25-41.

   ■ Bravo, Pedro, and Duarte de Oliveira. Viticulture Moderna. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. Vinhas e Vinhos De Portugal. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Agrarian Structures and Recent Movements in Portugal." Journal of Peasant Studies 4, 5 (July 1978): 411-45.

   ■ Cardoso, José Carvalho. A Agricultura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Carvalho, Bento de. Guía Dos Vinhos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Clarke, Robert. Open Boat Whaling in the Azores: The History and Present Methods of a Relic Industry. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1954.

   ■ Cockburn, Ernest. Port Wine and Oporto. London: Wine & Spirit, 1949. Cole, S. C. "Cod, Cod Country and Family: The Portuguese Newfoundland Fishery." Mast 3, 1 (1990): 1-29.

   ■ Coull, James. The Fisheries of Europe. London: G. Bell & Sons, 1972.

   ■ Croft-Cooke, Rupert. Port. London: Putnam, 1957.

   ■. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.

   ■ Delaforce, John. The Factory House at Oporto. London: Christie's Wine Publications, 1979 and later eds.

   ■ Doel, Patricia A. Port O'Call: Memories of the Portuguese White Fleet in St. John's Newfoundland. St. John's, Newfoundland: ISER, 1992.

   ■ Fletcher, Wyndham. Port: An Introduction to Its History and Delights. London: Bernet, 1978.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Wine Trade. London: Adam and Charles Black, 1972.

   ■ Freitas, Eduardo, João Ferreira de Almeida, and Manuel Villaverde Cabral. Modalidades de penetração do capitalismo na agricultura: estruturas agrárias em Portugal Continental, 1950-1970. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Gonçalves, Francisco Esteves. Portugal: A Wine Country. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Gulbenkian Foundation. Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Kurlansky, Mark. Cod: A Biography of the Fish That Changed the World. New York: Walker, 1997.

   ■ Malefakis, Edward. "Two Iberian Land Reforms Compared: Spain, 1931-1936 and Portugal, 1974—1978." In Gulbenkian Foundation, Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Moreira da Fonseca, A. Port Wine: Notes on Its History, Production and Technology. Oporto, 1981.

   ■ Moutinho, M. História da pesca do bacalhau. Lisbon: Imprensa Universitária, 1985.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. lntrodução a história da agricultura em Portugal.

   ■ Lisbon, 1968. Pato, Octávio. O Vinho. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Pearson, Scott R. Portuguese Agriculture in Transition. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1987.

   ■ Postgate, Raymond. Portuguese Wine. London: Dent, 1969.

   ■ Read, Jan. The Wines of Portugal. London: Faber & Faber, 1982.

   ■ Robertson, George. Port. London: Faber & Faber, 1982 ed.

   ■ Rutledge, Ian. "Land Reform and the Portuguese Revolution." Journal of Peasant Studies 5, 1 (Oct. 1977): 79-97.

   ■ Sanceau, Elaine. The British Factory at Oporto. Oporto, 1970.

   ■ Simon, Andre L. Port. London: Constable, 1934.

   ■ Simões, J. Os grandes trabalhadores do Mar: Reportagens na Terra Nova e na Groenlândia. Lisbon: Gazeta dos Caminho de Ferro, 1942.

   ■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992: Special Report. New York: Camões Center/RIIC, Columbia University, 1990.

   ■ Stanislawski, Dan. Landscapes of Bacchus: The Vine in Portugal. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1970.

   ■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Seat to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.

   ■ Unwin, Tim. "Farmers' Perceptions of Agrarian Change in Northwest Portugal." Journal of Rural Studies 1, 4 (1985): 339-57.

   ■ Valadão do Valle, E. Bacalhau: tradições históricas e económicos. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■ Venables, Bernard. Baleia! The Whalers of Azores. London: Bodley Head, 1968.

   ■ Villiers, Alan. The Quest of the Schooner Argus: A Voyage to the Banks and Greenland. New York: Scribners, 1951. World Bank. Portugal: Agricultural Survey. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.

   ■ ECONOMY, INDUSTRY, AND DEVELOPMENT

   ■ Aiyer, Srivain, and Shahid A. Chandry. Portugal and the E.E.C.: Employment and Implications. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Baklanoff, Eric N. The Economic Transformation of Spain and Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1978.

   ■. "Changing Systems: The Portuguese Revolution and the Public Enterprise Sector." ACES ( Association of Comparative Economic Studies) Bulletin 26 (Summer-Fall 1984): 63-76.

   ■. "Portugal's Political Economy: Old and New." In K. Maxwell and M. Haltzel, eds., Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy, 37-59. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.

   ■ Barbosa, Manuel P. Growth, Migration and the Balance of Payments in a Small, Open Economy. New York: Garland, 1984.

   ■ Braga de Macedo, Jorge, and Simon Serfaty, eds. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1981.

   ■ Carvalho, Camilo, et al. Sabotagem Econômica: " Dossier" Banco Espírito Santo e Comercial de Lisboa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Corkill, David. The Development of the Portuguese Economy: A Case of Euro-peanization. London: Routledge, 1999.

   ■ Cravinho, João. "The Portuguese Economy: Constraints and Opportunities." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 111-65. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Dornsbusch, Rudiger, Richard S. Eckhaus, and Lane Taylor. "Analysis and Projection of Macroeconomic Conditions in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 299-330. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ The Economist (London). "On the Edge of Europe: A Survey of Portugal." (June 30, 1981): 3-27.

   ■. "Coming Home: A Survey of Portugal." (May 28, 1988).

   ■. 'The New Iberia: Not Quite Kissing Cousins" [Spain and Portugal]. (May 5, 1990): 21-24.

   ■ Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian and German Marshall Fund of the U.S., eds. II Conferência Internacional sobre e Economia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Hudson, Mark. Portugal to 1993: Investing in a European Future. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit/Special Report No. 11 57/EIU Economic Prospects Series, 1989.

   ■ International Labour Office (ILO). Employment and Basic Needs in Portugal. Geneva: ILO, 1979.

   ■ Kavalsky, Basil, and Surendra Agarwal. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.

   ■ Krugman, Paul, and Jorge Braga de Macedo. "The Economic Consequences of the April 25th Revolution." Economia III (1979): 455-83.

   ■ Lewis, John R., and Alan M. Williams. "The Sines Project: Portugal's Growth Centre or White Elephant?" Town Planning Review 56, 3 (1985): 339-66.

   ■ Makler, Harry M. "The Consequences of the Survival and Revival of the Industrial Bourgeoisie." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 251-83. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Marques, A. La Politique Economique Portugaise dans la Période de la Dictature ( 1926-1974). Doctoral thesis, 3rd cycle, University of Grenoble, France, 1980.

   ■ Martins, B. Sociedades e grupos em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Mata, Eugenia, and Nuno Valério. História Econômica De Portugal: Uma Perspectiva Global. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1994. Murteira, Mário. "The Present Economic Situation: Its Origins and Prospects." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 331-42. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979. OCED. Economic Survey: Portugal: 1988. Paris: OCED, 1988 [see also this series since 1978].

   ■ Pasquier, Albert. L'Economie du Portugal: Données et Problémes de Son Expansion. Paris: Librarie Generale de Droit, 1961. Pereira da Moura, Francisco. Para onde vai e economia portuguesa? Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Pintado, V. Xavier. Structure and Growth of the Portuguese Economy. Geneva: EFTA, 1964.

   ■ Pitta e Cunha, Paulo. "Portugal and the European Economic Community." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 321-38. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. "The Portuguese Economic System and Accession to the European Community." In E. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 281-300. Lisbon, 1985. Porto, Manuel. "Portugal: Twenty Years of Change." In Alan Williams, ed., Southern Europe Transformed, 84-112. London: Harper & Row, 1984. Quarterly Economic Review. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit, 1974-present.

   ■ Salgado de Matos, Luís. Investimentos Estrangeiros em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973 and later eds.

   ■ Schmitt, Hans O. Economic Stabilisation and Growth in Portugal. Washington, D.C.: International Monetary Fund, 1981.

   ■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Columbia University, 1989.

   ■ Tillotson, John. The Portuguese Bank Note Case [ 1920s]: Legal, Economic and Financial Approaches to the Measure of Damages in Contract. Manchester, U.K.: Faculty of Law, University of Manchester, 1992.

   ■ Tovias, Alfred. Foreign Economic Relations of the Economic Community: The Impact of Spain and Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1990.

   ■ Valério, Nuno. A moeda em Portugal, 1913-1947. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1984.

   ■. As Finanças Públicas Portuguesas Entre As Duas Guerras Mundiais. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1994.

   ■ World Bank. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978 and to the present.

   ■ PHOTOGRAPHY ON PORTUGAL

   ■ Alves, Afonso Manuel, Antônio Sacchetti, and Moura Machado. Lisboa. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■ Antunes, José. Lisboa do nosso olhar; A look on Lisbon. Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1991. Beaton, Cecil. Near East. London: Batsford, 1943.

   ■. Lisboa 1942: Cecil Beaton, Lisbon 1942. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal/Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1995.

   ■ Bottineau, Yves. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1957.

   ■ Câmara Municipal de Lisboa. 7 Olhares ( Seven Viewpoints). Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1998.

   ■ Capital, A. Lisboa: Imagens d'A Capital. Lisbon: Edit. Notícias, 1984.

   ■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Photographias de Lisboa, 1900 ( Photographs of Lisbon, 1900). Lisbon: Quimera, 1991.

   ■. Os melhores postais antigos de Lisboa ( The best old postcards of Lisbon). Lisbon: Químera, 1995.

   ■ Finlayson, Graham, and Frank Tuohy. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1970.

   ■ Glassner, Helga. Portugal. Berlin-Zurich: Atlantis-Verlag, 1942. Hopkinson, Amanda, ed. Reflections by Ten Portuguese photographers. Bark-way, U.K.: Frontline/Portugal 600, 1996.

   ■ Lima, Luís Leiria, and Isabel Salema. Lisboa de Pedra e Bronze. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Martins, Miguel Gomes. Lisboa ribeirinha ( Riverside Lisbon). Lisbon: Arquivo Municipal, Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, Livros Horizonte, 1994. Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa ( This Lisbon). Lisbon: Caminho, 1994. Wohl, Hellmut, and Alice Wohl. Portugal. London: Frederick Muller, 1983.

   ■ EQUESTRIANISM

   ■ Andrade, Manoel Carlos de, Luz da Liberal e Nobre Arte da Cavallaria. Lisbon, 1790.

   ■ Graciosa, Filipe. Escola Portuguesa de Arte Equestre. Lisbon, 2004.

   ■ Horsetalk Magazine. Published in New Zealand.

   ■ Oliveira, Nuno. Reflections on the Equestrian Art. London, 2000.

   ■ Russell, Eleanor, ed. The Truth in the Teaching of Nuno Oliveira. Stanhope,

   ■ Queensland, Australia, 2003. Vilaca, Luis V., and Pedro Yglesias d'Oliveira, eds. LUSITANO. Coudelarias De Portugal. O Cavalo ancestral do Sudoeste da Europa. Lisbon: ICONOM, 2005.

   ■ Websites of interest: www.equestrian.pt portugalweb.com

Historical dictionary of Portugal > CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE
50 ὁ

ὁ, ἡ, τό pl. οἱ, αἱ, τά article, derived fr. a demonstrative pronoun, ‘the’. Since the treatment of the inclusion and omission of the art. belongs to the field of grammar, the lexicon can limit itself to exhibiting the main features of its usage. It is difficult to set hard and fast rules for the employment of the art., since the writer’s style had special freedom of play here—Kühner-G. I p. 589ff; B-D-F §249–76; Mlt. 80–84; Rob. 754–96; W-S. §17ff; Rdm.² 112–18; Abel §28–32; HKallenberg, RhM 69, 1914, 642ff; FVölker, Syntax d. griech. Papyri I, Der Artikel, Progr. d. Realgymn. Münster 1903; FEakin, AJP 37, 1916, 333ff; CMiller, ibid. 341ff; EColwell, JBL 52, ’33, 12–21 (for a critique s. Mlt-H.-Turner III 183f); ASvensson, D. Gebr. des bestimmten Art. in d. nachklass. Epik ’37; RFink, The Syntax of the Greek Article ’53; JRoberts, Exegetical Helps, The Greek Noun with and without the Article: Restoration Qtly 14, ’71, 28–44; HTeeple, The Greek Article with Personal Names in the Synoptic Gospels: NTS 19, ’73, 302–17; Mussies 186–97.

① this one, that one, the art. funct. as demonstrative pronoun

ⓐ in accordance w. epic usage (Hes., Works 450: ἡ=this [voice]) in the quot. fr. Arat., Phaenom. 5 τοῦ γὰρ καὶ γένος ἐσμέν for we are also his (lit. this One’s) offspring Ac 17:28.

ⓑ ὁ μὲν … ὁ δέ the one … the other (Polyaenus 6, 2, 1 ὁ μὲν … ὁ δὲ … ὁ δε; PSI 512, 21 [253 B.C.]); pl. οἱ μὲν … οἱ δέ (PSI 341, 9 [256 B.C.]; TestJob 29:1) some … others w. ref. to a noun preceding: ἐσχίσθη τὸ πλῆθος … οἱ μὲν ἦσαν σὺν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, οἱ δὲ σὺν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις Ac 14:4; 17:32; 28:24; 1 Cor 7:7; Gal 4:23; Phil 1:16f. Also without such a relationship expressed τοὺς μὲν ἀποστόλους, τοὺς δὲ προφήτας, τοὺς δὲ εὐαγγελιστάς Eph 4:11. οἱ μὲν … ὁ δέ Hb 7:5f, 20f. οἱ μὲν … ἄλλοι (δέ) J 7:12. οἱ μὲν … ἄλλοι δὲ … ἕτεροι δέ Mt 16:14. τινὲς … οἱ δέ Ac 17:18 (cp. Pla., Leg. 1, 627a; 2, 658 B.; Aelian, VH 2, 34; Palaeph. 6, 5).—Mt 26:67; 28:17 οἱ δέ introduces a second class; just before this, instead of the first class, the whole group is mentioned (cp. X., Hell. 1, 2, 14, Cyr. 3, 2, 12; KMcKay, JSNT 24, ’85, 71f)= but some (as Arrian, Anab. 5, 2, 7; 5, 14, 4; Lucian, Tim. 4 p. 107; Hesych. Miles. [VI A.D.]: 390 Fgm. 1, 35 end Jac.).

ⓒ To indicate the progress of the narrative, ὁ δέ, οἱ δέ but he, but they (lit. this one, they) is also used without ὁ μέν preceding (likew. Il. 1, 43; Pla., X.; also Clearchus, Fgm. 76b τὸν δὲ εἰπεῖν=but this man said; pap examples in Mayser II/1, 1926, 57f) e.g. Mt 2:9, 14; 4:4; 9:31; Mk 14:31 (cp. Just., A II, 2, 3). ὁ μὲν οὖν Ac 23:18; 28:5. οἱ μὲν οὖν 1:6; 5:41; 15:3, 30.—JO’Rourke, Paul’s Use of the Art. as a Pronoun, CBQ 34, ’72, 59–65.

② the, funct. to define or limit an entity, event, or state

ⓐ w. nouns

α. w. appellatives, or common nouns, where, as in Pla., Thu., Demosth. et al., the art. has double significance, specific or individualizing, and generic.

א. In its individualizing use it focuses attention on a single thing or single concept, as already known or otherwise more definitely limited: things and pers. that are unique in kind: ὁ ἥλιος, ἡ σελήνη, ὁ οὐρανός, ἡ γῆ, ἡ θάλασσα, ὁ κόσμος, ἡ κτίσις, ὁ θεός (BWeiss [s. on θεός, beg.]), ὁ διάβολος, ὁ λόγος (J 1:1, 14), τὸ φῶς, ἡ σκοτία, ἡ ζωή, ὁ θάνατος etc. (but somet. the art. is omitted, esp. when nouns are used w. preps.; B-D-F §253, 1–4; Rob. 791f; Mlt-Turner 171). ἐν συναγωγῇ καὶ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ J 18:20.—Virtues, vices, etc. (contrary to Engl. usage): ἡ ἀγάπη, ἡ ἀλήθεια, ἡ ἁμαρτία, ἡ δικαιοσύνη, ἡ σοφία et al.—The individualizing art. stands before a common noun that was previously mentioned (without the art.): τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους Lk 9:16 (after πέντε ἄρτοι vs. 13). τὸ βιβλίον 4:17b (after βιβλίον, vs. 17a), τοὺς μάγους Mt 2:7 (after μάγοι, vs. 1). J 4:43 (40); 12:6 (5); 20:1 (19:41); Ac 9:17 (11); Js 2:3 (2); Rv 15:6 (1).—The individ. art. also stands before a common noun which, in a given situation, is given special attention as the only or obvious one of its kind (Hipponax [VI B.C.] 13, 2 West=D.³ 16 ὁ παῖς the [attending] slave; Diod S 18, 29, 2 ὁ ἀδελφός=his brother; Artem. 4, 71 p. 245, 19 ἡ γυνή=your wife; ApcEsdr 6:12 p. 31, 17 μετὰ Μωσῆ … ἐν τῷ ὄρει [Sinai]; Demetr. (?): 722 fgm 7 Jac. [in Eus., PE 9, 19, 4] ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος [Moriah]) τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ to the attendant (who took care of the synagogue) Lk 4:20. εἰς τὸν νιπτῆρα into the basin (that was there for the purpose) J 13:5. ἰδοὺ ὁ ἄνθρωπο here is this (wretched) man 19:5. ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης or ἐλευθέρας by the (well-known) slave woman or the free woman (Hagar and Sarah) Gal 4:22f. τὸν σῖτον Ac 27:38. ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ 1 Cor 5:9 (s. ἐπιστολή) τὸ ὄρος the mountain (nearby) Mt 5:1; 8:1; 14:23; Mk 3:13; 6:46; Lk 6:12; 9:28 al.; ἡ πεισμονή this (kind of) persuasion Gal 5:8. ἡ μαρτυρία the (required) witness or testimony J 5:36.—The art. takes on the idea of κατʼ ἐξοχήν ‘par excellence’ (Porphyr., Abst. 24, 7 ὁ Αἰγύπτιος) ὁ ἐρχόμενος the one who is (was) to come or the coming one par excellence=The Messiah Mt 11:3; Lk 7:19. ὁ προφήτης J 1:21, 25; 7:40. ὁ διδάσκαλος τ. Ἰσραήλ 3:10 (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 5, 18 of Socrates: ὁ τῆς Ἑλλάδος διδάσκαλος); cp. MPol 12:2. With things (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Μάρπησσα: οἱ λίθοι=the famous stones [of the Parian Marble]) ἡ κρίσις the (last) judgment Mt 12:41. ἡ ἡμέρα the day of decision 1 Cor 3:13; (cp. Mi 4:6 Mt); Hb 10:25. ἡ σωτηρία (our) salvation at the consummation of the age Ro 13:11.

ב. In its generic use it singles out an individual who is typical of a class, rather than the class itself: ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος Mt 12:35. κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον 15:11. ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικός 18:17. ὁ ἐργάτης Lk 10:7. ἐγίνωσκεν τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ J 2:25. τὰ σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου 2 Cor 12:12. ὁ κληρονόμος Gal 4:1. So also in parables and allegories: ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης Mt 24:43. Cp. J 10:11b, 12. The generic art. in Gk. is often rendered in Engl. by the indef. art. or omitted entirely.

β. The use of the art. w. personal names is varied; as a general rule the presence of the art. w. a personal name indicates that the pers. is known; without the art. focus is on the name as such (s. Dssm., BPhW 22, 1902, 1467f; BWeiss, D. Gebr. des Art. b. d. Eigennamen [im NT]: StKr 86, 1913, 349–89). Nevertheless, there is an unmistakable drift in the direction of Mod. Gk. usage, in which every proper name has the art. (B-D-F §260; Rob. 759–61; Mlt-Turner 165f). The ms. tradition varies considerably. In the gospels the art. is usu. found w. Ἰησοῦς; yet it is commonly absent when Ἰ. is accompanied by an appositive that has the art. Ἰ. ὁ Γαλιλαῖος Mt 26:69; Ἰ. ὁ Ναζωραῖος vs. 71; Ἰ. ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 27:17, 22. Sim. Μαριὰμ ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Ἰ. Ac 1:14. The art. somet. stands before oblique cases of indecl. proper names, apparently to indicate their case (B-D-F §260, 2; Rob. 760). But here, too, there is no hard and fast rule.—HTeeple, NTS 19, ’73, 302–17 (synopt.).

γ. The art. is customarily found w. the names of countries (B-D-F §261, 4; W-S. § 18, 5 d; Rob. 759f); less freq. w. names of cities (B-D-F §261, 1; 2; Rob. 760; Mlt-Turner 170–72). W. Ἰερουσαλήμ, Ἱεροσόλυμα it is usu. absent (s. Ἱεροσόλυμα); it is only when this name has modifiers that it must have the art. ἡ νῦν Ἰ. Gal 4:25; ἡ ἄνω Ἰ. vs. 26; ἡ καινὴ Ἰ. Rv 3:12. But even in this case it lacks the art. when the modifier follows: Hb 12:22.—Names of rivers have the art. ὁ Ἰορδάνης, ὁ Εὐφράτης, ὁ Τίβερις Hv 1, 1, 2 (B-D-F §261, 8; Rob. 760; Mlt-Turner 172). Likew. names of seas ὁ Ἀδρίας Ac 27:27.

δ. The art. comes before nouns that are accompanied by the gen. of a pronoun (μοῦ, σοῦ, ἡμῶν, ὑμῶν, αὐτοῦ, ἑαυτοῦ, αὐτῶν) Mt 1:21, 25; 5:45; 6:10–12; 12:49; Mk 9:17; Lk 6:27; 10:7; 16:6; Ro 4:19; 6:6 and very oft. (only rarely is it absent: Mt 19:28; Lk 1:72; 2:32; 2 Cor 8:23; Js 5:20 al.).

ε. When accompanied by the possessive pronouns ἐμός, σός, ἡμέτερος, ὑμέτερος the noun always has the art., and the pron. stands mostly betw. art. and noun: Mt 18:20; Mk 8:38; Lk 9:26; Ac 26:5; Ro 3:7 and oft. But only rarely so in John: J 4:42; 5:47; 7:16. He prefers to repeat the article w. the possessive following the noun ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμή J 5:30; cp. 7:6; 17:17; 1J 1:3 al.

ζ. Adjectives (or participles), when they modify nouns that have the art., also come either betw. the art. and noun: ἡ ἀγαθὴ μερίς Lk 10:42; τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα 12:10; Ac 1:8; ἡ δικαία κρίσις J 7:24 and oft., or after the noun w. the art. repeated τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον Mk 3:29; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15. ἡ ζωὴ ἡ αἰώνιος 1J 1:2; 2:25. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν Ac 12:10. Only rarely does an adj. without the art. stand before a noun that has an art. (s. B-D-F §270, 1; Rob. 777; Mlt-Turner 185f): ἀκατακαλύπτῳ τῇ κεφαλῇ 1 Cor 11:5. εἶπεν μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ Ac 14:10 v.l.; cp. 26:24. κοιναῖς ταῖς χερσίν Mk 7:5 D.—Double modifier τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ Mt 25:41. τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ χρυσοῦν τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου Rv 8:3; 9:13. ἡ πόρνη ἡ μεγάλη ἡ καθημένη 17:1.—Mk 5:36 τὸν λόγον λαλούμενον is prob. a wrong rdg. (B has τὸν λαλ., D τοῦτον τὸν λ. without λαλούμενον).—On the art. w. ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς s. the words in question.

η. As in the case of the poss. pron. (ε) and adj. (ζ), so it is w. other expressions that can modify a noun: ἡ κατʼ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις Ro 9:11. ἡ παρʼ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη 11:27. ὁ λόγος ὁ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Cor 1:18. ἡ ἐντολὴ ἡ εἰς ζωήν Ro 7:10. ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 1 Th 1:8. ἡ διακονία ἡ εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους 2 Cor 8:4.

θ. The art. precedes the noun when a demonstrative pron. (ὅδε, οὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging with it comes before or after; e.g.: οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος Lk 14:30; J 9:24. οὗτος ὁ λαός Mk 7:6. οὗτος ὁ υἱός μου Lk 15:24. οὗτος ὁ τελώνης 18:11 and oft. ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος Mk 14:71; Lk 2:25; 23:4, 14, 47. ὁ λαὸς οὗτος Mt 15:8. ὁ υἱός σου οὗτος Lk 15:30 and oft.—ἐκείνη ἡ ἡμέρα Mt 7:22; 22:46. ἐκ. ἡ ὥρα 10:19; 18:1; 26:55. ἐκ. ὁ καιρός 11:25; 12:1; 14:1. ἐκ. ὁ πλάνος 27:63 and oft. ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη Mt 7:25, 27. ἡ ὥρα ἐκ. 8:13; 9:22; ἡ γῆ ἐκ. 9:26, 31; ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκ. 13:1. ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκ. vs. 44 and oft.—ὁ αὐτός s. αὐτός 3b.

ι. An art. before a nom. noun makes it a vocative (as early as Hom.; s. KBrugman⁴-AThumb, Griech. Gramm. 1913, 431; Schwyzer II 63f; B-D-F §147; Rob. 769. On the LXX Johannessohn, Kasus 14f.—ParJer 1:1 Ἰερεμία ὁ ἐκλεκτός μου; 7:2 χαῖρε Βαρούχι ὁ οἰκονόμος τῆς πίστεως) ναί, ὁ πατήρ Mt 11:26. τὸ κοράσιον, ἔγειρε Mk 5:41. Cp. Mt 7:23; 27:29 v.l.; Lk 8:54; 11:39; 18:11, 13 (Goodsp, Probs. 85–87); J 19:3 and oft.

ⓑ Adjectives become substantives by the addition of the art.

α. ὁ πονηρός Eph 6:16. οἱ σοφοί 1 Cor 1:27. οἱ ἅγιοι, οἱ πλούσιοι, οἱ πολλοί al. Likew. the neut. τὸ κρυπτόν Mt 6:4. τὸ ἅγιον 7:6. τὸ μέσον Mk 3:3. τὸ θνητόν 2 Cor 5:4. τὰ ἀδύνατα Lk 18:27. τὸ ἔλαττον Hb 7:7. Also w. gen. foll. τὰ ἀγαθά σου Lk 16:25. τὸ μωρόν, τὸ ἀσθενὲς τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 1:25; cp. vs. 27f. τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 1:19. τὰ ἀόρατα τοῦ θεοῦ vs. 20. τὸ ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου 8:3. τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς αἰσχύνης 2 Cor 4:2.

β. Adj. attributes whose noun is customarily omitted come to have substantive force and therefore receive the art. (B-D-F §241; Rob. 652–54) ἡ περίχωρος Mt 3:5; ἡ ξηρά 23:15 (i.e. γῆ). ἡ ἀριστερά, ἡ δεξιά (sc. χείρ) 6:3. ἡ ἐπιοῦσα (sc. ἡμέρα) Ac 16:11. ἡ ἔρημος (sc. χώρα) Mt 11:7.

γ. The neut. of the adj. w. the art. can take on the mng. of an abstract noun (Thu. 1, 36, 1 τὸ δεδιός=fear; Herodian 1, 6, 9; 1, 11, 5 τὸ σεμνὸν τῆς παρθένου; M. Ant. 1, 1; Just., D. 27, 2 διὰ τὸ σκληροκάρδιον ὑμῶν καὶ ἀχάριστον εἰς αὐτόν) τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ God’s kindness Ro 2:4. τὸ δυνατόν power 9:22. τὸ σύμφορον benefit 1 Cor 7:35. τὸ γνήσιον genuineness 2 Cor 8:8. τὸ ἐπιεικές Phil 4:5 al.

δ. The art. w. numerals indicates, as in Il. 5, 271f; X. et al. (HKallenberg, RhM 69, 1914, 662ff), that a part of a number already known is being mentioned (Diod S 18, 10, 2 τρεῖς μὲν φυλὰς … τὰς δὲ ἑπτά=‘but the seven others’; Plut., Cleom. 804 [8, 4] οἱ τέσσαρες=‘the other four’; Polyaenus 6, 5 οἱ τρεῖς=‘the remaining three’; Diog. L. 1, 82 Βίας προκεκριμένος τῶν ἑπτά=Bias was preferred before the others of the seven [wise men]. B-D-F §265): οἱ ἐννέα the other nine Lk 17:17. Cp. 15:4; Mt 18:12f. οἱ δέκα the other ten (disciples) 20:24; Mk 10:41; lepers Lk 17:17. οἱ πέντε … ὁ εἷς … ὁ ἄλλος five of them … one … the last one Rv 17:10.

ⓒ The ptc. w. the art. receives

α. the mng. of a subst. ὁ πειράζων the tempter Mt 4:3; 1 Th 3:5. ὁ βαπτίζων Mk 6:14. ὁ σπείρων Mt 13:3; Lk 8:5. ὁ ὀλεθρεύων Hb 11:28. τὸ ὀφειλόμενον Mt 18:30, 34. τὸ αὐλούμενον 1 Cor 14:7. τὸ λαλούμενον vs. 9 (Just., D. 32, 3 τὸ ζητούμενον). τὰ γινόμενα Lk 9:7. τὰ ἐρχόμενα J 16:13. τὰ ἐξουθενημένα 1 Cor 1:28. τὰ ὑπάρχοντα (s. ὑπάρχω 1). In Engl. usage many of these neuters are transl. by a relative clause, as in β below. B-D-F §413; Rob. 1108f.

β. the mng. of a relative clause (Ar. 4, 2 al. οἱ νομίζοντες) ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς whoever receives you Mt 10:40. τῷ τύπτοντί σε Lk 6:29. ὁ ἐμὲ μισῶν J 15:23. οὐδὲ γὰρ ὄνομά ἐστιν ἕτερον τὸ δεδομένον (ὸ̔ δέδοται) Ac 4:12. τινές εἰσιν οἱ ταράσσοντες ὑμᾶς Gal 1:7. Cp. Lk 7:32; 18:9; J 12:12; Col 2:8; 1 Pt 1:7; 2J 7; Jd 4 al. So esp. after πᾶς: πᾶς ὁ ὀργιζόμενος everyone who becomes angry Mt 5:22. πᾶς ὁ κρίνων Ro 2:1 al. After μακάριος Mt 5:4, 6, 10. After οὐαὶ ὑμῖν Lk 6:25.

ⓓ The inf. w. neut. art. (B-D-F §398ff; Rob. 1062–68) is used in a number of ways.

α. It stands for a noun (B-D-F §399; Rob. 1062–66) τὸ (ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν) φαγεῖν Mt 15:20. τὸ (ἐκ νεκρῶν) ἀναστῆναι Mk 9:10. τὸ ἀγαπᾶν 12:33; cp. Ro 13:8. τὸ ποιῆσαι, τὸ ἐπιτελέσαι 2 Cor 8:11. τὸ καθίσαι Mt 20:23. τὸ θέλειν Ro 7:18; 2 Cor 8:10.—Freq. used w. preps. ἀντὶ τοῦ, διὰ τό, διὰ τοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ, ἐν τῷ, ἕνεκεν τοῦ, ἕως τοῦ, μετὰ τό, πρὸ τοῦ, πρὸς τό etc.; s. the preps. in question (B-D-F §402–4; Rob. 1068–75).

β. The gen. of the inf. w. the art., without a prep., is esp. frequent (B-D-F §400; Mlt. 216–18; Rob. 1066–68; DEvans, ClQ 15, 1921, 26ff). The use of this inf. is esp. common in Lk and Paul, less freq. in Mt and Mk, quite rare in other writers. The gen. stands

א. dependent on words that govern the gen.: ἄξιον 1 Cor 16:4 (s. ἄξιος 1c). ἐξαπορηθῆναι τοῦ ζῆν 2 Cor 1:8. ἔλαχε τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι Lk 1:9 (cp. 1 Km 14:47 v.l. Σαοὺλ ἔλαχεν τοῦ βασιλεύειν).

ב. dependent on a noun (B-D-F §400, 1; Rob. 1066f) ὁ χρόνος τοῦ τεκεῖν Lk 1:57. ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν 2:6. ἐξουσία τοῦ πατεῖν 10:19. εὐκαιρία τοῦ παραδοῦναι 22:6. ἐλπὶς τοῦ σῴζεσθαι Ac 27:20; τοῦ μετέχειν 1 Cor 9:10. ἐπιποθία τοῦ ἐλθεῖν Ro 15:23. χρείαν ἔχειν τοῦ διδάσκειν Hb 5:12. καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι 1 Pt 4:17. τ. ἐνέργειαν τοῦ δύνασθαι the power that enables him Phil 3:21. ἡ προθυμία τοῦ θέλειν zeal in desiring 2 Cor 8:11.

ג. Somet. the connection w. the noun is very loose, and the transition to the consecutive sense (=result) is unmistakable (B-D-F §400, 2; Rob. 1066f): ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ τοῦ περιτεμεῖν αὐτόν Lk 2:21. ὀφειλέται … τοῦ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆν Ro 8:12. εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι 1:24. ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν 11:8. τὴν ἔκβασιν τοῦ δύνασθαι ὑπενεγκεῖν 1 Cor 10:13.

ד. Verbs of hindering, ceasing take the inf. w. τοῦ μή (s. Schwyzer II 372 for earlier Gk; PGen 16, 23 [207 A.D.] κωλύοντες τοῦ μὴ σπείρειν; LXX; ParJer 2:5 φύλαξαι τοῦ μὴ σχίσαι τὰ ἱμάτιά σου): καταπαύειν Ac 14:18. κατέχειν Lk 4:42. κρατεῖσθαι 24:16. κωλύειν Ac 10:47. παύειν 1 Pt 3:10 (Ps 33:14). ὑποστέλλεσθαι Ac 20:20, 27. Without μή: ἐγκόπτεσθαι τοῦ ἐλθεῖν Ro 15:22.

ה. The gen. of the inf. comes after verbs of deciding, exhorting, commanding, etc. (1 Ch 19:19; ParJer 7:37 διδάσκων αὐτοὺ τοῦ ἀπέχεσθαι) ἐγένετο γνώμης Ac 20:3. ἐντέλλεσθαι Lk 4:10 (Ps 90:11). ἐπιστέλλειν Ac 15:20. κατανεύειν Lk 5:7. κρίνειν Ac 27:1. παρακαλεῖν 21:12. προσεύχεσθαι Js 5:17. τὸ πρόσωπον στηρίζειν Lk 9:51. συντίθεσθαι Ac 23:20.

ו. The inf. w. τοῦ and τοῦ μή plainly has final (=purpose) sense (ParJer 5:2 ἐκάθισεν … τοῦ ἀναπαῆναι ὀλίγον; Soph., Lex. I 45f; B-D-F §400, 5 w. exx. fr. non-bibl. lit. and pap; Rob. 1067): ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπείρειν a sower went out to sow Mt 13:3. ζητεῖν τοῦ ἀπολέσαι = ἵνα ἀπολέσῃ 2:13. τοῦ δοῦναι γνῶσιν Lk 1:77. τοῦ κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας vs. 79. τοῦ σινιάσαι 22:31. τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν Ro 6:6. τοῦ ποιῆσαι αὐτά Gal 3:10. τοῦ γνῶναι αὐτόν Phil 3:10. Cp. Mt 3:13; 11:1; 24:45; Lk 2:24, 27; 8:5; 24:29; Ac 3:2; 20:30; 26:18; Hb 10:7 (Ps 39:9); 11:5; GJs 2:3f; 24:1.—The apparently solecistic τοῦ πολεμῆσαι Ro 12:7 bears a Semitic tinge, cp. Hos 9:13 et al. (Mussies 96).—The combination can also express

ז. consecutive mng. (result): οὐδὲ μετεμελήθητε τοῦ πιστεῦσαι αὐτῷ you did not change your minds and believe him Mt 21:32. τοῦ μὴ εἶναι αὐτὴν μοιχαλίδα Ro 7:3. τοῦ ποιεῖν τὰ βρέφη ἔκθετα Ac 7:19. Cp. 3:12; 10:25.

ⓔ The art. is used w. prepositional expressions (Artem. 4, 33 p. 224, 7 ὁ ἐν Περγάμῳ; 4, 36 ὁ ἐν Μαγνησίᾳ; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010 recto, 8–12] οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις … οἱ ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι καὶ μετεώροις; Tat. 31, 2 οἱ μὲν περὶ Κράτητα … οἱ δὲ περὶ Ἐρατοσθένη) τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς ἐν Κεγχρεαῖς Ro 16:1. ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις ταῖς ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ Rv 1:4. τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν (w. place name) ἐκκλησίας 2:1, 8, 12, 18; 3:1, 7, 14 (on these pass. RBorger, TRu 52, ’87, 42–45). τοῖς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ to those in the house Mt 5:15. πάτερ ἡμῶν ὁ ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς 6:9. οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰταλίας Hb 13:24. οἱ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ Ro 8:1. οἱ ἐξ ἐριθείας 2:8. οἱ ἐκ νόμου 4:14; cp. vs. 16. οἱ ἐκ τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας Phil 4:22. οἱ ἐξ εὐωνύμων Mt 25:41. τὸ θυσιαστήριον … τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου Rv 8:3; cp. 9:13. On 1:4 s. ref in B-D-F §136, 1 to restoration by Nestle. οἱ παρʼ αὐτοῦ Mk 3:21. οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ Mt 12:3. οἱ περὶ αὐτόν Mk 4:10; Lk 22:49 al.—Neut. τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ πλοίου pieces of wreckage fr. the ship Ac 27:44 (difft. FZorell, BZ 9, 1911, 159f). τὰ περί τινος Lk 24:19, 27; Ac 24:10; Phil 1:27 (Tat. 32, 2 τὰ περὶ θεοῦ). τὰ περί τινα 2:23. τὰ κατʼ ἐμέ my circumstances Eph 6:21; Phil 1:12; Col 4:7. τὰ κατὰ τὸν νόμον what (was to be done) according to the law Lk 2:39. τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν Ro 12:18. τὰ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 15:17; Hb 2:17; 5:1 (X., Resp. Lac. 13, 11 ἱερεῖ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς θεούς, στρατηγῷ δὲ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους). τὰ παρʼ αὐτῶν Lk 10:7. τὸ ἐν ἐμοί the (child) in me GJs 12:2 al.

ⓕ w. an adv. or adverbial expr. (1 Macc 8:3) τὸ ἔμπροσθεν Lk 19:4. τὸ ἔξωθεν Mt 23:25. τὸ πέραν Mt 8:18, 28. τὰ ἄνω J 8:23; Col 3:1f. τὰ κάτω J 8:23. τὰ ὀπίσω Mk 13:16. τὰ ὧδε matters here Col 4:9. ὁ πλησίον the neighbor Mt 5:43. οἱ καθεξῆς Ac 3:24. τὸ κατὰ σάρκα Ro 9:5. τὸ ἐκ μέρους 1 Cor 13:10.—Esp. w. indications of time τό, τὰ νῦν s. νῦν 2b. τὸ πάλιν 2 Cor 13:2. τὸ λοιπόν 1 Cor 7:29; Phil 3:1. τὸ πρῶτον J 10:40; 12:16; 19:39. τὸ πρότερον 6:62; Gal 4:13. τὸ καθʼ ἡμέραν daily Lk 11:3.—τὸ πλεῖστον at the most 1 Cor 14:27.

ⓖ The art. w. the gen. foll. denotes a relation of kinship, ownership, or dependence: Ἰάκωβος ὁ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου Mt 10:2 (Thu. 4, 104 Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου [sc. υἱός]; Plut., Timol. 3, 2; Appian, Syr. 26 §123 Σέλευκος ὁ Ἀντιόχου; Jos., Bell. 5, 5; 11). Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου Lk 24:10. ἡ τοῦ Οὐρίου the wife of Uriah Mt 1:6. οἱ Χλόης Chloë’s people 1 Cor 1:11. οἱ Ἀριστοβούλου, οἱ Ναρκίσσου Ro 16:10f. οἱ αὐτοῦ Ac 16:33. οἱ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Cor 15:23; Gal 5:24. Καισάρεια ἡ Φιλίππου Caesarea Philippi i.e. the city of Philip Mk 8:27.—τό, τά τινος someone’s things, affairs, circumstances (Thu. 4, 83 τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου; Parthenius 1, 6; Appian, Syr. 16 §67 τὰ Ῥωμαίων) τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, τῶν ἀνθρώπων Mt 16:23; 22:21; Mk 8:33; cp. 1 Cor 2:11. τὰ τῆς σαρκός, τοῦ πνεύματος Ro 8:5; cp. 14:19; 1 Cor 7:33f; 13:11. τὰ ὑμῶν 2 Cor 12:14. τὰ τῆς ἀσθενείας μου 11:30. τὰ τοῦ νόμου what the law requires Ro 2:14. τὸ τῆς συκῆς what has been done to the fig tree Mt 21:21; cp. 8:33. τὰ ἑαυτῆς its own advantage 1 Cor 13:5; cp. Phil 2:4, 21. τὸ τῆς παροιμίας what the proverb says 2 Pt 2:22 (Pla., Theaet. 183e τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου; Menand., Dyscolus 633 τὸ τοῦ λόγου). ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου in my Father’s house (so Field, Notes 50–56; Goodsp. Probs. 81–83; difft., ‘interests’, PTemple, CBQ 1, ’39, 342–52.—In contrast to the other synoptists, Luke does not elsewhere show Jesus ‘at home’.) Lk 2:49 (Lysias 12, 12 εἰς τὰ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ; Theocr. 2, 76 τὰ Λύκωνος; pap in Mayser II [1926] p. 8; POxy 523, 3 [II A.D.] an invitation to a dinner ἐν τοῖς Κλαυδίου Σαραπίωνος; PTebt 316 II, 23 [99 A.D.] ἐν τοῖς Ποτάμωνος; Esth 7:9; Job 18:19; Jos., Ant. 16, 302. Of the temple of a god Jos., C. Ap. 1, 118 ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διός). Mt 20:15 is classified here by WHatch, ATR 26, ’44, 250–53; s. also ἐμός b.

ⓗ The neut. of the art. stands

α. before whole sentences or clauses (Epict. 4, 1, 45 τὸ Καίσαρος μὴ εἶναι φίλον; Prov. Aesopi 100 P. τὸ Οὐκ οἶδα; Jos., Ant. 10, 205; Just., D. 33, 2 τὸ γὰρ … [Ps 109:4]) τὸ Οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ μοιχεύσεις κτλ. (quot. fr. the Decalogue) Mt 19:18; Ro 13:9. τὸ Καὶ μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη (quot. fr. Is 53:12) Lk 22:37. Cp. Gal 5:14. τὸ Εἰ δύνῃ as far as your words ‘If you can’ are concerned Mk 9:23. Likew. before indirect questions (Vett. Val. 291, 14 τὸ πῶς τέτακται; Ael. Aristid. 45, 15 K. τὸ ὅστις ἐστίν; ParJer 6:15 τὸ πῶς ἀποστείλης; GrBar 8:6 τὸ πῶς ἐταπεινώθη; Jos., Ant. 20, 28 ἐπὶ πείρᾳ τοῦ τί φρονοῖεν; Pel.-Leg. p. 20, 32 τὸ τί γένηται; Mel., Fgm. 8, 2 [Goodsp. p. 311] τὸ δὲ πῶς λούονται) τὸ τί ἂν θέλοι καλεῖσθαι αὐτό Lk 1:62. τὸ τίς ἂν εἴη μείζων αὐτῶν 9:46. τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν 1 Th 4:1. Cp. Lk 19:48; 22:2, 4, 23f; Ac 4:21; 22:30; Ro 8:26; Hs 8, 1, 4.

β. before single words which are taken fr. what precedes and hence are quoted, as it were (Epict. 1, 29, 16 τὸ Σωκράτης; 3, 23, 24; Hierocles 13 p. 448 ἐν τῷ μηδείς) τὸ ‘ἀνέβη’ Eph 4:9. τὸ ‘ἔτι ἅπαξ’ Hb 12:27. τὸ ‘Ἁγάρ’ Gal 4:25.

ⓘ Other notable uses of the art. are

α. the elliptic use, which leaves a part of a sentence accompanied by the art. to be completed fr. the context: ὁ τὰ δύο the man with the two (talents), i.e. ὁ τὰ δύο τάλαντα λαβών Mt 25:17; cp. vs. 22. τῷ τὸν φόρον Ro 13:7. ὁ τὸ πολύ, ὀλίγον the man who had much, little 2 Cor 8:15 after Ex 16:18 (cp. Lucian, Bis Accus. 9 ὁ τὴν σύριγγα [sc. ἔχων]; Arrian, Anab. 7, 8, 3 τὴν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ [sc. ὁδόν]).

β. Σαῦλος, ὁ καὶ Παῦλος Ac 13:9; s. καί 2h.

γ. the fem. art. is found in a quite singular usage ἡ οὐαί (ἡ θλῖψις or ἡ πληγή) Rv 9:12; 11:14. Sim. ὁ Ἀμήν 3:14 (here the masc. art. is evidently chosen because of the alternate name for Jesus).

ⓙ One art. can refer to several nouns connected by καί

α. when various words, sing. or pl., are brought close together by a common art.: τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ γραμματεῖς Mt 2:4; cp. 16:21; Mk 15:1. ἐν τοῖς προφήταις κ. ψαλμοῖς Lk 24:44. τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ καὶ Σαμαρείᾳ Ac 1:8; cp. 8:1; Lk 5:17 al.—Even nouns of different gender can be united in this way (Aristoph., Eccl. 750; Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 12 p. 37a οἱ δύο θεοί, of Apollo and Artemis; Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. c. 292; PTebt 14, 10 [114 B.C.]; En 18:14; EpArist 109) κατὰ τὰ ἐντάλματα καὶ διδασκαλίας Col 2:22. Cp. Lk 1:6. εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς καὶ φραγμούς 14:23.

β. when one and the same person has more than one attribute applied to him: πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μου καὶ πατέρα ὑμῶν J 20:17. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Ro 15:6; 2 Cor 1:3; 11:31; Eph 1:3; 1 Pt 1:3. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ (ἡμῶν) Eph 5:20; Phil 4:20; 1 Th 1:3; 3:11, 13. Of Christ: τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ σωτῆρος 2 Pt 1:11; cp. 2:20; 3:18. τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ καὶ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Tit 2:13 (PGrenf II, 15 I, 6 [139 B.C.] of the deified King Ptolemy τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ εὐεργέτου καὶ σωτῆρος [ἐπιφανοῦς] εὐχαρίστου).

γ. On the other hand, the art. is repeated when two different persons are named: ὁ φυτεύων καὶ ὁ ποτίζων 1 Cor 3:8. ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ ὁ ἡγεμών Ac 26:30.

ⓚ In a fixed expression, when a noun in the gen. is dependent on another noun, the art. customarily appears twice or not at all: τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 3:16; πνεῦμα θεοῦ Ro 8:9. ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ 2 Cor 2:17; λόγος θεοῦ 1 Th 2:13. ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ κυρίου 2 Th 2:2; ἡμ. κ. 1 Th 5:2. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου Mt 8:20; υἱ. ἀ. Hb 2:6. ἡ ἀνάστασις τῶν νεκρῶν Mt 22:31; ἀ. ν. Ac 23:6. ἡ κοιλία τῆς μητρός J 3:4; κ. μ. Mt 19:12.—APerry, JBL 68, ’49, 329–34; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach³, ’67, 93–95.—DELG. M-M.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὁ
51 name

neɪm
1. сущ.
1) а) имя (вообще) ;
имя (в отличие от фамилии, тж. Christian name, амер. given name, first name), фамилия (тж. family name, surname) ;
род, семья, фамилия to adopt, assume a name ≈ взять имя to give smb. a name ≈ называть кого-л., давать имя to immortalize smb.'s name ≈ обессмертить чье-л. имя to invoke God's name ≈ взывать к Богу to use a name ≈ называться (каким-либо именем) fancy name ≈ выдуманное имя by name put one's name down for know by name in name only in the name of under an assumed name under the name of without a name assumed name code name dirty name legal name maiden name married name - middle name personal name pet name proper name stage name - trade name vernacular name Syn: pseudonym;
family, clan, people б) коммерч. билет с именем покупателя акций, передается продавцу в особый день в) имя, название, наименование, обозначение, ярлык There is no name for such conduct. ≈ Нет слов, чтобы описать такое поведение. give it a name the name of the game in all but name Syn: title г) название, слово (как противопоставленное сути, сущности), пустой звук There is only the name of friendship between them. ≈ Их дружба - одно название. virtuous in name
2) а) грам. имя существительное common name Syn: noun б) грам. термин, слово geographic name ≈ географическое название professional name ≈ профессиональный термин
3) а) репутация, доброе ( или не очень) имя to besmirch, smear smb.'s (good) name ≈ запятнать чью-л. репутацию to clear one's name ≈ обелить кого-л. to make/win a good name for oneself ≈ завоевать доброе имя bad name ≈ плохая репутация people of name ≈ известные люди He has name for honesty. ≈ Он известен своей честностью. ill name ≈ плохая репутация Syn: fame, reputation, repute б) имя, личность, знаменитость the great names of history ≈ исторические личности
4) мн. брань (только в сочетаниях, см. ниже) call smb. names ∙ to take smb.'s name in vain ≈ клясться, божиться;
поминать имя всуе not to have a penny to one's name ≈ не иметь ни гроша за душой give a dog a bad name and hang him ≈ считать кого-л. плохим, потому что о нем идет дурная слава
2. гл.
1) называть, давать имя My mother insisted on naming me Horace. ≈ Моя мать настаивала на том, чтобы мне дали имя Гораций. name after name for name from Syn: call, christen, designate, dub
2) а) назначать, указывать Call Marty, tell him to name his price. ≈ Позвони Марти и скажи ему, чтобы он назвал свою цену. It's nearly thirty years since a journalist was jailed for refusing to name a source. ≈ Прошло почти тридцать лет с того момента, как журналист был осужден за отказ сообщить источник информации. you name it name the day б) назначать (на должность) Early in 1941 he was named commander of the African Corps. ≈ В начале 1941 года он был назначен командиром африканского корпуса. Syn: appoint, nominate, designate, assign, appoint в) называть кого-л. кем-л., что-л. как-л., давать характеристику Name them bishops, or name them not bishops, you will still have chief men. ≈ Зови их епископами, не зови их епископами, все одно - заправилы. г) обвинять члена Палаты Общин в недостойном поведении (прерогатива спикера) д) упоминать, называть;
цитировать, приводить в качестве примера Syn: mention, specify имя;
фамилия - Christian /first, given/ * имя - middle * второе имя (напр., May в Louise May Smith) ;
(разговорное) характерная черта - honesty is his middle * он воплощенная честность - family /last/ * фамилия - full * полное имя;
все имена и фамилия - maiden * девичья фамилия - married * фамилия по мужу - what is your *? как вас зовут? - Tom by * по имени Том - a tenant, John Jones by * арендатор по имени Джон Джонс - a person of /by/ the * of Smith человек по фамилии Смит - to know by * знать понаслышке;
знать по именам /фамилиям/, знать лично каждого - to know all the pupils by * знать всех учеников поименно - under the * of под именем;
под псевдонимом - to put one's * to smth. подписаться под чем-л.;
подписать что-л. (воззвание и т. п.) - to put one's * down for подписаться на (какую-л. сумму) ;
записаться на (билет и т. п.) ;
выставить свою кандидатуру на (какой-л. пост) - of no *, without a * безымянный;
не поддающийся описанию (о поступке) - to send in one's * записываться( на конкурс и т. п.) ;
велеть доложить о себе - what * shall I say? как о вас доложить? - I sent up my * я приказал доложить о себе - to change one's name of Higgins to Jones сменить фамилию Хиггинс на Джоунз - to use smb.'s * ссылаться на кого-л., использовать чье-л. имя как рекомендацию - in the * of smb., smth. во имя кого-л., чего-л.;
от чьего-л. имени;
именем кого-л., чего-л.;
(юридическое) от имени, по поручению кого-л.;
на имя кого-л., чего-л. (о вкладе и т. п.) - in the * of common sense во имя здравого смысла - in God's *!, in the * of heaven! боже!, во имя всего святого!;
- in the * of the law именем закона - in one's own * от своего имени название, наименование;
обозначение - place * географическое название - trade * название фирмы;
фирменное название (тж. proprietary *) - a popular * for smth. народное название чего-л. - in * (only) (только) номинально;
(только) по наванию - a mere *, only a * пустой звук, одно название - there is only the * of friendship between them их дружба - одно название - he is chief in * only он лишь номинальный начальник - the town derived it's * from... город получил название от... /назван в честь.../ (тк. в ед. ч.) репутация;
слава;
(доброе) имя - bad /ill/ * плохая репутация, дурная слава - to make a good * for oneself заслуживать доброе имя - to get /to make, to win/ oneself a * создать себе имя, получить известность - to perpetuate one's * увековечить себя, обессмертить свое имя - to have a * for honesty, to have the * of being honest славиться честностью - to bear /to carry/ the * (устаревшее) пользоваться заслуженной репутацией - he is not entitled to the * of scholar он недостоин называться ученым личность, человек (особ. выдающийся) - people of * люди с именем;
известные деятели;
знаменитости - the great *s of history великие люди /имена/, исторические личности - the greatest * in science величайший ученый род, фамилия - the last of his * последний из рода - an illustrious * знатный род pl брань, бранные слова - to call smb. *s поносить кого-л.;
обзывать кого-л. - he called me all *s он по всякому обзывал меня (грамматика) имя существительное - proper * имя собственное (логика) термин;
логическое понятие > their * is legion( библеизм) имя им легион > he hasn't a penny to his * у него ни гроша за душой > to keep one's * on the books оставаться членом клуба и т. п. > to keep smb.'s * off the books не допускать кого-л. в организацию, не принимать кого-л. в члены клуба и т. п. > to take smb.'s * off the books исключить кого-л. из организации, клуба, учебного заведения и т. п. > to lend one's * /the shelter of one's * / to smb. разрешить кому-л. воспользоваться своим именем, дать кому-л. рекомендацию, поддержать кого-л. своим авторитетом > give it a *! выбирайте, я плачу (при угощении) > the * of the game самое главное, суть > the * of the game is trust все дело в доверии > in fishing, patience is the * of the game на рыбалке самое главное - терпение именной - * tag именной жетон;
медальон с фамилией;
личный знак( военнослужащего) авторский - * entry( специальное) авторское описание, описание под именем автора ( в каталоге, списке) заглавный - * role /part/ заглавная роль - * story рассказ, давший название сборнику рассказов (американизм) (разговорное) известный;
с именем - * brand известная марка( товара) - * writers писатели с именем - * band оркестр под управлением знаменитого дирижера называть, давать имя - to * a child John назвать /наречь, окрестить/ ребенка Джоном - to * after /from, (американизм) for/ называть в честь - the child was *d after his father ребенка назвали в честь отца - cambric is so *d from its place of origin, Cambray ткань называется кембрик, потому что ее начали производить в Камбре - the college is *d for George Washinton колледжу присвоено имя Джорджа Вашингтона называть, перечислять поименно - to * all the flowers in the garden перечислить названия всех цветов в (этом) саду - to * the States of the Union назвать все штаты, входящие в состав США указывать, назначать - to * the day назначить день свадьбы (тк. о невесте) ;
принять предложение руки и сердца - to * one's price назначить (свою) цену назначать (на должность) - to * for duty назначить на дежурство - he has been *d consul его назначили консулом - Mr. X. has been *d for the directorship г-на Х. назначили на пост директора упоминать;
приводить (в качестве примера) - he was *d in the suit в иске было упомянуто его имя - the measures we have *d перечисленные /упомянутые/ нами мероприятия( парламентское) призвать к порядку - to * a member( канадское) удалить из зала( участника заседания) - he was *d by the Chairman and warned председатель призвал его к порядку и сделал ему предупреждение > not to be *d on /in/ the same day /breath/ with никакого сравнения быть не может > he is not to be *d on the same day with his brother смешно сравнивать его с братом > to * names упоминать фамилии (замешанных в чем-л.) > the witness threatened to * names свидетель угрожал тем, что он может кое-кого назвать argument ~ вчт. имя аргумента array ~ вчт. имя массива assumed ~ вымышленное имя assumed ~ вчт. псевдоним assumed ~ псевдоним assumed ~ фиктивное имя base ~ вчт. основное имя brand ~ название марки изделия brand ~ название торговой марки brand ~ торговое название brand ~ фабричная марка business ~ название торгово-промышленного предприятия business ~ название фирмы business ~ наименование предприятия ~ имя (тж. Christian name, амер. given name, first name) ;
фамилия (тж. family name, surname) ;
by name по имени by ~ по имени to know by ~ знать по имени;
by (или of, under) the name of под именем;
in name only только номинально command ~ вчт. имя команды commercial ~ торговое название ~ грам. имя существительное;
common name имя нарицательное company ~ название компании compound ~ вчт. составное имя corporate ~ наименование корпорации device ~ вчт. имя устройства device ~ вчт. номер устройства entry ~ вчт. имя входа external ~ вчт. внешнее имя false ~ вымышленное имя fictitious ~ вымышленное имя file ~ вчт. имя файла firm ~ название фирмы firm ~ фирменное наименование first ~ имя full ~ полное имя function ~ вчт. имя функции generic ~ вчт. родовое имя give a dog a bad ~ and hang him считать (кого-л.) плохим, потому что о нем идет дурная слава global ~ вчт. глобальное имя ~ великий человек;
the great names of history исторические личности group ~ вчт. групповое имя he has ~ for honesty он известен своей честностью;
people of name известные люди to know by ~ знать по имени;
by (или of, under) the name of под именем;
in name only только номинально in the ~ of от имени;
именем;
in the name of the law именем закона;
in one's own name от своего имени in the ~ of во имя;
in the name of common sense во имя здравого смысла in the ~ of от имени;
именем;
in the name of the law именем закона;
in one's own name от своего имени in the ~ of во имя;
in the name of common sense во имя здравого смысла in the ~ of от имени;
именем;
in the name of the law именем закона;
in one's own name от своего имени internal ~ вчт. внутреннее имя joint ~ общее название to know by ~ знать лично каждого to know by ~ знать по имени;
by (или of, under) the name of под именем;
in name only только номинально to know by ~ знать понаслышке ~ фамилия, род;
the last of his name последний из рода logical ~ вчт. логическое имя ~ репутация;
bad (или ill) name плохая репутация;
to make (или to win) a good name for oneself завоевать доброе имя menu ~ вчт. имя меню middle ~ второе имя name (обыкн. pl) брань;
to call names ругать(ся) ;
to take (smb.'s) name in vain клясться, божиться;
поминать имя всуе ~ великий человек;
the great names of history исторические личности ~ давать имя ~ именная записка, по которой производится передача акций ~ имя (тж. Christian name, амер. given name, first name) ;
фамилия (тж. family name, surname) ;
by name по имени ~ вчт. имя ~ имя ~ грам. имя существительное;
common name имя нарицательное ~ название, наименование, обозначение ~ название ~ назначать (на должность) ~ назначать цену ~ называть, давать имя;
to name after, амер. to name for (или from) называть в честь (кого-л.) ~ называть ~ наименование ~ обозначение ~ пустой звук;
there is only the name of friendship between them их дружба - одно название;
virtuous in name лицемер ~ репутация;
bad (или ill) name плохая репутация;
to make (или to win) a good name for oneself завоевать доброе имя ~ указывать, назначать;
to name the day назначать день( особ. свадьбы) ~ упоминать;
приводить в качестве примера ~ фамилия, род;
the last of his name последний из рода ~ фамилия ~ член страхового синдиката Ллойдса ~ называть, давать имя;
to name after, амер. to name for (или from) называть в честь (кого-л.) ~ называть, давать имя;
to name after, амер. to name for (или from) называть в честь (кого-л.) ~ of the company название компании ~ указывать, назначать;
to name the day назначать день (особ. свадьбы) nominee ~ подставное лицо not to have a penny to one's ~ не иметь ни гроша за душой partnership ~ название товарищества path ~ вчт. путь доступа, маршрут доступа he has ~ for honesty он известен своей честностью;
people of name известные люди program ~ вчт. имя программы psevdo-variable ~ вчт. имя псевдопеременной to put one's ~ down for выставить свою кандидатуру на (какой-л. пост) to put one's ~ down for принять участие в (сборе денег и т. п.) ;
подписаться под (воззванием и т. п.) qualified ~ вчт. составное имя salt ~ остроумное название товара (в рекламных целях) secondary ~ второе имя secondary ~ имя seed ~ название семян simple ~ вчт. простое имя straw ~ фиктивное имя straw ~ фиктивное название subsidiary ~ название филиала symbolic ~ вчт. символическое имя system ~ вчт. системное имя name (обыкн. pl) брань;
to call names ругать(ся) ;
to take (smb.'s) name in vain клясться, божиться;
поминать имя всуе vain: in ~ всуе;
to take (smb.'s) name in vain говорить( о ком-л.) без должного уважения;
to take God's name in vain богохульствовать ~ пустой звук;
there is only the name of friendship between them их дружба - одно название;
virtuous in name лицемер trade ~ название фирмы trade ~ торговая фирма;
наименование фирмы;
фирменное наименование trade ~ торговое название товара trade ~ фирменное название tree ~ вчт. составное имя unique ~ вчт. уникальное имя variable ~ вчт. имя переменной ~ пустой звук;
there is only the name of friendship between them их дружба - одно название;
virtuous in name лицемер without a ~ безымянный without a ~ не поддающийся описанию (о поступке)

Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > name
52 HAFA

have

* * *

(hefi; hafða, höfðum; hafðr), v.

1) to have (þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór);

hafa elda, to keep up a five;

2) to hold, celebrate (hafa vinaboð, blót, þing);

3) to keep, retain (rifu þær vefinn í sundr, ok hafði hverr þat er hélt á);

4) to use (tvau net eru rý, ok hafa eigi höfð verit);

orð þau sem hann hafði um haft, which he had made use of;

hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one;

hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one;

hafa tvimæli á e-u, to speak doubtfully of a thing;

hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words;

hann var mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in, lawsuits;

5) to have, hold, maintain;

hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one;

hafa hættumikit, to run a great risk;

hafa heilindi, to have good health;

6) to bring, carry;

hafa e-n heim með sér, to bring one home;

hann hafði lög, út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway;

hafa sik (to betake oneself) til annara landa;

7) to take, carry off;

troll hafi þik, the trolls take thee;

8) to get, gain, win;

hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep;

hefir sá jafnan, er hættir, he wins that ventures;

hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victor;

hafa meira hlut, to get the upper hand, gain the day;

hafa betr (verr), to get the better (worse) of it;

hafa sitt mál, to win one’s suit;

hafa tafl, to win the game;

hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed;

hafa bana, to suffer death, to die;

hafa sigr, to be worsted;

hafa góðar viðtökur, to be well received;

hafa tíðindi af e-m, to get tidings of, or from, one;

hafa sœmd, óvirðing af e-m, to get honour, disgrace from one;

with gen., hafa e-s ekki, to fail to catch one (hann kemst á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki);

ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we shall not catch him at present;

9) to wear carry (clothes, weapons);

hann hafði blán kyrtil, he wore a blue kirtle;

hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand;

10) to behave, do, or fare, so an so esp. with an adv.;

hafa vel, illa, vetr, to behave (do) well, badly, be worse;

hafa sik vel, to behave;

hafa vel, to be well off or happy;

hafa hart, to be in a wretched plight;

11) with infin., hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping at selja, to have on sale;

lög hafið þér at mæla, you are right;

12) hafa e-n nær e-u, to expose one to (þú hafðir svá nær haft oss úfœru);

hafa nær e-u, to come near to, esp. impers.;

nær hafði okkr nú, it was a narrow escape;

svá nær hafði hausinum, at, the shot so nearly touched the head, that;

ok er nær hafði, skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of flloating;

13) as an auxiliary verb, in the earliest time with the pp. of transitive verbs in acc.;

hefir þú hamar um fólginn, hast thou hidden the hammer?;

ek hefi sendan mann, I have sent a man;

later with indecl. neut. pp.;

hefir þú eigi sét mik, hast thou not seen me?;

14) with preps.:

hafa e-t at, to do, act;

hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely;

absol., viltu þess freista, ok vita hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see what happens?;

hafa e-t at hlífiskildi (skotspœni), to use as a shield (as a target);

hafa e-n háði, hlátri, to mock, laugh at;

hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of;

hafa sakir á e-n have charges against one;

hafa á rás, to take to one’s heels, run off;

hafa e-t eptir, to do or repeat a thing after one;

hafa e-t fram, to produce (vápn þorgils vóru fram höfð); to carry out, hold forth;

hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit;

var um búit, ekki fram haft, all was made ready but nothing done;

hafa e-t frammi, í frammi, to use, make use of (hafa í frammi kúgan);

ok öll lögmæt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all on official duties;

hafa e-t fyrir satt, to hold for true;

eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed for that, it is a false charge;

hafa e-n fyrir sökum um e-t, to charge one with;

hafa í hótum við e-n, to threaten one;

hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand;

höfum eiai sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands;

hafa ór við e-n, to behave so and so towards one (hefir þú illa ór haft við mik);

hafa e-t til e-s to use for (höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót); to be a reason or ground for;

vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sézt, we believe the foundation of the story is that men have been seen there;

hafa mikit (lítit) til síns máls, to have much (little) in support of one’s case;

hafa e-t til, to have at hand, possess;

orð þau, sem hann hafði um haft, the words which he had used;

keisari hafði fátt um, did not say much;

hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue one;

hafa e-t uppi, to take (heave) up (hafa uppi fœri, net);

Skarpheðinn hafði uppi øxina, S. heaved up the axe;

hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel;

hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game;

hafa e-n uppi, to bring one to light;

hafa uppi rœður, to begin a discussion;

hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished (hafa úti sitt dagsverk);

hafa við e-m, to be a match for one;

hafa sik við, to exert oneself;

hafa mikit (lítit) við, to make a great (little) display;

hann söng messu ok bafði mikit við, and made much of it;

hann bad jarl leita, bann hafði lítit við þat, he did it lightly;

haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so;

haf þú lítit við at eggja sonu þina, refrain from egging on thy sons;

15) refl., hafast.

* * *

pret. hafði; subj. hefði; pres. sing. hefi (less correctly hefir), hefir, hefir; plur. höfum, hafit, hafa: the mod. pres. sing. is monosyllabic hefr or hefur, and is used so in rhymes—andvara engan hefur | … við glys heims gálaus sefur, Pass. 15. 6, but in print the true old form hefir is still retained; the monosyllabic present is used even by old writers in the 1st pers. before the personal or negative suffix, e. g. hef-k and hef-k-a ek for hefi-g and hefig-a ek, see e. g. Grág. (Kb.) 79, 82, in the old oath formula, hef-k eigi, Hallfred; hef ek, Fms. iii. 10 (in a verse); but not so in 3rd pers., e. g. hefir-a or hefir-at, Grág. l. c.: imperat. haf, hafðu: part. pass. hafðr, neut. haft;—hafat is an απ. λεγ., Vsp. 16, and is prob. qs. hafit from hefja, to heave, lift: [Ulf. haban; A. S. habban; Engl. have; Hel. hebben; Germ. haben; Dutch hebben; Dan. have, Swed. hafva: it is curious the Lat. form habere retains the consonant unchanged, cp. the Romance forms, Ital. avere, Fr. avoir, Span. haber, etc. ☞ Hafa is a weak verb, and thus distinguished from hefja (to lift, begin), which is a strong verb, answering to Lat. capere, incipere; but in sundry cases, as will be seen below, it passes into the sense of this latter word; as also in some instances into that of another lost strong verb, hafa, hóf, to behave, and hœfa, to hit]:—to have.

A. To have; hann hafði með sér ekki meira lið, Fms. i. 39; hafði hverr hirð um sik, 52; höfðu þeir áttján skip, viii. 42; Sverrir hafði tvau hundrað manna, … þeir höfðu annan samnað á landi, 328; hann hafði mikit lið ok frítt, x. 36; þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór, 102; hafa fjölmennar setur, Eb. 22; hann hafði menn sína í síldveri, Eg. 42; mun ek naut hafa þar sem mér þykkir hagi beztr, 716.

II. to hold:

1. to keep, celebrate; hafa ok halda, Dipl. i. 6; hafa átrúnað, 10; hafa dóma, 12; hafa blót, Fms. iv. 254; hafa vina-veizlu, id.; hafa vina-boð, Nj. 2; hafa Jóla-boð, Eg. 516; hafa þing, Fms. ix. 449; hafa haust-boð, Gísl. 27; hafa drykkju, Eb. 154; hafa leik, Fms. x. 201, passim.

2. to hold, observe; hlýðir þat hvergi at hafa eigi lög í landi, Nj. 149; skal þat hafa, er stendr …, Grág. i. 7; skal þat allt hafa er finsk á skrá þeirri …, id.; en hvatki es mis-sagt es í fræðum þessum, þá es skylt at hafa þat (to keep, hold to be true) es sannara reynisk, Íb. 3; ok hafða ek (I kept, selected) þat ór hvárri er framarr greindi, Landn. 320, v. l.

3. to hold, keep, retain; ef hann vill hafa hann til fardaga, Grág. i. 155; skal búandinn hafa hann hálfan mánuð, 154; ok hafði hvárr þat er hélt á, Nj. 279; hitt skal hafa er um fram er, Rb. 56; kasta í burt þrjátigi ok haf þat sem eptir verðr, 494.

4. to hold an office; hafa lögsögu, to hold the office of lögsaga, Íb. passim; hafa jarldóm, konungdóm, passim; þat höfðu haft at fornu Dana-konungar, Eg. 267; þér berit konunga-nöfn svá sem fyrr hafa haft ( have had) forfeðr yðrir, en hafit lítið af ríki, Fms. i. 52; hafa ríki, to reign, Hkr. pref.

5. phrases, hafa elda, to keep a fire, cook, Fms. xi. 129; hafa fjárgæzlu, to tend sheep, Eg. 740; hafa embætti með höndum, Stj. 204; hafa gæzlur á e-u, Fms. ix. 313; hafa … vetr, to have so many winters, be of such an age (cp. Fr. avoir … ans), Íb. 15; margir höfðu lítið fátt þúsund ára, Ver. 7: hafa vörn í máli, Nj. 93; hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand, Fms. viii. 280, ix. 239; hafa e-t á höndum, Grág. i. 38; hafa fyrir satt, to hold for true, Fms. xi. 10; hafa við orð, to intimate, suggest, Nj. 160; hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of, Fas. i. 318.

6. with prepp. or infin.,

α. with prep.; hafa til, to have, possess; ef annarr þeirra hefir til enn annarr eigi, þá er sá skyldr til at fá honum er til hefir, Grág. i. 33; ef annarr hefir til …, id.; þér ætlið at ek muna eigi afl til hafa, Ld. 28.

β. with infin.; hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping, Eg. 500; lög hafit þér at mæla, you have the law on your tongue, i. e. you are right, Nj. 101; hörð tíðindi hefi ek at segja þér, 64; sá er gripinn hefir at halda, Grág. i. 438; hafa at selja, to have on sale, Ld. 28.

III. to use; var haft til þess sker eitt, Eb. 12; þá höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót, Fms. vii. 193; er þín ráð vóru höfð, that thy advice was taken, Fs. 57; Gríss hafði þessi ráð, Fms. iii. 21; ek vil at þat sé haft er ek legg til, x. 249; þykki mér þú vel hafa ( make good use of) þau tillög er ek legg fyrir þik, xi. 61; til þess alls er jarli þótti skipta, þá hafði hann þessa hluti, 129; tvau ný (net), ok hafa eigi höfð verit ( which have not been used), haf þú ( take) hvárt er þú vilt, Háv. 46; þær vil ek hafa enar nýju, en ek vil ekki hætta til at hafa enar fornu, id.; önnur er ný ok mikil ok hefir ( has) til einskis höfð ( used) verið, id.; buðkr er fyrir húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; gjalda vápn þau er höfð eru, N. G. L. i. 75; þat hafði hann haft ( used) fyrir skála, Edda 29; þeir vóru hafðir til at festa með hús jafnan, Nj. 118; sá hólmr var hafðr til at …, Fms. i. 218; hann skyldi hafa hinn sama eið, x. 7; orð þau sem hann hafði ( had) um haft ( used), Nj. 56; orð þau er hann hafði ( made use of) í barnskírn, K. Þ. K. 14.

2. more special phrases; hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one, Nj. 224; hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one, 223; allmikil fjölkyngi mun vera við höfð áðr svá fái gört, Edda 27; hafa mörg orð um e-t, Ld. 268; hafa tvímæli á e-u, to discuss, doubt, speak diffidently of a thing, Lv. 52; hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words, Nj. 89; hafa nafn Drottins í hégóma, to take the Lord’s name in vain, Fms. i. 310; (hann var) mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in lawsuits, Dropl. 8: hafa sik til e-s, to use oneself to a thing, i. e. to do a mean, paltry thing; þeir er til þess vilja hafa sik, at ganga í samkundur manna úboðit, Gþl. 200; ef hann vill sik til þessa hafa, Fms. i. 99: hafa sik við, to exert oneself; skaltú ok verða þik við at hafa um þetta mál, ef þú getr þat af þér fært, Grett. 160: hafa e-n at skotspæni, to use one as a target, Nj. 222; hafa e-n at hlífi-skildi sér, to use one as a shield, 262; hafa e-n at ginningar-fifli, auga-bragði, háði, hlátri, Hm. 133, Nj. 224, passim.

IV. to have, hold, maintain, of a state or condition; hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one, Sks. 662; hafa vanmátt, to continue sick, Eg. 565; hafa hættu-mikit, to run a great risk, Nj. 149; hafa vitfirring, to be insane, Grág. i. 154; hafa heilindi, to have good health, 26, Hm. 67; hafa burði til e-s, to have the birthright to a thing. Eg. 479; hafa hug, áræði, hyggindi, to have the courage …, Hom. 28; hafa vit ( to know), skyn, greind … á e-u, to have understanding of a thing; hafa gaman, gleði, skemtun, ánægju af e-u, to have interest or pleasure in a thing; hafa leiða, ógeð, andstygð, hatr, óbeit á e-u, to dislike, be disgusted with, hate a thing; hafa elsku, mætr, virðing á e-u, to love, esteeem … a thing; hafa allan hug á e-u, to bend the mind to a thing; hafa grun á e-m, to suspect one; hafa ótta, beyg af e-u, to fear a thing; and in numberless other phrases.

2. with prepp.:

α. hafa e-t frammi (fram), to carry out, hold forth; hafa frammi róg, Nj. 166; hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit, 101; stefnu-för, 78; heitstrengingar, Fms. xi. 103; ok öll lögmælt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all one’s official duties, 232; var um búit en ekki fram haft, all was made ready, but nothing done, viii. 113; beini má varla verða betri en hér er frammi hafðr, xi. 52; hafðú í frammi ( use) kúgan við þá uppi við fjöllin, Ísl. ii. 215; margir hlutir, þó at hann hafi í frammi, Sks. 276.

β. hafa mikit, lítið fyrir e-u, to have much, little trouble about a thing; (hence fyrir-höfn, trouble.)

γ. hafa við e-m (afl or the like understood), to be a match for one, Fms. vii. 170, Lv. 109, Nj. 89, Eg. 474, Anal. 176; hafa mikit, lítið við, to make a great, little display; (hence við-höfn, display, pomp); hann söng messu ok hafði mikit við, he sang mass and made a great thing of it, Nj. 157; þú hefir mikit við, thou makest a great show of it, Boll. 351; hann bað jarl leita, hann hafði lítið við þat, he did it lightly, Nj. 141; haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so, Ld. 182.

B. To take, carry off, win, wield, [closely akin to Lat. capere]:

I. to catch, take, esp. in the phrase, hafa ekki e-s, to miss one; hann kemsk á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki, he took to the forest and they missed him, Nj. 130; ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we sha’nt catch him at present, Fms. vi. 278; hafða ek þess vætki vífs, Hm. 101; þeygi ek hana at heldr hefik, 95: in swearing, tröll, herr, gramir hafi þik, the trolls, ghosts, etc. take thee! tröll hafi líf, ef …, Kormak; tröll hafi Trefót allan! Grett. (in a verse); tröll hafi þína vini, tröll hafi hól þitt, Nj.; herr hafi Þóri til slægan, confound the wily Thorir! Fms. vi. 278, v. l. (emended, as the phrase is wrongly explained in Fms. xii. Gloss.); gramir hafi þik! vide gramr.

II. to carry, carry off, bring; hafði einn hjartað í munni sér, one carried the heart off in his mouth, Nj. 95; hann hafði þat ( brought it) norðan með sér, Eg. 42; hafði Þórólfr heim marga dýrgripi, 4; hann hafði með sér skatt allan, 62; skaltú biðja hennar ok hafa hana heim hingat, Edda 22; fé þat er hann hafði ( had) út haft ( carried from abroad), Gullþ. 13; á fimm hestum höfðu þeir mat, Nj. 74; bókina er hann hafði ( had) út haft, Fms. vii. 156; konungr hafði biskup norðr til Björgynjar með sér, viii. 296; biskup lét hann hafa með sér kirkju-við ok járn-klukku, Landn. 42; hann hafði með sér skulda-lið sitt ok búferli, Eb. 8; hann tók ofan hofit, ok hafði með sér flesta viðu, id.; ok hafa hana í brott, Fms. i. 3; tekr upp barnit, ok hefir heim með sér, Ísl. ii. 20; hann hafði lög út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway, Íb. 5; haf þú heim hvali til bæjar, Hým. 26; ok hafa hann til Valhallar, Nj. 119.

III. to take, get; hann hafði þá engan mat né drykk, he took no food nor drink, Eg. 602; hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep, Bs. i. 139.

2. to get, gain, win; öfluðu sér fjár, ok höfðu hlutskipti mikit, Eg. 4; eigi þarftú at biðja viðsmjörs þess, þvíat hann mun þat alls ekki hafa, né þú, for neither he nor thou shall get it, Blas. 28; jarl vill hafa minn fund, he will have a meeting with me, 40, Skv. 1. 4: the sayings, hefir sá jafnan er hættir, he wins that risks, ‘nothing venture, nothing have,’ Hrafn. 16; sá hefir krás er krefr, Sl. 29.

3. phrases, hafa meira hlut, to get the better lot, gain the day, Nj. 90, Fms. xi. 93; hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victory, ix. 132, Eg. 7, Hkr. i. 215, Ver. 38; hafa betr, to get the better; hafa verr, miðr, to have the worst of it, Fms. v. 86, Þorst. S. St. 48, passim; hafa mál sitt, to win one’s suit, Grág. i. 7, Fms. vii. 34; hafa kaup öll, to get all the bargain, Eg. 71; hafa tafl, to win the game, Fms. vii. 219; hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed, Þkv. 10, 11, Fas. ii. 517: hafa bana, to have one’s bane, to die, Nj. 8; hafa úsigr, to be worsted, passim; hafa úfrið, to have no peace; hafa gagn, sóma, heiðr, neisu, óvirðing, skömm, etc. af e-u, to get profit, gain, honour, disgrace, etc. from a thing; hafa e-n í helju, to put one to death, Al. 123; hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue him, Nj. 95, 128; höfum eigi, sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands, Fms. v. 294.

4. to get, receive; hann hafði góðar viðtökur, Nj. 4; hón skal hafa sex-tigi hundraða, 3; skyldi Högni hafa land, 118; selja skipit, ef hann hafði þat fyrir ( if he could get for it) sem hann vildi; Flosi spurði í hverjum aurum hann vildi fyrir hafa, hann kvaðsk vildu fyrir hafa land, 259; hafa tíðindi, sögur af e-m, to have, get tidings of or from one, Ld. 28; hafa sæmd, metorð óvirðing, to get honour, disgrace from one’s hands, Nj. 101; hafa bætr, to get compensation, Grág. i. 188; hafa innstæðuna eina, id.; hafa af e-m, to have the best of one, cheat one.

IV. to carry, wear, of clothes, ornaments, weapons:

1. of clothes, [cp. Lat. habitus and Icel. höfn = gear]; hafa hatt á höfði, Ld. 28; hafa váskufl yztan klæða, … þú skalt hafa undir ( wear beneath) hin góðu klæði þín, Nj. 32; hann hafði blán kyrtil, … hann hafði svartan kyrtil, Boll. 358; hafa fald á höfði, to wear a hood; hón hafði gaddan rautt á höfði, Orkn. 304; hann hafði um sik breitt belti, he wore a broad belt, Nj. 91; hafa fingr-gull á hendi, 146: to have about one’s person, vefja saman ok hafa í pungi sínum, Edda 27; hlutir sem mönnum var títt at hafa, Fms. xi. 128.

2. of weapons, to wield, carry; spjót þat er þú hefir í hendi, Boll. 350; hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand, Fms. xi. 129; hafa staf í hendi, to have a stick in the hand, Bárð.; Gunnarr hafði atgeirinn ok sverðit, Kolskeggr hafði saxit, Hjörtr hafði alvæpni, Nj. 93; hann hafdi öxi snaghyrnda, Boll. 358; hann hafði kesjuna fyrir sér, he held the lance in rest, Eg. 532.

V. here may be added a few special phrases; hafa hendr fyrir sér, to grope, feel with the hands (as in darkness); hafa vit fyrir sér, to act wisely; hafa at sér hendina, to draw one’s hand back, Stj. 198; hafa e-t eptir, to do or repeat a thing after one, Konr.; hafa e-t yfir, to repeat (of a lesson): hafa sik, to betake oneself; hafa sik til annarra landa, Grett. 9 new Ed.; hann vissi varla hvar hann átti at hafa sik, he knew not where ( whither) to betake himself, Bs. i. 807; hefir hann sik aptr á stað til munklífisins, Mar.

C. Passing into the sense of hefja (see at the beginning); hafa e-t uppi, to heave up, raise; hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel, Fb. ii. 89: hafa uppi færi, net, a fisherman’s term, to heave up, take up the net or line, Háv. 46; Skarphéðinn hafði uppi ( heaved up) öxina, Nj. 144: hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game, Vápn. 29; þar vóru mjök töfl uppi höfð ok sagna-skemtan, Þorf. Karl. 406, v. l.: hafa e-n uppi, to hold one up, bring him to light; svá máttu oss skjótast uppi hafa, Fær. 42: metaph. to reveal, vándr riddari hafði allt þegar uppi, Str. 10.

2. with the notion to begin; Bárðr hafði uppi orð sín ( began his suit) ok bað Sigríðar, Eg. 26, Eb. 142; hafa upp stefnu, to begin the summons, Boll. 350; hafa upp ræður, to begin a discussion; ræður þær er hann hafði uppi haft við Ingigerði, Fms. iv. 144, where the older text in Ó. H. reads umræður þær er hann hafði upp hafit (from hefja), 59; cp. also Vsp., þat langniðja-tal mun uppi hafat (i. e. hafit) meðan öld lifir, 16, (cp. upp-haf, beginning); þó at ek hafa síðarr um-ræðu um hann, better þó at ek hafa (i. e. hefja) síðarr upp ræðu um hann, though I shall below treat of, discuss that, Skálda (Thorodd) 168; er lengi hefir uppi verit haft síðan (of a song), Nj. 135; cp. also phrases such as, hafa á rás, to begin running, take to one’s heels, Fms. iv. 120, ix. 490; næsta morgin hefir út fjörðinn, the next morning a breeze off land arose, Bs. ii. 48: opp. is the phrase, hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished; hafa úti sitt dags-verk, Fms. xi. 431; hafa úti sekt sína, Grett. 149.

D. Passing into the sense of a lost strong verb, hafa, hóf (see at the beginning), to behave, do, act:

I. with an adverb, hafa vel, ílla, or the like, to behave, and in some instances to do well or badly, be happy or unhappy,

α. to behave; en nú vil ek eigi verr hafa en þú, Fms. iv. 342; þeir sögðu at konungr vildi verr hafa en þeir, 313; hefir þú ílla ór (málum or the like understood) haft við mik, Fs. 140; ólikr er Gísli öðrum í þolinmæði, ok hefir hann betr en vér, Gísl. 28.

β. to do so and so (to be happy, unhappy); verr hafa þeir er trygðum slitu, Mkv. 3; ílla hefir sá er annan svíkr, 18; vel hefir sá er þat líða lætr, 6; vel hefir sá ( he is happy) er eigi bíðr slíkt íllt þessa heims, Fms. v. 145; hvílíkt hefir þú, how dost thou? Mar.; hafa hart, to do badly, to be wretched; at sál Þorgils mætti fyrir þær sakir eigi hart hafa, Sturl. iii. 292, Mar.; Ólafr hafði þá hölzti ílla, O. was very poorly, D. N. ii. 156; þykisk sá bezt hafa ( happiest) er fyrstr kemr heim, Fms. xi. 248; þá hefir hann bazt af hann þegir, i. e. that is the best he can do if he holds his tongue, Hm. 19; þess get ek at sá hafi verr ( he will make a bad bargain) er þik flytr, Nj. 128; úlfgi hefir ok vel, the wolf is in a bad plight, Ls. 39; mun sá betr hafa er eigi tekr við þér, id.; betr hefðir þú, ef …, thou wouldest do better, if …, Akv. 16.

γ. adding sik; hafa sik vel, to behave well, Fms. x. 415, Stj. 436.

II. with the prep. at, to do, act, (hence at-höfn, at-hæfi, act, doing); hann lét ekki til búa vígs-málit ok engan hlut at hafa, Nj. 71; en ef þeim þykkir of lítið féit tekit, þá skulu þeir hafa at hit sama, to act in the same way, Grág. ii. 267; hvatki es þeir hafa at, Fms. xi. 132; hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely, Nj. 33; bæði munu menn þetta kalla stórvirki ok íllvirki, en þó má nú ekki at hafa, but there is no help for it, 202; eigi sýnisk mér meðal-atferðar-leysi, at vér höfum eigi at um kvámur hans, i. e. that we submit tamely to his coming, Fs. 32: absol., viltú þess freista, ok vita þá hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see how it will do? Bjarn. 27; en nú skaltú fara fyrir, ok vita hvat at hafi, Bs. i. 712.

III. phrases, hafa hátt, to be noisy, talk loud, Fms. i. 66; við skulum ekki hafa hátt ( do not cry loud) hér er maðr á glugganum, a lullaby song; hafa lágt, to keep silent; hafa hægt, to keep quiet; hafa sik á (í) hófi, to compose oneself, Ls. 36; hafa í hótum við e-n, to use threatening ( foul) language, Fb. i. 312; hafa í glett við e-n, to banter one, Fms. viii. 289; hafa íllt at verki, to do a bad deed, Ísl. ii. 184.

E. Passing into the sense of the verb hæfa (see at the beginning), to aim at, hit, with dat.:

I. to hit; svá nær hafði hausinum, at …, the shot so nearly hit the head, that …, Fms. ii. 272; þat sama forað, sem henni hafði næst váða, those very precipices from which she had so narrow an escape, Bs. i. 200, Fms. ix. 357; nær hafði nú, at skjótr mundi verða okkarr skilnaðr, Al. 124; nær hafði okkr nú, it struck near us, it was a narrow escape, Fms. viii. 281; kvaðsk svá dreymt hafa ( have dreamed), at þeim mundi nær hafa, ix. 387, v. l.; ok er nær hafði at skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of floating, Ld. 58; ok hafði svá nær (it was within a hair’s breadth), at frændr Þorvalds mundu ganga at honum, Nj. 160; ok hafði svá nær at þeir mundi berjask, Íb. 11, cp. Bs. i. 21: the phrase, fjarri hefir, far from it! Edda (in a verse).

2. to charge; eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed at for that, ‘tis a false charge, Eg. 64; þeim manni er fyrir sökum er hafðr, i. e. the culprit, Grág. i. 29; cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á e-u, to make a charge of a thing; það varð ekki á því haft, they could not make a case for a charge of it.

II. metaph. to be the ground or reason for, (hence til-hæfa, reason, fact, foundation); til þess ætla vitrir menn þat haft at Ísland sé Tile (i. e. Thule) kallað, at …, learned men suppose that is the reason that Iceland is called Thule, that …, Landn. (pref.); mikit mun til haft, er einmæli er um (there must be some reason for it, because all people say so), Þorgils segir, eigi er fyrir haft ( there is no ground whatever for it), at ek mæla betr fyrir griðum en aðrir menn, Ísl. ii. 379; vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sésk, we believe the substance of the story is that men have been seen there, Fms. xi. 158; hvat er til þess haft um þat (what is the truth of the matter?), hefir sundr-þykki orðit með ykkr? Boll. 364: in the saying, hefir hverr til síns ágætis nokkut, every one gets his reputation for something, Nj. 115.

2. to happen, coincide; hefir svá til, at hann var þar sjálfr, Fms. xi. 138, v. l.

β. the phrase, hafa mikit (lítið) til síns máls, to have much ( little) reason for one’s tale, i. e. to be much, little, in the right, Fms. vii. 221, xi. 138 (v. l.), Nj. 88: um þenna hefir svá stórum, it matters so much with this man, (v. l. for mun stórum skipta), Fms. xi. 311.

F. REFLEX. to keep, dwell, abide, but only of a temporary shelter or abode, cp. Lat. habitare, (cp. also höfn, a haven); hann hefsk á náttartíma niðri í vötnum, at night-time he keeps down in the water, Stj. 77: to live, þeir höfðusk mjök í kaupferðum, they spent much of their life in travelling, Hkr. i. 276; hann hafðisk löngum í bænum, Bs. i. 353.

β. with prep. við; hér mun ek við hafask ( I will stay here) en þú far til konungs, Fb. ii. 125; hafðisk hann við á skógum eðr í öðrum fylgsnum, 302; því at hann hafðisk þá á skipum við, Fms. viii. 44; hvílsk heldr ok hafsk við í því landi, rest and stay in that land, Stj. 162; Ásgeirr hafðisk við uppi í dalnum, Sd. 154; hafask lind fyrir, to cover oneself with a shield (?), Vsp. 50; hafask hlífar fyrir, to be mailed in armour, Hkm. 11.

2. hafask at, to do, behave (cp. D. above); vóru þeir þá svá móðir, at þeir máttu ekki at hafask, Fms. ii. 149; en síðan skulut þér at hafa slíkt sem ek kann fyrir segja, i. 158; þat eitt munu við at hafask, at ek mun betr göra en þú, Nj. 19; Lambi sá hvat Steinarr hafðisk at, Eg. 747.

3. hafask vel, to do well, thrive; vaxa ok vel hafask, to wax and do well, Hm. 142; nú er þat bæn mín, at þér hafisk við vel, that you bear yourself well up, Fms. ix. 497; Jungfrúin hafðisk vel við í ferðinni, x. 86; at fé hans mundi eigi hafask at betr at meðal-vetri, Grág. ii. 326.

4. recipr., hafask orð við, to speak to one another; ok er þat ósiðlegt, at menn hafisk eigi orð við, Fs. 14; þar til er þeir hafask réttar tölur við, N. G. L. i. 182.

II. part. hafandi is used in the sense of having conceived, being with child; þá verit hann varr við at hón var hafandi, 656 B. 14; hón skyldi verða hafandi at Guðs syni, id.; generally, allt þat er hafanda var lét burð sinn ok ærðisk, Fms. vii. 187; svá sem hón verðr at honum hafandi, Stj. 178; (hence barns-hafandi, being with child.)

G. The word hafa is in the Icel., as in other Teut. languages, used as an auxiliary verb with a part. pass. of another verb, whereby a compound preterite and pluperfect are formed as follows:

I. in transitive verbs with acc. the participle also was put in acc., agreeing in gender, number, and case with the objective noun or pronoun; this seems to have been a fixed rule in the earliest time, and is used so in all old poems down at least to the middle of the 11th century, to the time of Sighvat (circ. A. D. 990–1040), who constantly used the old form,—átt is an apostrophe for átta in the verse Ó. H. 81:

1. references from poets, Gm. 5, 12, 16; þá er forðum mik fædda höfðu, Vsp. 2; hverr hefði lopt lævi blandit eðr ætt jötuns Óðs mey gefna, 29; þær’s í árdaga áttar höfðu, 60: ek hafða fengna konungs reiði, Ad. 3; en Grjótbjörn um gnegðan hefir, 18; mik hefir marr miklu ræntan, Stor. 10; þó hefir Míms-vinr mér um fengnar bölva bætr, 22: gaupur er Haraldr hafi sveltar, Hornklofi: Loka mær hefir leikinn allvald, Ýt. 7; sá hafði borinn brúna-hörg, 14; jarlar höfðu veginn hann, 15: ek hef orðinn ( found) þann guðföðr (verða is here used as trans.), Hallfred; höfum kera framðan, id.: hann hefir litnar, sénar, hár bárur, Ísl. ii. 223, thus twice in a verse of A. D. 1002; göngu hefik of gengna, Korm. (in a verse); hann hafði farna för, Hkr. i. (Glum Geirason); ek hefi talðar níu orustur, Sighvat; þú hefir vanðan þik, id.; ér hafit rekna þá braut, Ó. H. 63 (Óttar Svarti); hann hefir búnar okkr hendr skrautliga, Sighvat (Ó. H. 13); þeir hafa færð sín höfuð Knúti, id.; hvar hafit ér hugðan mér sess, id.; hafa sér kenndan enn nørðra heims enda, id.; Sighvatr hefir lattan gram, id.; hefir þú hamar um fólginn, Þkv. 7, 8; þú hefir hvatta okkr, Gkv. 6; ek hefi yðr brennda, Am. 39, cp. 56; hefi ek þik minntan, 81; hefir þú hjörtu tuggin, Akv. 36; hefir þú mik dvalðan, Hbl. 51; ek hefi hafðar þrár, I have had throes, Fsm. 51; en ek hann görvan hef-k, svá hefi ek studdan, 12 (verse 13 is corrupt); hann hefir dvalða þik, Hkv. Hjörv. 29; lostna, 30; mik hefir sóttan meiri glæpr, 32; ek hefi brúði kerna, id.; þú hefir etnar úlfa krásir, opt sár sogin, Hkv. 1. 36; sá er opt hefir örnu sadda, 35; hefir þú kannaða koni óneisa, 23; þá er mik svikna höfðut, Skv. 3. 55; hann hafði getna sonu, Bkv. 8; þann sal hafa halir um görvan, Fm. 42; bróður minn hefir þú benjaðan, 25; er hann ráðinn hefir, 37; sjaldan hefir þú gefnar vargi bráðir, Eg. (in a verse).

2. references from prose; this old form has since been turned into an indecl. neut. sing. part. -it. The old form was first lost in the strong verbs and the weak verbs of the first conjugation: in the earliest prose both forms are used, although the indecl. is more freq. even in the prose writers, as Íb., the Heiðarv. S., the Miracle-book in Bs., Njála, Ó. H., (Thorodd seems only to use the old form,) as may be seen from the following references, Björn hafði særða þrjá menn, Nj. 262; hann mundi hana hafa gipta honum, 47; hann hafði þá leidda saman hestana, 264: ek hefi sendan mann, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 333; ek nefi senda menn, id.: hafa son sinn ór helju heimtan, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 337; en er þeir höfðu niðr settan sveininn, 349; hann hafði veidda fimm tegu fiska, 350: er þér hefir ílla neisu gorva, Ó. H. 107: þá hefi ek fyrri setta þá í stafrófi, Skálda (Thorodd) 161; þar hefi ek við görva þessa stafi fjóra, id.; hafa hann samsettan, 167: góða fylgd hefir þú mér veitta, Þorst Síðu H. 2: sagði, at Ólafr konungr hafði sendan hann, Bs. i. 11: Þyri, er hertogi hafði festa nauðga, Fms. x. 393 (Ágrip): hefi ek þá svá signaða ok magnaða, v. 236: hefir sólin gengna tvá hluti, en einn úgenginn, K. Þ. K. 92 (Lund’s Syntax, p. 12).

β. again, neut. indecl., hana hafði átt fyrr Þoróddr, Ísl. ii. 192: hón hafði heimt húskarl sinn …, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 339; hann hefir ekki svá vel gyrt hest minn, 340; hefir þú eigi séð mik, 341; hve hann hafði lokkat hann. id.; gistingar hefi ek yðr fengit, 343: þeir höfðu haft úfrið ok orrostur, Íb. 12; hann hafði tekið lögsögu, 14: stafr er átt hafði Þorlákr, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 340; er þær höfðu upp tekit ketilinn ok hafit …, 342; göngu es hann hafði gingit, 344; es sleggjuna hafði niðr fellt, 346; sem maðr hefði nýsett (hana) niðr, id.; jartein þá er hann þóttisk fingit hafa, 347; hafði prestrinn fært fram sveininn, 349: hjálm er Hreiðmarr hafði átt, Edda 73: hafa efnt sína heitstrenging, Fms. (Jómsv. S.) xi. 141: slíkan dóm sem hann hafði mér hugat, Ó. H. 176, etc. passim:—at last the inflexion disappeared altogether, and so at the present time the indecl. neut. sing. is used throughout; yet it remains in peculiar instances, e. g. konu hefi eg mér festa, Luke xiv. 20, cp. Vídal. ii. 21. ☞ This use of the inflexive part. pass. may often serve as a test of the age of a poem, e. g. that Sólarljóð was composed at a later date may thus be seen from verses 27, 64, 72, 73, 75, 79; but this test is to be applied with caution, as the MSS. have in some cases changed the true forms (-inn, -ann, and -it, -an being freq. abbreviated in the MSS. so as to render the reading dubious). In many cases the old form is no doubt to be restored, e. g. in vegit to veginn, Fm. 4, 23; búit to búinn, Hkv. Hjörv. 15; borit to borinn, Hkv. 1. 1; beðit to beðinn, Fsm. 48; orðit to orðin, Og. 23; roðit to roðinn, Em. 5; brotið to brotinn, Vkv. 24, etc.: but are we to infer from Ls. 23, 26, 33, that this poem is of a comparatively late age?

II. the indecl. neut. sing. is, both in the earliest poems and down to the present day, used in the following cases:

1. with trans. verbs requiring the dat. or gen.; ek hefi fengit e-s, hann hafði fengit konu; hafa hefnt e-s, Fms. xi. 25; sú er hafði beðit fjár, Þkv. 32; stillir hefir stefnt mér, Hkv. Hjörv. 33, and so in endless cases.

2. in the reflex. part. pass.; þeir (hann) hafa (hefir) látisk, farisk, sagsk, etc.

3. in part. of intrans. neut. verbs, e. g. þeir þær (hann, hón), hafa (hefir) setið, staðit, gengit, legit, farit, komit, verit, orðit, lifað, dáit, heitið …, also almost in every line both of prose and poetry.

4. in trans. verbs with a neut. sing. in objective case the difference cannot be seen.

☞ The compound preterite is common to both the Romance and Teutonic languages, and seems to be older in the former than in the latter; Grimm suggests that it originated with the French, and thence spread to the Teutons. That it was not natural to the latter is shewn by the facts, that

α. no traces of it are found in Gothic, nor in the earliest Old High German glossaries to Latin words.

β. in the earliest Scandinavian poetry we can trace its passage from declinable to indeclinable.

γ. remains are left in poetry of a primitive uncompounded preterite infinitive, e. g. stóðu = hafa staðit, mundu, skyldu, vildu, etc., see Gramm. p. xxv, col. 2. ☞ We may here note a curious dropping of the verb hefir, at ek em kominn hingat til lands, ok verit áðr ( having been) langa hríð utan-lands, Ó. H. 31, cp. Am. 52; barn at aldri, en vegit slíka hetju sem Þorvaldr var, Glúm. 382. On this interesting matter see Grimm’s remarks in his Gramm. iv. 146 sqq.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HAFA
53 birth

noun

1) Geburt, die

at the/at birth — bei der Geburt

[deaf] from or since birth — von Geburt an [taub]

date and place of birth — Geburtsdatum und -ort

give birth — [Frau:] entbinden; [Tier:] jungen

she gave birth prematurely — sie hatte eine Frühgeburt

give birth to — zur Welt bringen

2) (of movement, fashion, etc.) Aufkommen, das; (of party, company) Gründung, die; (of nation, idea) Geburt, die; (of new era) Anbruch, der; Geburt, die

give birth to something — etwas entstehen lassen

3) (parentage) Geburt, die; Abkunft, die (geh.)

of humble birth — von niedriger Abstammung

of high birth — von hoher Geburt; [von] edler Abkunft (geh.)

be a German by birth — [ein] gebürtiger Deutscher/[eine] gebürtige Deutsche sein

* * *
[bə:Ɵ]
noun

1) ((an) act of coming into the world, being born: the birth of her son; deaf since birth.) die Geburt

2) (the beginning: the birth of civilization.) die Entstehung

•

- academic.ru/7151/birth_control">birth control
- birthday
- birthmark
- birthplace
- birthrate
- give birth to
- give birth
* * *

birth

[bɜ:θ, AM bɜ:rθ]

n

1. (event of being born) Geburt f

from \birth von Geburt an

country/date/place of \birth Geburtsland nt/-datum nt/-ort m

concealment of \birth LAW Personenstandsunterdrückung f, Verletzung f der Anzeigepflicht (bei Geburt eines Kindes)

\births and deaths Geburten und Todesfälle

\birth defect Geburtsfehler m, konnataler Defekt fachspr

\birth pangs Geburtswehen pl

difficult \birth schwierige Geburt a. fig

live \birth Lebendgeburt f

to be present at the \birth bei der Geburt [mit] dabei sein

to give \birth entbinden

to give \birth to a child ein Kind zur Welt bringen [o gebären] liter

to give \birth to sth ( fig) etw hervorbringen [o schaffen

2. no pl (family) Abstammung f, Herkunft f

of illegitimate/legitimate \birth unehelicher/ehelicher Abstammung

by \birth von Geburt

to be English by \birth gebürtiger Engländer/gebürtige Engländerin sein

to be of low/noble \birth niedriger/adliger Abstammung sein

* * *
[bɜːɵ]
n

1) Geburt f

the town/country of his birth — seine Geburtsstadt/sein Geburtsland nt

blind/deaf from or since birth — von Geburt an blind/taub

within a few minutes of birth — einige Minuten nach der Geburt

the rights which are ours by birth — unsere angeborenen Rechte

to give birth to — gebären; (woman also) entbunden werden von

to give birth — entbinden; (animal)

she's going to give birth! — sie bekommt ihr Kind!

2) (= parentage) Abstammung f, Herkunft f

Scottish by birth — Schotte von Geburt, gebürtiger Schotte

of good birth — aus gutem Hause or guter Familie

of low or humble birth — von niedriger Geburt

3) (fig) Geburt f; (of movement, fashion etc) Aufkommen nt; (of nation, party, company also) Gründung f, Entstehen nt; (of new era) Anbruch m, Geburt f (geh); (of star) Entstehung f

to give birth to sth — etw schaffen/aufkommen lassen/gründen/anbrechen lassen

* * *

birth [bɜːθ; US bɜrθ] s

1. Geburt f (auch fig):

last year there were more births than deaths letztes Jahr gab es einen Geburtenüberschuss;

at birth bei der Geburt;

he was present at the birth er war bei der Geburt dabei;

a musician by birth ein geborener Musiker;

from ( oder since) birth von Geburt an;

the city of my birth meine Geburtsstadt;

give birth to gebären, zur Welt bringen ( → 4)

2. ZOOL Wurf m

3. ( auch vornehme oder adlige) Abstammung oder Ab-, Herkunft:

he’s a man of (good) birth er stammt aus gutem Hause;

she’s English by birth sie ist gebürtige Engländerin; → high A 8, noble A 1

4. Ursprung m, Entstehung f:

give birth to hervorbringen, -rufen, gebären ( → 1)

* * *

noun

1) Geburt, die

at the/at birth — bei der Geburt

[deaf] from or since birth — von Geburt an [taub]

date and place of birth — Geburtsdatum und -ort

give birth — [Frau:] entbinden; [Tier:] jungen

she gave birth prematurely — sie hatte eine Frühgeburt

give birth to — zur Welt bringen

2) (of movement, fashion, etc.) Aufkommen, das; (of party, company) Gründung, die; (of nation, idea) Geburt, die; (of new era) Anbruch, der; Geburt, die

give birth to something — etwas entstehen lassen

3) (parentage) Geburt, die; Abkunft, die (geh.)

of humble birth — von niedriger Abstammung

of high birth — von hoher Geburt; [von] edler Abkunft (geh.)

be a German by birth — [ein] gebürtiger Deutscher/[eine] gebürtige Deutsche sein

* * *

n.

Geburt -en f.

Niederkunft f.

Ursprung -¨e m.

English-german dictionary > birth
54 thing

noun

1) (inanimate object) Sache, die; Ding, das

what's that thing in your hand? — was hast du da in der Hand?

be a rare thing — etwas Seltenes sein

neither one thing nor the other — weder das eine noch das andere

not a thing — überhaupt od. gar nichts

2) (action)

that was a foolish thing to do — das war eine große Dummheit

it was the right thing to do — es war das einzig Richtige

we can't do a thing about it — wir können nichts dagegen tun

do things to somebody/something — (fig. coll.) auf jemanden/etwas eine enorme Wirkung haben (ugs.)

3) (fact) [Tat]sache, die

a thing which is well known to everybody — eine allgemein bekannte Tatsache

it's a strange thing that... — es ist seltsam, dass...

for one thing, you don't have enough money[, for another thing...] — zunächst einmal hast du nicht genügend Geld [, außerdem...]

the best/worst thing about the situation/her — das Beste/Schlimmste an der Situation/an ihr

know/learn a thing or two about something/somebody — sich mit etwas/jemandem auskennen/einiges über etwas (Akk.) lernen/über jemanden erfahren

the [only] thing is that... — die Sache ist [nur] die, dass...

4) (idea)

say the first thing that comes into one's head — das sagen, was einem gerade so einfällt

what a thing to say! — wie kann man nur so etwas sagen!

have a thing about somebody/something — (coll.) (be obsessed about) auf jemanden/etwas abfahren (salopp); (be prejudiced about) etwas gegen jemanden/etwas haben; (be afraid of or repulsed by) einen Horror vor jemandem/etwas haben (ugs.)

5) (task)

she has a reputation for getting things done — sie ist für ihre Tatkraft bekannt

a big thing to undertake — ein großes Unterfangen

6) (affair) Sache, die; Angelegenheit, die

make a mess of things — alles vermasseln (salopp)

make a [big] thing of something — (regard as essential) auf etwas besonderen Wert legen; (get excited about) sich über etwas (Akk.) aufregen

it's one thing after another — es kommt eins zum anderen

7) (circumstance)

take things too seriously — alles zu ernst nehmen

how are things? — wie geht's [dir]?

as things stand [with me] — so wie die Dinge [bei mir] liegen

it's just one of those things — (coll.) so was kommt schon mal vor (ugs.)

8) (individual, creature) Ding, das

she is in hospital, poor thing — sie ist im Krankenhaus, das arme Ding

you spiteful thing! — du [gemeines] Biest!

9) in pl. (personal belongings, outer clothing) Sachen

wash up the dinner things — das Geschirr vom Abendessen abwaschen

10) in pl. (matters)

an expert/authority on things historical — ein Fachmann/eine Autorität in geschichtlichen Fragen

11) (product of work) Sache, die

the latest thing in hats — der letzte Schrei in der Hutmode

12) (special interest)

what's your thing? — was machst du gerne?

do one's own thing — (coll.) sich selbst verwirklichen

13) (coll.): (something remarkable)

now there's a thing! — das ist ja ein Ding! (ugs.)

14)

the thing — (what is proper or needed or important) das Richtige

blue jeans are the thing among teenagers — Bluejeans sind der Hit (ugs.) unter den Teenagern

but the thing is, will she come in fact? — aber die Frage ist, wird sie auch tatsächlich kommen?

* * *

thing

[θɪŋ]

n

1. (unspecified object) Ding nt, Gegenstand m; ( fam) Dings[bums] nt fam

I haven't got a \thing to wear ich habe nichts zum Anziehen [o SCHWEIZ a. Anlegen]

she behaved like a mad \thing sie benahm sich wie eine Verrückte

you cannot be all \things to all men man kann es nicht allen recht machen

2. (possessions)

▪ \things pl Besitz m kein pl, Habe f kein pl; (objects for special purpose) Sachen pl, Zeug nt kein pl

she put all his \things in suitcases and put them outside the door sie packte alle seine Sachen in Koffer und stellte diese vor die Tür

swimming \things Schwimmzeug nt kein pl, Schwimmsachen pl fam

3. (unspecified idea, event) Sache f

this \thing called love das, was man so Liebe nennt

if there's one \thing I want to know it's this wenn es etwas gibt, das ich wissen will, dann ist es das

it was just one \thing after another da kam eben eins zum anderen

one \thing leads to another das Eine führt zum Andern

don't worry about a \thing! mach dir keine Sorgen!

learning to ride a bike was a difficult \thing for me to do ich habe lange gebraucht, bis ich Rad fahren konnte

I value my freedom above all \things meine Freiheit steht für mich an erster Stelle

if it's not one \thing, it's another ständig ist [et]was los

to not be sb's \thing nicht jds Ding sein fam

to be a \thing of the past der Vergangenheit angehören

in all \things in jeder Hinsicht, in [o bei] allem

the whole \thing das Ganze

4. (unspecified activity) Sache f

the last \thing I want to do is hurt his feelings ich möchte auf keinen Fall seine Gefühle verletzen

that was a close \thing! das war knapp!

walking in stormy weather along a beach just does \things to me bei stürmischem Wetter am Strand spazieren zu gehen macht mir unheimlich Spaß

plenty of \things vieles

to do sth first/last \thing etw als Erstes/Letztes tun

I'll phone him first \thing tomorrow ich rufe ihn morgen gleich als Erstes an

to call sb last \thing at night jdn spät nachts noch anrufen

to do one's own \thing ( fam) seinen [eigenen] Weg gehen, sein Ding machen fam

5. ( fam: what is needed) das [einzig] Wahre

the real \thing das einzig Wahre

the very [or just the] \thing genau das Richtige

6. (matter) Thema nt, Sache f

sure \thing! esp AM na klar!

what a lovely \thing to say! wie nett, so etwas zu sagen!

I have a \thing or two on my mind mir geht so einiges durch den Kopf

and another \thing,... und noch [et]was,...

why don't you come with me? — for one \thing, I don't like flying, and for another, I can't afford it warum kommst du nicht mit? — einerseits fliege ich nicht gerne und außerdem kann ich es mir nicht leisten

to be able to tell sb a \thing or two jdm noch so einiges [o manches] erzählen können

to know a \thing or two eine ganze Menge wissen, sich akk gut auskennen

7. (social behaviour)

▪ the \thing das Richtige

it's the done \thing ( also iron) das gehört sich so [o gehört zum guten Ton]

smoking during meals is not the done \thing es gehört sich nicht, während des Essens zu rauchen

the in [or latest] \thing [to do] der letzte Schrei

8. (the important point)

▪ the \thing about doing sth is... das Wichtigste bei etw dat ist...

9. (something non-existent)

▪ \things pl:

to be hearing [or imagining] \things Gespenster sehen fig

10. (the situation)

▪ \things pl die Dinge, die Lage

\things ain't what they used to be ( fam) nichts ist mehr so wie es war

how are \things [with you]? ( fam) wie geht's [dir]? fam

what are \things like? wie sieht's aus? [o läuft's?] fam

all \things considered alles in allem

as \things stand, the way \things are so wie die Dinge stehen

11. (confectionery)

sweet \things Süßigkeiten pl

12. (person)

you lucky \thing! du Glückliche(r) [o Glückspilz]!

she's a dear little \thing sie ist ein Schatz

lazy \thing Faulpelz m

old \thing BRIT altes Haus fam, alter Knabe fam

the poor \thing ( fam) der/die Ärmste; (man) der arme Kerl; (young woman, child) das arme Ding

the poor \things die Ärmsten

stupid \thing Dummkopf m, Idiot m

13.

▶ a \thing of beauty is a joy forever ( saying) etwas Schönes macht immer wieder Freude

▶ the best \things in life are free ( saying) die besten Dinge im Leben sind umsonst

▶ chance would be a fine \thing! BRIT ( saying) schön wär's! fam

▶ to do one's own \thing sich akk selbst verwirklichen

▶ all [or other] \things being equal wenn nichts dazwischen kommt

▶ to be onto a good \thing ( fam) etwas Gutes auftun

▶ you can have too much of a good \thing man kann es auch übertreiben

▶ to be the greatest \thing since sliced bread ( fam) einfach Klasse sein fam

▶ to have a [or this] \thing about sb ( fam: dislike) jdn nicht ausstehen können fam; (like very much) verrückt nach jdm sein fam

▶ to have a [or this] \thing about sth etw nicht ausstehen können fam

▶ there are more \things in heaven and earth [than are dreamt of in your philosophy] BRIT ( saying) es gibt mehr Dinge zwischen Himmel und Erde [als deine Schulweisheit sich träumen lässt]

▶ a little learning [or knowledge] is a dangerous \thing ( saying) zu wenig Wissen kann gefährlich werden

▶ to make a [big] \thing out of sth aus etw dat eine große Sache machen, um etw akk viel Wirbel machen

▶ the next big \thing der neueste Trend

▶ to be just one of those \things (be unavoidable) einfach unvermeidlich sein; (typical happening) typisch sein

this is just one of those \things da kann man halt nichts machen fam

▶ to the pure all \things are pure ( saying) dem Reinen ist alles rein

▶ these \things are sent to try us BRIT ( saying) das sind die Prüfungen, die uns das Schicksal auferlegt

▶ to take \things easy sich akk ausruhen

▶ worse \things happen at sea ( saying) davon [o SCHWEIZ wegen dem] geht die Welt nicht unter fam

* * *
[ɵɪŋ]
n

1) (= any material object) Ding nt

a thing of beauty/great value — etwas Schönes/sehr Wertvolles

she likes sweet things — sie mag Süßes or süße Sachen

what's that thing? — was ist das?

I don't have a thing to wear — ich habe nichts zum Anziehen

2) pl (= clothes, equipment, belongings) Sachen pl

have you got your swimming things? — hast du dein Badezeug or deine Badesachen dabei?

they washed up the breakfast things — sie spülten das Frühstücksgeschirr

3) (non material = affair, subject) Sache f

you know, it's a funny thing — wissen Sie, es ist schon seltsam

the odd/best thing about it is... — das Seltsame/Beste daran ist,...

it's a good thing I came —

it's a bad/strange thing but... — es ist schlecht/seltsam, aber...

to make a big thing of or about sth — viel Lärm um etw machen

to make a big thing of or about doing sth — eine große Sache daraus machen, dass man etw tut

he's on to or onto a good thing (inf) — er hat da was Gutes aufgetan (inf)

he's got a good thing going there (inf) — der hat da was Gutes laufen (inf)

what a ( silly) thing to do —

you take the thing too seriously — Sie nehmen die Sache or das zu ernst

there is one/one other thing I want to ask you —

and there's another thing, why didn't you...? — und noch etwas, warum haben Sie nicht...?

it's one thing to talk about it, it's another to do it — es ist eine Sache, davon zu reden, eine völlig andere, es dann auch zu tun

the things you do/say! — was du so machst/sagst!

I must be hearing/seeing things! — ich glaube, ich höre/sehe nicht richtig, ich glaube, ich spinne! (inf)

all the things I meant to say/do —

which things in life do you value most? — was or welche Dinge im Leben bewerten Sie am höchsten?

to expect great things of sb/sth — Großes or große Dinge von jdm/etw erwarten

I must think things over — ich muss mir die Sache or das überlegen

things are going from bad to worse — es wird immer schlimmer

as things stand at the moment, as things are... — so wie die Dinge im Moment liegen

how are things ( with you)? — wie gehts (bei) Ihnen?

since that's how things are... — wenn das so ist..., in dem Fall...

it's bad enough as things are — es ist schon schlimm genug

things aren't what they used to be — es ist alles nicht mehr so wie früher

to talk of one thing and another — von diesem und jenem reden

taking one thing with another — im Großen und Ganzen, alles in allem

it's been one thing after the other (going wrong) — es kam eins zum anderen

if it's not one thing it's the other — es ist immer irgendetwas

(what) with one thing and another I haven't had time to do it yet — ich bin einfach noch nicht dazu gekommen

it's neither one thing nor the other — es ist weder das eine noch das andere

one thing led to another — eins führte zum anderen

for one thing it doesn't make sense — erst einmal ergibt das überhaupt keinen Sinn

not to see/understand a thing — (absolut) nichts sehen/verstehen

not to know a thing — (absolut) nichts wissen, keine Ahnung haben

to tell sb a thing or two — jdm einiges erzählen

he knows a thing or two — er hat etwas auf dem Kasten (inf)

he knows a thing or two about cars — er kennt sich mit Autos aus

it's just one of those things — so was kommt eben vor (inf)

in all things — in allem

See:

→ academic.ru/73641/teach">teach

4) (= person, animal) Ding nt

poor little thing — das arme (kleine) Ding!

you poor thing! — du Arme(r)!

she's a funny old thing — sie ist ein komisches altes Haus

I say, old thing (dated inf) — na, du altes Haus (inf)

lucky thing! — der/die Glückliche/du Glückliche(r)!

he looks quite the thing — er sieht (richtig) nach etwas aus

5)

(= what is suitable, best) that's just the thing for me — das ist genau das Richtige für mich

that's not the thing to do —

his behaviour isn't quite the thing (dated) — sein Benehmen ist nicht gerade berückend (inf)

the latest thing in ties — der letzte Schrei in der Krawattenmode

the thing to do now would be... — was wir jetzt machen sollten, wäre...

that would be the honourable thing to do — es wäre nur anständig, das zu tun

6)

(in phrases) I'm not at my best first thing in the morning — so früh am Morgen bin ich nicht gerade in Hochform

I'll do that first thing in the morning — ich werde das gleich or als Erstes morgen früh tun

I'll do it first thing — ich werde das zuerst or als Erstes tun

last thing at night — vor dem Schlafengehen

painting is his thing — das Malen liegt ihm (inf)

the thing is to know when... — man muss wissen, wann...

yes, but the thing is... — ja, aber...

the thing is we haven't got enough money —

the thing is, you see, he loves her — das Problem ist, dass er sie liebt

yes but the thing is it won't work — ja, aber das Dumme ist, es funktioniert nicht

to do one's own thing (inf) —

when Michael Jackson starts doing his thing (inf) — wenn Michael Jackson seine Schau abzieht (inf)

she's got a thing about spiders (inf) — bei Spinnen dreht sie durch (inf)

7)

(all) things German/mystical/mechanical — alles Deutsche/Geheimnisvolle/Mechanische

8) (inf for forgotten name of person) Dings(bums) mf (inf)

* * *

thing¹, oft Thing [θıŋ] s PARL Thing n (in Skandinavien und Island: Reichstag oder Volksgerichtsversammlung)

thing² [θıŋ] s

1. Ding n, Gegenstand m:

the law of things JUR das Sachenrecht;

things personal (real) JUR (un)bewegliche Sachen;

just the thing I wanted genau (das), was ich haben wollte;

it was so dark that I could not see a thing dass ich überhaupt nichts sehen konnte;

she says she hasn’t got a thing to wear sie hat (überhaupt) nichts anzuziehen

2. umg

a) Ding n, Dings(da) n

b) euph Ding n (männliches oder weibliches Geschlechtsteil)

3. Ding n, Sache f, Angelegenheit f:

above all things vor allen Dingen, vor allem;

things political politische Dinge, alles Politische;

that was a close thing das hätte ins Auge gehen können umg, das ist gerade noch einmal gut gegangen;

a pretty thing iron eine schöne Geschichte;

for one thing (erstens) einmal;

for one thing … and for another zum einen … und zum anderen;

the latest thing in hats das Neueste in oder an Hüten;

in all things in jeder Hinsicht;

no small thing keine Kleinigkeit;

not a thing (rein) gar nichts;

of all things ausgerechnet (dieses etc);

it’s one of those things da kann man (halt) nichts machen;

that’s one of those little things that are sent to try us wenn es solche Dinge nicht gäbe, ginge es uns wahrscheinlich viel zu gut;

be a thing of the past der Vergangenheit angehören;

be too much of a good thing zu viel des Guten sein;

I’ve got better things to do than … ich habe Wichtigeres zu tun als …;

do great things große Dinge tun, Großes vollbringen;

do one’s (own) thing umg tun, was man will;

expect great things from sb große Dinge von jemandem erwarten;

we had expected better things from him wir hatten mehr von ihm erwartet;

have a thing about umg

a) jemanden, etwas wahnsinnig gern mögen,

b) jemanden, etwas überhaupt nicht ausstehen können;

if I hate one thing, it is … wenn ich eines hasse, dann ist es …;

make a thing of ( oder about) etwas aufbauschen;

make a big thing out of viel Aufhebens machen von;

this proves three things das beweist dreierlei;

he can still teach them a thing or two er kann ihnen noch immer etwas oder das eine od andere beibringen;

I could tell you a thing or two about him ich könnte dir (so) einiges über ihn erzählen; → first A 1, last¹ A 1

4. pl Dinge pl, Umstände pl, (Sach)Lage f:

things are improving die Dinge oder Verhältnisse bessern sich

5. pl Sachen pl, Zeug n (Gepäck, Gerät, Kleider etc):

put on one’s things sich anziehen

6. pl Sachen pl (Getränke, Essen, Medizin):

a lot of good things viele gute Sachen (zum Essen und Trinken)

7. Wesen n, Geschöpf n:

dumb things

8. a) Ding n (Mädchen etc):

young thing

b) Kerl m:

(the) poor thing das arme Ding, der arme Kerl;

poor thing! der oder die Ärmste!, du oder Sie Ärmste(r)!;

the dear old thing die gute alte Haut umg; → old A 10

* * *

noun

1) (inanimate object) Sache, die; Ding, das

what's that thing in your hand? — was hast du da in der Hand?

be a rare thing — etwas Seltenes sein

neither one thing nor the other — weder das eine noch das andere

not a thing — überhaupt od. gar nichts

2) (action)

that was a foolish thing to do — das war eine große Dummheit

it was the right thing to do — es war das einzig Richtige

we can't do a thing about it — wir können nichts dagegen tun

do things to somebody/something — (fig. coll.) auf jemanden/etwas eine enorme Wirkung haben (ugs.)

3) (fact) [Tat]sache, die

a thing which is well known to everybody — eine allgemein bekannte Tatsache

it's a strange thing that... — es ist seltsam, dass...

for one thing, you don't have enough money[, for another thing...] — zunächst einmal hast du nicht genügend Geld [, außerdem...]

the best/worst thing about the situation/her — das Beste/Schlimmste an der Situation/an ihr

know/learn a thing or two about something/somebody — sich mit etwas/jemandem auskennen/einiges über etwas (Akk.) lernen/über jemanden erfahren

the [only] thing is that... — die Sache ist [nur] die, dass...

4) (idea)

say the first thing that comes into one's head — das sagen, was einem gerade so einfällt

what a thing to say! — wie kann man nur so etwas sagen!

have a thing about somebody/something — (coll.) (be obsessed about) auf jemanden/etwas abfahren (salopp); (be prejudiced about) etwas gegen jemanden/etwas haben; (be afraid of or repulsed by) einen Horror vor jemandem/etwas haben (ugs.)

5) (task)

she has a reputation for getting things done — sie ist für ihre Tatkraft bekannt

a big thing to undertake — ein großes Unterfangen

6) (affair) Sache, die; Angelegenheit, die

make a mess of things — alles vermasseln (salopp)

make a [big] thing of something — (regard as essential) auf etwas besonderen Wert legen; (get excited about) sich über etwas (Akk.) aufregen

it's one thing after another — es kommt eins zum anderen

7) (circumstance)

take things too seriously — alles zu ernst nehmen

how are things? — wie geht's [dir]?

as things stand [with me] — so wie die Dinge [bei mir] liegen

it's just one of those things — (coll.) so was kommt schon mal vor (ugs.)

8) (individual, creature) Ding, das

she is in hospital, poor thing — sie ist im Krankenhaus, das arme Ding

you spiteful thing! — du [gemeines] Biest!

9) in pl. (personal belongings, outer clothing) Sachen

wash up the dinner things — das Geschirr vom Abendessen abwaschen

10) in pl. (matters)

an expert/authority on things historical — ein Fachmann/eine Autorität in geschichtlichen Fragen

11) (product of work) Sache, die

the latest thing in hats — der letzte Schrei in der Hutmode

12) (special interest)

what's your thing? — was machst du gerne?

do one's own thing — (coll.) sich selbst verwirklichen

13) (coll.): (something remarkable)

now there's a thing! — das ist ja ein Ding! (ugs.)

14)

the thing — (what is proper or needed or important) das Richtige

blue jeans are the thing among teenagers — Bluejeans sind der Hit (ugs.) unter den Teenagern

but the thing is, will she come in fact? — aber die Frage ist, wird sie auch tatsächlich kommen?

* * *

n.

Ding -e n.

Sache -n f.

English-german dictionary > thing
55 διά

διά prep. w. gen. and acc. (Hom.+) (for lit. s. ἀνά, beg.); the fundamental idea that finds expression in this prep. is separation, esp. in the gen., with the gener. sense ‘through’; in the acc. the gener. sense also is ‘through’ (cp. the semantic range in Eng.), but primarily with a causal focus ‘owing to’.

A. w. gen.

① marker of extension through an area or object, via, through

ⓐ w. verbs of going διέρχεσθαι διὰ πάντων (sc. τόπων, EpArist 132) go through all the places Ac 9:32; cp. Mt 12:43; Lk 11:24. ἀπελεύσομαι διʼ ὑμῶν εἰς I will go through your city on the way to Ro 15:28; cp. 2 Cor. 1:16. διαβαίνειν Hb 11:29. διαπορεύεσθαι διὰ σπορίμων Lk 6:1. εἰσέρχεσθαι διὰ τῆς πύλης (Jos., Ant. 13, 229) Mt 7:13a; τ. θύρας J 10:1f; cp. vs. 9. παρέρχεσθαι διὰ τ. ὁδοῦ pass by along the road Mt 8:28; cp. 7:13b. παραπορεύεσθαι Mk 2:23; 9:30. περιπατεῖν διὰ τοῦ φωτός walk about through or in the light Rv 21:24. ὑποστρέφειν διὰ Μακεδονίας return through M. Ac 20:3.—Ἰης. ὁ ἐλθὼν διʼ ὕδατος καὶ αἵματος 1J 5:6 first of all refers quite literally to Jesus’ passing through water at the hand of John and through blood at his death (on the expression ‘come through blood’ in this sense cp. Eur., Phoen. 20 in Alex. Aphr., Fat. 31 II 2 p. 202, 10, of the oracle to Laius the father of Oedipus, concerning the bloody downfall of his house: πᾶς σὸς οἶκος βήσεται διʼ αἵματος). But mng. 3c may also apply: Jesus comes with the water of baptism and with the blood of redemption for his own.—AKlöpper, 1J 5:6–12: ZWT 43, 1900, 378–400.—The ῥῆμα ἐκπορευόμενον διὰ στόματος θεοῦ Mt 4:4 (Dt 8:3) is simply the word that proceeds out of the mouth of God (cp. Theognis 1, 18 Diehl³ τοῦτʼ ἔπος ἀθανάτων ἦλθε διὰ στομάτων; Pittacus in Diog. L. 1, 78 διὰ στόματος λαλεῖ; Chrysippus argues in Diog. L. 7, 187: εἴ τι λαλεῖς, τοῦτο διὰ τοῦ στόματός σου διέρχεται, i.e. if one e.g. says the word ἅμαξα, a wagon passes through the person’s lips; TestIss 7:4 ψεῦδος οὐκ ἀνῆλθε διὰ τ. χειλέων μου. Cp. also δέχεσθαι διὰ τῶν χειρῶν τινος Gen 33:10 beside δέχ. ἐκ τ. χειρ. τινος Ex 32:4).

ⓑ w. other verbs that include motion: οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος διὰ πασῶν τ. ἐκκλησιῶν (sc. ἀγγέλλεται) throughout all the congregations 2 Cor 8:18. διαφέρεσθαι διʼ (v.l. καθʼ) ὅλης τῆς χώρας be spread through the whole region Ac 13:49. διὰ τ. κεράμων καθῆκαν αὐτόν they let him down through the tile roof Lk 5:19. διὰ τοῦ τείχους καθῆκαν through an opening in the wall (Jos., Ant. 5, 15) Ac 9:25; cp. 2 Cor 11:33. (σωθήσεται) ὡς διὰ πυρός as if he had come through fire 1 Cor 3:15. διασῴζεσθαι διʼ ὕδατος be brought safely through the water 1 Pt 3:20.—διʼ ὅλου J 19:23 s. ὅλος 2.

② marker of extension in time

ⓐ of a whole period of time, to its very end throughout, through, during διὰ παντός (sc. χρόνου. Edd. gener. write διὰ παντός, but Tdf. writes διαπαντός exc. Mt 18:10) always, continually, constantly (Hdt. 1, 122, 3; Thu. 1, 38, 1; Vett. Val. 220, 1; 16; PLond I, 42, 6 [172 B.C.] p. 30; BGU 1078, 2; PGM 7, 235; LXX; GrBar 10:7; EpArist index; Jos., Ant. 3, 281; SibOr Fgm. 1, 17; Just., D. 6, 2; 12, 3 al.) Mt 18:10; Mk 5:5; Lk 24:53; Ac 2:25 (Ps 15:8); 10:2; 24:16; Ro 11:10 (Ps 68:24); 2 Th 3:16; Hb 9:6; 13:15; Hm 5, 2, 3; Hs 9, 27, 3. διὰ νυκτός during the night, overnight (νύξ 1b) Ac 23:31. διʼ ὅλης νυκτός the whole night through Lk 5:5; J 21:6 v.l. (X., An. 4, 2, 4; Diod S 3, 12, 3 διʼ ὅλης τῆς νυκτός; PGM 4, 3151; Jos., Ant. 6, 37; cp. διʼ ἡμέρας all through the day: IPriene 112, 61 and 99; 1 Macc 12:27; 4 Macc 3:7). διʼ ἡμερῶν τεσσεράκοντα Ac 1:3 means either for forty days (Philo, Vi. Cont. 35 διʼ ἓξ ἡμερῶν. So AFridrichsen, ThBl 6, 1927, 337–41; MEnslin, JBL 47, 1928, 60–73) or (s. b below) now and then in the course of 40 days (B-D-F §223, 1; Rob. 581; WMichaelis, ThBl 4, 1925, 102f; Bruce, Acts). διὰ παντὸς τοῦ ζῆν throughout the lifetime Hb 2:15 (cp. διὰ παντὸς τοῦ βίου: X., Mem. 1, 2, 61; Pla., Phileb. 39e; Dionys. Hal. 2, 21; διʼ ὅλου τοῦ ζῆν EpArist 130; 141; 168).

ⓑ of a period of time within which someth. occurs during, at (PTebt 48, 10) διὰ (τῆς) νυκτός at night, during the night (Palaeph. 1, 10; PRyl 138, 15 κατέλαβα τοῦτον διὰ νυκτός; Jos., Bell. 1, 229. S. νύξ 1b end) Ac 5:19; 16:9; 17:10. διὰ τῆς ἡμέρας during the day Lk 9:37 D (Antig. Car. 128 διὰ πέμπτης ἡμέρας=on the fifth day). διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν within three days Mt 26:61; Mk 14:58.

ⓒ of an interval of time, after (Hdt. 6, 118, 3 διʼ ἐτέων εἴκοσι; Thu. 2, 94, 3; X., Mem. 2, 8, 1; Diod S 5, 28, 6 of transmigration of souls: διʼ ἐτῶν ὡρισμένων [=after the passing of a certain number of years] πάλιν βιοῦν; OGI 56, 38; 4 Macc 13:21; Jos., Ant. 4, 209): διʼ ἐτῶν πλειόνων after several years Ac 24:17. διὰ δεκατεσσάρων (s. under δέκα) ἐτῶν after 14 years Gal 2:1. διʼ ἡμερῶν several days afterward Mk 2:1. διὰ ἱκανοῦ χρόνου after (quite) some time Ac 11:2 D (X., Cyr. 1, 4, 28 διὰ χρόνου).

③ marker of instrumentality or circumstance whereby someth. is accomplished or effected, by, via, through

ⓐ of means or instrument γράφειν διά χάρτου καὶ μέλανος write w. paper and ink 2J 12; cp. 3J 13 (Plut., Sol. 87 [17, 3]). διὰ πυρὸς δοκιμάζειν test by fire 1 Pt 1:7. διὰ χρημάτων κτᾶσθαι Ac 8:20. Hebraistically in expr. denoting activity διὰ χειρῶν τινος (LXX) Mk 6:2; Ac 5:12; 14:3; 19:11, 26. Differently γράφειν διὰ χειρός τινος write through the agency of someone 15:23; cp. 11:30. εἰπεῖν διὰ στόματός τινος by the mouth of someone (where the usage discussed in A1a is influential) 1:16; 3:18, 21; 4:25. εὔσημον λόγον διδόναι διὰ τῆς γλώσσης utter intelligible speech with the tongue 1 Cor 14:9. διὰ τοῦ νοὸς λαλεῖν speak, using one’s reason (=consciously; opp., ecstatic speech) vs. 19 v.l. Of the work of Christ: περιποιεῖσθαι διὰ τοῦ αἵματος obtain through his blood Ac 20:28; cp. Eph 1:7; Col 1:20. Also διὰ τοῦ θανάτου Ro 5:10; Col 1:22; Hb 2:14; διὰ τοῦ σώματος Ro 7:4; διὰ τῆς ἰδίας σαρκός AcPlCor 2:6; cp. 2:15; διὰ τοῦ σταυροῦ Eph 2:16; διὰ τῆς θυσίας Hb 9:26; διὰ τῆς προσφορᾶς τοῦ σώματος Ἰησοῦ through the offering of the body of Jesus 10:10; διὰ παθημάτων 2:10.

ⓑ of manner, esp. w. verbs of saying: ἀπαγγέλλειν διὰ λόγου by word of mouth Ac 15:27; cp. 2 Th 2:15. διʼ ἐπιστολῶν by letter (POxy 1066, 9; 1070, 14f πολλάκις σοι γράψας διὰ ἐπιστολῶν πολλῶν; Tat. 12:3 δια γραφῆς in writing) 1 Cor 16:3; 2 Cor 10:11; cp. 2 Th 2:2, 15. διὰ λόγου πολλοῦ w. many words Ac 15:32. διʼ ὁράματος εἰπεῖν in a vision 18:9. διὰ παραβολῆς in an illustrative way, in a parable Lk 8:4. διὰ προσευχῆς καὶ δεήσεως προσεύχεσθαι call on (God) w. prayer and supplication Eph 6:18. διὰ βραχέων ἐπιστέλλειν write briefly Hb 13:22 (cp. 1 Pt 5:12 P⁷²; Isocr. 14, 3; Lucian, Tox. 56; EpArist 128; Ath. 17:1 σκέψασθε … διὰ βρ.). Also διʼ ὀλίγων γράφειν 1 Pt 5:12 (Pla., Phileb. 31d; UPZ 42, 9 [162 B.C.]; 2 Macc 6:17).

ⓒ of attendant or prevailing circumstance (Kühner-G. I 482f; X., Cyr. 4, 6, 6 διὰ πένθους τὸ γῆρας διάγων; Just., D. 105, 2 διʼ οὗ πάθους ἔμελλενἀποθνῄσκειν; PTebt 35, 9 [111 B.C.] διὰ τῆς γνώμης τινός=with someone’s consent; Jos., Bell. 4, 105) σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόμου you who, (though provided) with the written code and circumcision, are a transgressor/violator of the law Ro 2:27. διʼ ὑπομονῆς 8:25. διὰ προσκόμματος eat with offense (to the scruples of another) 14:20. διʼ ἀκροβυστίας in a state of being uncircumcised 4:11. διὰ πολλῶν δακρύων with many tears 2 Cor 2:4. Cp. 6:7. διὰ τῆς ἐπιγνώσεως 2 Pt 1:3 ( through recognition [of God as source of the gifts], s. Danker, Benefactor 457). διὰ πυρός in fiery form AcPlCor 2:13.—Here prob. belongs σωθήσεται διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας 1 Ti 2:15 (opp. of the negative theme in Gen. 3:16), but s. d next. On 1J 5:6 s. A1a above.

ⓓ of efficient cause via, through διὰ νόμου ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας ( only) recognition of sin comes via the law Ro 3:20; cp. 4:13. τὰ παθήματα τὰ διὰ τοῦ νόμου passions aroused via the law 7:5. διὰ νόμου πίστεως by the law of faith 3:27; Gal 2:19. ἀφορμὴν λαμβάνειν διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς Ro 7:8, 11; cp. 13. διὰ τ. εὐαγγελίου ὑμᾶς ἐγέννησα (spiritual parenthood) 1 Cor 4:15. Perh. 1 Ti 2:15 but s. c, above. διὰ τῆς σοφίας with its wisdom 1 Cor 1:21; opp. διὰ τῆς μωρίας τοῦ κηρύγματος through the folly of proclamation = foolish proclamation ibid. διὰ τῆς Λευιτικῆς ἱερωσύνης Hb 7:11. Freq. διὰ (τῆς) πίστεως Ro 1:12; 3:22, 25, 30f; Gal 2:16; 3:14, 26; Eph 2:8; 3:12, 17 al. Cp. AcPl Cor 2:8. πίστις διʼ ἀγάπης ἐνεργουμένη faith which works through (=expresses itself in) deeds of love Gal 5:6. διὰ θελήματος θεοῦ if God is willing Ro 15:32; by the will of God 1 Cor 1:1; 2 Cor 1:1; 8:5; Eph 1:1; Col 1:1; 2 Ti 1:1.

ⓔ of occasion διὰ τῆς χάριτος by virtue of the grace Ro 12:3; Gal 1:15 (Just., D. 100, 2).—3:18; 4:23; Phlm 22. διὰ δόξης καὶ ἀρετῆς in consequence of his glory and excellence 2 Pt 1:3 v.l.

ⓕ in wording of urgent requests διὰ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν τοῦ θεοῦ by the mercy of God Ro 12:1; cp. 15:30; 1 Cor 1:10; 2 Cor 10:1.

④ marker of pers. agency, through, by

ⓐ with focus on agency through ( the agency of), by (X., An. 2, 3, 17 διʼ ἑρμηνέως λέγειν; Menand., Fgm. 210, 1 οὐθεὶς διʼ ἀνθρώπου θεὸς σῴζει … ἑτέρου τόν ἕτερον; Achilles Tat. 7, 1, 3 διʼ ἐκείνου μαθεῖν; Just., D. 75, 4 διὰ παρθένου γεννηθῆναι; PMert 5, 8 γεομετρηθῆναι διʼ αὐτοῦ) ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου Mt 1:22; 2:15, 23; 4:14 al. (cp. Just., A I, 47, 5 διὰ Ἠσαίου τοῦ πρ.). γεγραμμένα διὰ τῶν προφητῶν Lk 18:31; cp. Ac 2:22; 10:36; 15:12 al. διʼ ἀνθρώπου by human agency Gal 1:1. διὰ Μωϋσέως through Moses (Jos., Ant. 7, 338; Mel., P. 11, 77 διὰ χειρὸς Μωυσέως) J 1:17; under Moses’ leadership Hb 3:16. διʼ ἀγγέλων by means of divine messengers (TestJob 18:5 διὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου; cp. Jos., Ant. 15, 136, but s. n. by RMarcus, Loeb ed., ad loc.) Gal 3:19; Hb 2:2. πέμψας διὰ τ. μαθητῶν εἶπεν sent and said through his disciples Mt 11:2f. Cp. the short ending of Mk. γράφειν διά τινος of the bearer IRo 10:1; IPhld 11:2; ISm 12:1, but also of pers. who had a greater or smaller part in drawing up some document (Dionys. of Cor. in Eus., HE 4, 23, 11) 1 Pt 5:12 (on the practice s. ERichards, The Secretary in the Letters of Paul ’91). In this case διά comes close to the mng. represented by (LWenger, D. Stellvertretung im Rechte d. Pap. 1906, 9ff; Dssm., LO 98 [LAE 123f]). So also κρίνει ὁ θεὸς διὰ Χρ. Ἰ. God judges, represented by Christ Jesus Ro 2:16. Christ as intermediary in the creation of the world J 1:3, 10; 1 Cor 8:6; Col 1:16.—εὐχαριστεῖν τ. θεῷ διὰ Ἰ. Χρ. thank God through Jesus Christ Ro 1:8; 7:25; Col 3:17.—Occasionally the mediation becomes actual presence (references for this usage in BKeil, Anonymus Argentinensis 1902, p. 192, 1; 306 note) διὰ πολλῶν μαρτύρων in the presence of many witnesses 2 Ti 2:2 (Simplicius in Epict. p. 114, 31 διὰ θεοῦ μέσου=in the presence of God as mediator; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 187 τὸ διὰ μαρτύρων κλαίειν=weeping in the presence of witnesses).

ⓑ with focus on the originator of an action (Hom. et al.; pap, LXX, EpArist)

α. of human activity (PSI 354, 6 [254 B.C.] τὸν χόρτον τὸν συνηγμένον διʼ ἡμῶν=by us; 500, 5; 527, 12; 1 Esdr 6:13; 2 Macc 6:21; 4 Macc 1:11) 2 Cor 1:11 (where διὰ πολλῶν resumes ἐκ πολλῶν προσώπων). ᾧ παρέλαβε κανόνι διὰ τῶν μακαρίων προφήτων καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου εὐαγγελίου AcPlCor 2:36.

β. of divine activity:—of God (Aeschyl., Ag. 1485; Pla., Symp. 186e ἡ ἰατρικὴ πᾶσα διὰ τ. θεοῦ τούτου [Asclepius] κυβερνᾶται; Ael. Aristid., Sarap. [Or. 8 Dind.=45 Keil] 14 K. πάντα γὰρ πανταχοῦ διὰ σοῦ τε καὶ διὰ σὲ ἡμῖν γίγνεται; Zosimus in CALG p. 143 and a magic ring in introd. 133; EpArist 313) 1 Cor 1:9 διʼ οὗ ἐκλήθητε (v.l. ὑπό s. καλέω 4); Ro 11:36 (s. Norden, Agn. Th. 240–50; 347f); Hb 2:10b (s. B 2a, below; cp. Ar. 1:5 διʼ αὐτοῦ … τὰ πάντα συνέστηκεν).—Of Christ Ro 1:5; 5:9, 17f, 21; 8:37; 2 Cor 1:20 al. (ASchettler, D. paulin. Formel ‘durch Christus’ 1907; GJonker, De paulin. formule ‘door Christus’: ThSt 27, 1909, 173–208).—Of the Holy Spirit Ac 11:28; 21:4; Ro 5:5.

⑤ At times διά w. gen. seems to have causal mng. (Rdm. 142; POxy 299, 2 [I A.D.] ἔδωκα αὐτῷ διὰ σοῦ=because of you; Achilles Tat. 3, 4, 5 διὰ τούτων=for this reason; in Eng. cp. Coleridge, Anc. Mariner 135–36: Every tongue thro’ utter drouth Was wither’d at the root, s. OED s.v. ‘through’ I B 8) διὰ τῆς σαρκός because of the resistance of the flesh Ro 8:3.—2 Cor 9:13.—On the use of διά w. gen. in Ro s. Schlaeger, La critique radicale de l’épître aux Rom.: Congr. d’ Hist. du Christ. II 111f.

B. w. acc.

① marker of extension through an area, through (Hom. and other early Gk. only in poetry, e.g. Pind. P. 9, 123 διʼ ὅμιλον ‘through the throng’; Hellenistic prose since Dionys. Hal. [JKäser, D. Präpositionen b. Dionys. Hal., diss. Erlangen 1915, 54]; ISyriaW 1866b τὸν πάτρωνα διὰ πάντα of the governor of a whole province) διήρχετο διὰ μέσον Σαμαρείας καὶ Γαλιλαίας Lk 17:11 (cp. SibOr 3, 316 ῥομφαία διελεύσεται διὰ μέσον σεῖο).

② marker of someth. constituting cause

ⓐ the reason why someth. happens, results, exists: because of, for the sake of (do something for the sake of a divinity: UPZ 62, 2 [161 B.C.] διὰ τὸν Σάραπιν; JosAs 1:10 διʼ αὐτήν; ApcSed 3:3 διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον; Tat. 8:2 διὰ τὸν … Ἄττιν; Ath. 30, 1 διὰ τὴν Δερκετώ) hated because of the name Mt 10:22; persecution arises because of teaching 13:21; because of unbelief vs. 58; because of a tradition 15:3; διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον (the sabbath was designed) for people Mk 2:27; because of Herodias Mk 6:17 (cp. Just. D. 34, 8 διὰ γυναῖκα); because of a crowd Lk 5:19; 8:19 al; because of Judeans Ac 16:3. διὰ τὸν θόρυβον 21:34; because of rain 28:2. Juristically to indicate guilt: imprisoned for insurrection and murder Lk 23:25. διʼ ὑμᾶς on your account=through your fault Ro 2:24 (Is 52:5). διὰ τὴν πάρεσιν because of the passing over 3:25 (but s. WKümmel, ZTK 49, ’52, 164). διὰ τὰ παραπτώματα on account of transgressions 4:25a (cp. Is 53:5; PsSol 13:5); but διὰ τὴν δικαίωσιν in the interest of justification vs. 25b; s. 8:10 for a sim. paired use of διὰ. διὰ τὴν χάριν on the basis of the grace 15:15. διʼ ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκός because of a physical ailment (cp. POxy 726, 10f [II A.D.] οὐ δυνάμενος διʼ ἀσθένειαν πλεῦσαι. Cp. ἀσθένεια 1) Gal 4:13. διὰ τὸ θέλημα σου by your will Rv 4:11. διὰ τὸν χρόνον according to the time = by this time Hb 5:12 (Aelian, VH 3, 37 δ. τὸν χρ.=because of the particular time-situation).—W. words denoting emotions out of (Diod S 5, 59, 8 διὰ τὴν λύπην; 18, 25, 1 διὰ τὴν προπέτειαν=out of rashness; Appian, Celt. 1 §9 διʼ ἐλπίδα; 2 Macc 5:21; 7:20; 9:8; 3 Macc 5:32, 41; Tob 8:7): διὰ φθόνον out of envy Mt 27:18; Phil 1:15. διὰ σπλάγχνα ἐλέους out of tender mercy Lk 1:78. διὰ τ. φόβον τινός out of fear of someone J 7:13. διὰ τὴν πολλὴν ἀγάπην out of the great love Eph 2:4. διὰ τ. πλεονεξίαν in their greediness B 10:4.—Of God as the ultimate goal or purpose of life, whereas διά w. gen. (s. A4bβ above) represents God as Creator, Hb 2:10a (s. Norden, op. cit.; PGM 13, 76 διὰ σὲ συνέστηκεν … ἡ γῆ). Cp. J 6:57 (s. Bultmann ad loc.) PtK 2.

ⓑ in direct questions διὰ τί; why? (Hyperid. 3, 17; Dio Chrys. 20 [37], 28; Ael. Aristid. 31 p. 597 D.; oft. LXX; TestJob 37:8; TestLevi 2:9; GrBar, Tat; Mel., Fgm. 8b, 42) mostly in an interrogative clause Mt 9:11, 14; 13:10; 15:2f; 17:19; 21:25; Mk 2:18; 11:31; Lk 5:30; 19:23, 31; 20:5; 24:38; J 7:45; 8:43, 46; 12:5; 13:37; Ac 5:3; 1 Cor 6:7; Rv 17:7. Simply διὰ τί; (Hyperid. 3, 23) Ro 9:32; 2 Cor 11:11. Also διατί (always in t.r. and often by Tdf.; TestJob 46:2) B 8:4, 6; Hm 2:5; Hs 5, 5, 5. Kvan Leeuwen Boomkamp, Τι et Διατι dans les évangiles: RevÉtGr 39, 1926, 327–31.—In real and supposed answers and inferences διὰ τοῦτο therefore (X., An. 1, 7, 3; 7, 19; oft. LXX; JosAs 7:7; Ar. 12, 2; Just., A I, 44, 5 al.; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 3 Jac.) Mt 6:25; 12:27, 31; 13:13, 52; 14:2; 18:23; 21:43; 23:13 v.l.; 24:44; Mk 11:24; 12:24; Lk 11:19 al. Also διὰ ταῦτα (Epict.) Eph 5:6. διὰ τοῦτο ὅτι for this reason, (namely) that J 5:16, 18; 8:47; 10:17; 12:18, 39; 15:19; 1J 3:1. διὰ τοῦτο ἵνα for this reason, (in order) that (Lucian, Abdic. 1) J 1:31; 2 Cor 13:10; 1 Ti 1:16; Phlm 15. Also διὰ τοῦτο ὅπως Hb 9:15.

ⓒ διά foll. by inf. or acc. w. inf., representing a causal clause, because (Gen 39:9; Dt 1:36; 1 Macc 6:53; GrBar 8:4; Demetr.: 722 fgm 1:1 al.) διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν βάθος because it had no depth Mt 13:5f; Mk 4:5f (διὰ τὸ μή w. inf.: X., Mem. 1, 3, 5; Hero Alex. I 348, 7; III 274, 19; Lucian, Hermot. 31); because lawlessness increases Mt 24:12; διὰ τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν ἐξ οἴκου Δ.. Lk 2:4; because it was built well 6:48 al. διὰ τὸ λέγεσθαι ὑπό τινων because it was said by some Lk 9:7 (for the constr. cp. Herodian 7, 12, 7 διὰ τὸ τὰς ἐξόδους ὑπὸ τ. πυρὸς προκατειλῆφθαι=because the exit-routes were blocked by the fire).

ⓓ instead of διά w. gen. to denote the efficient cause we may have διά, by

α. w. acc. of thing (schol. on Pind., N. 4, 79a; 2 Macc 12:11; EpArist 77) διὰ τὸ αἷμα by the blood Rv 12:11. διὰ τὰ σημεῖα by the miracles 13:14.

β. w. acc. of pers. and freq. as expr. of favorable divine action (Aristoph., Plut. 468; Dionys. Hal. 8, 33, 3, 1579 μέγας διὰ τ. θεούς ἐγενόμην; Ael. Aristid. 24, 1 K.=44 p. 824 D.: διʼ οὓς [= θεούς] ἐσώθην; SIG 1122; OGI 458, 40; PGM 13, 579 διῳκονομήθη τ. πάντα διὰ σέ; EpArist 292; Sir 15:11; 3 Macc 6:36: other exx. in SEitrem and AFridrichsen, E. christl. Amulett auf Pap. 1921, 24). ζῶ διὰ τὸν πατέρα J 6:57 (cp. PKöln VI, 245, 16 of Isis σὺ κυρεῖς τὰ πάντα, διὰ σὲ δʼ εἰσορῶ φαός ‘you are responsible for everything and thanks to you I can see light’). διὰ τὸν ὑποτάξαντα by the one who subjected it Ro 8:20.—DELG. M-M. TW.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > διά
56 ἐκ

ἐκ, before vowels ἐξ, prep. w. gen. (Hom.+; s. lit. s.v. ἀνά and εἰς beg.)

① marker denoting separation, from, out of, away from

ⓐ w. the place or thing fr. which separation takes place. Hence esp. w. verbs of motion ἀναβαίνω, ἀναλύω, ἀνίστημι, ἐγείρομαι, εἰσέρχομαι, ἐκβάλλω, ἐκπορεύομαι, ἐξέρχομαι, ἔρχομαι, ἥκω, καταβαίνω, μεταβαίνω, ῥύομαι, συνάγω, φεύγω; s. these entries. καλεῖν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου Mt 2:15 (Hos 11:1); ἐκ σκότους 1 Pt 2:9. αἴρειν ἐκ τ. κόσμου J 17:15. ἐξαλείφειν ἐκ τῆς βίβλου Rv 3:5 (Ex 32:32f; Ps 68:29). ἀποκυλίειν τ. λίθον ἐκ τ. θύρας Mk 16:3; cp. J 20:1; Rv 6:14; σῴζειν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγ. Jd 5; διασῴζειν ἐκ τ. θαλάσσης Ac 28:4. παραγίνεσθαι ἐξ ὁδοῦ arrive on a journey (lit. from, i.e. interrupting a journey) Lk 11:6; fig. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐξ ὁδοῦ bring back fr. the way Js 5:20; cp. 2 Pt 2:21. ἐκ τῆς χειρός τινος (Hebraistically מִיַּד פּ׳, oft. LXX; s. B-D-F §217, 2; Rob. 649) from someone’s power ἐξέρχεσθαι J 10:39; ἁρπάζειν 10:28f (cp. Plut., Ages. 615 [34, 6] ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν τῶν Ἐπαμινώνδου τ. πόλιν ἐξαρπάσας; JosAs 12:8 ἅρπασόν με ἐκ χειρὸς τοῦ ἐχθροῦ); ἐξαιρεῖσθαι Ac 12:11 (cp. Aeschin. 3, 256 ἐκ τ. χειρῶν ἐξελέσθαι τῶν Φιλίππου; Sir 4:9; Bar 4:18, 21 al.); ῥύεσθαι Lk 1:74; cp. vs. 71 (Ps 105:10; Wsd 2:18; JosAs 12:10); εἰρυσταί σε κύριος ἐκ χειρὸς ἀνόμου AcPlCor 1:8 (cp. ἐκ τούτων ἄπαντων PsSol 13:4).—After πίνειν, of the object fr. which one drinks (X., Cyr. 5, 3, 3): ἐκ τ. ποτηρίου Mt 26:27; Mk 14:23; 1 Cor 11:28; cp. 10:4; J 4:12. Sim. φαγεῖν ἐκ τ. θυσιαστηρίου Hb 13:10.

ⓑ w. a group or company fr. which separation or dissociation takes place (Hyperid. 6, 17 and Lucian, Cyn. 13 ἐξ ἀνθρώπων) ἐξολεθρεύειν ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ Ac 3:23 (Ex 30:33; Lev 23:29). συμβιβάζειν ἐκ τ. ὄχλου 19:33; ἐκλέγειν ἐκ τ. κόσμου J 15:19; cp. Mt 13:41, 47; Ac 1:24; 15:22; Ro 9:24. For ἐκ freq. ἐκ μέσου Mt 13:49; Ac 17:33; 23:10; 1 Cor 5:2; 2 Cor 6:17 (cp. Ex 31:14).—ἀνιστάναι τινὰ ἔκ τινων Ac 3:22 (Dt 18:15); ἐκ νεκρῶν 17:31. ἐγείρειν τινὰ ἐκ νεκρῶν J 12:1, 9, 17; Ac 3:15; 4:10; 13:30; Hb 11:19; AcPlCor 2:6; ἀνίστασθαι ἐκ νεκρῶν Ac 10:41; 17:3; ἀνάστασις ἐκ νεκρ. Lk 20:35; 1 Pt 1:3; cp. Ro 10:7. Also s. ἠρεμέω.

ⓒ of situations and circumstances out of which someone is brought, from: ἐξαγοράζειν ἔκ τινος redeem fr. someth. Gal 3:13; also λυτροῦν (cp. Sir 51:2) 1 Pt 1:18; σῴζειν ἔκ τινος save fr. someth. J 12:27; Hb 5:7; Js 5:20 (Od. 4, 753; MLetronne, Recueil des Inscr. 1842/8, 190; 198 σωθεὶς ἐκ; SIG 1130, 1f; UPZ 60:6f [s. διασῴζω]; PVat A, 7 [168 B.C.]=Witkowski 36, 7 διασεσῶσθαι ἐκ μεγάλων κινδύνων; Sir 51:11; EpJer 49; JosAs 4:8 ἐκ τοῦ … λιμοῦ); ἐξαιρεῖσθαι Ac 7:10 (cp. Wsd 10:1; Sir 29:12). τηρεῖν ἔκ τινος keep from someth. Rv 3:10; μεταβαίνειν ἔκ τινος εἴς τι J 5:24; 1J 3:14; μετανοεῖν ἔκ τινος repent and turn away fr. someth. Rv 2:21f; 9:20f; 16:11. ἀναπαύεσθαι ἐκ τ. κόπων rest fr. one’s labors 14:13. ἐγείρεσθαι ἐξ ὕπνου wake fr. sleep (Epict. 2, 20, 15; Sir 22:9; cp. ParJer 5:2 οὐκ ἐξυπνίσθη ἐκ τοῦ ὕπνου αὐτοῦ) Ro 13:11. ζωὴ ἐκ νεκρῶν 11:15. ζῶντες ἐκ νεκρῶν people who have risen fr. death to life 6:13 (cp. Soph., Oed. R. 454; X., An. 7, 7, 28; Demosth. 18, 131 ἐλεύθερος ἐκ δούλου καὶ πλούσιος ἐκ πτωχοῦ γεγονώς; Palaeph. 3, 2). S. ἀνάστασις 2b.

ⓓ of pers. and things with whom a connection is severed or is to remain severed: τηρεῖν αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ keep them fr. the evil one J 17:15; cp. Ac 15:29. Pregnant constr.: ἀνανήφειν ἐκ τῆς τοῦ διαβόλου παγίδος 2 Ti 2:26. νικᾶν ἔκ τινος free oneself from … by victory Rv 15:2 (for possible Latinism s. reff. to Livy and Velleius Paterculus in OLD s.v. ‘victoria’; but s. also RCharles, ICC Rv II, 33). ἐλεύθερος ἐκ 1 Cor 9:19 (cp. Eur., Herc. Fur. 1010 ἐλευθεροῦντες ἐκ δρασμῶν πόδα ‘freeing our feet from flight’ [=we recovered from our flight]). καθαρός εἰμι ἐγὼ ἐξ αὐτῆς I practiced abstinence with her GJs 15:4.

② marker denoting the direction fr. which someth. comes, from καταβαίνειν ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους (Il. 13, 17; X., An. 7, 4, 12; Ex 19:14; 32:1 al.; JosAs 4:1 ἐκ τοῦ ὑπερῴου) Mt 17:9. θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν οὐ μὴ ἀπόληται Lk 21:18. ἐκπίπτειν ἐκ τ. χειρῶν Ac 12:7. διδάσκειν ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου Lk 5:3. ἐκ τῆς βάτου χρηματισμοῦ διδομένου 1 Cl 17:5 (cp. Just., A I, 62:3). ἐκ τῆς πρύμνης ῥίψαντες τὰς ἀγκύρας Ac 27:29. κρέμασθαι ἔκ τινος (Hom. et al.; 1 Macc 1:61; 2 Macc 6:10; Jos., Ant. 14, 107) 28:4. ἐκ ῥιζῶν to (lit. from) its roots (Job 28:9; 31:12) Mk 11:20; B 12:9.—Since the Greek feeling concerning the relation betw. things in this case differed fr. ours, ἐκ could answer the question ‘where?’ (cp. Soph., Phil. 20; Synes., Ep. 131 p. 267a ἐκ τῆς ἑτέρας μερίδος=on the other side; BGU 975, 11; 15 [45 A.D.]; PGM 36, 239; LXX; JosAs 16:12 εἱστήκει … ἐξ εὐωνύμων; 22:7) ἐκ δεξιῶν at (on) the right (δεξιός 1b) Mt 20:21, 23; 22:44 (Ps 109:1); 25:33; Lk 1:11; Ac 2:25 (Ps 15:8), 34 (Ps 109:1); 7:55f; B 11:10. ἐξ ἐναντίας opposite Mk 15:39 (Hdt. 8, 6, 2; Thu. 4, 33, 1; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 461, 6; Sir 37:9; Wsd 4:20 al.); ὁ ἐξ ἐναντίας the opponent (Sext. Emp., Adv. Phys. 1, 66 [=Adv. Math. 9, 66]; 2, 69 [=Adv. Math. 10, 69], Adv. Eth. 1, 25; Bias in Diog. L. 1, 84) Tit 2:8.—ἐκ τοῦ κατωτάτου ᾅδου … προσευχομένου Ἰωνᾶ AcPlCor 2:30.

③ marker denoting origin, cause, motive, reason, from, of

ⓐ in expr. which have to do w. begetting and birth from, of, by: ἐκ introduces the role of the male (Ps.-Callisth. 1, 9 ἐκ θεοῦ ἔστι; JosAs 21:8 συνέλαβεν Ἀσενὲθ ἐκ τοῦ Ἰωσήφ; Tat. 33, 3 συλλαμβάνουσιν ἐκ φθορέως; Ath. 22, 4 ἐκ τοῦ Κρόνου; SIG 1163, 3; 1169, 63; OGI 383, 3; 5 [I B.C.]) ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχειν ἔκ τινος Mt 1:18. κοίτην ἔχειν ἔκ τινος Ro 9:10; also of the female (SIG 1160, 3; PEleph 1, 9 [311/10 B.C.] τεκνοποιεῖσθαι ἐξ ἄλλης γυναικός; PFay 28, 9 γεννᾶσθαι ἐκ; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 14 Jac.; Jos., Ant. 1, 191; Ath. 20, 3 ἐξ ἧς παῖς Διόνυσος αὐτῷ) γεννᾶν τινα ἐκ beget someone by (a woman; s. γεννάω 1a) Mt 1:3, 5, etc. ἐκ Μαρίας ἐγεννῄθη AcPlCor 1:14; 2:5; γίνεσθαι ἐκ γυναικός (Jos., Ant. 11, 152; Ar. 9, 7) Gal 4:4; cp. vs. 22f.—γεννᾶσθαι ἐξ αἱμάτων κτλ. J 1:13; ἐκ τ. σαρκός 3:6; ἐκ πορνείας 8:41. ἐγείρειν τινὶ τέκνα ἐκ Mt 3:9; Lk 3:8. (τὶς) ἐκ καρποῦ τ. ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ Ac 2:30 (Ps 131:11). γεννᾶσθαι ἐκ τ. θεοῦ J 1:13; 1J 3:9; 4:7; 5:1, 4, 18 (Just., A I, 22, 2); ἐκ τ. πνεύματος J 3:6 (opp. ἐκ τ. σαρκός). εἶναι ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ (Menand., Sam. 602 S. [257 Kö.]) J 8:47; 1J 4:4, 6; 5:19; opp. εἶναι ἐκ τ. διαβόλου J 8:44; 1J 3:8 (cp. OGI 90, 10 of Ptolemaeus Epiphanes ὑπάρχων θεὸς ἐκ θεοῦ κ. θεᾶς).

ⓑ to denote origin as to family, race, city, people, district, etc.: ἐκ Ναζαρέτ J 1:46. ἐκ πόλεως vs. 44. ἐξ οἴκου Lk 1:27; 2:4. ἐκ γένους (Jos., Ant. 11, 136) Phil 3:5; Ac 4:6. ἐκ φυλῆς (Jos., Ant. 6, 45; 49; PTebt I, 26, 15) Lk 2:36; Ac 13:21; 15:23; Ro 11:1. Ἑβρ. ἐξ Ἑβραίων a Hebrew, the son of Hebrews Phil 3:5 (Goodsp., Probs., 175f; on the connotation of ancestral ἀρετή Phil 3:5 cp. New Docs VII 233, no. 10, 5). ἐκ σπέρματός τινος J 7:42; Ro 1:3; 11:1. ἐξ ἐθνῶν Ac 15:23; cp. Gal 2:15. Cp. Lk 23:7; Ac 23:34. ἐκ τ. γῆς J 3:31. For this ἐκ τῶν κάτω J 8:23 (opp. ἐκ τ. ἄνω). ἐκ (τούτου) τ. κόσμου 15:19ab; 17:14; 1J 2:16; 4:5. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων Mt 21:25; Mk 11:30.—To express a part of the whole, subst.: οἱ ἐξ Ἰσραήλ the Israelites Ro 9:6. οἱ ἐξ ἐριθείας selfish, factious people 2:8. οἱ ἐκ νόμου partisans of the law 4:14; cp. vs. 16. οἱ ἐκ πίστεως those who have faith Gal 3:7, 9; cp. the sg. Ro 3:26; 4:16. οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς the circumcision party Ac 11:2; Ro 4:12; Gal 2:12. οἱ ἐκ τῆς περιτομῆς Tit 1:10. For this οἱ ὄντες ἐκ περιτομῆς Col 4:11. οἱ ἐκ τ. συναγωγῆς members of the synagogue Ac 6:9. οἱ ἐκ τῶν Ἀριστοβούλου Ro 16:10f. οἱ ἐκ τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας Phil 4:22 (s. Καῖσαρ and οἰκία 3). In these cases the idea of belonging, the partisan use, often completely overshadows that of origin; cp. Dg 6:3.

ⓒ to denote derivation (Maximus Tyr. 13, 3f φῶς ἐκ πυρός; Ath. 18:3 γένεσιν … ἐξ ὕδατος) καπνὸς ἐκ τ. δόξης τ. θεοῦ Rv 15:8 (cp. EpJer 20 καπνὸς ἐκ τ. οἰκίας). ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τ. Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν J 4:22. εἶναι ἔκ τινος come, derive from someone or someth. (Jos., Ant. 7, 209) Mt 5:37; J 7:17, 22; 1J 2:16, 21; εἶναι is oft. to be supplied Ro 2:29; 11:36; 1 Cor 8:6 ( Plut., Mor. 1001c); 11:12; 2 Cor 4:7; Gal 5:8. ἔργα ἐκ τοῦ πατρός J 10:32. οἰκοδομὴ ἐκ θεοῦ 2 Cor 5:1; χάρισμα 1 Cor 7:7; δικαιοσύνη Phil 3:9. φωνὴ ἐκ τ. στόματος αὐτοῦ Ac 22:14. Here belongs the constr. w. ἐκ for the subj. gen., as in ἡ ἐξ ὑμῶν (v.l.) ἀγάπη 2 Cor 8:7; ὁ ἐξ ὑμῶν ζῆλος 9:2 v.l.; Rv 2:9 (cp. Vett. Val. 51, 16; CIG II 3459, 11 τῇ ἐξ ἑαυτῆς κοσμιότητι; pap. [Rossberg 14f]; 1 Macc 11:33 χάριν τῆς ἐξ αὐτῶν εὐνοίας; 2 Macc 6:26). ἐγένετο ζήτησις ἐκ τ. μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου there arose a discussion on the part of John’s disciples J 3:25 (Dionys. Hal. 8, 89, 4 ζήτησις πολλὴ ἐκ πάντων ἐγένετο; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 24 §91 σφαγή τις ἐκ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἐγένετο).

ⓓ of the effective cause by, because of (cp. the ‘perfectivizing’ force of ἐκ and other prepositions in compounds, e.g. Mt 4:7; Mk 9:15. B-D-F §318, 5)

α. personal in nature, referring to originator (X., An. 1, 1, 6; Diod S 19, 1, 4 [saying of Solon]; Arrian, Anab. 3, 1, 2; 4, 13, 6 of an inspired woman κατεχομένη ἐκ τοῦ θείου; Achilles Tat. 5, 27, 2; SibOr 3, 395; Just.: A I, 12, 5 ἐκ δαιμόνων φαύλων … καὶ ταῦτα … ἐνεργεῖσθαι, also D. 18, 3; Nicetas Eugen. 7, 85 H. ἐκ θεῶν σεσωσμένη; Ps.-Clem., Hom. p. 7, 19 Lag. τὸν ἐκ θεοῦ σοι ἀποδιδόμενον μισθόν): ὠφελεῖσθαι ἔκ τινος Mt 15:5; Mk 7:11. ζημιοῦσθαι 2 Cor 7:9. λυπεῖσθαι 2:2. εὐχαριστεῖσθαι 1:11. ἀδικεῖσθαι Rv 2:11. ἐξ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐκ ἐλάλησα J 12:49 (cp. Soph., El. 344 οὐδὲν ἐξ σαυτῆς λέγεις).

β. impersonal in nature (Arrian, Anab. 3, 21, 10 ἀποθνῄσκειν ἐκ τ. τραυμάτων; 6, 25, 4; JosAs 29:8 ἐκ τοῦ τραύματος τοῦ λίθου; POxy 486, 32 τὰ ἐμὰ ἐκ τ. ἀναβάσεως τ. Νίλου ἀπολωλέναι): ἀποθανεῖν ἐκ τ. ὑδάτων Rv 8:11. πυροῦσθαι 3:18. σκοτοῦσθαι 9:2. φωτίζεσθαι 18:1. κεκοπιακὼς ἐκ τῆς ὁδοιπορίας J 4:6 (Aelian, VH 3, 23 ἐκ τοῦ πότου ἐκάθευδεν). ἔκαμον ἐκ τῆς ὁδοῦ GJs 15:1.

ⓔ of the reason which is a presupposition for someth.: by reason of, as a result of, because of (X., An. 2, 5, 5; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 42 §185 ἐκ προδοσίας; POxy 486, 28f ἐκ τῆς ἐπιστολῆς; Just., A I, 68, 3 ἐξ ἐπιστολῆς; numerous examples in Mayser II/2 p. 388; Philo, De Jos. 184 ἐκ διαβολῆς; Jos., Vi. 430; JosAs 11 παραλελυμένη … ἐκ τῆς πολλῆς ταπεινώσεως; Ar. 8, 6 ἐκ τούτων … τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων τῆς πλάνης; Just., A I, 4, 1 ἐκ τοῦ … ὀνόματος; also inf.: 33, 2 ἵνα … ἐκ τοῦ προειρῆσθαι πιστευθῇ 68, 3 al.): δικαιοῦσθαι ἔκ τινος Ro 4:2; Gal 2:16; 3:24; cp. Ro 3:20, 30 (cp. εἴ τις ἐκ γένους [δίκαι]ος=has the right of citizenship by descent [i.e. has the law on his side]: letter of MAurelius 34, ZPE 8, ’71, 170); οὐκ … ἡ ζωὴ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἐκ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων αὐτῷ he does not live because of his possessions Lk 12:15. ἐκ ταύτης τ. ἐργασίας Ac 19:25. ἐξ ἔργων λαβεῖν τὸ πνεῦμα Gal 3:2, 5; cp. Ro 11:6. ἐξ ἀναστάσεως λαβεῖν τ. νεκρούς Hb 11:35. ἐσταυρώθη ἐξ ἀσθενείας 2 Cor 13:4. τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν as far as it depends on you Ro 12:18.—ἐκ τοῦ πόνου in anguish Rv 16:10; cp. vs. 11; 8:13.—ἐκ τούτου for this reason, therefore (SIG 1168, 47; 1169, 18; 44; 62f; BGU 423, 17=Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 480, 17) J 6:66; 19:12.

ⓕ Sim. ἐκ can introduce the means which one uses for a definite purpose, with, by means of (Polyaenus 3, 9, 62 ἐξ ἱμάντος=by means of a thong) ἐκ τοῦ μαμωνᾶ Lk 16:9 (X., An. 6, 4, 9; PTebt 5, 80 [118 B.C.] ἐκ τ. ἱερῶν προσόδων; ParJer 1:7 [of Jerusalem] ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν σου ἀφανισθήτω; Jos., Vi. 142 ἐκ τ. χρημάτων); cp. 8:3.

ⓖ of the source, fr. which someth. flows or comes:

α. λαλεῖν ἐκ τ. ἰδίων J 8:44. ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύματος τ. καρδίας Mt 12:34. τὰ ἐκ τ. ἱεροῦ the food from the temple 1 Cor 9:13. ἐκ τ. εὐαγγελίου ζῆν get one’s living by proclaiming the gospel vs. 14.

β. information, insight, etc. (X., An. 7, 7, 43 ἐκ τῶν ἔργων κατέμαθες; Just., A I, 28, 1 ἐκ τῶν ἡμετέρων συγγραμμάτων … μαθεῖν 34, 2 al.) κατηχεῖσθαι ἐκ Ro 2:18. ἀκούειν ἐκ J 12:34. γινώσκειν Mt 12:33; Lk 6:44; 1J 3:24; 4:6. ἐποπτεύειν 1 Pt 2:12. δεικνύναι Js 2:18 (cp. ἀποδεικνύναι Just., D. 33, 1).

γ. of the inner life, etc., fr. which someth. proceeds (since Il. 9, 486): ἐκ καρδίας Ro 6:17; 1 Pt 1:22 v.l. (cp. Theocr. 29, 4; M. Ant. 3, 3). ἐκ ψυχῆς Eph 6:6; Col 3:23 (X., An. 7, 7, 43, Oec. 10, 4; Jos., Ant. 17, 177; 1 Macc 8:27). ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας 1 Ti 1:5; 2 Ti 2:22; 1 Pt 1:22. ἐξ ὅλης τ. καρδίας σου καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τ. ψυχῆς σου καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τ. διανοίας σου καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τ. ἰσχύος σου Mk 12:30; cp. Lk 10:27 (Dt 6:5; cp. Wsd 8:21; 4 Macc 7:18; Epict. 2, 23, 42 ἐξ ὅλης ψυχῆς). ἐκ πίστεως Ro 14:23; cp. 2 Cor 2:17. Also of circumstances which accompany an action without necessarily being the source of it: γράφειν ἐκ πολλῆς θλίψεως write out of great affliction 2 Cor 2:4; Phil 1:17.

ⓗ of the material out of which someth. is made (Hdt. 1, 194; Pla., Rep. 10, 616c; OGI 194, 28 [42 B.C.] a statue ἐκ σκληροῦ λίθου; PMagd 42, 5 [221 B.C.]=PEnteux 83, 5; POxy 707, 28; PGM 13, 659; Wsd 15:8; 1 Macc 10:11; Jdth 1:2; En 99:13; JosAs 3:9; Just., A I, 59, 1) of, from στέφανος ἐξ ἀκανθῶν Mt 27:29; J 19:2; cp. 2:15; 9:6; Ro 9:21; 1 Cor 15:47; Rv 18:12; 21:21; perh. also 1 Cor 11:12 ἡ γυνὴ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνδρός.

ⓘ of the underlying rule or principle according to, in accordance with (Hdt., Pla. et al. [Kühner-G. I 461g], also OGI 48, 12 [III B.C.] ἐκ τ. νόμων; PEleph 1, 12 [312/11 B.C.] ἐκ δίκης; PPetr III, 26, 9 ἐκ κρίσεως; LXX, e.g. 1 Macc 8:30; Jos., Ant. 6, 296 ἐκ κυνικῆς ἀσκήσεως πεποιημένος τὸν βίον) ἐκ τ. λόγων Mt 12:37 (cp. Wsd 2:20). ἐκ τ. στόματός σου κρινῶ σε by what you have said Lk 19:22 (cp. Sus 61 Theod.; also X., Cyr. 2, 2, 21 ἐκ τ. ἔργων κρίνεσθαι). ἐκ τῶν γεγραμμένων on the basis of things written Rv 20:12. ἐκ τ. καλοῦντος Ro 9:12. ἐκ τ. ἔχειν in accordance w. your ability 2 Cor 8:11. ἐξ ἰσότητος on the basis of equality vs. 13.

④ marker used in periphrasis, from, of

ⓐ for the partitive gen. (B-D-F §164, 1 and 2; 169; Rob. 599; 1379).

α. after words denoting number εἷς, μία, ἕν (Hdt. 2, 46, 2 ἐκ τούτων εἷς; POxy 117, 14ff [II/III A.D.] δύο … ἐξ ὧν … ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν; Tob 12:15 BA; Sir 32:1; Jos., Bell. 7, 47; JosAs 20:2 ἐκ τῶν παρθένων μία Just., D. 126, 4) Mt 10:29; 18:12; 22:35; 27:48; Mk 9:17 al.; εἷς τις J 11:49; δύο Mk 16:12; Lk 24:13; J 1:35; 21:2. πέντε Mt 25:2. πολλοί (1 Macc 5:26; 9:69) J 6:60, 66; 7:31; 11:19, 45. οἱ πλείονες 1 Cor 15:6. οὐδείς (Epict. 1, 29, 37; 1 Macc 5:54; 4 Macc 14:4; Ar. 13, 6; Just., D. 16, 2) J 7:19; 16:5. χιλιάδες ἐκ πάσης φυλῆς Rv 7:4.

β. after the indef. pron. (Plut., Galba 1065 [27, 2]; Herodian 5, 3, 9; 3 Macc 2:30; Jos., Vi. 279) Lk 11:15; J 6:64; 7:25, 44, 48; 9:16; 11:37, 46 al. Also after the interrog. pron. Mt 6:27; 21:31; Lk 11:5; 12:25; 14:28 al.

γ. the partitive w. ἐκ as subj. (2 Km 11:17) εἶπαν ἐκ τ. μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ J 16:17.—Rv 11:9. As obj., pl. Mt 23:34; Lk 11:49; 21:16; 2J 4 (cp. Sir 33:12; Jdth 7:18; 10:17 al.).

δ. used w. εἶναι belong to someone or someth. (Jos., Ant. 12, 399) καὶ σὺ ἐξ αὐτῶν εἶ you also belong to them Mt 26:73; cp. Mk 14:69f; Lk 22:58; J 7:50; 10:26; Ac 21:8; cp. 2 Cl 18:1. οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τ. σώματος I do not belong to the body 1 Cor 12:15f; cp. 2 Cl 14:1.

ε. after verbs of supplying, receiving, consuming: ἐσθίειν ἔκ τινος (Tob 1:10; Sir 11:19; Jdth 12:2; JosAs 16:8) 1 Cor 9:7; 11:28; J 6:26, 50f; Rv 2:7. πίνειν Mt 26:29; Mk 14:25; J 4:13f; Rv 14:10; χορτάζειν ἔκ τινος gorge w. someth. 19:21 (s. ζ below); μετέχειν 1 Cor 10:17; λαμβάνειν (1 Esdr 6:31; Wsd 15:8) J 1:16; Rv 18:4; Hs 9, 24, 4. τὸ βρέφος … ἔλαβε μασθὸν ἐκ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ the child took its mother’s breast GJs 19:2; διδόναι (Tob 4:16; Ezk 16:17) Mt 25:8; 1J 4:13. διαδιδόναι (Tob 4:16 A) J 6:11.

ζ. after verbs of filling: ἐπληρώθη ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς was filled w. the fragrance J 12:3 cp. Rv 8:5. χορτασθῆναι ἔκ τινος to be satisfied to the full w. someth. Lk 15:16. γέμειν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς be full of greed Mt 23:25.

ⓑ in periphrasis for the gen. of price or value for (Palaeph. 45; PFay 111, 16 [95/96 A.D.]; 119, 5 [c. 100 A.D.]; 131, 5; PLond II, 277, 9 p. 217 [23 A.D.]; BGU III, 916, 19 [I A.D.]; PAmh II, 133, 19 [II A.D.]; Jos., Ant. 14, 34; B-D-F §179) ἀγοράζειν τι ἔκ τινος Mt 27:7 (POxy 745, 2 [c. 1 A.D.] τ. οἶνον ἠγόρασας ἐκ δραχμῶν ἕξ; EpJer 24); cp. Ac 1:18; Mt 20:2.

⑤ marker denoting temporal sequence, from

ⓐ of the time when someth. begins from, from … on, for, etc. ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός from birth (Ps 21:11; 70:6; Is 49:1) Mt 19:12 al.; also ἐκ γενετῆς J 9:1 (since Il. 24, 535; Od. 18, 6; s. also γενετή). ἐκ νεότητος (since Il. 14, 86; Ps 70:5; Sir 7:23; Wsd 8:2; 1 Macc 2:66; JosAs 17:4) Mk 10:20; Lk 18:21. ἐξ ἱκανῶν χρόνων for a long time 23:8. ἐκ πολλῶν χρόνων a long time before 1 Cl 42:5 (cp. Epict. 2, 16, 17 ἐκ πολλοῦ χρόνου. Cp. ἐκ πολλοῦ Thu. 1, 68, 3; 2, 88, 2; ἐξ ὀλίγων ἡμερῶν Lysias, Epitaph. 1). ἐκ γενεῶν ἀρχαίων Ac 15:21 (cp. X., Hell. 6, 1, 4 ἐκ πάντων προγόνων). ἐκ τ. αἰῶνος since the world began J 9:32 (cp. ἐξ αἰῶνος Sext. Emp., Adv. Math. 9, 76; Diod S 4, 83, 3; Aelian, VH 6, 13; 12, 64; OGI 669, 61; Sir 1:4; 1 Esdr 2:17, 21; Jos., Bell. 5, 442). ἐξ ἐτῶν ὀκτώ for eight years Ac 9:33; cp. 24:10. ἐξ ἀρχῆς (PTebt 40, 20 [117 B.C.]; Sir 15:14; 39:32; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 225; Ath. 8, 1) J 6:64. ἐκ παιδιόθεν fr. childhood Mk 9:21 (s. παιδιόθεν. Just., A I, 15, 6 ἐκ παίδων. On the use of ἐκ w. an adv. cp. ἐκ τότε POxy 486 [II A.D.]; ἐκ πρωίθεν 1 Macc 10:80).

ⓑ of temporal sequence

α. ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας day after day 2 Pt 2:8; 2 Cl 11:2 (cp. Ps.-Eur., Rhes. 445; Henioch. Com. 5:13 K.; Theocr. 18, 35; Gen 39:10; Num 30:15; Sir 5:7; Esth 3:7; En 98:8; 103:10).

β. ἐκ δευτέρου for the second time, again, s. δεύτερος 2. ἐκ τρίτου Mt 26:44 (ParJer 7:8; cp. PHolm 1, 32 ἐκ τετάρτου).

⑥ various uses and units

ⓐ blending of constructions, cp. Rob. 599f: ἐκ for ἐν (Hdt., Thu. et al., s. Kühner-G. I 546f; LXX, e.g. Sus 26 Theod.; 1 Macc 11:41; 13:21; Jdth 15:5) ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ δώσει Lk 11:13. μὴ καταβάτω ἆραι τὰ ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ Mt 24:17. τὴν ἐκ Λαοδικείας (ἐπιστολὴν) ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀναγνῶτε Col 4:16.

ⓑ like the OT use of מִן: ἔκρινεν ὁ θεὸς τὸ κρίμα ὑμῶν ἐξ αὐτῆς God has pronounced judgment for you against her Rv 18:20 (cp. Ps 118:84; Is 1:24; En 100:4; 104:3). ἐξεδίκησεν τὸ αἷμα τ. δούλων αὐτοῦ ἐκ χειρὸς αὐτῆς 19:2, cp. 6:10 (both 4 Km 9:7).

ⓒ adv. expressions (Just., A I, 2, 1 ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου ‘in every way’): ἐξ ἀνάγκης (ἀνάγκη 1). ἐκ συμφώνου by mutual consent (BGU 446, 13=Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 257, 13; CPR I, 11, 14 al. in pap; cp. Dssm., NB 82f [BS 225]) 1 Cor 7:5. ἐκ λύπης reluctantly 2 Cor 9:7. ἐκ περισσοῦ extremely (Dio Chrys. 14 [31], 64; Lucian, Pro Merc. Cond. 13; Da 3:22 Theod.; Galen, CMG V/10/2/2 p. 284, 17 [-ττ]) Mk 6:51; 1 Th 5:13 v.l.; ἐκ μέτρου by measure = sparingly J 3:34. ἐκ μέρους (Galen, CMG V/10/2/2 p. 83, 24) part by part = as far as the parts are concerned, individually 1 Cor 12:27 (distributive; cp. PHolm 1, 7 ἐκ δραχμῶν Ϛ´=6 dr. each); mostly in contrast to ‘complete’, only in part 13:9 (BGU 538, 35; 574, 10; 887, 6; 17 al. in pap; EpArist 102). ἐξ ὀνόματος individually, personally, by name IEph 20:2; IPol 4:2; 8:2.

ⓓ ἐκ … εἰς w. the same word repeated gives it special emphasis (Plut., Galba 1058 [14, 2] ἐκ προδοσίας εἰς προδοσίαν; Ps 83:8) ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν Ro 1:17.—2 Cor 2:16 (twice).—The result and goal are thus indicated Ro 11:36; 1 Cor 8:6; Col 1:16. AFridrichsen, ConNeot 12, ’48, 54.—DELG s.v. ἐξ. M-M.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐκ
57 ἐπί

ἐπί prep. w. gen., dat., or acc.; s. the lit. on ἀνά, beg. (Hom.+). The basic idea is ‘upon’ (opp. ὑπό) Kühner-G. I 495; s. also Rob 600–605. (In the foll. classifications case use is presented seriatim; in earlier editions of this lexicon all sections, except 13, 17, and 18 [of time], were included under the general rubric ‘Place’.)

① marker of location or surface, answering the question ‘where?’ on, upon, near

ⓐ w. gen., marking a position on a surface ἐ. (τῆς) γῆς on (the) earth (cp. En 9:1; 98:1; ἐ. γῆς 25:6; PsSol 17:2) Mt 6:10, 19; 9:6; 23:9; Mk 6:47 al. (Ar. 12, 1; Just., A I, 54, 7 al.). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης on the sea (cp. Job 9:8; Dio Chrys. 10 [11], 129 βαδίζειν ἐ. τῆς θαλ.; Lucian, Philops. 13 βαδίζειν ἐφʼ ὕδατος, VH 2, 4; Artem. 3, 16 ἐ. τ. θαλάσσης περιπατεῖν; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 15 p. 5, 26ff relying on the testimony of Hesiod: Orion was given a gift [δωρεά] by the gods καὶ ἐ. κυμάτων πορεύεσθαι καὶ ἐ. τῆς γῆς) Mt 14:26; Mk 6:48f; J 6:19 (w. acc. P⁷⁵; s. 4bβ below). ἐ. τῶν νεφελῶν on the clouds Mt 24:30; 26:64 (Da 7:13; cp. Philo, Praem. 8). ἐ. κλίνης 9:2; Lk 17:34. ἐ. τοῦ δώματος on the roof vs. 31; Mt 24:17; 10:27 foll. by pl. W. verbs: κάθημαι ἐ. τινος sit on someth. (Job 2:8; ἐ. τοῦ ἅρματος GrBar 6:2; cp. JosAs 27:1 ἐ. τοῦ ὀχήματος καθεζόμενος; Just., D. 90, 5 ἐ. λίθου καθεζόμενος) Mt 24:3; 27:19; Ac 8:28; Rv 6:16; 9:17 (the same prep. used in Rv w. κάθημαι and dat. s. bα below, and w. acc. cα). ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τινος stand on someth. Ac 21:40; Rv 10:5, 8 (Just., D. 86, 2 ἐστηρίχθαι). With parts of the body: ἐ. χειρῶν αἴρειν carry on (i.e. in/with) their hands Mt 4:6; Lk 4:11 (both Ps 90:12). ἐ. κεφαλῆς on the head (Hdt. 5, 12, 4) J 20:7; 1 Cor 11:10; Rv 12:1. ἐ. τοῦ μετώπου Rv 7:3; 9:4. ἐ. γυμνοῦ on the naked body Mk 14:51. Cp. use of ἐπί w. καθίζω and gen., and ἐπί w. κάθημαι and acc. Mt 19:28.—In a gener. and fig. sense Ac 21:23.

ⓑ w. dat., gener. suggesting contiguity on, in, above.

α. answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Just., D. 105, 5 ἐ. τῷ σταυρῷ; Tat., 9:1 ἐ. τοῖς ὄρεσι; Ath. 20, 1 ἐ. τῷ μετώπῳ; Mel., P. 19, 131 ἐ. σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ) ἐ. πίνακι on a platter Mt 14:8, 11; Mk 6:25, 28. ἀνακλῖναι ἐ. τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ on the green grass 6:39. ἐ. τοῖς κραβάττοις vs. 55. ἐπέκειτο ἐπʼ αὐτῷ lay on it (or before it) J 11:38. καθήμενος ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ Rv 4:9 (cp. gen. w. καθ. 1a above, and acc. cα below) 5:13; 7:10 and oft. ἐφʼ ἵπποις λευκοῖς on white horses 19:14. ἐ. σανίσιν on planks Ac 27:44. ἐ. τῇ στοᾷ in the colonnade 3:11. τὰ ἐ. τοῖς οὐρανοῖς what is above (or in) the heavens Eph 1:10. ἐπʼ αὐτῷ above him, at his head Lk 23:38 (=Mt 27:37 ἐπάνω τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ).

β. answering the question ‘whither?’ on, upon (Hom. et al.) w. verbs that indicate a direction: οἰκοδομεῖν ἐ. τινι build upon someth. Mt 16:18. ἐποικοδομεῖν Eph 2:20. ἐπιβάλλειν ἐπίβλημα ἐ. ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ put a patch on an old garment Mt 9:16. ἐπιπίπτειν ἐ. τινι Ac 8:16. ἐκάθισεν ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ he sat down on the throne GJs 11:1. λίθον ἐπʼ αὐτῇ βαλέτω J 8:7 v.l. (cp. 12a below).

ⓒ w. acc., answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; LXX; JosAs 29:2 φορῶν ἐ. τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ ῥομφαίαν; Just., D. 53, 1 ζυγὸν ἐ. αὐχένα μὴ ἔχων)

α. on, over someth. καθεύδειν ἐ. τι sleep on someth. Mk 4:38. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τι sit on someth. Mt 19:28 (in the same vs. καθίζω w. gen., s. a above) J 12:15; Rv 4:4; 6:2; 11:16 al.; cp. Lk 21:35b; κεῖσθαι ἐ. τι lie upon someth. 2 Cor 3:15. κατακεῖσθαι Lk 5:25. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὸν αἰγιαλόν stand on the shore Mt 13:2; cp. Rv 14:1. ἑστῶτας ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν standing beside the sea 15:2. ἔστη ἐ. τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ παιδίου (the star) remained stationary over the head of the child GJs 21:3. σκηνοῦν ἐ. τινα spread a tent over someone Rv 7:15. ἐ. τὴν δεξιάν at the right hand 5:1. λίθος ἐ. λίθον stone upon stone Mt 24:2.

β. ἐ. τὸ αὐτό at the same place, together (Ps.-X., Respublica Athen. [The Old Oligarch] 2, 2; Pla., Rep. 329a; SIG 736, 66 [92 B.C.]. In pap=‘in all’: PTebt 14, 20 [114 B.C.]; PFay 102, 6.—2 Km 2:13; En 100:2) εἶναι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό be together Lk 17:35; Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44. In 1 Cor 7:5 it is a euphemistic expr. for sexual union. κατοικεῖν ἐ. τὸ αὐτό live in the same place (Dt 25:5) Hm 5, 1, 4. Also w. verbs of motion (Sus 14 Theod.) συνέρχεσθαι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό come together to the same place 1 Cor 11:20; 14:23; cp. B 4:10 (Just., A I, 67, 3 συνέλευσις γίνεται). συνάγεσθαι (Phlegon of Tralles [Hadr.]: 257 Fgm. 36 III 9 Jac.; PsSol 2:2; TestJob 28:5 Jos., Bell. 2, 346) Mt 22:34; Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2); 1 Cl 34:7. ἐ. τὸ αὐτὸ μίγνυσθαι be mixed together Hm 10, 3, 3. προσετίθει ἐ. τὸ αὐτό added to their number Ac 2:47.

γ. at, by, near someone or someth. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τὸ τελώνιον sit at the tax-office Mt 9:9 (ἐ. τὰς ὡραίας πύλας GrBar prol. 2); Mk 2:14. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὴν θύραν stand at the door Rv 3:20. σὺ ἔστης ἐ. τὸ θυσιαστήριον you are standing (ἕστηκας deStrycker) as priest at the altar GJs 8:2. ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς among you 2 Th 1:10; cp. Ac 1:21.—Of pers., over whom someth. is done ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ ἐ. τινα speak the name of Jesus over someone Ac 19:13. ἐπικαλεῖν τὸ ὄνομά τινος ἐ. τινα=to claim someone for one’s own (Jer 14:9; 2 Ch 7:14; 2 Macc 8:15) Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12); Js 2:7; Hs 8, 6, 4. προσεύχεσθαι ἐ. τινα pray over someone Js 5:14.

② marker of presence or occurrence near an object or area, at, near

ⓐ w. gen., of immediate proximity to things at, near (Hdt. 7, 115; X., An. 4, 3, 28 al.; LXX, Just.) ἐ. τ. θυρῶν at the gates (Plut., C. Gracch. 841 [14, 3]; PRyl 127, 8f [29 A.D.] κοιμωμένου μου ἐ. τῆς θύρας; 1 Macc 1:55; Just., D. 111, 4) Ac 5:23 (s. b below for dat. in 5:9). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης near the sea (Polyb. 1, 44, 4; Ex 14:2; Dt 1:40; 1 Macc 14:34) J 21:1. ἐ. τῆς ὁδοῦ by the road Mt 21:19. ἐσθίειν ἐ. τῆς πραπέζης τινός eat at someone’s table Lk 22:30 (cp. POxy 99, 14 [55 A.D.] τράπεζα, ἐφʼ ἧς Σαραπίων καὶ μέτοχοι; Da 11:27 LXX ἐ. μιᾶς τραπέζης). ἐ. τοῦ (τῆς) βάτου at the thornbush = in the passage about the thornbush (i.e. Ex 3:1ff) Mk 12:26; Lk 20:37.

ⓑ with dat., of immediate proximity at, near by (Hom.+) ἦν ἔτι ἐ. τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου was still at the place, where J 11:30 v.l. (for ἐν; cp. Just., D. 402). ἐ. τῇ θύρᾳ (ἐ. θύραις) at the door (Hom. et al.; Wsd 19:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 90; Just., D. 32, 3) Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29; Ac 5:9 (s. a above). ἐ. τοῖς πυλῶσιν Rv 21:12. ἐ. τῇ πηγῇ J 4:6 (Jos., Ant. 5, 58 ἐ. τινι πηγῇ; Just., A I, 64, 1 ἐ. ταῖς … πηγαῖς). ἐ. τῇ προβατικῇ (sc. πύλῃ) near the sheepgate 5:2; cp. Ac 3:10. ἐ. τῷ ποταμῷ near the river (since Il. 7, 133; Jos., Ant. 4, 176 ἐ. τ. Ἰορδάνῳ) Rv 9:14.—Of pers. (Diod S 14, 113, 6; Just., A I, 40, 7) ἐφʼ ὑμῖν among you 2 Cor 7:7; cp. Ac 28:14 v.l.

③ marker of involvement in an official proceeding, before, w. gen., of pers., esp. in the language of lawsuits (Pla., Leg. 12, 943d; Isaeus 5, 1 al.; UPZ 71, 15; 16 [152 B.C.]; POxy 38, 11; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 382, 23=BGU 909, 23; Jos., Vi. 258; Just., A II, 1, 1 ἐ. Οὐρβίκου). ἐ. τοῦ ἡγεμόνος in the governor’s presence Mt 28:14. ἐ. ἡγεμόνων καὶ βασιλέων Mk 13:9. ἐ. σου before you (the procurator) Ac 23:30. ἐ. Τερτούλλου Phlm subscr. v.l.; στάντος μου ἐ. τοῦ συνεδρίου Ac 24:20 (cp. Diod S 11, 55, 4 ἐ. τοῦ κοινοῦ συνεδρίου τ. Ἑλλήνων). γυναικὸς … διαβληθείσης ἐ. τοῦ κυρίου Papias (2:17). κρίνεσθαι ἐ. τῶν ἀδίκων go to law before the unrighteous 1 Cor 6:1. κριθήσεται ἐφʼ ὑμῶν before your tribunal D 11:11. μαρτυρεῖν ἐ. Ποντίου Πιλάτου testify before Pontius Pilate 1 Ti 6:13 (s. μαρτυρέω 1c). ἐ. τοῦ βήματος (POxy 37 I, 3 [49 A.D.]) ἑστὼς ἐ. τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρός εἰμι I am standing before Caesar’s tribunal Ac 25:10 (Appian says Prooem. c. 15 §62 of himself: δίκαις ἐν Ῥώμῃ συναγορεύσας ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων=I acted as attorney in lawsuits in Rome before the emperors).—Gener. in someone’s presence (Appian, Syr. 61 §324 ἐφʼ ὑμῶν=in your presence) ἐ. Τίτου before Titus 2 Cor 7:14. Cp.10 below.

④ marker of movement to or contact w. a goal, toward, in direction of, on

ⓐ w. gen., marking contact with the goal that is reached, answering the question ‘whither?’ toward, on, at w. verbs of motion (Appian, Iber. 98 §427 ἀπέπλευσεν ἐπʼ οἴκου=he sailed [toward] home; PGM 4, 2468f ἀναβὰς ἐ. δώματος; JosAs 27:1 ἀνέδραμε … ἐ. πέτρας; Jos., Ant. 4, 91 ἔφευγον ἐ. τ. πόλεων; Tat. 33:3 Εὐρώπην ἐ. τοῦ ταύρου καθιδρύσαντος) βάλλειν τὸν σπόρον ἐ. τῆς γῆς Mk 4:26; also σπείρειν vs. 31. πίπτειν (Wsd 18:23; TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 11 [Stone p. 8]; JosAs 9:1) 9:20; 14:35. καθιέναι Ac 10:11. τιθέναι (Sir 17:4) Lk 8:16; J 19:19; Ac 5:15. ἔρχεσθαι Hb 6:7; Rv 3:10; γίνεσθαι ἐ. reach, be at J 6:21. γενόμενος ἐ. τοῦ τόπου when he reached the place Lk 22:40. καθίζειν take one’s seat ἐ. θρόνου (JosAs 7:1 al.) Mt 19:28 (s. 1a end); 23:2; 25:31; J 19:13 (ἐ. βήματος of Pilate as Jos., Bell. 2, 172; of Jesus Just., A I, 35, 6). κρεμαννύναι ἐ. ξύλου hang on a tree (i.e. cross) (Gen 40:19; cp. Just., D. 86, 6 σταυρωθῆναι ἐ. τοῦ ξύλου) Ac 5:30; 10:39; cp. Gal 3:13 (Dt 21:23).

ⓑ w. acc.

α. specifying direction (En 24:2 ἐ. νότον ‘southward’ of position of the mountain) of motion that takes a particular direction, to, toward ἐκτείνας τ. χεῖρα ἐ. τοὺς μαθητάς Mt 12:49; cp. Lk 22:53 (JosAs 12:8). πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὸ ἀπολωλός go after the one that is lost 15:4. ἐ. τὴν ῏Ασσον in the direction of Assos Ac 20:13. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐ. τι turn to someth. 2 Pt 2:22 (cp. Pr 26:11; En 99:5). ὡς ἐ. λῃστήν as if against a robber Mt 26:55; Mk 14:48; Lk 22:52.

β. from one point to another across, over w. motion implied (Hom.+; LXX) περιπατεῖν, ἐλθεῖν ἐ. τ. θάλασσαν or ἐ. τ. ὕδατα Mt 14:25, 28f; J 6:19 P⁷⁵. Of spreading across the land (PsSol 17:10): famine Ac 7:11; 11:28; darkness Mt 27:45; Lk 23:44. ἐ. σταδίους δώδεκα χιλιάδων across twelve thousand stades Rv 21:16 v.l. (Polyaenus 5, 44, 4 ἐ. στάδια δέκα); ἐ. πλεῖον further (1 Esdr 2:24; 2 Macc 10:27) Ac 4:17.

γ. of goal attained (Hom. et al.; LXX) on, upon someone or someth. πέσατε ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς Lk 23:30 (Hos 10:8). ἔπεσεν ἐ. τὰ πετρώδη Mt 13:5; cp. Lk 13:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τινα come upon someone Mt 3:16; also καταβαίνειν fr. above J 1:33; cp. Rv 16:21. ἀναβαίνειν (Jos., Ant. 13, 138; Just., A II, 12, 7) Lk 5:19. ἐπιβαίνειν Mt 21:5 (Zech 9:9).—Ac 2:3; 9:4 al.; διασωθῆναι ἐ. τ. γῆν be brought safely to the land 27:44; cp. vs. 43; Lk 8:27. ἐ. τὸ πλοῖον to the ship Ac 20:13. ἀναπεσεῖν ἐ. τὴν γῆν lie down or sit down on the ground Mt 15:35. ἔρριψεν αὐτὸν χαμαὶ ἐ. τὸν σάκκον he threw himself down on the sackcloth GJs 13:1. τιθέναι τι ἐ. τι put someth. on someth. (JosAs 16:11) Mt 5:15; Lk 11:33; Mk 8:25 v.l.; likew. ἐπιτιθέναι (JosAs 29:5) Mt 23:4; Mk 8:25; Lk 15:5; J 9:6, 15; Ac 15:10. ἐπιβάλλειν τ. χεῖρας ἐ. τινα (Gen 22:12 al.) Mt 26:50; Lk 21:12; Ac 5:18. Mainly after verbs of placing, laying, putting, bringing, etc. on, to: ἀναβιβάζω, ἀναφέρω, βάλλω, γράφω, δίδωμι, ἐγγίζω, ἐπιβιβάζω, ἐπιγράφω, ἐποικοδομέω, ἐπιρ(ρ)ίπτω, θεμελιόω, ἵστημι, κατάγω, οἰκοδομέω, σωρεύω; s. these entries. Sim. βρέχειν ἐ. τινα cause rain to fall upon someone Mt 5:45 (cp. PsSol 17:18); also τ. ἥλιον ἀνατέλλειν ἐ. τινα cause the sun to rise so that its rays fall upon someone *ibid. τύπτειν τινὰ ἐ. τὴν σιαγόνα strike on the cheek Lk 6:29. πίπτειν ἐ. (τὸ) πρόσωπον (Jdth 14:6) on the face Mt 17:6; 26:39; Lk 5:12; 17:16; 1 Cor 14:25; Rv 7:11.—To, upon w. acc. of thing πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὴν ὁδόν go to the road Ac 8:26; cp. 9:11. ἐ. τὰς διεξόδους Mt 22:9. ἵνα μὴ πνέῃ ἄνεμος ἐ. πᾶν δένδρον so that no wind should blow upon any tree Rv 7:1.

δ. of closeness to someth. or someone to, up to, in the neighborhood of, on ἐ. τὸ μνημεῖον up to the tomb Mk 16:2; Lk 24:1 v.l., 22, 24; cp. ἐ. τὸ μνῆμα Mk 16:2 v.l.; Lk 24:1. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τι ὕδωρ come to some water Ac 8:36. ἐ. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν to the iron gate 12:10. καταβαίνειν ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν go down to the sea J 6:16. ἐ. τὸν Ἰορδάνην Mt 3:13 (Just., D. 88, 3 al.). ἀναπίπτειν ἐ. τὸ στῆθος he leaned back on (Jesus’) breast J 13:25; 21:20. πίπτειν ἐ. τοὺς πόδας fall at (someone’s) feet Ac 10:25 (JosAs 14:10 ἔπεσεν ἐ πρόσωπον ἐ. τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ). ἐ. τ. ἀκάνθας among the thorns Mt 13:7.—W. acc. of pers. to someone ἐ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες they came to Jesus J 19:33; cp. Mt 27:27; Mk 5:21.

ε. in imagery of goal or objective to, toward (Just., A II, 7, 6 ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα τρέπεσθαι) ἐπιστρέφειν, ἐπιστρέφεσθαι ἐ. τινα turn to (Dt 30:10; 31:20 al.; Ar. 2, 1 ἔλθωμεν καὶ ἐ. τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος ‘let us now turn to …’; Just., D. 56, 11 ἐ. τὰς γραφὰς ἐπανελθών) Lk 1:17; Ac 9:35; 11:21; 14:15; 26:20; Gal 4:9; 1 Pt 2:25.

⑤ marker of manner, corresponding to an adv., w. dat. (Aeschyl., Suppl. 628 ἐπʼ ἀληθείᾳ; UPZ 162 VI, 3 [117 B.C.] κακοτρόπως καὶ ἐ. ῥαδιουργίᾳ; POxy 237 VI, 21 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; ἐφʼ ὁράσει En 14:8; Just., A I, 9, 3 ἐφʼ ὕβρει; 55, 7 ἐ. τούτῳ τῷ σχήματι ‘in this form’; Tat. 17, 1 ἐπʼ ἀκριβείᾳ; Ath. 33, 2 ἐφʼ ἑνὶ γάμῳ) ὁ σπείρων ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις (in contrast to ὁ σπείρων φειδομένως one who sows sparingly) one who sows in blessing (i.e. generously) 2 Cor 9:6. ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις θερίζειν reap generously ibid.

⑥ marker of basis for a state of being, action, or result, on, w. dat. (Hom. et al.)

ⓐ ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ ζῆν live on bread Mt 4:4; Lk 4:4 (both Dt 8:3. cp. Ps.-Pla., Alcib. 1, 105c; Plut., Mor. 526d; Alciphron 3, 7, 5; SibOr 4, 154). ἐ. τῷ ῥήματί σου depending on your word Lk 5:5. οὐ συνῆκαν ἐ. τοῖς ἄρτοις they did not arrive at an understanding (of it) (by reflecting) on (the miracle of) the loaves Mk 6:52 (cp. Demosth. 18, 121 τί σαυτὸν οὐκ ἐλλεβορίζεις ἐ. τούτοις [sc. λόγοις];=why do you not come to an understanding concerning these words?). ἐ. τῇ πίστει on the basis of faith Ac 3:16; Phil 3:9. ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι on the basis of hope, supporting itself on hope Ac 2:26 (? s. ἐλπίς 1bα); Ro 4:18; 8:20; 1 Cor 9:10; Tit 1:2.—Ac 26:6 ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι gives the basis of the trial at law, as does ἐ. εὐεργεσίᾳ 4:9. ἀπολύειν τ. γυναῖκα ἐ. πορνείᾳ Mt 19:9 (cp. Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 10 ἀπολύειν ἐπʼ ἀργυρίῳ; Ath. 2, 3 κρίνεσθαι … μὴ ἐ. τῷ ὀνόματι, ἐ. δὲ τῷ ἀδικήματι). γυναικὸς ἐ. πόλλαις ἁμαρτίαις διαβληθείσης Papias (2:17). On the basis of the testimony of two witnesses (cp. Appian, Iber. 79 §343 ἤλεγχον ἐ. μάρτυσι) Hb 10:28 (Dt 17:6); sim. use of ἐ. τινί on the basis of someth.: 8:6; 9:10, 15 (here it may also be taken in the temporal sense; s. 18 below), 17. ἁμαρτάνειν ἐ. τῷ ὁμοιώματι τ. παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ Ro 5:14 (ὁμοίωμα 1). δαπανᾶν ἐ. τινι pay the expenses for someone Ac 21:24. ἀρκεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι be content w. someth. 3J 10.

ⓑ w. verbs of believing, hoping, trusting: πεποιθέναι (Wsd 3:9; Sus 35; 1 Macc 10:71; 2 Macc 7:40 and oft.) Lk 11:22; 18:9; 2 Cor 1:9; Hb 2:13 (2 Km 22:3). πιστεύειν Lk 24:25; Ro 9:33; 10:11; 1 Pt 2:6 (the last three Is 28:16). ἐλπίζειν (2 Macc 2:18; Sir 34:7) Ro 15:12 (Is 11:10); 1 Ti 4:10; 6:17; cp. 1J 3:3. παρρησιάζεσθαι Ac 14:3.

ⓒ after verbs which express feelings, opinions, etc.: at, because of, from, with (Hom. et al.) διαταράσσεσθαι Lk 1:29. ἐκθαυμάζειν Mk 12:17. ἐκπλήσσεσθαι Mt 7:28; Mk 1:22; Lk 4:32; Ac 13:12. ἐξίστασθαι (Jdth 11:16; Wsd 5:2 al.) Lk 2:47. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι (Is 1:29) Ro 6:21. εὐφραίνεσθαι (Sir 16:1; 18:32; 1 Macc 11:44) Rv 18:20. θαμβεῖσθαι Mk 10:24; cp. Lk 5:9; Ac 3:10. θαυμάζειν (Lev 26:32; Jdth 10:7 al.; Jos., Ant. 10, 277) Mk 12:17 v.l. μακροθυμεῖν (Sir 18:11; 29:8; 35:19) Mt 18:26, 29; Lk 18:7; Js 5:7. μετανοεῖν (Plut., Ag. 803 [19, 5]; Ps.-Lucian, Salt. 84; Prayer of Manasseh [=Odes 12] 7; Just., A I, 61, 10; D. 95, 3 al.) 2 Cor 12:21. ὀδυνᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 6:15) Ac 20:38. ὀργίζεσθαι Rv 12:17. σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 14:14; Lk 7:13. συλλυπεῖσθαι Mk 3:5. στυγνάζειν 10:22. χαίρειν (PEleph 13, 3; Jos., Ant. 1, 294; Tob 13:15; Bar 4:33; JosAs 4:2; Ar. 15, 7) Mt 18:13; Lk 1:14; 13:17; Ro 16:19 al. χαρὰν καὶ παράκλησιν ἔχειν Phlm 7. χαρὰ ἔσται Lk 15:7; cp. vs. 10 (Jos., Ant. 6, 116 ἡ ἐ. τῇ νίκῃ χαρά). Also w. verbs that denote aroused feelings παραζηλοῦν and παροργίζειν make jealous and angry at Ro 10:19 (Dt 32:21). παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 3:7a (cp. Just., D. 78:8 παράκλησιν ἐχουσῶν ἐ.), as well as those verbs that denote an expression of the emotions ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 13:15; Ps 69:5) Lk 1:47; Hs 8, 1, 18; 9, 24, 2. καυχᾶσθαι (Diod S 16, 70; Sir 30:2) Ro 5:2. κοπετὸν ποιεῖν (cp. 3 Macc 4:3) Ac 8:2. ὀλολύζειν Js 5:1. αἰνεῖν (cp. X., An. 3, 1, 45 al.) Lk 2:20. δοξάζειν (Polyb. 6, 53, 10; cp. Diod S 17, 21, 4 δόξα ἐ. ἀνδρείᾳ=fame because of bravery) Ac 4:21; 2 Cor 9:13. εὐχαριστεῖν give thanks for someth. (s. εὐχαριστέω 2; UPZ 59, 10 [168 B.C.] ἐ. τῷ ἐρρῶσθαί σε τ. θεοῖς εὐχαρίστουν) 1 Cor 1:4; cp. 2 Cor 9:15; 1 Th 3:9.—ἐφʼ ᾧ = ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι for this reason that, because (Diod S 19, 98; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 112 §520; Ael. Aristid. 53 p. 640 D.; Synes., Ep. 73 p. 221c; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 154; Syntipas p. 12, 9; 127, 8; Thomas Mag. ἐφʼ ᾧ ἀντὶ τοῦ διότι; cp. W-S. §24, 5b and 12f. S. WKümmel, D. Bild des Menschen im NT ’48, 36–40) Ro 5:12 (SLyonnet, Biblica 36, ’55, 436–56 [denies a causal sense here]. On the probability of commercial idiom s. FDanker, FGingrich Festschr. ’72, 104f, also Ro 5:12, Sin under Law: NTS 14, ’68, 424–39; against him SPorter, TynBull 41, ’90, 3–30, also NTS 39, ’93, 321–33; difft. JFitzmyer, Anchor Bible Comm.: Romans, ad loc. ‘w. the result that all have sinned’); 2 Cor 5:4; Phil 3:12; for, indeed 4:10.

⑦ marker of addition to what is already in existence, to, in addition to. W. dat. (Hom. et al.; PEleph 5, 17 [284/283 B.C.] μηνὸς Τῦβι τρίτῃ ἐπʼ εἰκάδι; Tob 2:14; Sir 3:27; 5:5) προσέθηκεν τοῦτο ἐ. πᾶσιν he added this to everything else Lk 3:20 (cp. Lucian, Luct. [On Funerals], 24). ἐ. τ. παρακλήσει ἡμῶν in addition to our comfort 2 Cor 7:13. λύπη ἐ. λύπῃ grief upon grief Phil 2:27 v.l. (cp. Soph., Oed. C. 544, also Polyb. 1, 57, 1 πληγὴ ἐ. πληγῇ; Plut., Mor. 123f; Polyaenus 5, 52 ἐ. φόνῳ φόνον; Quint. Smyrn. 5, 602 ἐ. πένθει πένθος=sorrow upon sorrow; Sir 26:15). ἐ. τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ to your prayer of thanks 1 Cor 14:16. So perh. also Hb 8:1. ἐ. πᾶσι τούτοις to all these Col 3:14; Lk 16:26 v.l. (X., Mem. 1, 2, 25 al.; Sir 37:15; cp. 1 Macc 10:42; Just., D. 133, 1 ἐ. τούτοις πᾶσι).—W. acc.: addition to someth. of the same kind Mt 6:27; Lk 12:25; Rv 22:18a. λύπην ἐ. λύπην sorrow upon sorrow Phil 2:27 (cp. Is 28:10, 13; Ezk 7:26; Ps 68:28).

⑧ marker of perspective, in consideration of, in regard to, on the basis of, concerning, about, w. gen. (Antig. Car. 164 ἐ. τῶν οἴνων ἀλλοιοῦσθαι; 4 Macc. 2:9 ἐ. τῶν ἑτέρων … ἔστιν ἐπιγνῶναι τοῦτο, ὅτι …; Ath. 29, 2 τὰ ἐ. τῆς μανίας πάθη) ἐ. δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων on the evidence of two or three witnesses 1 Ti 5:19 (cp. TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 22ff. [Stone p. 32]). Sim. in the expr. ἐ. στόματος δύο μαρτύρων (Dt 19:15) Mt 18:16; 2 Cor 13:1. ἐπʼ αὐτῆς on the basis of it Hb 7:11. ἐπʼ ἀληθείας based on truth = in accordance w. truth, truly (Demosth. 18, 17 ἐπʼ ἀληθείας οὐδεμιᾶς εἰρημένα; POxy 255, 16 [48 A.D.]; Da 2:8; Tob 8:7; En 104:11) Mk 12:14, 32; Lk 4:25; 20:21; Ac 4:27. ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ based on himself = to or by himself (X., An. 2, 4, 10; Demosth. 18, 224 ἐκρίνετο ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 16 ἐ. σεαυτοῦ. Cp. Kühner-G. I 498e) 2 Cor 10:7.—To introduce the object which is to be discussed or acted upon λέγειν ἐ. τινος speak of, about someth. (Pla., Charm., 155d, Leg. 2, 662d; Isocr. 6, 41; Aelian, VH 1, 30; Jer 35:8; EpArist 162; 170; Ath. 5:1 ἐ. τοῦ νοητοῦ … δογματίζειν) Gal 3:16. Do someth. on, in the case of (cp. 1 Esdr 1:22) σημεῖα ποιεῖν ἐ. τῶν ἀσθενούντων work miracles on the sick J 6:2.—On B 13:6 s. τίθημι 1bζ.—In ref. to someth. (Aristot., Pol. 1280a, 17; 4 Macc 12:5 τῶν ἐ. τῆς βασιλείας … πραγμάτων; Just., A I, 5, 1 ἐφʼ ἡμῶν ‘in our case’, D. 131, 4; Ath. 15, 3 ἐ. τῆς ὕλης καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ‘as respects God and matter, so …’) ἐ. τινων δεῖ ἐγκρατεύεσθαι in certain matters one must practice self-control Hm 8:1. οὔτε … οἴδασι τὸν ἐ. τοῦ πυροῦ σπόρον nor do they comprehend (the figurative sense of) the sowing of wheat AcPlCor 2:26 (cp. 1 Cor 15:36f).

⑨ marker of power, authority, control of or over someone or someth., over

ⓐ w. gen. (Hdt. 5, 109 al.; Mitt-Wilck. I/1, 124, 1=BGU 1120, 1 [5 B.C.] πρωτάρχῳ ἐ. τοῦ κριτηρίου; 287, 1; LXX; AscIs 2:5 τοῦ ἐ. τῶν πραγματε[ι] ῶν=Denis p. 109) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινος (Judg 9:8, 10; 1 Km 8:7) Rv 5:10. ἔχειν βασιλείαν ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων 17:18. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τινος have power over someone 20:6. διδόναι ἐξουσίαν ἐ. τινος 2:26. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινος set someone over, put someone in charge, of someth. or someone (Pla., Rep. 5, 460b; Demosth. 18, 118; Gen 39:4f; 1 Macc 6:14; 10:37; 2 Macc 12:20 al.; EpArist 281; τεταγμένος En 20:5) Mt 24:45; Lk 12:42; Ac 6:3. εἶναι ἐ. τινος (Synes., Ep. 79 p. 224d; Tob 1:22; Jdth 14:13; 1 Macc 10:69) ὸ̔ς ἦν ἐ. πάσης τῆς γάζης αὐτῆς who was in charge of all her treasure 8:27. Of God ὁ ὢν ἐ. πάντων (Apollonius of Tyana [I A.D.] in Eus., PE 4, 13) Ro 9:5; cp. Eph 4:6. ὁ ἐ. τινος w. ὤν to be supplied (Demosth. 18, 247 al.; Diod S 13, 47, 6; Plut., Pyrrh. 385 [5, 7], Aemil. Paul. 267 [23, 6]; PTebt 5, 88 [118 B.C.] ὁ ἐ. τ. προσόδων; 1 Macc 6:28; 2 Macc 3:7; 3 Macc 6:30 al.; EpArist 110; 174) ὁ ἐ. τοῦ κοιτῶνος the chamberlain Ac 12:20.

ⓑ w dat. (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 5; 2, 4, 25 al., An. 4, 1, 13; Demosth. 19, 113; Aeschines 2, 73; Esth 8:12e; Just., A II, 5, 2 ἀγγέλοις οὓς ἐ. τούτοις ἔταξε; cp. Ath. 24, 3; Ath. 6, 4 τὸν ἐ. τῇ κινήσει τοῦ σώματος λόγον) Mt 24:47; Lk 12:44.

ⓒ w. acc. (X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Dionys. Byz. §56 θεῷ ἐ. πάντα δύναμις; LXX; PsSol 17:3, 32) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινα rule over someone (Gen 37:8; Judg 9:15 B al.) Lk 1:33; 19:14, 27; Ro 5:14. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινα set someone over someone (X., Cyr. 4, 5, 58) κριτὴν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς as judge over you Lk 12:14; ἡγούμενον ἐπʼ Αἴγυπτον Ac 7:10; cp. Hb 2:7 v.l. (Ps 8:7); 3:6; 10:21. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τι Rv 16:9. ἐξουσίαν διδόναι ἐ. τι (Sir 33:20) Lk 9:1; 10:19; Rv 6:8; cp. 22:14. φυλάσσειν φυλακὰς ἐ. τι Lk 2:8 (cp. En 100:5). ὑπεραίρεσθαι ἐ. τινα exalt oneself above someone 2 Th 2:4 (cp. Da 11:36); but here the mng. against is also poss. (s. 12b below). πιστὸς ἐ. τι faithful over someth. Mt 25:21, 23.

⑩ marker of legal proceeding, before, w. acc. in the lang. of the law-courts ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἄγεσθαι be brought before governors and kings Mt 10:18; cp. Lk 21:12 (cp. BGU 22, 36 [114 A.D.] ἀξιῶ ἀκθῆναι [=ἀχθῆναι] τ. ἐνκαλουμένους ἐ. σὲ πρὸς δέουσαν ἐπέξοδον; Just., A II, 2, 12 ἐ. Οὔρβικον). ὑπάγεις ἐπʼ ἄρχοντα you are going before the magistrate Lk 12:58; cp. Ac 16:19. ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐ. τὸν Πιλᾶτον Lk 23:1. ἐ. τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς Ac 9:21. ἐ. Καίσαρα πορεύεσθαι come before the emperor 25:12. ἐ. τὰς συναγωγάς Lk 12:11. ἐ. τὸ βῆμα Ac 18:12. Cp. 3 above. Here the focus is on transfer to the judiciary.

⑪ marker of purpose, goal, result, to, for, w. acc. (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 3 Jac. ἐ. κατοικίαν) ἐ. τὸ βάπτισμα for baptism=to have themselves baptized Mt 3:7 (cp. Just., A I, 61, 10 ἐ. τὸ λουτρόν; D. 56, 1 ἐ. τὴν … κρίσιν πεμφθεῖσι). ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην for (i.e. to see) this sight Lk 23:48 (sim. Hom. et al.; POxy 294, 18 [22 A.D.]; LXX; Tat. 23, 2 ἐ. τὴν θέαν). ἐ. τὸ συμφέρον to (our) advantage Hb 12:10 (cp. Tat. 6, 1; 34, 2 οὐκ ἐ. τι χρήσιμον ‘to no purpose’). ἐ. σφαγήν Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); cp. Mt 22:5; ἐ. τ. τελειότητα Hb 6:1. ἐ. τοῦτο for this (X., An. 2, 5, 22; Jos., Ant. 12, 23) Lk 4:43. ἐφʼ ὅ; for what (reason)? Mt 26:50 v.l. (s. ὅς 1bα and 1iβ). Cp. 16.

⑫ marker of hostile opposition, against

ⓐ w. dat. (Hom. et al.; 2 Macc 13:19; Sir 28:23 v.l.; fig. Ath. 22, 7 τοὺς ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς λόγους ‘counter-evidence’) Lk 12:52f (s. use of acc. b below); Ac 11:19. Cp. J 8:7 v.l. (1bβ above).

ⓑ w. acc. (Hdt. 1, 71; X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Jos., Ant. 13, 331; LXX; En; TestJud 3:1 al.; JosAs 19:2; Just., D. 103, 7; Tat. 36, 2) ὥρμησαν ἐ. αὐτόν Ac 7:57. ἔρχεσθαι Lk 14:31. ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐ. γονεῖς Mt 10:21; Mk 13:12; cp. ἔθνος ἐ. ἔθνος Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8. ἐφʼ ἑαυτόν divided against himself Mt 12:26; Mk 3:24f, 26; Lk 11:17f; cp. J 13:18 (s. Ps 40:10); Ac 4:27; 13:50 al.—Lk 12:53 (4 times; the first and third occurrences w. the acc. are prob. influenced by usage in Mic 7:6; the use of the dat. Lk 12:52f [s. a above] w. a verb expressing a circumstance is in accord with older Gk. [Il. et al.], which prefers the acc. with verbs of motion in ref. to hostility). Cp. 15.

⑬ marker of number or measure, w. acc. (Hdt. et. al.; LXX; GrBar 3:6) ἐ. τρίς (CIG 1122, 9; PHolm α18) three times Ac 10:16; 11:10. So also ἐ. πολύ more than once Hm 4, 1, 8. ἐ. πολύ (also written ἐπιπολύ) in a different sense to a great extent, carefully (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Lucian, D. Deor. 6, 2; 25, 2; 3 Macc 5:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 107) B 4:1. ἐ. πλεῖον to a greater extent, further (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Diod S 11, 60, 5 al.; prob. 2 Macc 12:36; TestGad 7:2; Ar. 4, 3; Ath. 7, 1 ἐ. το πλεῖστον) 2 Ti 3:9; 1 Cl 18:3 (Ps 50:4). ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον 2 Ti 3:13. ἐφʼ ὅσον to the degree that, in so far as (Diod S 1, 93, 2; Maximus Tyr. 11, 3c ἐφʼ ὅσον δύναται; Hierocles 14 p. 451) Mt 25:40, 45; B 4:11; 17:1; Ro 11:13.

⑭ marker indicating the one to whom, for whom, or about whom someth. is done, to, on, about

ⓐ w. dat. πράσσειν τι ἐ. τινι do someth. to someone Ac 5:35 (thus Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 15 §51; cp. δρᾶν τι ἐ. τινι Hdt. 3, 14; Aelian, NA 11, 11); about γεγραμμένα ἐπʼ αὐτῷ J 12:16 (cp. Hdt. 1, 66). προφητεύειν ἐ. τινι Rv 10:11. μαρτυρεῖν bear witness about Hb 11:4; Rv 22:16. ἐ. σοὶ … φανερώσει κύριος τὸ λύτρον the Lord will reveal the salvation to you GJs 7:2.

ⓑ w. acc.

α. ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον the man on whom the miracle had been performed Ac 4:22 (cp. Just., D. 128, 1 κρίσεως γεγενημένης ἐ. Σόδομα). ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν λέγεται ταῦτα the one about whom this was said Hb 7:13 (cp. ἐ. πόρρω οὖσαν [γενεὰν] ἐγὼ λαλῶ En 1:2). γέγραπται ἐπʼ αὐτόν Mk 9:12f; cp. Ro 4:9; 1 Ti 1:18; βάλλειν κλῆρον ἐ. τι for someth. Mk 15:24; J 19:24 (Ps 21:19). ἀνέβη ὁ κλῆρος ἐ. Συμεών the lot came up in favor of Simeon GJs 24:4.

β. of powers, conditions, etc., which come upon someone or under whose influence someone is: on, upon, to, over ἐγένετο ῥῆμα θεοῦ ἐ. Ἰωάννην the word of God came to John Lk 3:2 (cp. Jer 1:1). Of divine blessings (cp. En 1:8; ParJer 5:28) Mt 10:13; 12:28; Lk 10:6; 11:20; cp. 10:9; Ac 10:10. ἵνα ἐπισκηνώσῃ ἐπʼ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τ. Χριστοῦ that the power of Christ may rest upon me 2 Cor 12:9. χάρις θεοῦ ἦν ἐπʼ αὐτό Lk 2:40. Various verbs are used in ref. to the Holy Spirit, either in pass. or act. role, in connection w. ἐ. τινα: ἐκχεῖν Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f); cp. 10:45; Tit 3:6. ἀποστέλλειν (ἐξαποστέλλειν v.l.) Lk 24:49. ἐπέρχεσθαι 1:35; Ac 1:8 (Just., D. 87, 3; cp. ἔρχεσθαι A I, 33, 6; D. 49, 7 ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἠλίου ἐ. τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐλθεῖν). ἐπιπίπτειν 10:44. καταβαίνειν Lk 3:22; J 1:33. τίθεσθαι Mt 12:18 (cp. Is 42:1). Also εἶναι Lk 2:25. μένειν J 1:32f. ἀναπαύεσθαι 1 Pt 4:14. Of unpleasant or startling experiences Lk 1:12, 65; 4:36; Ac 13:11; 19:17; Rv 11:11.—Lk 19:43; 21:35, cp. vs. 34; J 18:4; Eph 5:6; cp. Rv 3:3.—Ro 2:2, 9; 15:3 (Ps 68:10). Of the blood of the righteous, that comes over or upon the murderers Mt 23:35; 27:25; Ac 5:28. Of care, which one casts on someone else 1 Pt 5:7 (Ps 54:23).

⑮ marker of feelings directed toward someone, in, on, for, toward, w. acc., after words that express belief, trust, hope: πιστεύειν ἐ. τινα, w. acc. (Wsd 12:2; Just., D. 16:4 al.) Ac 9:42; 11:17; 16:31; 22:19; Ro 4:24. πίστις Hb 6:1. πεποιθέναι (Is 58:14) Mt 27:43; 2 Th 3:4; 2 Cor 2:3. ἐλπίζειν (1 Ch 5:20; 2 Ch 13:18 al.; PsSol 9:10; 17:3; Just., D. 16:4 al.) 1 Pt 1:13; 1 Ti 5:5. After words that characterize an emotion or its expression: for κόπτεσθαι (Zech 12:10) Rv 1:7; 18:9. κλαίειν Lk 23:28; Rv 18:9 (cp. JosAs 15:9 χαρήσεται ἐ. σέ). σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 15:32; Mk 8:2; 9:22; Hm 4, 3, 5; Hs 9, 24, 2. χρηστός toward Lk 6:35. χρηστότης Ro 11:22; Eph 2:7; cp. Ro 9:23. Esp. also if the feelings or their expressions are of a hostile nature: toward, against (cp. λοιδορεῖν Just., D. 137, 2) ἀποτομία Ro 11:22. μαρτύριον Lk 9:5. μάρτυς ἐ. τ. ἐμὴν ψυχήν a witness against my soul (cp. Dssm., LO 258; 355 [LAE 304; 417]) 2 Cor 1:23. ἀσχημονεῖν 1 Cor 7:36. μοιχᾶσθαι Mk 10:11. τολμᾶν 2 Cor 10:2 (En 7:4). βρύχειν τ. ὀδόντας Ac 7:54. Cp. 12.

⑯ marker of object or purpose, with dat. in ref. to someth. (Hom., Thu. et al.; SIG 888, 5 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; PTebt 44, 6 [114 B.C.] ὄντος μου ἐ. θεραπείᾳ ἐν τῷ Ἰσιείω; LXX; TestJob 3:5 ὁ ἐ. τῇ σωτηρίᾳ τῆς ἐμῆς ψυχῆς ἐλθών; Jos., Ant. 5, 101; Just., A I, 29, 1 ἐ. παίδων ἀναστροφῇ; D. 91, 4 ἐ. σωτηρίᾳ τῶν πιστευόντων) καλείν τινα ἐ. τινι call someone for someth. Gal 5:13 (on ἐπʼ ἐλευθερίᾳ cp. Demosth. 23, 124; [59], 32); ἐ. ἀκαθαρσίᾳ for impurity, i.e. so that we should be impure 1 Th 4:7. κτισθέντες ἐ. ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς for good deeds Eph 2:10. λογομαχεῖν ἐ. καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων for the ruin of those who hear 2 Ti 2:14 (cp. Eur., Hipp. 511; X., Mem. 2, 3, 19 ἐ. βλάβη; Hdt. 1, 68 ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου; Polyb. 27, 7, 13 and PGM 4, 2440 ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ=‘for good’). Cp. 11.

⑰ marker in idiom of authorization, w. dat.: the formula ἐ. τῷ ὀνοματί τινος, in the name of someone, used w. many verbs (Just., D. 39, 6 w. γίνεσθαι, otherw. ἐ. ὀνόματος, e.g. A I, 61, 13; w. διὰ τοῦ ὀ. and in oaths κατὰ τοῦ ὀ. A II, 6, 6, D. 30, 3; 85, 2.—Ath. 23, 1 ἐ. ὀνόματι εἰδώλων.—ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι LXX; JosAs 9:1), focuses on the authorizing function of the one named in the gen. (cp. WHeitmüller [‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903, 13ff], ‘in connection with, or by the use of, i.e. naming, or calling out, or calling upon the name’ [88]): βαπτίζειν Ac 2:38. δέχεσθαί τινα Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48. διδάσκειν Ac 4:18; 5:28. δύναμιν ποιεῖν Mk 9:39. ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἔρχεσθαι Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν 24:47. λαλεῖν Ac 4:17; 5:40. Semantically divergent from the preceding, but formulaically analogous, is καλεῖν τινα ἐ. τῷ ὀν. τινος name someone after someone (2 Esdr 17:63) Lk 1:59.—ὄνομα 1dγג.—M-M.

⑱ marker of temporal associations, in the time of, at, on, for

ⓐ w. gen., time within which an event or condition takes place (Hom.+) in the time of, under (kings or other rulers): in the time of Elisha Lk 4:27 (cp. Just., D. 46, 6 ἐ. Ἠλίου). ἐ. τῆς μετοικεσίας at the time of the exile Mt 1:11. Under=during the rule or administration of (Hes., Op. 111; Hdt. 6, 98 al.; OGI 90, 15; PAmh 43, 2 [173 B.C.]; UPZ 162 V, 5 [117 B.C.]; 1 Esdr 2:12; 1 Macc 13:42; 2 Macc 15:22; Jos., Ant. 12, 156 ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ὀ.) ἐ. Ἀβιαθὰρ ἀρχιερέως under, in the time of, Abiathar the high priest Mk 2:26. ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καιάφα Lk 3:2. ἐ. Κλαυδίου Ac 11:28 (Just., A I, 26, 2). ἐ. τῶν πατέρων in the time of the fathers 1 Cl 23:3. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν in the last days (Gen 49:1; Num 24:14; Mi 4:1; Jer 37:24; Da 10:14) 2 Pt 3:3; Hs 9, 12, 3; cp. Hb 1:2. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τοῦ χρόνου in the last time Jd 18. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τῶν χρόνων at the end of the times/ages 1 Pt 1:20. ἐ. τῶν προσευχῶν μου when I pray, in my prayers (cp. PTebt 58, 31 [111 B.C.] ἐ. τ. διαλόγου, ‘in the discussion’; 4 Macc 15:19 ἐ. τ. βασάνων ‘during the tortures’; Sir 37:29; 3 Macc 5:40; Demetr.: 722, Fgm. 1, 14 Jac. ἐ. τοῦ ἀρίστου; Synes., Ep. 121 p. 258c ἐ. τῶν κοινῶν ἱερῶν) Ro 1:10; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4.

ⓑ w. dat., time at or during which (Hom. et al.; PTebt 5, 66 [118 B.C.]; PAmh 157; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 3 ἐ. χρόνοις Τίερίου) at, in, at the time of, during: ἐ. τοῖς νῦν χρόνοις in these present times 2 Cl 19:4. ἐ. τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ at the time of the first covenant Hb 9:15. ἐ. συντελείᾳ τ. αἰώνων at the close of the age 9:26 (Tat. 13, 1 ἐ. ς. τοῦ κόσμου; cp. Sir 22:10 and PLond III, 954, 18 p. 154 [260 A.D.] ἐ. τέλει τ. χρόνου; POxy 275, 20 [66 A.D.] ἐ. συνκλεισμῷ τ. χρόνου; En 27:3 ἐπʼ ἐσχάτοις αἰώσιν). ἐ. τῇ θυσίᾳ at the time of, together with, the sacrifice Phil 2:17. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν at every remembrance of you Phil 1:3. ἐ. παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν during your wrath, i.e. while you are angry Eph 4:26. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ in all (our) distress 1 Th 3:7b. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει 2 Cor 1:4. ἐ. τούτῳ in the meanwhile J 4:27 (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 17, 2, cp. Philops. 14 p. 41; Syntipas p. 76, 2 ἐφʼ ἡμέραις ἑπτα; 74, 6).

ⓒ w. acc.

α. answering the question ‘when?’ on: ἐ. τὴν αὔριον (Sb 6011, 14 [I B.C.]; PRyl 441 ἐ. τὴν ἐπαύριον) (on) the next day Lk 10:35; Ac 4:5. ἐ. τὴν ὥραν τ. προσευχῆς at the hour of prayer 3:1 (Polyaenus 8, 17 ἐ. ὥραν ὡρισμένην).

β. answering the qu. ‘how long?’ for, over a period of (Hom. et al.; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 170, 8=BGU 1058, 9 [13 B.C.]; POxy 275, 9; 15 ἐ. τὸν ὅλον χρόνον; PTebt 381, 19 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον περίεστιν ἡ μήτηρ; LXX; En 106:15; TestJob 30:2 ἐ. ὥρας τρεῖς; TestJud 3:4; TestGad 5:11; Jos., Ant. 11, 2; Just., D. 142, 1 ἐ. ποσόν ‘for awhile’) ἐ. ἔτη τρία for three years (Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36, 2, 1 Jac.) Lk 4:25. ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας for three days (Diod S 13, 19, 2; Arrian, Anab. 4, 9, 4; GDI 4706, 119 [Thera] ἐπʼ ἀμέρας τρεῖς) GPt 8:30 al. ἐ. ἡμέρας πλείους over a period of many days (Jos., Ant. 4, 277) Ac 13:31.—16:18 (ἐ. πολλὰς ἡμέρας as Appian, Liby. 29 §124; cp. Diod S 3, 16, 4); 17:2; 19:8, 10, 34; 27:20; Hb 11:30. ἐ. χρόνον for a while (cp. Il. 2, 299; Hdt. 9, 22, 1; Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1257; Jos., Vi. 2) Lk 18:4. ἐ. πλείονα χρόνον (Diod S 3, 16, 6; Hero Alex. I p. 344, 17) Ac 18:20. ἐφʼ ὅσον χρόνον as long as Ro 7:1; 1 Cor 7:39; Gal 4:1. Also ἐφʼ ὅσον as long as Mt 9:15; 2 Pt 1:13 (for other mngs. of ἐφʼ ὅσον s. above under 13). ἐφʼ ἱκανόν (sc. χρόνον) for a considerable time (EpArist 109) Ac 20:11. ἐ. χρόνον ἱκανόν Qua. ἐ. πολύ for a long time, throughout a long period of time (Thu. 1, 7; 1, 18, 1; 2, 16, 1 al.; Appian, Liby. 5 §21; Arrian, Cyneg. 23, 1; Lucian, Toxar. 20; Wsd 18:20; Sir 49:13; JosAs 19:3; Jos., Vi. 66: Just., A I, 65, 3) Ac 28:6. ἐ. πλεῖον the same (schol. on Pind., N. 7, 56b; PLille 3, 16 [III B.C.]; Jdth 13:1; Sir prol. l. 7; Jos., Ant. 18, 150) Ac 20:9; any longer (Lucian, D. Deor. 5, 3; Appian, Hann. 54 §227; 3 Macc 5:8; Wsd 8:12; Ath. 12, 3) Ac 24:4; 1 Cl 55:1.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐπί
58 trabajo

m.

1 work.

una casa tan grande da mucho trabajo a big house like that is a lot of work

hacer un buen trabajo to do a good job

ser un trabajo de chinos (informal figurative) to be a finicky job

trabajo de campo field work

trabajo en o de equipo teamwork

trabajo físico physical effort

trabajo intelectual mental effort

trabajo manual manual labor

trabajos forzados o forzosos hard labor

trabajo de oficina office work

trabajo social social work

trabajo sucio dirty work

trabajo temporal temporary work

2 job (empleo).

buscar/encontrar trabajo to look for/find work o a job

no tener trabajo to be out of work

3 work (place).

en el trabajo at work

ir al trabajo to go to work

4 essay (escrito) (por estudiante).

5 labor (economics & politics).

6 effort (esfuerzo).

costar mucho trabajo to take a lot of effort

tomarse el trabajo de hacer algo to go to o take the trouble of doing something

7 work place, job, workplace.

pres.indicat.

1^st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: trabajar.

* * *

trabajo

► nombre masculino

1 (ocupación) work

2 (tarea) task, job

3 (empleo) job, employment

4 (esfuerzo) effort

5 EDUCACIÓN report, paper

► nombre masculino plural trabajos

1 figurado (penalidades) hardships

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

ahorrarse el trabajo to save oneself the trouble

con gran trabajo / con mucho trabajo with great effort

cuesta trabajo... it's hard to...

■ cuesta trabajo aceptarlo it's hard to accept it

estar sin trabajo to be out of work

ir al trabajo to go to work

sin trabajo (fácilmente) easily

tomarse el trabajo de to take the trouble to

puesto de trabajo job

trabajo a destajo piecework

trabajo de chinos familiar very intricate work, time-consuming work

trabajo de equipo teamwork

trabajo de media jornada part-time job

trabajo eventual casual labour (US labor)

trabajo intelectual brainwork

trabajo por turno / trabajo por turnos shiftwork

trabajos forzados / trabajos forzosos hard labour (US labor) sing

trabajos manuales arts and crafts, handicrafts

* * *

noun m.

1) work, job

2) labor

3) effort

* * *

SM

1) (=labor) work

tengo mucho trabajo — I have a lot of work

me queda trabajo para una hora — I have an hour's work left

¡buen trabajo! — good work!

en reconocimiento a su trabajo como actor — in recognition of his work as an actor

tiene una enorme capacidad de trabajo — she's a very willing worker

planchar la ropa es el trabajo que menos me gusta — the ironing is the job I like least

a veces le sale algún que otro trabajillo — he gets odd jobs now and then

• el trabajo de la casa — the housework

• ropa de trabajo — work clothes

• estar sin trabajo — to be unemployed

los que están sin trabajo — the unemployed

quedarse sin trabajo — to find o.s. out of work, lose one's job

- ¡esto es un trabajo de chinos!

trabajo a destajo — piecework

trabajo de campo, trabajo en el terreno — fieldwork

trabajo en equipo — teamwork

trabajo intelectual — brainwork

trabajo manual — manual labour, manual labor (EEUU)

trabajo nocturno — night work

trabajo por turnos — shiftwork

trabajos forzados — hard labour sing, hard labor (EEUU) sing

trabajos manuales — (Escol) handicrafts

trabajo social — social work

trabajo sucio — dirty work

2) (tb: puesto de trabajo) job

le han ofrecido un trabajo en el banco — he's been offered a job at the bank

tengo un trabajo de media jornada — I have a job working half-days

no encuentro trabajo — I can't find work o a job

trabajo eventual — temporary job

trabajo fijo — permanent job

3) (tb: lugar de trabajo) work

vivo cerca de mi trabajo — I live near work o near my workplace

está en el trabajo — she's at work

me puedes llamar al trabajo — you can call me at work

ir al trabajo — to go to work

4) (=esfuerzo)

lo hizo con mucho trabajo — it cost him a lot of effort to do it

han sido muchos años de trabajo para ganar el pleito — it has taken many years' hard work to win the lawsuit

• ahorrarse el trabajo — to save o.s. the trouble

• costar trabajo, le cuesta trabajo hacerlo — he finds it hard to do

me cuesta trabajo decir que no — I find it hard to say no

• dar trabajo, reparar la casa nos ha dado mucho trabajo — it was hard work o a real job repairing the house

los niños pequeños dan mucho trabajo — small children are a lot of work

• tomarse el trabajo de hacer algo — to take the trouble to do sth

- trabajo te doy, trabajo te mando

5) (=obra) (Arte, Literat) work; (Educ) essay; [de investigación] study

uno de los mejores trabajos del arquitecto — one of the architect's greatest works

tengo que entregar dos trabajos mañana — I have to hand in two essays tomorrow

6) (Econ)

a) (=mano de obra) labour, labor (EEUU)

b) (tb: Ministerio de Trabajo) ≈ Department of Employment, ≈ Department of Labor (EEUU)

* * *

masculino

1)

a) ( empleo) job

conseguir trabajo — to get o find work, to get o find a job

buscar trabajo — to look for work o for a job

quedarse sin trabajo — to lose one's job

no tiene trabajo fijo — he doesn't have a steady job

un trabajo de media jornada or (AmL) de medio tiempo or (Esp) a tiempo parcial — a part-time job

trabajo de jornada completa or de or a tiempo completo — full-time work o job

b) ( lugar) work

está en el trabajo — she's at work

ir al trabajo — to go to work

2) (actividad, labor) work

requiere años de trabajo — it takes years of work

trabajo en equipo — teamwork

el trabajo de la casa — housework

este bordado tiene mucho trabajo — a lot of work has gone into this embroidery

los niños dan mucho trabajo — children are hard work

buen trabajo! — well done!

fue premiado por su trabajo en esa película — he was given an award for his performance in that movie

- trabajo a destajo

- trabajo a reglamento

- trabajo de campo

- trabajo de chinos

- trabajo de parto

- trabajo de práctica

- trabajos forzados

- trabajos manuales

- trabajo voluntario

3)

a) ( tarea) job

limpiar el horno es un trabajo que odio — cleaning the oven is a job o chore I hate

b) ( obra escrita) piece of work

hice un trabajo sobre Lorca — I did a paper on Lorca

4) ( esfuerzo)

con mucho trabajo consiguió levantarse — with great effort she managed to get up

me cuesta trabajo creerlo — I find it hard to believe

se tomó/dio el trabajo de venir — she took the trouble to come

5) (Econ) labor*

* * *

masculino

1)

a) ( empleo) job

conseguir trabajo — to get o find work, to get o find a job

buscar trabajo — to look for work o for a job

quedarse sin trabajo — to lose one's job

no tiene trabajo fijo — he doesn't have a steady job

un trabajo de media jornada or (AmL) de medio tiempo or (Esp) a tiempo parcial — a part-time job

trabajo de jornada completa or de or a tiempo completo — full-time work o job

b) ( lugar) work

está en el trabajo — she's at work

ir al trabajo — to go to work

2) (actividad, labor) work

requiere años de trabajo — it takes years of work

trabajo en equipo — teamwork

el trabajo de la casa — housework

este bordado tiene mucho trabajo — a lot of work has gone into this embroidery

los niños dan mucho trabajo — children are hard work

buen trabajo! — well done!

fue premiado por su trabajo en esa película — he was given an award for his performance in that movie

- trabajo a destajo

- trabajo a reglamento

- trabajo de campo

- trabajo de chinos

- trabajo de parto

- trabajo de práctica

- trabajos forzados

- trabajos manuales

- trabajo voluntario

3)

a) ( tarea) job

limpiar el horno es un trabajo que odio — cleaning the oven is a job o chore I hate

b) ( obra escrita) piece of work

hice un trabajo sobre Lorca — I did a paper on Lorca

4) ( esfuerzo)

con mucho trabajo consiguió levantarse — with great effort she managed to get up

me cuesta trabajo creerlo — I find it hard to believe

se tomó/dio el trabajo de venir — she took the trouble to come

5) (Econ) labor*

* * *

trabajo¹

¹ = employment, endeavour [endeavor, -USA], job, labour [labor, -USA], leg work, occupation, task, work, working environment, workload [work load], pursuit, workmanship, footwork, handwork, professional position, working practice, pursuit in life, handiwork, lifework, line of business, toil, industry.

Ex: Under WOMEN -- EMPLOYMENT, for instance, are listed works on the health and safety hazards of employment, the wages of employment, the problems of mothers, married and/or single women and employment, and so on.

Ex: Eventually, it came to be recognized that the Classification Research Group's endeavours might be pertinent to the problem of alphabetical indexing.

Ex: To ease the cataloguer's job and save him the trouble of counting characters, DOBIS/LIBIS uses a special function.

Ex: An editor is a person who prepares for publication an item not his own and whose labour may be limited to the preparation of the item for the manufacturer.

Ex: DOBIS/LIBIS may replace the typewriter, the catalog card, and much leg work, but it cannot replace the decision-making capabilities of the library staff.

Ex: Headings such as SALESMEN AND SALESMANSHIP and FIREMEN, since they are assigned to works covering the activities of both men and women in these occupations, are not specific.

Ex: Further, menu screens will be necessary until the user has specified the task that he wishes executed or the information that he wishes to retrieve sufficiently for execution or retrieval to be effected.

Ex: The Classification Research Group (CRG) has been a major force in the development of classification theory, and has made a major contribution towards work on a new general classification scheme.

Ex: This article examines the various features now available on copiers and comments on the usefulness in a working environment.

Ex: Each of these changes, if we were to deal with them in an adequate manner, create severe workload problems for the cataloging department.

Ex: What is more arguable is whether or not it is a bibliographical pursuit at all since it bears little relationship to the physical nature of the book.

Ex: William R Lethaby, the architect who had Westminster Abbey in his charge for over twenty years, once said 'Art is thoughtful workmanship'.

Ex: If we decide to take on making up a subject file there'd be a lot of footwork even if we use that list as a basis = Si decidimos aceptar crear un fichero ordenado por materias habría mucho trabajo incluso si usamos esta lista como base.

Ex: The newspaper's suppression after the first issue was not, as some historians have declared, the handwork of Massachusetts' Puritan clergy = La supresión del periódico después de su primer número no fue, como algunos historiadores han declarado, por la intervención del clero puritano de Massachussetts.

Ex: In virtually all of her professional positions she has been involved with the handling of documents.

Ex: While many believe that print on paper will never die, new formats are already changing working practice in many spheres.

Ex: People who are blind, regardless of their pursuit in life, will not have access to current information, books, learning, or education opportunities unless all libraries and blindness organizations agree to work together.

Ex: Rather than bringing in butchers to do the handiwork of his dissections, Vesalius himself worked on the human cadavers and said that students of medicine should do the same.

Ex: This is an eloquent, moving testament to the lifework of a major artist of unimpeachable technique and passion.

Ex: The computer people are muscling in on our line of business and we can't stop them.

Ex: Furthermore, the computer can be used, and is already being used, to eliminate drudgery, busywork, and useless toil in library systems.

Ex: In fact, the terms of the contrast are highly ambivalent: order vs. anarchy, liberty vs. despotism, or industry vs. sloth, and also dissimulation vs. honesty.

* acoso en el trabajo = workplace mobbing.

* agenda de trabajo = work agenda.

* agobiado de trabajo = up to + Posesivo + eyeballs in work.

* ahorrar el trabajo de = save + effort in.

* almuerzo de trabajo = work luncheon.

* ámbito de trabajo = field of endeavour.

* amor al trabajo = love of work.

* ansiedad en el trabajo = job anxiety, work anxiety.

* anterior al trabajo = pre-service.

* anuncio de trabajo = help wanted ad, help wanted notice.

* anuncios de trabajo = help-wanted advertising.

* año de trabajo = man year.

* ascender en el trabajo = step up + the career ladder.

* ascenso en el trabajo = job promotion.

* aspirar a un puesto de trabajo = aspire to + position.

* asunto relacionado con el trabajo = work-related issue.

* avanzar en + Posesivo + trabajo = advance + Posesivo + work, advance + Posesivo + work.

* basado en el trabajo en equipo = team-based.

* bibliografía de trabajo = working bibliography.

* biblioteconomía especializada en el trabajo de referencia = reference librarianship.

* bolsa de trabajo = labour exchange, job opportunities, employment bureau, employment centre, employment opportunity, job centre, job pool.

* borrador de trabajo = working paper.

* buscador de trabajo = job applicant, job seeker.

* buscar trabajo = seek + employment.

* buscar trabajo en la calle = work + the streets.

* campo de trabajo = field of endeavour.

* campo de trabajos forzados = labour camp, forced labour camp.

* cantidad de trabajo = workload [work load].

* carga de trabajo = workload [work load].

* centro de trabajo = workplace.

* cobrar en un trabajo = job + pay.

* comenzar el turno de trabajo = go on + duty.

* comida de trabajo = business meal, professional meal.

* compañero de trabajo = co-worker [coworker], male colleague, work colleague, fellow worker.

* complementos del trabajo = fringe benefits, fringes.

* conciliación del trabajo y la familia = reconciliation of work and family.

* con demasiado trabajo = overworked.

* condiciones del contrato de trabajo = terms of employment.

* condiciones de trabajo = working conditions.

* con mucho trabajo = painfully.

* conseguir un puesto de trabajo = obtain + position.

* conseguir un trabajo = enter + job, land + job.

* con trabajo = in post.

* contratar al primero que solicita el trabajo = hire on a first-come, first-take basis.

* contrato de trabajo = contract position.

* conversación de trabajo = shop talk.

* costar mucho trabajo = have + a tough time, have + a hard time.

* costar trabajo = have + Posesivo + work cut out for + Pronombre, have + Posesivo + job cut out for + Pronombre.

* cualquier trabajo temporal = casual job.

* cubrir un puesto de trabajo = fill + position.

* cuestión relacionada con el trabajo = work-related issue.

* dar permiso en el trabajo = give + time off work.

* dar trabajo = present + burden.

* dedicar trabajo = expend + effort.

* definición de trabajo = working definition.

* dejar a Alguien sin trabajo = put + Nombre + out of work.

* dejar el puesto de trabajo = resign from + Posesivo + post.

* dejar el trabajo = resign from + Posesivo + post, quit + Posesivo + job, jump + ship.

* dejar sin trabajo = put + Nombre + out of work.

* dejar un puesto de trabajo = resign from + Posesivo + position.

* dejar un trabajo = quit, resign + Posesivo + post.

* denominación del puesto de trabajo = job title, occupational title.

* dentro del mismo trabajo = intraoccupational.

* derecho del trabajo = employment law.

* desarrollar + Posesivo + trabajo = advance + Posesivo + work.

* desarrollar un plan de trabajo = develop + agenda.

* descripción del puesto de trabajo = job description, position description, job profile.

* desempeñar un trabajo = exercise + work.

* despedir del trabajo = make + redundant.

* después del horario de trabajo = after hours [after-hours].

* de trabajo = working.

* día del trabajo = Labour Day.

* día de trabajo = working day.

* día internacional del trabajo = Labour Day.

* diario automático de trabajo = time log.

* dignidad del trabajo = dignity of work.

* dinámica de trabajo = workflow [work flow].

* distribución del trabajo = workflow [work flow].

* distribuir el trabajo = spread + the load.

* división del trabajo = division of labour.

* documento de trabajo = working document, working draft.

* eficacia en el trabajo = quality of service.

* elaborar un plan de trabajo = develop + agenda.

* eliminar puestos de trabajo = shed + jobs, axe + jobs, cut + jobs.

* empresa de trabajo = industrial affiliation.

* encomendar un trabajo a Alguien = assign + job.

* encontrar trabajo = find + a job.

* encontrar trabajo en una biblioteca = join + library.

* en el horario de trabajo = on company time.

* en el trabajo = on-the-job, at work.

* enseñanza antes de empezar el trabajo = pre-service education.

* enseñanza en el trabajo = in-service education.

* entorno de trabajo = working environment, work environment.

* entrevista de trabajo = job interview.

* equipo de trabajo = study team, project team, work team.

* esclavo del trabajo = workaholic.

* escribir un trabajo = write + essay.

* espacio de trabajo = workspace.

* específico de un trabajo concreto = job-specific.

* estación de trabajo = workstation [work station], desktop workstation.

* estación de trabajo remota = outstation.

* estadía de trabajo = work visit.

* estar mareado de tanto trabajo = be reeling.

* estar relacionado con el trabajo = be work related.

* estar saturado de trabajo = work to + capacity.

* estar sin trabajo = stay out of + work.

* estrategia que ahorra trabajo = labour saver.

* estrés en el trabajo = job stress.

* evaluar el rendimiento en el trabajo = evaluate + work performance.

* excedencia en el trabajo = leave of absence.

* ficha de trabajo = worksheet, project worksheet.

* formación continua en el trabajo = workplace training, workplace learning.

* formación en el trabajo = in-service training, in-service education, in-service, on-the-job training, in-service support.

* funciones del puesto de trabajo = position + entail + duty.

* grupo de trabajo = study group, study team, task force, working party, task group, research group, working group, project team.

* grupo de trabajo por tema de interés = breakout group.

* guía de trabajo = working guide.

* hábito de trabajo = work habit, working habit.

* hablar del trabajo = talk + shop.

* hacer + Posesivo + trabajo = get on with + Posesivo + work.

* hacer (todo) el trabajo pesado = do (all) + the donkey work.

* hacer un buen trabajo = do + a good job.

* hacer un trabajo = do + work, do + job.

* hacer un trabajo sobre = do + a project about.

* hasta aquí de trabajo = up to + Posesivo + eyeballs in work.

* hasta el cuello de trabajo = up to + Posesivo + eyeballs in work.

* herramienta de trabajo = tool, tool.

* hora de trabajo = man-hour.

* horario de trabajo = hours of operation, working hours, work hours.

* horario intenso de trabajo = long hours, the.

* horarios de trabajo demasiado cargados = over-long hours.

* igualdad de oportunidad en el trabajo = equal employment opportunity.

* igualdad de retribución por un trabajo de valor comparable = equal pay for comparable work.

* igualdad de retribución por un trabajo de igual valor = equal pay for equal work.

* incentivo en el trabajo = work incentive, labour incentive.

* indicador del trabajo realizado = workload indicator.

* intercambio de puestos de trabajo = job exchange.

* jornada de trabajo = workshop.

* liberar del exceso de trabajo = relieve + overload.

* liberar de trabajo = relieve + pressure.

* línea de trabajo = line of work.

* llamar al trabajo para excusarse por enfermedad = call in + sick.

* llegar tarde al trabajo = be late for work.

* lugar de trabajo = affiliation, institutional affiliation, working environment, workplace, place of work, worksite [work site], home institution.

* lugar de trabajo del autor = author affiliation.

* magistratura del trabajo = industrial tribunal.

* marco de trabajo = framework.

* medida de seguridad e higiene en el trabajo = health and safety standard.

* memoria de trabajo = working memory.

* mercado de trabajo = labour market, job market.

* mercado de trabajo, el = employment market, the.

* mesa de trabajo = desk, study table.

* método de trabajo = working method.

* Ministerio de Trabajo = Department of Labor.

* modelo de trabajo = working model, business model.

* mucho trabajo = hard graft.

* negligente en el trabajo = malpractitioner.

* neurosis producida por el trabajo = occupational neurosis.

* NISTF (Grupo de Trabajo sobre los Sistemas Nacionales de Información de la A = NISTF (Society of American Archivists National Information Systems Task Force).

* no perder el trabajo = stay in + work.

* norma de trabajo = working rule.

* no tener trabajo = be unemployed.

* obtener un puesto de trabajo = obtain + position.

* ocupar un puesto de trabajo = assume + position, take up + post, hold + post.

* oferta de trabajo = job advertisement, job offer, help wanted ad, help wanted notice.

* ofertas de trabajo = help-wanted advertising.

* oportunidad de trabajo = career opportunity.

* organización del trabajo = workflow [work flow], working arrangement.

* paquete de trabajo = workpackage.

* para trabajos pesados = heavy-duty.

* pérdida de puestos de trabajo = squeeze on jobs.

* permiso de trabajo = work permit.

* permuta de trabajo = job exchange.

* persona encargada de hacer los trabajos sucios = hatchetman.

* persona obsesiva con el trabajo = workoholic [workholic], workaholic.

* persona que asigna el trabajo = assigner.

* persona que deja un trabajo = leaver.

* persona que reparte el trabajo = assigner.

* personas sin trabajo remunerado, los = unwaged, the.

* plan de trabajo = research agenda, work plan, working plan, work schedule.

* política de trabajo = policy.

* postura exigida por el trabajo = work posture.

* proceso de trabajo = work process.

* programa de formación en el trabajo = in-service training program(me).

* programa de trabajo = work schedule.

* programa de trabajo como interno residente = residency.

* promoción en el trabajo = job promotion.

* propuesta de trabajo = project proposal.

* proyecto de trabajo = work project.

* puente de trabajo = catwalk.

* puesto de trabajo = appointment, position, post, opening, career path, professional position, position held.

* puesto de trabajo de libre designación = line position.

* puesto de trabajo ocupado = position held.

* puestos de trabajo ocupados = positions held.

* quitar puestos de trabajo = shed + jobs, axe + jobs, cut + jobs.

* realizar el trabajo = get + Posesivo + work done.

* realizar + Posesivo + trabajo = advance + Posesivo + work.

* realizar un trabajo = perform + work, undertake + work.

* realizar un trabajo monótono = have + Posesivo + nose to the grindstone.

* red de trabajo = peer-to-peer network.

* relacionado con el trabajo = job-related, work-related.

* relación de trabajo = working relation, working relationship, work relationship, work relation.

* relativo al trabajo = occupational.

* rendimiento en el trabajo = work performance.

* reunión de trabajo = business meeting, business session.

* ropa de trabajo = work clothes.

* rutina de trabajo = work process.

* sala de trabajo = workroom.

* salir del trabajo = clock off + work.

* salud en el trabajo = occupational health.

* satisfacción en el trabajo = job satisfaction, work satisfaction.

* segregación en el trabajo = job segregation, employment segregation.

* seguridad en el trabajo = safety at work, occupational safety.

* sesión de trabajo = work session, working session.

* sicología del trabajo = occupational psychology.

* sin trabajo = jobless.

* sobrecargado de trabajo = overworked.

* sociología del trabajo = sociology of work.

* soliciante de trabajo = job applicant.

* solicitud de trabajo = job application.

* superficie de trabajo = working surface, work surface.

* taller de trabajo = workshop, study school.

* taller de trabajo esclavo = sweatshop.

* taller de trabajo sobre composición = writing workshop.

* tener trabajo para rato = have + Posesivo + work cut out for + Pronombre, have + Posesivo + job cut out for + Pronombre.

* tener un segundo trabajo = moonlight, work + a second job.

* tener un trabajo = hold down + job.

* tener un trabajo remunerado = be gainfully employed.

* tener un trabajo retribuido = be gainfully employed.

* tensión en el trabajo = job stress.

* tensión producida por el trabajo = occupational stress.

* terminar turno de trabajo = come off + duty.

* toda una vida de trabajo = a lifetime of work.

* tomarse excedencia en el trabajo = take + leave from + employment.

* tomarse + Expresión Temporal + de permiso en el trabajo = take + Expresión Temporal + off, have + Expresión Temporal + off work.

* tomarse unos días de permiso en el trabajo = take + time off work.

* tomarse unos días de permiso en el trabajo = take + time off, take + time out.

* trabajo académico = academic work.

* trabajo a destajo = piecework.

* trabajo a distancia = telecommuting, teleworking, telework.

* trabajo administrativo de apoyo = clerical work.

* trabajo a medias = job share.

* trabajo artesanal = craftsmanship.

* trabajo a tiempo parcial = part-time work, part-time employment, part-time job.

* trabajo atípico = atypical work.

* trabajo autónomo = self-employment.

* trabajo bibliográfico = bibliographic work.

* trabajo bibliotecario = library work.

* trabajo burocrático = paper-keeping.

* trabajo científico = scientific work, scholarly work.

* trabajo compartido = job sharing.

* trabajo complicado = major exercise.

* trabajo con documentación automatizada = computer-based information work.

* trabajo conjunto = interworking.

* trabajo con ordenador = computer work.

* trabajo cotidiano = daily work.

* trabajo creativo = creative work.

* trabajo de alfabetización = literacy work.

* trabajo de apoyo = escort work.

* trabajo de calidad = best practices, lessons learned [lessons learnt].

* trabajo de campo = fieldwork [field work].

* trabajo de catalogación = cataloguing work.

* trabajo de chinos = fiddly [fiddlier -comp., fiddliest -sup.].

* trabajo de clase = term paper, coursework [course work], term project, homework.

* trabajo de detective = sleuthing.

* trabajo de escolta = escort work.

* trabajo de impresión = bookwork.

* trabajo de impresión de material efímero = ephemeral jobbing.

* trabajo de información y de las bibliotecas = library and information work.

* trabajo de investigación = investigative work, research paper, research work.

* trabajo de la casa = housework.

* trabajo de menores = child labour.

* trabajo de poca monta = odd-job.

* trabajo de préstamo de servicios = service job.

* trabajo de referencia = reference work.

* trabajo desinteresado = labour of love.

* trabajo detectivesco = sleuthing.

* trabajo de toda una vida = life's work, lifework.

* trabajo diario = day's work, daily work.

* trabajo doméstico = domestic duty, domestic work, domestic task.

* trabajo duro = hard labour, thirsty work, hard work.

* trabajo duro, mucho trabajo = hard graft.

* trabajo editorial = editorship.

* trabajo en archivística = archives work.

* trabajo en colaboración = interworking.

* trabajo en común = interworking.

* trabajo en curso = work in progress.

* trabajo en equipo = teamwork, collaborative teamwork, team management.

* trabajo en red = networking.

* trabajo en sucio = rough work.

* trabajo entre manos, el = work at hand, the.

* trabajo eventual = jobbing.

* trabajo físico = physical work.

* trabajo improductivo = busywork.

* trabajo individual = independent study, self-study.

* trabajo infantil = child labour, child work.

* trabajo ininterrumpido = continuous work.

* trabajo manual = craft, craft activity, handiwork, manual labour.

* trabajo monótono = drudge work, drudgery.

* trabajo + no faltar = have + Posesivo + work cut out for + Pronombre, have + Posesivo + job cut out for + Pronombre.

* trabajo no remunerado = unpaid work, unremunerated work.

* trabajo pesado = grind, grinding, donkey work.

* trabajo por cuenta propia = self-employment.

* trabajo por libre = freelance [free-lance].

* trabajo por + Posesivo + cuenta = freelance [free-lance].

* trabajo por turnos = shift work.

* trabajo práctico = fieldwork [field work], practical work.

* trabajo preliminar = groundwork, legwork, spadework [spade work].

* trabajo previo = groundwork, spadework [spade work].

* trabajo remunerado = work-for-hire, paid work, paid labour.

* trabajo rutinario = chore, routine work, mundane task.

* trabajos = life's work.

* trabajos de impresión de material efímero = jobbing work.

* trabajos de rescate = rescue work.

* trabajos forzados = forced labour, hard labour.

* trabajo social = social work.

* trabajo sucio = dirty work.

* trabajo sumergido = informal work.

* trabajo temporal = temporary job, casual job.

* trabajo urgente = hurried work, rush job.

* trabajo y esfuerzo = toil and trouble.

* turno de trabajo de atención al usuario = desk duty.

* un trabajo bien hecho = a job well done.

* uso compartido de mesas de trabajo = hot desking.

* útil de trabajo = tool.

* vida en el trabajo = job life.

* visita de trabajo = field trip.

trabajo²

² = assignment, student paper, work, project work, term project.

Nota: Trabajo escrito que debe realizar el estudiante a lo largo de un curso.

Ex: The problems and assignments presented are real problems and assignments, and the people involved are real people, all suitably disguised to protect their identity.

Ex: 5 data collection instruments were used: printouts of data base searches executed by students; a questionnaire; bibliographies from student papers; serial holdings of the university library; and interviews with instructors.

Ex: An authority entry is an entry for which the initial element is the uniform heading for a person, corporate body, or work, as established by the cataloguing agency responsible.

Ex: For instance, if children are doing a project work on dogs, they will hunt out anything and everything that so much as mentions them and the bits thus mined are assiduously transcribed into project folders.

Ex: In 1994, 21 students on an introductory course on communication processes completed analyses of 14 different electronic lists or newsgroups as their term projects.

* impresor de pequeños trabajos = jobbing house, jobbing office, jobbing printer.

* mesa de trabajo = writing desk, work desk.

* preparar un trabajo de clase = research + paper.

* trabajo de clase = essay assignment, class assignment, course assignment, student assignment, written assignment.

* trabajo de lectura obligatoria = a must-read.

* trabajo de restauración = restoration work.

* trabajo editado = published work.

* trabajo escolar = school work [schoolwork].

* trabajo impreso = printed work.

* trabajo publicado = published work.

* trabajos de clase = classroom asignment.

* un trabajo cuqlquiera = casual job.

* * *

trabajo

masculine

A

1

(empleo): conseguir trabajo to get o find work

consiguió un trabajo muy bien pagado he got himself a very well-paid job

hay dos trabajos interesantes en el periódico de hoy there are two interesting vacancies o jobs in today's paper

se fue a la capital a buscar trabajo he went to the capital to look for work o for a job

la pérdida de 200 puestos de trabajo the loss of 200 jobs

se quedó sin trabajo she lost her job, she was made redundant, she was let go ( AmE)

no tiene trabajo fijo he doesn't have a steady job

un trabajo de media jornada a part-time job

buscaba trabajo de jornada completa or a tiempo completo or de tiempo completo I was looking for full-time work o for a full-time job

2 (lugar) work

está en el trabajo she's at work

ir al trabajo to go to work

llámame al trabajo give me a call at work

la estación queda cerca de mi trabajo the station's close to where I work

Compuesto:

trabajo compartido

work-sharing

B (actividad, labor) work

trabajo intelectual intellectual work o brainwork

su capacidad de trabajo es enorme he has an enormous capacity for work

la máquina hace el trabajo de cinco personas the machine does the work of five people

requiere años de trabajo it takes years of work

todo nuestro trabajo ha sido en vano all our work has been in vain

el trabajo en equipo teamwork

el trabajo de la casa housework

es un trabajo especializado/de precisión it's specialized/precision work

me tocó a mí hacer todo el trabajo I ended up doing all the work, I got stuck o ( BrE) landed with all the work ( colloq)

hoy no puedo, tengo mucho trabajo I can't today, I have o I've got a lot of work to do

tengo mucho trabajo acumulado I have a huge backlog of work to do

este bordado tiene mucho trabajo a lot of work has gone into this embroidery

¡buen trabajo! te felicito nice work! well done

fue premiado por su trabajo en esa película he was given an award for his performance in that movie

hacer un trabajo de zapa to work o scheme behind the scenes

le he estado haciendo un trabajo de trabajo y ya lo tengo en el bote I've been quietly working on him o softening him up and now I've got him right where I want him

Compuestos:

● trabajo a destajo

piece work

● trabajo agrícola

agricultural work

● trabajo a reglamento

(CS) work to rule

● trabajo de campo

fieldwork

● trabajo de chinos

fiddly o laborious job

● trabajo de parto

labor*

● trabajo de práctica

work experience

● trabajo en cadena

assembly-line work

● trabajos forzados

mpl hard labor*

● trabajos manuales

mpl handicrafts (pl)

● trabajo social

social work

● trabajo voluntario

voluntary o ( AmE) volunteer work

C

1 (tarea, obra) job

es un trabajo que no lo puede hacer cualquiera it's not a job that just anyone can do

limpiar el horno es un trabajo que odio cleaning the oven is a job o chore I hate

la satisfacción de un trabajo bien hecho the satisfaction of a job well done

me cobró un dineral por un par de trabajos he charged me a fortune for doing a couple of little jobs o tasks

2 (obra escrita) piece of work

un trabajo bien documentado a well-documented piece of work

estoy haciendo un trabajo sobre Lorca I'm doing a paper/an essay on Lorca

D

(esfuerzo): con mucho trabajo consiguió levantarse with great effort she managed to get up

nos dio mucho trabajo pintarlo painting it was hard work o took a lot of work

los niños dan mucho trabajo children are hard work o a lot of work

me cuesta trabajo creerlo I find it hard to believe

nos costó trabajo convencerla de que viniera we had a hard time persuading her to come

se tomó/dio el trabajo de venir a buscarme she took the trouble to come and pick me up

puedes ahorrarte el trabajo de ir hasta allá you can save yourself the trouble o bother of going all the way over there

E ( Econ) labor*

el capital y el trabajo capital and labor

F ( Fís) work

* * *

Del verbo trabajar: ( conjugate trabajar)

trabajo es:

1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

trabajó es:

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

Multiple Entries:
trabajar
trabajo
trabajar ( conjugate trabajar) verbo intransitivo
1 ( en general) to work;
◊ trabajo por cuenta propia to be self-employed;

trabajo jornada completa or a tiempo completo to work full-time;
trabajo media jornada to work part-time;
trabajo mucho to work hard;
¿en qué trabajas? what do you do (for a living)?;
estoy trabajando en una novela I'm working on a novel;
trabajo DE or COMO algo to work as sth
2 ( actuar) to act, perform;
◊ ¿quién trabaja en la película who's in the movie?

verbo transitivo
1
a) ‹campo/tierra/madera› to work

b) ‹ masa› ( con las manos) to knead, work

2 (perfeccionar, pulir) to work on
trabajo sustantivo masculino
1
a) ( empleo) job;

◊ buscar trabajo to look for work o for a job;

quedarse sin trabajo to lose one's job;
un trabajo fijo a steady job;
un trabajo de media jornada a part-time job;
un trabajo de jornada completa or a tiempo completo a full-time job
b) ( lugar) work;

◊ está en el trabajo she's at work;

ir al trabajo to go to work
2 (actividad, labor) work;
◊ trabajo en equipo teamwork;

el trabajo de la casa housework;
los niños dan mucho trabajo children are hard work;
¡buen trabajo! well done!;
trabajo de campo fieldwork;
trabajos forzados hard labor^{( conjugate labor)};
trabajos manuales handicrafts (pl);
trabajo voluntario voluntary o (AmE) volunteer work
3
a) ( tarea) job;

◊ limpiar el horno es un trabajo que odio cleaning the oven is a job I hate

b) ( obra escrita) piece of work;

(en universidad, escuela) essay
4 ( esfuerzo):
◊ con mucho trabajo consiguió levantarse with great effort she managed to get up;

me cuesta trabajo creerlo I find it hard to believe
trabajar
I verbo intransitivo
1 to work: trabaja de secretaria, she works as a secretary
trabaja en los astilleros, she works in the shipyard
trabaja bien, he's a good worker
2 Cine (actuar) to act: en esta película trabaja mi actriz favorita, my favourite actress is in this movie
II verbo transitivo
1 (pulir, ejercitar, estudiar) to work on: tienes que trabajar más el estilo, you have to work on your style
2 (la madera) to work
(un metal) to work
(la tierra) to work, till
(cuero) to emboss
2 (comerciar) to trade, sell: nosotros no trabajamos ese artículo, we don't stock that item
trabajo sustantivo masculino
1 work: hoy tengo poco trabajo, I have little work today
2 (empleo) job: no tiene trabajo, he is unemployed
3 (esfuerzo) work, effort: nos costó mucho trabajo hacerlo, it was hard to do it
4 Educ (sobre un tema) paper
(de manualidades) craft work
5 (tarea) task
un trabajo de chinos, a laborious job
' trabajo' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abarcar
- abundancia
- actual
- adicta
- adicto
- afanosa
- afanoso
- agencia
- agobiada
- agobiado
- agobiante
- antigüedad
- ascender
- asquerosidad
- aterrizar
- balde
- bestialidad
- bicoca
- bolsa
- bordar
- buscar
- cadena
- calendario
- calle
- cambiar
- campo
- capear
- cara
- cargada
- cargado
- caterva
- chapucera
- chapucero
- chapuza
- chollo
- colocarse
- como
- condición
- condicionamiento
- construcción
- cuanta
- cuanto
- cubierta
- cubierto
- dar
- dejar
- desbandada
- descansada
- descansado
- descargar
English:
abandon
- acclaim
- actual
- allocation
- ambivalent
- anxiety
- apathetic
- application
- apply
- apply for
- apprentice
- arm-twisting
- artwork
- assignment
- at
- attack
- backlog
- backup
- barrel
- be-all and end-all
- begrudge
- better
- blouse
- blue
- board
- bog down
- boiler suit
- book
- botch
- bother
- bread-and-butter
- bulk
- burn out
- bury
- busywork
- by
- capacity
- careless
- carry over
- casual
- catch up
- chapter
- choose
- chuck in
- clerical
- collaboration
- colleague
- comedown
- commute
- commuter

* * *

trabajo nm

1. [tarea, actividad, práctica] work;

tengo mucho trabajo que hacer I've got a lot of work to do;

una casa tan grande da mucho trabajo a big house like that is a lot of work;

uno de los últimos trabajos de Diego Rivera one of Diego Rivera's last works;

recibió un Óscar por su trabajo en “Cabaret” she received an Oscar for (her performance in) “Cabaret”;

¡buen trabajo! good work!;

hacer un buen trabajo to do a good job;

Comp

ser un trabajo de chinos [minucioso] to be a fiddly o finicky job;
[pesado] to be hard work
Comp
trabajo de campo fieldwork;
trabajo de o en equipo teamwork;

trabajo físico physical work, manual labour;

trabajos forzados o forzosos hard labour;

trabajo intelectual intellectual work;

trabajo de investigación research work;

trabajo manual manual labour;

trabajos manuales [en el colegio] arts and crafts;

trabajo de oficina office job;

trabajo remunerado paid work;

trabajo social social work;

trabajo sucio dirty work;

trabajo temporal temporary work;

trabajo por turnos shiftwork;

trabajo voluntario voluntary work

2. [empleo] job;

buscar/encontrar trabajo to look for/find work o a job;

no tener trabajo, estar sin trabajo to be out of work;

me he quedado sin trabajo I've been left without a job, I'm out of work;

tener un trabajo fijo to have a permanent job

3. [lugar] work;

en el trabajo at work;

ir al trabajo to go to work;

¿quieres que pase a recogerte al trabajo? do you want me to pick you up from work?

4. [escrito] [por estudiante] essay, paper;

hacer un trabajo sobre algo/alguien to write an essay on sth/sb

5. [esfuerzo] effort;

lograron sacar el armario con mucho trabajo they managed to remove the wardrobe, but not without a lot of effort o but it was no easy task;

costar mucho trabajo (a alguien) to take (sb) a lot of effort;

me cuesta mucho trabajo levantarme por las mañanas I find it a real struggle getting up in the morning;

cuesta trabajo admitir que uno se ha equivocado it's not easy to admit that you're wrong;

tomarse el trabajo de hacer algo to go to o take the trouble of doing sth

6. Econ & Pol labour

7. Fís work

8. Literario
trabajos [apuros] hardships;

pasar trabajos to suffer hardships

* * *

trabajo

m work; ( tarea, puesto) job;

buscar trabajo be looking for work, be looking for a job;

tengo un buen trabajo I have a good job;

costar trabajo be hard o difficult;

tomarse el trabajo de take the trouble to

* * *

trabajo nm

1) : work, job

2) labor: labor, work

tengo mucho trabajo: I have a lot of work to do

3) tarea: task

4) esfuerza: effort

5)

costar trabajo : to be difficult

6)

tomarse el trabajo : to take the trouble

7)

trabajo en equipo : teamwork

8) trabajos nmpl

: hardships, difficulties

* * *

trabajo n

1. (actividad, esfuerzo) work

me gusta el trabajo de oficina I like office work

me costó mucho trabajo repararlo it was hard work mending it

2. (empleo, tarea) job

encontró un trabajo de secretaria she found a job as a secretary

3. (lugar) work

va al trabajo en coche he goes to work by car

en el trabajo at work

4. (redacción) essay / project

trabajos forzados hard labour

trabajos manuales crafts

Spanish-English dictionary > trabajo
59 up

1. adverb
1) (to higher place) nach oben; (in lift) aufwärts

[right] up to something — (lit. or fig.) [ganz] bis zu etwas hinauf

the bird flew up to the roof — der Vogel flog aufs Dach [hinauf]

up into the air — in die Luft [hinauf]...

climb up on something/climb up to the top of something — auf etwas (Akk.) [hinauf]steigen/bis zur Spitze einer Sache hinaufsteigen

the way up [to something] — der Weg hinauf [zu etwas]

on the way up — (lit. or fig.) auf dem Weg nach oben

up here/there — hier herauf/dort hinauf

high/higher up — hoch/höher hinauf

farther up — weiter hinauf

halfway/a long/little way up — den halben Weg/ein weites/kurzes Stück hinauf

come on up! — komm [hier/weiter] herauf!

up it etc. comes/goes — herauf kommt/hinauf geht es usw.

up you go! — rauf mit dir! (ugs.)

2) (to upstairs, northwards) rauf (bes. ugs.); herauf/hinauf (bes. schriftsprachlich); nach oben

come up from London to Edinburgh — von London nach Edinburgh [he]raufkommen

3) (to place regarded as more important)

go up to Leeds from the country — vom Land in die Stadt Leeds od. nach Leeds fahren

4) (Brit.): (to capital) rein (bes. ugs.); herein/hinein (bes. schriftsprachlich)

go up to town or London — nach London gehen/fahren

get up to London from Reading — von Reading nach London [he]reinfahren

5) (in higher place, upstairs, in north) oben

up here/there — hier/da oben

high up — hoch oben

an order from high up — (fig.) ein Befehl von ganz oben (ugs.)

higher up in the mountains — weiter oben in den Bergen

the picture should be higher up — das Bild müsste höher hängen

farther up — weiter oben

halfway/a long/little way up — auf halbem Weg nach oben/ein gutes/kurzes Stück weiter oben

10 metres up — 10 Meter hoch

live four floors or storeys up — im vierten Stockwerk wohnen

his flat is on the next floor up — seine Wohnung ist ein Stockwerk höher

up north — oben im Norden (ugs.)

6) (erect) hoch

keep your head up — halte den Kopf hoch; see also academic.ru/12509/chin">chin

7) (out of bed)

be up — auf sein

up and about — auf den Beinen

8) (in place regarded as more important; Brit.): (in capital)

up in town or London/Leeds — in London/Leeds

9) (in price, value, amount)

prices have gone/are up — die Preise sind gestiegen

butter is up [by...] — Butter ist [...] teurer

10) (including higher limit)

up to — bis... hinauf

up to midday/up to £2 — bis zum Mittag/bis zu 2 Pfund

11) (in position of gain)

we're £300 up on last year — wir liegen 300 Pfund über dem letzten Jahr

the takings were £500 up on the previous month — die Einnahmen lagen 500 Pfund über denen des Vormonats

12) (ahead)

be three points/games/goals up — (Sport) mit drei Punkten/Spielen/Toren vorn liegen

be three points up on somebody — drei Punkte vor jemandem sein od. liegen

13) (as far as)

up to something — bis zu etwas

she is up to Chapter 3 — sie ist bis zum dritten Kapitel gekommen od. ist beim dritten Kapitel

up to here/there — bis hier[hin]/bis dorthin

I've had it up to here — (coll.) mir steht es bis hier [hin] (ugs.)

up to now/then/that time/last week — bis jetzt/damals/zu jener Zeit/zur letzten Woche

14)

up to — (comparable with)

be up to expectation[s] — den Erwartungen entsprechen

his last opera is not up to his others — seine neueste Oper reicht an seine früheren nicht heran

15)

up to — (capable of)

[not] be/feel up to something — einer Sache (Dat.) [nicht] gewachsen sein/sich einer Sache (Dat.) [nicht] gewachsen fühlen

[not] be/feel up to doing something — [nicht] in der Lage sein/sich nicht in der Lage fühlen, etwas zu tun

not be up to much — nicht viel taugen

16)

up to — (derog.): (doing)

be up to something — etwas anstellen (ugs.)

what is he up to? — was hat er [bloß] vor?

17)

it is [not] up to somebody to do something — (somebody's duty) es ist [nicht] jemandes Sache, etwas zu tun

it is up to us to help them — es ist unsere Pflicht, ihnen zu helfen

now it's up to him to do something — nun liegt es bei od. an ihm, etwas zu tun

it's/that's up to you — (is for you to decide) es/das hängt von dir ab; (concerns only you) es/das ist deine Sache

18) (close)

up against somebody/something — an jemandem/etwas [lehnen]; an jemanden/etwas [stellen]

sit up against the wall — mit dem Rücken zur od. an der Wand sitzen

19) (confronted by)

be up against a problem/difficulty — etc. (coll.) vor einem Problem/einer Schwierigkeit usw. stehen

be up against a tough opponent — es mit einem harten Gegner zu tun haben

be up against it — in großen Schwierigkeiten stecken

20)

up and down — (upwards and downwards) hinauf und hinunter; (to and fro) auf und ab

be up and down — (coll.): (variable) Hochs und Tiefs haben

21) (facing upwards)

‘this side/way up’ — (on box etc.) "[hier] oben"

turn something this/the other side/way up — diese/die andere Seite einer Sache nach oben drehen

the right/wrong way up — richtig/verkehrt od. falsch herum

22) (finished, at an end) abgelaufen

time is up — die Zeit ist abgelaufen
2. preposition
1) (upwards along, from bottom to top) rauf (bes. ugs.); herauf/hinauf (bes. schriftsprachlich)

walk up something — etwas hinaufgehen

up hill and down dale — bergauf und bergab

2) (upwards through)

force a liquid up a pipe — eine Flüssigkeit durch eine Röhre nach oben pressen

3) (upwards over)

up something — etwas (Akk.) hinauf

ivy grew up the wall — Efeu wuchs die Mauer hinauf

4) (along)

come up the street — die Straße herauf- od. entlangkommen

walk up and down the platform — auf dem Bahnsteig auf und ab gehen

5) (at or in higher position in or on) [weiter] oben

further up the ladder/coast — weiter oben auf der Leiter/an der Küste

6) (from bottom to top along)

up the side of a house — an der Seite eines Hauses hinauf
3. adjective
1) (directed upwards) aufwärts führend [Rohr, Kabel]; [Rolltreppe] nach oben; nach oben gerichtet [Kolbenhub]

up train/line — (Railw.) Zug/Gleis Richtung Stadt

2) (well-informed)

be up in a subject/on the news — in einem Fach auf der Höhe [der Zeit] sein/über alle Neuigkeiten Bescheid wissen od. gut informiert sein

3) (coll.): (ready)

tea['s]/grub['s] up! — Tee/Essen ist fertig!

4) (coll.): (amiss)

what's up? — was ist los? (ugs.)

something is up — irgendwas ist los (ugs.)
4. noun in pl.
the ups and downs — (lit. or fig.) das Auf und Ab; (fig.) die Höhen und Tiefen
5. intransitive verb,
- pp- (coll.)

up and leave/resign — einfach abhauen (ugs.) /kündigen

he ups and says... — da sagt er doch [ur]plötzlich...
6. transitive verb,
- pp- (coll.) (increase) erhöhen; (raise up) heben

* * *

(to become covered (as if) with mist: The mirror misted over; The windscreen misted up.) beschlagen

* * *

up

[ʌp]

I. adv inv

1. (to higher position) nach oben, hinauf; lift aufwärts

hands \up! Hände hoch!

the water had come \up to the level of the windows das Wasser war bis auf Fensterhöhe gestiegen

four flights \up from here vier Etagen höher

come on \up! komm [hier] herauf!

\up it/she etc. comes! herauf kommt es/sie!

\up you go! rauf mit dir! fam

bottom \up mit der Unterseite nach oben

halfway \up auf halber Höhe

high \up hoch hinauf

farther \up weiter hinauf

\up and \up immer höher

\up and away auf und davon

2. (erect) aufrecht

just lean it \up against the wall lehnen Sie es einfach gegen die Wand

3. (out of bed) auf

is he \up yet? ist er schon auf?

to be \up late lange aufbleiben

\up and about auf den Beinen

4. (northwards) hinauf, herauf, rauf fam

on Tuesday she'll be travelling \up to Newcastle from Birmingham am Dienstag fährt sie von Birmingham nach Newcastle hinauf

she comes \up from Washington about once a month sie kommt ungefähr einmal im Monat aus Washington herauf

\up north oben im Norden

5. (at higher place) oben

farther \up weiter oben

\up here/there hier/da oben

a long/little way \up ein gutes/kurzes Stück weiter oben

\up in the hills [dr]oben in den Bergen

2 metres \up 2 Meter hoch

I live on the next floor \up ich wohne ein Stockwerk höher

6. BRIT (towards city)

I'll be \up in London this weekend ich fahre an diesem Wochenende nach London

\up from the country vom Land

7. BRIT (at university)

is he \up at Cambridge yet? hat er schon [mit seinem Studium] in Cambridge angefangen?

8. (toward)

▪ \up to sb/sth auf jdn/etw zu

a limousine drew \up to where we were standing eine Limousine kam auf uns zu

she went \up to the counter sie ging zum Schalter

to run \up to sb jdm entgegenlaufen

to walk \up to sb auf jdn zugehen

9. (in high position) an der Spitze, oben fam

as a composer he was \up there with the best als Komponist gehörte er zur Spitze

she's something high \up in the company sie ist ein hohes Tier in der Firma

10. (higher in price or number) höher

last year the company's turnover was £240 billion, \up 3% on the previous year letztes Jahr lag der Umsatz der Firma bei 240 Milliarden Pfund, das sind 3 % mehr als im Jahr davor

items on this rack are priced [from] £50 \up die Waren in diesem Regal kosten ab 50 Pfund aufwärts

this film is suitable for children aged 13 and \up dieser Film ist für Kinder ab 13 Jahren geeignet

11. (to point of)

\up until [or till] [or to] bis + akk

\up to yesterday bis gestern

he can overdraw \up to £300 er kann bis zu 300 Pfund überziehen

12. (in opposition to)

to be \up against sb/sth es mit jdm/etw zu tun haben, sich akk mit jdm/etw konfrontiert sehen

the company was \up against some problems die Firma stand vor einigen Problemen

to be \up against it in Schwierigkeiten sein

to be \up against the law gegen das Gesetz stehen, mit dem Gesetz in Konflikt kommen

13. (depend on)

to be \up to sb von jdm abhängen

I'll leave it \up to you ich überlasse dir die Entscheidung

to be \up to sb to do sth jds Aufgabe sein, etw zu tun

14. (contrive)

to be \up to sth etw vorhaben [o im Schilde führen]

he's \up to no good er führt nichts Gutes im Schilde

15. (be adequate)

to be \up to sth einer Sache dat gewachsen sein, bei einer Sache dat mithalten können

do you feel \up to the challenge? fühlst du dich dieser Herausforderung gewachsen?

to be \up to doing sth in der Lage sein, etw zu tun

are you sure you're \up to it? bist du sicher, dass du das schaffst?

to not be \up to much nicht viel taugen

his German isn't \up to much sein Deutsch ist nicht besonders gut

16. (comparable with)

to be \up to expectations den Erwartungen entsprechen

her latest book is just not \up to her previous successes ihr neuestes Buch reicht an ihren früheren Erfolgen einfach nicht heran

17. AM (apiece) pro Person

the score was 3 \up at half-time bei Halbzeit stand es 3 [für] beide

18. ( dated fam: yes for)

\up with sb/sth hoch lebe jd/etw

\up with freedom! es lebe die Freiheit!

19.

▶ it's all \up with sb es ist aus mit jdm

▶ to be \up with the clock gut in der Zeit liegen

▶ to be \up to the ears [or eyeballs] [or neck] in problems bis zum Hals in Schwierigkeiten stecken

II. prep

1. (to higher position) hinauf, herauf, rauf fam

\up the ladder/mountain/stairs die Leiter/den Berg/die Treppe hinauf

2. (along)

[just] \up the road ein Stück die Straße hinauf, weiter oben in der Straße

to walk \up the road die Straße hinaufgehen [o entlanggehen]

\up and down auf und ab

he was running \up and down the path er rannte den Pfad auf und ab

he was strolling \up and down the corridor er schlenderte auf dem Gang auf und ab

\up and down the country überall im Land

3. (against flow)

\up the river/stream fluss-/bachauf[wärts]

a cruise \up the Rhine eine Fahrt den Rhein aufwärts [o rheinauf[wärts]

4. (at top of)

▪ \up sth oben auf etw dat

he's \up that ladder er steht dort oben auf der Leiter

\up the stairs am Ende der Treppe

5. AUS, BRIT ( fam: to)

are you going \up the club tonight? gehst du heute Abend in den Klub?; (at)

I'll see you \up the pub later ich treffe dich [o wir sehen uns] später in der Kneipe

6.

▶ be \up the creek [or ( vulg sl)\up shit creek] [without a paddle] [schön] in der Klemme [o derb Scheiße] sitzen

▶ \up hill and down dale bergauf und bergab

he led me \up hill and down dale till my feet were dropping off er führte mich quer durch die Gegend, bis mir fast die Füße abfielen fam

▶ \up top BRIT ( fam) im Kopf

a man with nothing much \up top ein Mann mit nicht viel im Kopf [o fam Hirnkasten]

▶ \up yours! ( vulg) ihr könnt/du kannst mich mal! derb

III. adj inv

1. attr (moving upward) nach oben

the \up escalator der Aufzug nach oben

2. attr BRIT ( dated: travelling toward the city)

what time does the next \up train leave? wann fährt der nächste Zug in die Stadt ab?

\up platform Bahnsteig, von dem die Züge in die nächstgelegene Stadt abfahren

3. attr PHYS

\up quark Up-Quark nt

4. pred (out of bed) auf[gestanden]

5. pred (erect) collar hochgeschlagen

6. pred (leading) in Führung

Manchester is two goals \up Manchester liegt mit zwei Toren in Führung

7. pred BRIT, AUS (being repaired) road aufgegraben, aufgerissen SCHWEIZ, ÖSTERR

the council has got the road \up der Stadtrat hat die Straße aufgraben lassen

8. pred (more intense)

the wind is \up der Wind hat aufgedreht

the river is \up der Fluss ist angeschwollen

9. pred (in horseracing) zu Pferd

10. pred (happy) high sl, obenauf

▪ to be \up about [or on] [or for] sth von etw dat begeistert sein

I'm really \up for spending a posh weekend in Paris ich freue mich total darauf, ein tolles Wochenende in Paris zu verbringen fam

11. pred BRIT ( dated: frothy) schäumend

12. pred (functioning properly) funktionstüchtig

do you know when the server will be \up again? weißt du, wann der Server wieder in Betrieb ist?

this computer is down more than it's \up dieser Computer ist öfter gestört, als dass er läuft

to be \up and running funktionstüchtig [o in Ordnung] sein

to get sth \up and running etw wieder zum Laufen bringen

13. pred (in baseball) am Schlag

14. pred (finished) time, hours vorbei, um

your time is \up! Ihre Zeit ist um!

the soldier's leave will be \up at midnight der Ausgang des Soldaten endet um Mitternacht

15. pred ( fam: happening)

something is \up irgendetwas ist im Gange

what's \up? was ist los?

16. pred (informed)

▪ to be \up in sth sich akk mit etw dat auskennen

how well \up are you in Spanish? wie fit bist du in Spanisch? fam

17. pred (scheduled)

▪ to be \up for sth für etw akk vorgesehen sein; terms zur Debatte stehen

the house is \up for sale das Haus steht zum Verkauf

18. pred LAW (on trial) unter Anklage

he'll be \up before the magistrate er wird sich vor Gericht verantworten müssen

▪ to be \up for sth sich akk wegen einer S. gen vor Gericht verantworten müssen

to be \up for trial person vor Gericht stehen; case verhandelt werden

19. pred (interested in)

▪ to be \up for sth:

I think I'm \up for a walk ich glaube, ich habe Lust, spazieren zu gehen [o auf einen Spaziergang]

I'm \up for going out to eat ich hätte Lust, essen zu gehen

IV. n ( fam: good period) Hoch nt

unfortunately, we won't always have \ups leider gibt es für uns nicht immer nur Höhen

\ups and downs gute und schlechte Zeiten

▶ to be on the \up and \up BRIT, AUS ( fam: be improving) im Aufwärtstrend begriffen sein; esp AM (be honest) sauber sein fam

her career has been on the \up and \up since she moved into sales seit sie im Vertrieb ist, geht es mit ihrer Karriere stetig aufwärts

is this deal on the \up and \up? ist das ein sauberes Geschäft?

V. vi

<- pp->

( fam)

▪ to \up and do sth etw plötzlich tun

after dinner they just \upped and went without saying goodbye nach dem Abendessen gingen sie einfach weg, ohne auf Wiedersehen zu sagen

VI. vt

<- pp->

▪ to \up sth

1. (increase) capacity etw erhöhen

to \up the ante [or stakes] den Einsatz erhöhen

to \up a price/tax rate einen Preis/Steuersatz anheben

2. (raise) etw erheben

they \upped their glasses and toasted the host sie erhoben das Glas und brachten einen Toast auf den Gastgeber aus

VII. interj auf!, los, aufstehen!

* * *
[ʌp]
1. ADVERB

1) indicating position = in high or higher position oben; (= to higher position) nach oben

up there — dort oben, droben ( liter, S Ger

up here on the roof — hier oben auf dem Dach

on your way up (to see us/them) — auf dem Weg (zu uns/ihnen) hinauf

he climbed all the way up (to us/them) — er ist den ganzen Weg (zu uns/ihnen) hochgeklettert

to stop halfway up — auf halber Höhe anhalten

we were 6,000 m up when... — wir waren 6.000 m hoch, als...

5 floors up — 5 Stockwerke hoch

3 floors up from me — 3 Stockwerke über mir

they were up above — sie waren hoch oben

I looked up (above) — ich schaute nach oben

this side up — diese Seite oben!

a little further up — ein bisschen weiter oben

to go a little further up —

hang the picture a bit higher up — häng das Bild ein bisschen höher

stick the notice up here — häng den Anschlag hier hin

from up on the hill — vom Berg oben

up on top (of the cupboard) — ganz oben (auf dem Schrank)

up in the mountains/sky — oben or droben ( liter, S Ger ) in den Bergen/am Himmel

the temperature was up in the thirties — die Temperatur war über dreißig Grad

the sun/moon is up —

the tide is up — es ist Flut, die Flut ist da

the wind is up — der Wind hat aufgefrischt

with his collar up — mit hochgeschlagenem Kragen

the road is up (Brit) — die Straße ist aufgegraben

to be up with the leaders — vorn bei den Führenden sein

to move up into the lead —

Red Rum with Joe Smith up — Red Rum unter Joe Smith

up and away the balloon sailed — der Ballon stieg auf und schwebte davon

then up jumps Richard and says... — und dann springt Richard auf und sagt...

the needle was up at 95 —

come on, up, that's my chair! up! he shouted to his horse — komm, auf mit dir, das ist mein Stuhl! spring! schrie er seinem Pferd zu

up with the Liberals! — hoch die Liberalen!

up with Spurs! — Spurs hoch!

up yours! (sl) — leck mich (inf), fick dich!(vulg)

2)

= installed, built to be up (building) — stehen; (tent also) aufgeschlagen sein; (scaffolding) aufgestellt sein; (notice) hängen, angeschlagen sein; (picture) hängen, aufgehängt sein; (shutters) zu sein; (shelves, wallpaper, curtains, pictures) hängen

the new houses went up very quickly — die neuen Häuser sind sehr schnell gebaut or hochgezogen (inf) worden __diams; to be up and running laufen; (committee etc) in Gang sein; (business etc) einwandfrei funktionieren

have you got your computer up and running yet? — läuft dein Computer schon?

3) = not in bed auf

up (with you)! — auf mit dir!, raus aus dem Bett (inf)

to be up and about — auf sein; (after illness also) auf den Beinen sein

4) = north oben

up in Inverness — in Inverness oben, oben in Inverness

we are going up to Aberdeen — wir fahren nach Aberdeen (hinauf)

to be/live up north — im Norden sein/wohnen

to go up north —

up from the country — vom Lande

we're up for the day —

he was up at Susie's place — er war bei Susie zu Hause

5) = at university Brit am Studienort

the students are only up for half the year — die Studenten sind nur die Hälfte des Jahres am Studienort

to go up to Cambridge — (zum Studium) nach Cambridge gehen

he was up at Oxford in 1982 — er hat 1982 in Oxford studiert

6) in price, value gestiegen (on gegenüber)

my shares are up 70p — meine Aktien sind um 70 Pence gestiegen

then up go prices again — und wieder steigen die Preise

7)

in score to be 3 goals up — mit 3 Toren führen or vorn liegen (on gegenüber)

the score was 9 up (US) —

I'll play you 100 up — ich spiele auf 100 (mit dir)

we were £100 up on the deal — wir haben bei dem Geschäft £ 100 gemacht

to be one up on sb — jdm um einen Schritt voraus sein

8)

= upwards from £10 up — von £ 10 (an) aufwärts, ab £ 10

from the age of 13 up — ab (dem Alter von) 13 Jahren, von 13 Jahren aufwärts

9)

= wrong inf what's up? —

what's up with him? — was ist mit dem los?, was ist los mit ihm?

there's something up with it — irgendetwas stimmt damit nicht or hier nicht

10) = knowledgeable firm, beschlagen (in, on in +dat)

he's well up on foreign affairs —

I'm not very up on French history — in französischer Geschichte bin ich nicht sehr beschlagen

11)

= finished time's up — die Zeit ist um, die Zeit ist zu Ende

the weekend is nearly up — das Wochenende ist fast zu Ende or fast vorüber

to eat/use sth up —

it's all up with him (inf) — es ist aus mit ihm (inf), es ist mit ihm zu Ende

12)

set structures __diams; up against it was up against the wall — es war an die Wand gelehnt

put it up against the wall — lehne es an die Wand

to be up against a difficulty/an opponent — einem Problem/Gegner gegenüberstehen, es mit einem Problem/Gegner zu tun haben

I fully realize what I'm up against — mir ist völlig klar, womit ich es hier zu tun habe

they were really up against it — sie hatten wirklich schwer zu schaffen __diams; up and down auf und ab

to walk up and down —

to bounce up and down — hochfedern, auf und ab hüpfen

he's been up and down all evening (from seat) — er hat den ganzen Abend keine Minute still gesessen; (on stairs) er ist den ganzen Abend die Treppe rauf- und runtergerannt

she's still a bit up and down (after illness etc) — es geht ihr immer noch mal besser, mal schlechter

the matter is up before the committee — die Sache ist vor dem Ausschuss

the boys were up before the head teacher — die Jungen sind vor den Direktor zitiert worden

to be up before the Court/before Judge Smith (case) — verhandelt werden/von Richter Smith verhandelt werden; (person) vor Gericht/Richter Smith stehen

to be up for sale — zu verkaufen sein

to be up for discussion — zur Diskussion stehen

to be up for election (candidate) — zur Wahl aufgestellt sein; (candidates) zur Wahl stehen

to be up for trial — vor Gericht stehen __diams; up to = as far as bis

up to now/here — bis jetzt/hier

to count up to 100 — bis 100 zählen

up to £100 —

it holds up to 8 — es fasst bis zu 8

I'm up to here in work/debt (inf) — ich stecke bis hier in Arbeit/Schulden

I'm full up to here (inf) — ich bin bis oben (hin) voll (inf)

what page are you up to? — bis zu welcher Seite bist du gekommen?

I don't feel up to it — ich fühle mich dem nicht gewachsen

it isn't up to much — damit ist nicht viel los

is he up to the heavier weights? — schafft er schwerere Gewichte?

he isn't up to running the company by himself — er hat nicht das Zeug dazu, die Firma allein zu leiten

it isn't up to his usual standard — das ist nicht sein sonstiges Niveau

we're going up Ben Nevis – are you sure you're up to it? — wir wollen Ben Nevis besteigen – glaubst du, dass du das schaffst? __diams; to be up to sb

it's up to us to help him — wir sollten ihm helfen

if it were up to me —

the success of this project is up to you now — wie erfolgreich dieses Projekt wird, hängt jetzt nur noch von Ihnen (selbst) ab, es liegt jetzt ganz an Ihnen, ob dieses Projekt ein Erfolg wird

it's up to you whether you go or not — es liegt an or bei dir or es bleibt dir überlassen, ob du gehst oder nicht

I'd like to accept, but it isn't up to me — ich würde gerne annehmen, aber ich habe da nicht zu bestimmen or aber das hängt nicht von mir ab

shall I take it? – that's entirely up to you — soll ich es nehmen? – das müssen Sie selbst wissen

what colour shall I choose? – (it's) up to you — welche Farbe soll ich nehmen? – das ist deine Entscheidung

it's up to the government to put this right —

it's not up to the government — das ist nicht Sache der Regierung

what have you been up to? — was hast du angestellt?

what are you up to with that? — was hast du damit vor?

he's up to no good —

I'm sure he's up to something (child) hey you! what do you think you're up to! — ich bin sicher, er hat etwas vor or (sth suspicious) er führt irgendetwas im Schilde ich bin sicher, er stellt irgendetwas an he Sie, was machen Sie eigentlich da!

what does he think he's up to? — was soll das eigentlich?, was hat er eigentlich vor?

2. PREPOSITION
oben auf (+dat); (with movement) hinauf (+acc)
further up the page — weiter oben auf der Seite

to live up the hill — am Berg wohnen

to go up the hill — den Berg hinaufgehen

they live further up the hill/street — sie wohnen weiter oben am Berg/weiter die Straße entlang

he lives up a dark alley — er wohnt am Ende einer dunklen Gasse

up the road from me — (von mir) die Straße entlang

he went off up the road — er ging (weg) die Straße hinauf

he hid it up the chimney — er versteckte es (oben) im Kamin

the water goes up this pipe — das Wasser geht durch dieses Rohr

up one's sleeve (position) — im Ärmel; (motion) in den Ärmel

as I travel up and down the country —

I've been up and down the stairs all night — ich bin in der Nacht immer nur die Treppe rauf- und runtergerannt

he was up the pub ( Brit inf ) — er war in der Kneipe

let's go up the pub/up Johnny's place (inf) — gehen wir doch zur Kneipe/zu Johnny (inf)

to go up to sb — auf jdn zugehen

3. NOUN
__diams; ups and downs gute und schlechte Zeiten pl; (of life) Höhen und Tiefen pl
after many ups and downs — nach vielen Höhen und Tiefen

they have their ups and downs — bei ihnen gibt es auch gute und schlechte Zeiten __diams; to be on the up and up ( inf

he/his career is on the up and up (inf) — mit ihm/seiner Karriere geht es aufwärts

4. ADJECTIVE
(= going up) escalator nach oben; (RAIL) train, line zur nächsten größeren Stadt
platform 14 is the up platform — auf Bahnsteig 14 fahren die Züge nach London etc

5. TRANSITIVE VERB
(inf) price, offer hinaufsetzen; production ankurbeln; bet erhöhen (to auf +acc)
6. INTRANSITIVE VERB
(inf)
she upped and left him — sie verließ ihn ganz plötzlich or Knall auf Fall (inf)

he upped and ran — er rannte ganz plötzlich davon

* * *

up [ʌp]

A adv

1. a) nach oben, hoch, herauf, hinauf, in die Höhe, empor, aufwärts

b) oben (auch fig):

face up (mit dem) Gesicht nach oben;

… and up und (noch) höher oder mehr, von … aufwärts;

up and up höher und höher, immer höher;

farther up weiter hinauf oder (nach) oben;

three storeys up drei Stock hoch, (oben) im dritten Stock (-werk);

up and down

a) auf und ab, hin und her oder zurück,

b) fig überall;

buttoned all the way up bis oben (hin) zugeknöpft;

up from

a) (heraus) aus,

b) von … an, angefangen von …;

up from the country vom Lande;

from my youth up von Jugend auf, seit meiner Jugend;

up till now bis jetzt

2. weiter (nach oben), höher (auch fig):

up north weiter im Norden

3. flussaufwärts, den Fluss hinauf

4. nach oder im Norden:

up from Cuba von Kuba aus in nördlicher Richtung

5. a) in der oder in die ( besonders Haupt)Stadt

b) Br besonders in oder nach London:

he’s up for a week Br er ist eine Woche (lang) in London

6. Br am oder zum Studienort, im College etc:

he stayed up for the vacation

7. US umg in (dat):

up north im Norden

8. aufrecht, gerade:

sit up gerade sitzen

9. up to auf … (akk) zu, zu … (hin):

he went straight up to the door er ging geradewegs auf die Tür zu oder zur Tür

10. SPORT etc erzielt (Punktzahl):

with a hundred up mit hundert (Punkten)

11. Tischtennis etc: auf:

two up zwei auf, beide zwei

12. Baseball: am Schlag

13. SCHIFF luvwärts, gegen den Wind

14. up to

a) hinauf nach oder zu,

b) bis (zu), bis an oder auf (akk),

c) gemäß, entsprechend:

up to six months bis zu sechs Monaten;

up to town in die Stadt, Br besonders nach London;

up to death bis zum Tode; → chin A, count¹ C 1, date² A 10, expectation 1, mark¹ A 13, par A 3, scratch A 5, standard¹ A 6

15. be up to meist umg

a) etwas vorhaben, etwas im Schilde führen,

b) gewachsen sein (dat),

c) entsprechen (dat),

d) jemandes Sache sein, abhängen von,

e) fähig oder bereit sein zu,

f) vorbereitet oder gefasst sein auf (akk),

g) vertraut sein mit, sich auskennen in (dat):

what are you up to? was hast du vor?, was machst du ( there da)?;

he is up to no good er führt nichts Gutes im Schilde;

it is up to him es liegt an ihm, es hängt von ihm ab, es ist seine Sache;

it is not up to much es taugt nicht viel;

he is not up to much mit ihm ist nicht viel los; → snuff¹ C 3, trick A 1, A 2

16. (in Verbindung mit Verben [siehe jeweils diese] besonders als Intensivum)

a) auf…, aus…, ver…

b) zusammen…

B int up! auf!, hoch!, herauf!, hinauf!:

up (with you)! (steh) auf!;

up …! hoch (lebe) …!; → bottom A 1

C präp

1. auf … (akk) (hinauf):

up the ladder die Leiter hinauf;

up the street die Straße hinauf oder entlang;

up yours! vulg leck(t) mich (doch)!

2. in das Innere eines Landes etc (hinein):

up (the) country landeinwärts

3. gegen:

up (the) wind

4. oben an oder auf (dat), an der Spitze (gen):

up the tree (oben) auf dem Baum;

further up the road weiter oben in der Straße;

up the yard hinten im Hof

D adj

1. Aufwärts…, nach oben gerichtet

2. im Inneren (des Landes etc)

3. nach der oder zur Stadt:

up train;

up platform Bahnsteig m für Stadtzüge

4. a) oben (befindlich), (nach oben) gestiegen

b) hoch (auch fig):

be up fig an der Spitze sein, obenauf sein ( → D 6, D 11);

he is well up in that subject umg in diesem Fach ist er auf der Höhe oder gut beschlagen oder firm;

prices are up die Preise sind gestiegen;

wheat is up WIRTSCH der Weizen steht hoch (im Kurs), der Weizenpreis ist gestiegen

5. höher

6. auf(gestanden), auf den Beinen (auch fig):

be up auf sein ( → D 4, D 11);

be up and about (again) (wieder) auf den Beinen sein;

be up late lange aufbleiben;

be up again wieder obenauf sein;

be up against a hard job umg vor einer schwierigen Aufgabe stehen;

be up against it umg in der Klemme sein oder sitzen oder stecken

7. (zum Sprechen) aufgestanden:

the Home Secretary is up der Innenminister will sprechen oder spricht

8. PARL Br geschlossen:

Parliament is up das Parlament hat seine Sitzungen beendet oder hat sich vertagt

9. (bei verschiedenen Substantiven)

a) aufgegangen (Sonne, Samen)

b) hochgeschlagen (Kragen)

c) hochgekrempelt (Ärmel etc)

d) aufgespannt (Schirm)

e) aufgeschlagen (Zelt)

f) hoch-, aufgezogen (Vorhang etc)

g) aufgestiegen (Ballon etc)

h) aufgeflogen (Vogel)

i) angeschwollen (Fuß etc)

10. schäumend (Getränk):

the cider is up der Apfelwein schäumt

11. be up (einwandfrei) funktionieren (Computer) ( → D 4, D 6);

up time Benutzerzeit f

12. umg in Aufruhr, erregt:

his temper is up er ist erregt oder aufgebracht;

the whole country was up das ganze Land befand sich in Aufruhr; → arm² Bes Redew, blood A 2

13. umg los, im Gange:

what’s up? was ist los?;

is anything up? ist (irgendet)was los?; → hunt A 1

14. zu Ende, abgelaufen, vorbei, um:

it’s all up es ist alles aus;

it’s all up with him koll es ist aus mit ihm; → game¹ A 6, time A 11

15. up with jemandem ebenbürtig oder gewachsen

16. up for bereit zu:

be up for election auf der Wahlliste stehen;

be up for examination sich einer Prüfung unterziehen;

be up for murder JUR unter Mordanklage stehen;

be up for sale zum Kauf stehen;

be up for trial JUR

a) vor Gericht stehen,

b) verhandelt werden

17. SPORT, Spiel: um einen Punkt etc voraus:

be one up;

one up for you eins zu null für dich (a. fig)

E v/i

1. umg aufstehen, aufspringen:

up and ask sb jemanden plötzlich fragen

2. up with US umg etwas hochreißen:

he upped with his shotgun

3. besonders US sl Aufputschmittel nehmen

F v/t umg einen Preis, die Produktion etc erhöhen

G s

1. Aufwärtsbewegung f, An-, Aufstieg m:

the ups and downs pl das Auf und Ab;

the ups and downs of life die Höhen und Tiefen des Lebens;

he has had many ups and downs in his life er hat schon viele Höhen und Tiefen erlebt;

on the up and up umg

a) Br im Steigen (begriffen), im Kommen,

b) US in Ordnung, anständig, ehrlich;

our firm’s on the up and up Br umg mit unserer Firma geht es aufwärts, unsere Firma ist im Aufwind;

he’s on the up and up umg er macht keine krummen Touren

2. umg Preisanstieg m, Wertzuwachs m

3. besonders US → upper B 4

* * *
1. adverb
1) (to higher place) nach oben; (in lift) aufwärts

[right] up to something — (lit. or fig.) [ganz] bis zu etwas hinauf

the bird flew up to the roof — der Vogel flog aufs Dach [hinauf]

up into the air — in die Luft [hinauf]...

climb up on something/climb up to the top of something — auf etwas (Akk.) [hinauf]steigen/bis zur Spitze einer Sache hinaufsteigen

the way up [to something] — der Weg hinauf [zu etwas]

on the way up — (lit. or fig.) auf dem Weg nach oben

up here/there — hier herauf/dort hinauf

high/higher up — hoch/höher hinauf

farther up — weiter hinauf

halfway/a long/little way up — den halben Weg/ein weites/kurzes Stück hinauf

come on up! — komm [hier/weiter] herauf!

up it etc. comes/goes — herauf kommt/hinauf geht es usw.

up you go! — rauf mit dir! (ugs.)

2) (to upstairs, northwards) rauf (bes. ugs.); herauf/hinauf (bes. schriftsprachlich); nach oben

come up from London to Edinburgh — von London nach Edinburgh [he]raufkommen

3) (to place regarded as more important)

go up to Leeds from the country — vom Land in die Stadt Leeds od. nach Leeds fahren

4) (Brit.): (to capital) rein (bes. ugs.); herein/hinein (bes. schriftsprachlich)

go up to town or London — nach London gehen/fahren

get up to London from Reading — von Reading nach London [he]reinfahren

5) (in higher place, upstairs, in north) oben

up here/there — hier/da oben

high up — hoch oben

an order from high up — (fig.) ein Befehl von ganz oben (ugs.)

higher up in the mountains — weiter oben in den Bergen

the picture should be higher up — das Bild müsste höher hängen

farther up — weiter oben

halfway/a long/little way up — auf halbem Weg nach oben/ein gutes/kurzes Stück weiter oben

10 metres up — 10 Meter hoch

live four floors or storeys up — im vierten Stockwerk wohnen

his flat is on the next floor up — seine Wohnung ist ein Stockwerk höher

up north — oben im Norden (ugs.)

6) (erect) hoch

keep your head up — halte den Kopf hoch; see also chin

7) (out of bed)

be up — auf sein

up and about — auf den Beinen

8) (in place regarded as more important; Brit.): (in capital)

up in town or London/Leeds — in London/Leeds

9) (in price, value, amount)

prices have gone/are up — die Preise sind gestiegen

butter is up [by...] — Butter ist [...] teurer

10) (including higher limit)

up to — bis... hinauf

up to midday/up to £2 — bis zum Mittag/bis zu 2 Pfund

11) (in position of gain)

we're £300 up on last year — wir liegen 300 Pfund über dem letzten Jahr

the takings were £500 up on the previous month — die Einnahmen lagen 500 Pfund über denen des Vormonats

12) (ahead)

be three points/games/goals up — (Sport) mit drei Punkten/Spielen/Toren vorn liegen

be three points up on somebody — drei Punkte vor jemandem sein od. liegen

13) (as far as)

up to something — bis zu etwas

she is up to Chapter 3 — sie ist bis zum dritten Kapitel gekommen od. ist beim dritten Kapitel

up to here/there — bis hier[hin]/bis dorthin

I've had it up to here — (coll.) mir steht es bis hier [hin] (ugs.)

up to now/then/that time/last week — bis jetzt/damals/zu jener Zeit/zur letzten Woche

14)

up to — (comparable with)

be up to expectation[s] — den Erwartungen entsprechen

his last opera is not up to his others — seine neueste Oper reicht an seine früheren nicht heran

15)

up to — (capable of)

[not] be/feel up to something — einer Sache (Dat.) [nicht] gewachsen sein/sich einer Sache (Dat.) [nicht] gewachsen fühlen

[not] be/feel up to doing something — [nicht] in der Lage sein/sich nicht in der Lage fühlen, etwas zu tun

not be up to much — nicht viel taugen

16)

up to — (derog.): (doing)

be up to something — etwas anstellen (ugs.)

what is he up to? — was hat er [bloß] vor?

17)

it is [not] up to somebody to do something — (somebody's duty) es ist [nicht] jemandes Sache, etwas zu tun

it is up to us to help them — es ist unsere Pflicht, ihnen zu helfen

now it's up to him to do something — nun liegt es bei od. an ihm, etwas zu tun

it's/that's up to you — (is for you to decide) es/das hängt von dir ab; (concerns only you) es/das ist deine Sache

18) (close)

up against somebody/something — an jemandem/etwas [lehnen]; an jemanden/etwas [stellen]

sit up against the wall — mit dem Rücken zur od. an der Wand sitzen

19) (confronted by)

be up against a problem/difficulty — etc. (coll.) vor einem Problem/einer Schwierigkeit usw. stehen

be up against a tough opponent — es mit einem harten Gegner zu tun haben

be up against it — in großen Schwierigkeiten stecken

20)

up and down — (upwards and downwards) hinauf und hinunter; (to and fro) auf und ab

be up and down — (coll.): (variable) Hochs und Tiefs haben

21) (facing upwards)

‘this side/way up’ — (on box etc.) "[hier] oben"

turn something this/the other side/way up — diese/die andere Seite einer Sache nach oben drehen

the right/wrong way up — richtig/verkehrt od. falsch herum

22) (finished, at an end) abgelaufen

time is up — die Zeit ist abgelaufen
2. preposition
1) (upwards along, from bottom to top) rauf (bes. ugs.); herauf/hinauf (bes. schriftsprachlich)

walk up something — etwas hinaufgehen

up hill and down dale — bergauf und bergab

2) (upwards through)

force a liquid up a pipe — eine Flüssigkeit durch eine Röhre nach oben pressen

3) (upwards over)

up something — etwas (Akk.) hinauf

ivy grew up the wall — Efeu wuchs die Mauer hinauf

4) (along)

come up the street — die Straße herauf- od. entlangkommen

walk up and down the platform — auf dem Bahnsteig auf und ab gehen

5) (at or in higher position in or on) [weiter] oben

further up the ladder/coast — weiter oben auf der Leiter/an der Küste

6) (from bottom to top along)

up the side of a house — an der Seite eines Hauses hinauf
3. adjective
1) (directed upwards) aufwärts führend [Rohr, Kabel]; [Rolltreppe] nach oben; nach oben gerichtet [Kolbenhub]

up train/line — (Railw.) Zug/Gleis Richtung Stadt

2) (well-informed)

be up in a subject/on the news — in einem Fach auf der Höhe [der Zeit] sein/über alle Neuigkeiten Bescheid wissen od. gut informiert sein

3) (coll.): (ready)

tea['s]/grub['s] up! — Tee/Essen ist fertig!

4) (coll.): (amiss)

what's up? — was ist los? (ugs.)

something is up — irgendwas ist los (ugs.)
4. noun in pl.
the ups and downs — (lit. or fig.) das Auf und Ab; (fig.) die Höhen und Tiefen
5. intransitive verb,
- pp- (coll.)

up and leave/resign — einfach abhauen (ugs.) /kündigen

he ups and says... — da sagt er doch [ur]plötzlich...
6. transitive verb,
- pp- (coll.) (increase) erhöhen; (raise up) heben

* * *

adv.

auf adv.

aufwärts adv.

hinauf adv.

hoch adj.

oben adv. prep.

auf präp.

English-german dictionary > up
60 ut

ut or ŭtī (old form ŭtei, C. I. L. 1, 196, 4 sq.; 1, 198, 8 et saep.), adv. and conj. [for quoti or cuti, from pronom. stem ka-, Lat. quo-, whence qui, etc., and locat. ending -ti of stem to-, whence tum, etc.].
I.
As adv. of manner.
A.
Interrog. = quomodo, how, in what way or manner.
1.
In independent questions (colloq.; rare in class. prose; not in Cic.): De. Quid? ut videtur mulier? Ch. Non, edepol, mala. De. Ut morata'st? Ch. Nullam vidi melius mea sententia, Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 56 sq.:
salve! ut valuisti? quid parentes mei? Valent?
id. ib. 5, 2, 107; id. Pers. 2, 5, 8:
ut vales?
id. Most. 2, 19, 29; 3, 2, 28; Ter. Heaut. 2, 4, 26:
ut sese in Samnio res habent?
Liv. 10, 18, 11:
ut valet? ut meminit nostri?
Hor. Ep. 1, 3, 12; id. S. 2, 8, 1.—
2.
In exclamatory sentences (in all periods of the language): ut omnia in me conglomerat mala! Enn. ap. Non. p. 90, 14 (Trag. Rel. v. 408 Vahl.):
ut corripuit se repente atque abiit! Hei misero mihi!
Plaut. Merc. 3, 4, 76:
ut dissimulat malus!
id. ib. 5, 4, 13:
ut volupe est homini si cluet victoria!
id. Poen. 5, 5, 15: ut multa verba feci;
ut lenta materies fuit!
id. Mil. 4, 5, 4:
ut scelestus nunc iste te ludos facit!
id. Capt. 3, 4, 47:
ut saepe summa ingenia in occulto latent,
id. ib. 1, 2, 61; id. Rud. 1, 2, 75; 2, 3, 33 sq.:
ut falsus animi est!
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 42:
heia! ut elegans est!
id. Heaut. 5, 5, 19:
fortuna ut numquam perpetua est bona!
id. Hec. 3, 3, 46; cf. id. Phorm. 5, 8, 52:
Gnaeus autem noster... ut totus jacet,
Cic. Att. 7, 21, 1:
quae ut sustinuit! ut contempsit, ac pro nihilo putavit!
id. Mil. 24, 64:
qui tum dicit testimonium ex nostris hominibus, ut se ipse sustentat! ut omnia verba moderatur, ut timet ne quid cupide... dicat!
id. Fl. 5, 12:
quod cum facis, ut ego tuum amorem et dolorem desidero!
id. Att. 3, 11, 2:
quanta studia decertantium sunt! ut illi efferuntur laetitia cum vicerint! ut pudet victos! ut se accusari nolunt! etc.,
id. Fin. 5, 22, 61:
ut vidi, ut perii! ut me malus abstulit error!
Verg. E. 8, 41:
ut melius quidquid erit pati!
Hor. C. 1, 11, 3:
ut tu Semper eris derisor!
id. S. 2, 6, 53:
o superbia magnae fortunae! ut a te nihil accipere juvat! ut omne beneficium in injuriam convertis! ut te omnia nimia delectant! ut to omnia dedecent!
Sen. Ben. 2, 13, 1:
ut me in supremis consolatus est!
Quint. 6, prooem. 11.—
3.
In dependent questions.
(α).
With indic. (ante-class. and poet.): divi hoc audite parumper ut pro Romano populo... animam de corpore mitto, Enn. ap. Non. p. 150, 6 (Ann. v. 215 Vahl.): edoce eum uti res se habet, Plaut. [p. 1940] Trin. 3, 3, 21:
hoc sis vide ut avariter merum in se ingurgitat,
id. Curc. 1, 2, 33:
hoc vide ut dormiunt pessuli,
id. ib. 1, 2, 66:
illud vide os ut sibi distorsit carnufex,
Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 3:
vide ut otiosus it, si dis placet,
id. ib. 5, 3, 10:
illud vide, Ut in ipso articulo oppressit,
id. Ad. 2, 2, 21; 3, 5, 3:
viden ut faces Splendidas quatiunt comas?
Cat. 61, 77:
viden ut perniciter exiluere?
id. 62, 8:
adspicite, innuptae secum ut meditata requirunt,
id. 62, 12:
aspice, venturo laetantur ut omnia saeclo! (= omnia laetantia),
Verg. E. 4, 52 Forbig. ad loc.:
nonne vides, croceos ut Tmolus odores, India mittit ebur,
id. G. 1, 56; id. E. 5, 6; id. A. 6, 779. —
(β).
With subj. (class.):
nescis ut res sit, Phoenicium,
Plaut. Ps. 4, 4, 1:
oppido Mihi illud videri mirum, ut una illaec capra Uxoris dotem simiae ambadederit,
id. Merc. 2, 1, 16:
nam ego vos novisse credo jam ut sit meus pater,
id. Am. prol. 104:
narratque ut virgo ab se integra etiam tum siet,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 70:
tute scis quam intimum Habeam te, et mea consilia ut tibi credam omnia,
id. Eun. 1, 2, 48:
videtis ut omnes despiciat, ut hominem prae se neminem putet, ut se solum beatum se solum potentem putet?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 46, 135:
videtisne ut Nestor de virtutibus suis praedicet?
id. Sen. 10, 31; id. Rosc. Am. 24, 66:
credo te audisse ut me circumsteterint, ut aperte jugula sua pro meo capite P. Clodio ostentarint,
id. Att. 1, 16, 4:
videte ut hoc iste correxerit,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 45, § 115:
docebat ut omni tempore totius Galliae principatum Aedui tenuissent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43:
veniat in mentem, ut trepidos quondam majores vestros... defenderimus,
Liv. 23, 5, 8:
aspice quo submittat humus formosa colores,
Prop. 1, 2, 9:
infinitum est enumerare ut Cottae detraxerit auctoritatem, ut pro Ligario se opposuerit,
Quint. 6, 5, 10:
vides ut alta stet nive candidum Soracte,
Hor. C. 1, 9, 1:
nonne vides, ut... latus et malus Antennaeque gemant,
id. ib. 1, 14, 3 Orell. ad loc.:
audis... positas ut glaciet nives Puro numine Juppiter,
id. ib. 3, 10, 7; id. S. 1, 8, 42; 2, 3, 315; Verg. A. 2, 4; Tib. 2, 1, 26; Prop. 2, 34 (3, 32), 57:
mirum est ut animus agitatione motuque corporis excitetur,
Plin. Ep. 1, 6, 2.—
B.
Relative adverb of manner = eo modo quo, as.
1.
Without demonstr. as correlatives: ut aiunt, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 101 Mull. (fr inc. l. 10 Vahl.):
ego emero matri tuae Ancillam... forma mala, ut matrem addecet familias,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 79:
apparatus sum ut videtis,
id. ib. 5, 2, 10:
verum postremo impetravi ut volui,
id. Mil. 4, 5, 5:
ero ut me voles esse,
id. Capt. 2, 1, 32:
faciam ut tu voles,
id. Men. 5, 9, 90: ut vales? Tox. Ut queo, id. Pers. 1, 1, 16:
ut potero feram,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 27:
faciam ut mones,
id. Hec. 4, 4, 97:
Ciceronem et ut rogas amo, et ut meretur et ut debeo,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 9, 9:
cupiditates quae possunt esse in eo qui, ut ipse accusator objecit, ruri semper habitarit?
id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:
ut ex propinquis ejus audio, non tu in isto artificio callidior es, quam hic in suo,
id. ib. 17, 49:
homo demens, ut isti putant,
id. Rep. 1, 1, 1:
cumulate munus hoc, ut opinio mea fert, effecero,
id. ib. 1, 46, 70:
non ut clim solebat, sed ut nunc fit, mimum introduxisti,
id. Fam. 9, 16, 7:
Labienus, ut erat ei praeceptum, ne proelium committeret nisi, etc., monte occupato nostros exspectabat, proelioque abstinebat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 22:
cuncta ut gesta erant exposuit,
Liv. 3, 50, 4:
(Postumius) fugerat in legatione, ut fama ferebat, populi judicium,
id. 10, 46, 16:
sed, ut plerumque fit, major pars meliorem vicit,
id. 21, 4, 1:
nec temere, et ut libet conlocatur argentum, sed perite servitur,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 17, 2:
servus, ut placet Chrysippo, perpetuus mercenarius est,
id. Ben. 3, 22, 1.—Esp. parenthet., to denote that the facts accord with an assumption or supposition made in the principal sentence (= sicut):
si virtus digna est gloriatione, ut est,
Cic. Fin. 4, 18, 51:
quorum etiamsi amplecterer virtutem, ut facio, tamen, etc.,
id. Phil. 10, 9, 18:
quamvis fuerit acutus, ut fuit,
id. Ac. 2, 22, 69; cf.:
incumbite in causam, Quirites, ut facitis,
id. Phil. 4, 5, 12:
tu modo istam imbecillitatem valetudinis sustenta, ut facis,
id. Fam. 7, 1, 5:
satis enim erat, probatum illum esse populo Romano, ut est,
id. Phil. 1, 15, 37.—
2.
With the correlative ita or sic: VTI LEGASSIT SVPER PECVNIA TVTELAVE SVAE REI, ITA IVS ESTO, Leg. XII. Tab. 5, fr. 3: alii, ut esse in suam rem ducunt, ita sint;
ego ita ero ut me esse oportet,
Plaut. Men. 5, 6, 24 sq.:
sic sum ut vides,
id. Am. 2, 1, 57:
omnes posthabui mihi res, ita uti par fuit,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 15:
ut viro forti ac sapienti dignum fuit, ita calumniam ejus obtrivit,
Cic. Caecin. 7, 18.—In partic. with a superlative belonging to the principal sentence, attracted to the relative clause:
haec ut brevissime dici potuerunt, ita a me dicta sunt (= ita breviter dicta sunt ut dici potuerunt),
Cic. de Or. 2, 41, 174.—So ut qui, with sup.:
te enim semper sic colam et tuebor ut quem diligentissime,
Cic. Fam. 12, 62 fin.; without sic or ita:
causas ut honorificentissimis verbis consequi potero, complectar,
id. Phil. 14, 11, 29:
sed exigenda est ut optime possumus,
Quint. 12, 10, 38.—And with comp.:
eruditus autem sic ut nemo Thebanus magis,
Nep. Epam. 2, 1; cf.:
ad unguem Factus homo, non ut magis alter, amicus,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 33:
cocto Chium sic convenit, ut non Hoc magis ullum aliud,
id. ib. 2, 8, 48.—
3.
Doubled ut ut, as indefinite relative, = utcumque, in whatever manner, howsoever (mostly ante-class.; only with indic.):
gaudeo, ut ut erga me est merita,
Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 52:
age jam, utut est, etsi'st dedecori, patiar,
id. Bacch. 5, 2, 85:
utut est, mihi quidem profecto cum istis dictis mortuo'st,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 76:
utut res sese habet, pergam, etc.,
id. Most. 3, 1, 14:
non potis est pietati opsisti huic, ututi res sunt ceterae,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 36; id. Cist. 1, 1, 110:
sed ut ut haec sunt, tamen hoc faciam,
Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 46; cf. id. ib. 3, 1, 4; id. Heaut. 1, 2, 26; id. Ad. 2, 2, 40; 4, 4, 22:
ut ut est res, casus consilium nostri itineris judicabit,
Cic. Att. 15, 25 B. and K. (dub.;
v. Orell. ad loc.): sed ut ut est, indulge valetudini tuae,
id. Fam. 16, 18, 1 dub. (al. ut est).—
4.
Causal, as, = prout, pro eo ut.
a.
Introducing a general statement, in correspondence with the particular assertion of the principal clause, ut = as, considering... that, in accordance with:
atque, ut nunc sunt maledicentes homines, uxori meae mihique objectent, lenociniam facere,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 75:
ut aetas mea est, atque ut huic usus facto est,
id. Men. 5, 2, 1:
haud scio hercle ut homo'st, an mutet animum,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 9:
praesertim, ut nunc sunt mores,
id. ib. 1, 2, 5:
atque ille, ut semper fuit apertissimus, non se purgavit, sed, etc.,
Cic. Mur. 25, 51:
permulta alia colligit Chrysippus, ut est in omni historia curiosus,
id. Tusc. 1, 45, 108:
magnifice et ornate, ut erat in primis inter suos copiosus, convivium comparat,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 65:
Kal. Sextilibus, ut tunc principium anni agebatur, consulatum ineunt,
Liv. 3, 6, 1:
tribuni, ut fere semper reguntur a multitudine magis quam regunt, dedere plebi, etc.,
id. 3, 71, 5:
transire pontem non potuerunt, ut extrema resoluta erant, etc.,
id. 21, 47, 3.—Ellipt.:
mortales multi, ut ad ludos, convenerant (ut fit, si ludi sunt),
Plaut. Men. prol. 30:
Epicharmi, acuti nec insulsi hominis, ut Siculi,
as was natural, he being a Sicilian, Cic. Tusc. 1, 8, 15; so,
Diogenes, liberius, ut Cynicus... inquit,
id. ib. 5, 33, 92:
ceterum haec, ut in secundis rebus, segniter otioseque gesta,
Liv. 23, 14, 1.—
b.
Reflecting the assertion to particular circumstances, etc., ut = for, as, considering:
hic Geta ut captus est servorum, non malus,
Ter. Ad. 3, 4, 34:
ut est captus hominum,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 27, 65; Caes. B. G. 4, 3: Themistocles ut apud nos perantiquus, ut apud Athenienses non ita sane vetus, in regard to us, etc., Cic. Brut. 10, 41:
Caelius Antipater, scriptor, ut temporibus illis, luculentus,
for those times, id. ib. 26, 102:
nonnihil, ut in tantis malis est profectum,
considering the unfortunate state of affairs, id. Fam. 12, 2, 2:
(orationis genus) ut in oratore exile,
for an orator, id. Or. 3, 18, 66:
multae (erant in Fabio) ut in homine Romano, litterae,
id. Sen. 4, 12:
consultissimus vir, ut in illa quisquam esse aetate poterat,
Liv. 1, 18, 1:
florentem jam ut tum res erant,
id. 1, 3, 3:
Apollonides orationem salutarem, ut in tali tempore, habuit,
id. 24, 28, 1:
Sp. Maelius, ut illis temporibus praedives,
id. 4, 13, 1: insigni, ut illorum temporum habitus erat, triumpho, id. 10, 46, 2:
Ardeam Rutuli habebant, gens ut in ea regione atque in ea aetate divitiis praepollens,
id. 1, 57, 1:
vir, ut inter Aetolos, facundus,
id. 32, 33, 9:
Meneclidas, satis exercitatus in dicendo, ut Thebanus scilicet,
Nep. Epam. 5, 2:
ad magnam deinde, ut in ea regione, urbem pervenit,
Curt. 9, 1, 14:
multum, ut inter Germanos, rationis ac sollertiae,
Tac. G. 30. —
c.
Ut before relatives, with subj., as it is natural for persons who, like one who, since he, since they, etc.; seeing that they, etc. (not in Cic.):
non demutabo ut quod certo sciam,
seeing that I know it for certain, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 153:
prima luce sic ab castris proficiscuntur ut quibus esset persuasum non ab hoste, sed ab homine amicissimo consilium datum,
Caes. B. G. 5, 31, 6:
facile persuadent (Lucumoni) ut cupido honorum, et cui Tarquinii materna tantum patria esset,
Liv. 1, 34, 6:
inde consul, ut qui jam ad hostes perventum cerneret, explorato, etc., procedebat,
id. 38, 18, 7:
Philippus, ut cui de summa rerum adesset certamen, adhortandos milites ratus, etc.,
id. 33, 4, 11:
Tarquinius ad jus regni nihil praeter vim habebat, ut qui neque populi jussu, neque auctoribus patribus regnaret,
id. 1, 49, 3; 25, 23, 3:
Aequorum exercitus, ut qui permultos annos imbelles egissent, sine ducibus certis, sine imperio,
id. 9, 45, 10:
igitur pro se quisque inermes, ut quibus nihil hostile suspectum esset, in agmen Romanum ruebant,
id. 30, 6, 3; 23, 15, 4; 23, 29, 12:
omnia nova offendit, ut qui solus didicerit quod inter multos faciendum est,
as is natural in one who, since he, Quint. 1, 2, 19:
in omni autem speciali inest generalis, ut quae sit prior,
id. 3, 5, 9:
ignara hujusce doctrinae loquacitas erret necesse est, ut quae vel multos vel falsos duces habeat,
id. 12, 2, 20; 5, 14, 28; 11, 3, 53.—Rarely with participle:
ne Volsci et Aequi... ad urbem ut ex parte captam venirent,
Liv. 3, 16, 2:
gens ferox cum procul visis Romanorum signis, ut extemplo proelium initura, explicuisset aciem, etc.,
id. 7, 23, 6.—
d.
With perinde or pro eo, with reference to several alternatives or degrees to be determined by circumstances, as, according as, to the extent that, in the measure that, etc.:
perinde ut opinio est de cujusque moribus, ita quid ab eo factum et non factum sit, existimari potest,
Cic. Clu. 25, 70:
in exspectatione civitas erat, perinde ut evenisset res, ita communicatos honores habitura,
Liv. 7, 6, 8: pro eo ut temporis difficultas aratorumque penuria tulit, Metell. ap. Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 126.—
C.
Transf. of local relations, like Gr. hina, where (very rare):
in eopse astas lapide, ut praeco praedicat,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 7, 17:
flumen uti adque ipso divortio (aquae sunt),
Lucil. 8, 18 Mull.:
in extremos Indos, Litus ut longe resonante Eoa Tunditur unda,
Cat. 11, 2 sqq.; 17, 10; cf. Verg. A. 5, 329; Lucr. 6, 550 Munro ad loc.
II.
Conj.
A.
Introducing comparative clauses of manner, = eodem modo quo, as, like.
1.
In gen.
(α).
With sic as correlative:
haec res sic est ut narro tibi,
Plaut. Most. 4, 3, 40:
quae si ut animis sic oculis videre possemus, nemo de divina ratione dubitaret,
Cic. N. D. 2, 39, 99:
Pomponium Atticum sic amo ut alterum fratrem,
id. Fam. 13, 1, 5:
si sic ageres ut de eis egisti qui jam mortui sunt... ne tu in multos Autronios incurreres,
id. Brut. 72, 251:
sic, Scipio, ut avus hic tuus, ut ego, justitiam cole,
id. Rep. 6, 15, 15:
ut dicere alia aliis magis concessum est, sic etiam facere,
id. Quint. 11, 3, 150 (for ut... sic, in similes, v. sic, IV. 1. a.).—
(β).
With ita as correlative:
ut sementem feceris, ita metes,
Cic. Or. 2, 65, 261:
quamobrem, ut ille solebat, ita nunc mea repetat oratio populi origines,
id. Rep. 2, 1. 3:
non ut injustus in pace rex ita dux belli pravus fuit,
Liv. 1, 53, 1:
ut haec in unum congeruntur, ita contra illa dispersa sunt,
Quint. 9, 3, 39.—
(γ).
With other correlatives:
in balteo tracta ex caseo ad eundem modum facito ut placentum sine melle,
Cato, R. R. 78:
encytum ad eundem modum facito uti globos,
id. ib. 80:
cum animi inaniter moveantur eodem modo rebus his quae nulla sint ut iis quae sint,
Cic. Ac. 2, 15, 47:
disputationem exponimus, eisdem fere verbis, ut disputatumque est,
id. Tusc. 2, 3, 9: scelerum caput, ut tute es item omnis censes esse' [p. 1941] Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 55:
ut filium bonum patri esse oportet, item ego sum patri,
id. Am. 3, 4, 9:
fecisti item ut praedones solent,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 9, § 21:
item ut illo edicto de quo ante dixi... edixit, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 1, 45, § 117;
so with item,
id. Or. 60, 202:
is reliquit filium Pariter moratum ut pater eius fuit,
Plaut. Aul. prol. 21.—With atque:
nec fallaciam astutiorem ullus fecit Poeta atque ut haec est fabrefacta a nobis,
Plaut. Cas. 5, 1, 7.—And after aliter = than:
si aliter ut dixi accidisset,
Cic. Rep. 1, 4, 7.—
(δ).
Without correlative:
rem omnem uti acta erat cognovit,
Sall. J. 71, 5:
quare perge ut instituisti,
Cic. Rep. 2, 11, 22:
apud me, ut apud bonum judicem, argumenta plus quam testes valent,
id. ib. 1, 38, 59:
miscent enim illas et interponunt vitae, ut ludum jocumque inter seria,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 12, 2:
comitetur voluptas, et circa corpus ut umbra versetur,
id. ib. 13, 5:
ut in animum ejus oratio, ut sol in oculos, incurrat,
Quint. 8, 2, 23.—
2.
In partic.
a.
Ut... ita or ut... sic; co-ordinate, introducing contrasted clauses.
(α).
= cum... tum, as... so, as on the one hand... so on the other, both and:
ut errare potuisti, sic decipi te non potuisse, quis non videt?
Cic. Fam. 10, 20, 2:
ut Poeni ad moenia urbis Romanae nullo prohibente se pervenisse in gloria ponebant, ita pigebat irriti incepti,
Liv. 26, 37, 6:
Dolabellam ut Tarsenses ita Laodiceni ultra arcessierunt,
Cic. Fam. 12, 13, 4:
fert sortem suam quisque ut in ceteris rebus ita in amicitiis,
Sen. Ben. 2, 28, 3.—
(β).
Concessive, = etsi... tamen, although... yet:
consul, ut fortasse vere, sic parum utiliter in praesens certamen, respondit, etc.,
Liv. 4, 6, 2:
Saguntini, ut a proeliis quietem habuerant per aliquot dies, ita non cessaverant ab opere,
id. 21, 11, 5:
ut quies certaminum erat, ita ab apparatu operum nihil cessatum,
id. 21, 8, 1:
haec omnia ut invitis, ita non adversantibus patriciis transacta,
id. 3, 55, 15:
in agrum Nolanum exercitum traducit, ut non hostiliter statim, ita... nihil praetermissurus,
id. 23, 14, 6; 23, 34, 12:
uti longe a luxuria, ita famae propior,
Tac. Agr. 6:
ut multo infirmior, ita aliquatenus lucidior,
Quint. 10, 1, 74:
ut est utilis saepe... ita obstabit melioribus,
id. 12, 2, 12:
quod, ut optimum est, ita longe quidem, sed sequitur tamen,
id. 5, 12, 9; cf. id. 10, 1, 62.—With certe in place of ita:
ut non demens, crudelis certe videtur,
Quint. 9, 2, 91.—
b.
Ita... ut;
in oaths or strong asseverations: ita me di amabunt ut ego hunc ausculto lubens,
Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 22:
ita me di ament ut ego nunc non tam meapte causa Laetor quam illius,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 8:
ita me di amabunt, ut nunc Menedemi vicem Miseret me,
id. ib. 4, 5, 1:
ita vivo ut maximos sumptus facio,
Cic. Att. 5, 15, 2.—So with sic:
sic me di amabunt ut me tuarum miseritum'st fortunarum,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 54.—
c.
In exemplifications.
(α).
In gen., as for example, for instance:
nam aut ipsa cognitio rei perquiritur, ut: virtus suam ne, etc., aut agendi consilium exquiritur, ut: sitne sapienti, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 3, 29, 112:
sunt bestiae in quibus inest aliquid simile virtutis, ut in leonibus, ut in canibus, in equis, etc.,
id. Fin. 5, 14, 38:
in libero populo, ut Rhodi, ut Athenis, nemo est civium qui, etc.,
id. Rep. 1, 31, 47:
qui rem publicam constituissent, ut Cretum Minos, Lacedaemoniorum Lycurgus, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 1, 2; id. Ac. 2, 24, 76; id. Inv. 2, 52, 157:
est aliquid quod dominus praestare servo debeat, ut cibaria, ut vestiarium,
Sen. Ben. 3, 21, 2:
est etiam amarum quiddam... et aere, ut illud Crassi Ego te consulem putem? etc.,
Quint. 8, 3, 89; 4, 3, 12.—Where several instances are adduced, if each of them singly is made prominent, ut is repeated with each;
if they are taken in a group, ut occurs but once, e. g. quod erant, qui aut in re publica, propter sapientiam florerent, ut Themistocles, ut Pericles, ut Theramenes, aut, qui.. sapientiae doctores essent, ut Gorgias, Thrasymachus, Isocrates, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 59.—
(β).
Ut si, if for instance; for example, if, etc.; with subj.:
ut si accusetur is qui P. Sulpicium se fateatur occidisse,
Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25:
ut si quis hoc velit ostendere, eum qui parentem necarit, etc.,
Cic. Inv. 2, 15, 48:
ut si qui docilem faciat auditorem, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 18, 26:
ut si qui in foro cantet,
id. Off. 1, 40, 145:
ut si quis ei quem urgeat fames venenum ponat,
Liv. 6, 40, 12; cf. Auct. Her. 2, 26, 4; 2, 27, 43; 3, 2, 2; Cic. Inv. 1, 49, 92:
ut si obsessi de facienda ad hostem deditione deliberent,
Quint. 3, 8, 23:
ut si des arma timidis et imbellibus,
id. 12, 5, 2; 5, 10, 34; 2, 4, 18; 9, 2, 79 et saep.—So with cum:
ut cum marem feminamque filios dicimus,
Quint. 9, 3, 63; 1, 6, 22; 3, 8, 30; 9, 1, 3.—
d.
Before an appositive noun, as, the same as, like:
qui canem et felem ut deos colunt,
Cic. Leg. 1, 11, 32:
ut militiae Africanum ut deum coleret Laelius,
id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:
suam vitam ut legem praefert suis civibus,
id. ib. 1, 34, 52:
habuit (ei) honorem ut proditori, non ut amico fidem,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 15, § 38:
Hannibalem, non ut prudentem tantum virum, sed ut vatem omnium quae tum evenirent admirari,
Liv. 36, 15, 2: (Dionysium) dimisi a me ut magistrum Ciceronum non lubenter;
ut hominem ingratum non invitus,
in his capacity of, Cic. Att. 8, 10:
qui ante captas Syracusas non desciverant... ut socii fideles accepti, quos metus post captas Syracusas dediderat, ut victi a victore leges acceperunt,
Liv. 25, 40, 4:
qui et ipsum, ut ambiguae fidei virum, suspectum jam pridem habebat,
id. 24, 45, 12:
Cicero ea quae nunc eveniunt cecinit ut vates,
Nep. Att. 16:
et ipsam (virtutem) ut deos, et professores ejus ut antistites colite,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 26, 7:
hunc ut deum homines intuebuntur,
Quint. 12, 10, 65:
id ut crimen ingens expavescendum est,
id. 9, 3, 35.—
e.
Ut si = quasi, velut si, tamquam si, as if, just as if:
mater coepit studiose... educere ita uti si esset filia,
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 37:
Rufio tuus ita desiderabatur ut si esset unus e nobis,
Cic. Fam. 7, 20, 1:
ejus negotium sic velim suscipias ut si esset res mea,
id. ib. 2, 14, 1:
ita se gerant in istis Asiaticis itineribus ut si iter Appia via faceres,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 6:
qui aliis nocent ut in alios liberales sint, in eadem sunt injustitia ut si in suam rem aliena convertant,
id. Off. 1, 14, 42; id. Opt. Gen. 4, 10:
similes sunt ut si qui gubernatorem in navigando nihil agere dicant,
like men who should say, Cic. Sen. 6, 17: similiter facere eos... ut si nautae certarent, etc., they act like sailors who, etc., id. Off. 1, 25, 87.—
f.
Ut quisque... ita (sic), with superlatives (= eo magis... quo magis, with indefinite subjects): ut quisque est vir optimus, ita difficillime alios improbos suspicatur, the better a man is, the more difficult it is for him to, etc., Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 4, § 12:
ut quaeque res est turpissima, sic maxime et maturissime vindicanda est,
id. Caecin. 2, 7:
ut quisque (morbus) est difficillimus, ita medicus nobilissimus quaeritur,
id. Clu. 21, 57:
ut quisque te maxime cognatione... attingebat, ita maxime manus tua putabatur,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 27; id. Off. 1, 16, 50; 1, 19, 64:
nam ut quaeque forma perfectissima ita capacissima est,
Quint. 1, 10, 40.—This construction is variously modified,
(α).
With ita understood:
facillime ad res injustas impellitur ut quisque altissimo animo est,
Cic. Off. 1, 19, 65. —
(β).
With virtual superlatives:
ut quisque in fuga postremus ita in periculo princeps erat,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 90:
ut quisque optime institutus est, esse omnino nolit in vita, si, etc.,
id. Fin. 5, 20, 57.—
(γ).
The superlatives omitted in either clause:
ut quisque aetate antecedit, ita sententiae principatum tenet,
Cic. Sen. 18, 64:
ut quisque aetate et honore antecedebat, ita sententiam dixit,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 64, § 143:
pro se quisque, ut in quoque erat auctoritatis plurimum, ad populum loquebatur,
id. ib. 2, 1, 27, §
68: ut quisque gradu proximus erat, ita ignominiae objectus,
Liv. 9, 6, 1:
ut quisque maxime laboraret locus, aut ipse occurrebat, aut aliquos mittebat,
id. 34, 38, 6.—And with tum = ita:
nec prodesse tantum, sed etiam amari potest, tum... ut quisque erit Ciceroni simillimus,
in proportion to his resemblance, Quint. 2, 5, 20.—
(δ).
With a comparative in one of the terms:
major autem (societas est) ut quisque proxime accederet,
Cic. Lael. 5, 19.—
(ε).
Without superlative, as, according as:
de captivis, ut quisque liber aut servus esset, suae fortunae a quoque sumptum supplicium est,
Liv. 3, 18, 10 (for ut quisque... ita, in temporal clauses, v. B. 3. g infra).—
B.
Introducing a temporal clause, the principal predicate being an immediate sequence; orig. = quo tempore.
1.
With perf. indic.
a.
In gen., as soon as:
principio ut illo advenimus... continuo Amphitruo delegit viros, etc.,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 49:
ut hinc te intro ire jussi, opportune hic fit mi obviam,
Ter. And. 3, 4, 11:
ut abii abs te fit forte obviam Mihi Phormio,
id. Phorm. 4, 3, 12:
ut modo argentum tibi dedimus apud forum, recta domum Sumus profecti,
id. ib. 5, 6, 19; id. Hec. 3, 3, 5; 5, 1, 26; id. Eun. 4, 7, 12:
qui ut peroravit, surrexit Clodius,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 3, 2:
eumque ut salutavit, amicissime apprehendit,
id. Rep. 1, 11, 7:
qui ut huc venit... hominesque Romanos bellicis studiis ut vidit incensos, existimavit, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 13, 25; cf. id. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Brut. 8, 30:
ut vero aquam ingressi sunt... tum utique egressis rigere omnibus corpora,
Liv. 21, 54, 9:
ut haec dicta in senatu sunt, dilectus edicitur,
id. 3, 10, 9; 23, 34, 6; 24, 44, 10.—
b.
In oblique discourse:
Ariovistum, ut semel Gallorum copias vicerit, superbe et crudeliter imperare,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31.—
c.
With primum, when first, as soon as ever:
atque ego, ut primum fletu represso loqui posse coepi, Quaeso inquam, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 6, 15, 15:
Siculi, ut primum videre volgari morbos, in suas quisque urbes dilapsi sunt,
Liv. 25, 26, 13: ut primum lingua coepit esse in quaestu, curam morum qui diserti habebantur reliquerunt, Quint. prooem. 13.—
d.
Rarely of coincidence in time:
nam ut dudum adcurrimus ad Alcesimarchum... tum mi puto prae timore hic excidisse Cistellam,
Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 46.—
e.
Ut = ex quo tempore. since:
ut Brundusio profectus es, nullae mihi abs te sunt redditae litterae,
Cic. Att. 1, 15, 2.—
2.
With imperf. indic.
(α).
In gen.: Fabii oratio fuit qualis biennio ante;
deinde, ut vincebatur consensu, versa ad P. Decium collegam poscendum,
Liv. 10, 22, 2:
deinde ut nulla vi perculsos sustinere poterat, Quid ultra moror, inquit, etc.,
id. 10, 28, 20:
Marcellus, ut tanta vis ingruebat mali, traduxerat in urbem suos,
id. 25, 26, 15:
ut vero... exurebatur amoenissimus Italiae ager, villaeque passim incendiis fumabant... tum prope de integro seditione accensi,
id. 22, 14, 1.— And with perf. and imperf. in co-ordinate clauses:
consules, ut ventum ad Cannas est, et in conspectu Poenum habebant,
Liv. 22, 44, 1:
ut in extrema juga ventum, et hostes sub oculis erant,
id. 22, 14, 3:
ut Poenus apparuit in collibus, et pauci... adferebant, etc.,
id. 24, 1, 6.—
(β).
Of repeated past actions, whenever:
ut quaeque pars castrorum nudata defensoribus premi videbatur, eo occurrere et auxilium ferre,
Caes. B. G. 3, 4.—
3.
With plupf.
(α).
= postquam (rare):
ut hinc forte ea ad obstetricem erat missa,
Ter. Ad. 4, 4, 10:
ut ad mare nostrae cohortes excubuerant, accessere subito prima luce Pompejani,
Caes. B. C. 3, 63.—
(β).
In epistolary style = the Engl. perf.:
litteras scripsi... statim ut tuas legeram (= litteras nunc scribo, ut tuas legi),
Cic. Att. 2, 12, 4:
ut Athenas a. d. VII. Kal. Quinct. veneram, exspectabam ibi jam quartum diem Pomptinium (= ut veni, exspecto),
id. ib. 5, 10, 1.—
(γ).
Of repeated past actions, whenever:
ut cujusque sors exciderat... alacer arma capiebat,
Liv. 21, 42, 3 dub.:
ut quisque istius animum offenderat, in lautumias statim coniciebatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 55, § 143:
ut quidque ego apprehenderam, statim accusator extorquebat e manibus,
id. Clu. 19, 52:
ut cuique erat locus attributus, ad munitiones accedunt,
Caes. B. G. 7, 81; cf.:
ut quisque arma ceperat... inordinati in proelium ruunt,
Liv. 23, 27, 5.—With ita as correl.:
ut enim quisque contra voluntatem ejus dixerat, ita in eum judicium de professione jugerum postulabatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 15, § 39.—
4.
With fut. perf., or, in oblique discourse, plupf. subj.:
neque, ut quaeque res delata ad nos erit, tum denique scrutari locos debemus,
Cic. Or. 2, 34, 146:
traditum esse ut quando aqua Albana abundasset, tum... victoriam de Veientibus dari,
Liv. 5, 15, 11 (for ut after simul, v. simul, VI.).—
C.
Introducing substantive clauses, that; always with subj. (cf. ut as interrog. adverb in dependent clauses, I. A. 3. supra).
1.
In object clauses.
a.
In clauses which, if independent, would take the imperative mood, often rendered by the Engl. infinitive.
(α).
After verbs denoting [p. 1942] to wish, request, pray, demand, or invite:
malim istuc aliis ita videatur quam uti tu, soror, te collaudes,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 18:
equidem mallem ut ires,
Cic. Att. 1, 16, 8:
equidem vellem ut pedes haberent (res tuae),
id. Fam. 7, 31, 2:
volo uti mihi respondeas num quis, etc.,
id. Vatin. 7, 17:
precor (deos) ut his infinitis nostris malis contenti sint,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 9:
postulo ut ne quid praejudicati afferatis,
id. Clu. 2, 5:
petebant uti equites praemitterent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 11:
tibi instat Hortensius ut eas in consilium,
Cic. Quint. 10, 34:
hoc ut aliquando fieret, instabat,
Sen. Clem. 2, 1, 2:
illum Dolabellae dixisse (= eum rogasse) ut ad me scriberet (= me rogaret), ut in Italiam quam primum venirem,
Cic. Att. 11, 7, 2:
cupio ut quod nunc natura et impetus est, fiat judicium,
Sen. Clem. 2, 2, 2:
senectutem ut adipiscantur omnes optant,
Cic. Lael. 2, 4:
exigo a me, non ut optimis par sim, sed ut malis melior,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 17, 3.—With ut ne = ne:
Trebatio mandavi, ut, si quid te eum velles ad me mittere, ne recusaret,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 2; Tac. H. 4, 58 fin. —Also without verb, like utinam, to express a wish;
esp. in imprecations (ante-class.): ut te cum tua Monstratione magnus perdat Juppiter,
Ter. Ad. 4, 6, 2:
ut illum di deaeque perdant,
id. Eun. 2, 3, 10; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 6.—
(β).
After verbs expressing or implying advice, suggestion, or exhortation:
ego vos hortari tantum possum ut, etc.,
Cic. Lael. 5, 17:
quod suades ut ad Quinctium scribam, etc.,
id. Att. 11, 16, 4:
tibi auctor sum ut eum tibi ordinem reconcilies,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 26:
censeo ut iter reliquum conficere pergas,
I propose, id. Or. 2, 71, 200; Caes. B. C. 1, 2; Liv. 30, 40, 4:
dixeram a principio ut sileremus,
I had advised, Cic. Brut. 42, 157:
Pompejum monebat ut meam domum metueret,
id. Sest. 64, 133:
equidem suasi ut Romam pergeret,
id. Att. 16, 8, 2:
M. Messalae et ipsi Attico dixit ut sine cura essent,
exhorted, id. ib. 16, 16, A, 5.—
(γ).
After verbs expressing resolution or agreement to do something:
rus ut irem jam heri constitiveram,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 136:
decrevistis ut de praemiis militum primo quoque tempore referretur,
Cic. Phil. 5, 2, 4:
constitueram ut pridie Idus Aquini manerem,
id. Att. 16, 10, 1:
statuunt ut decem millia hominum in oppidum submittantur,
Caes. B. G. 7, 21:
Hasdrubal paciscitur cum Celtiberorum principibus ut copias inde abducant,
Liv. 25, 33, 3:
illos induxisse in animum, ut superbo quondam regi, tum infesto exuli proderent (patriam),
id. 2, 5, 7; 27, 9, 9; 42, 25, 11:
ut ne plebi cum patribus essent conubia sanxerunt,
Cic. Rep. 2, 27, 63:
servitia urbem ut incenderent conjurarunt,
Liv. 4, 45, 1.—
(δ).
After verbs of command or prohibition:
imperat Laelio ut per collis circumducat equites,
Liv. 28, 33, 11:
illud praecipiendum fuit ut... diligentiam adhiberemus,
Cic. Lael. 16, 60:
M. Aemilio senatus negotium dat ut Patavinorum seditionem comprimeret,
Liv. 41, 27, 3:
consul edicere est ausus ut senatus ad vestitum rediret,
Cic. Pis. 8, 18:
jubet sententiam ut dicant suam,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 50:
hic tibi in mentem non venit jubere ut haec quoque referret,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 28.—With ne:
iis praedixit, ut ne prius Lacedaemoniorum legatos dimitteret, quam ipse esset remissus,
Nep. Them. 7, 3.—
(ε).
Verbs expressing permission:
atque ille legem mihi de XII. tabulis recitavit quae permittit ut furem noctu liceat occidere,
Cic. Tull. 20, 47:
concedo tibi ut ea praetereas quae, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 19, 54:
dabis mihi hanc veniam ut eorum... auctoritatem Graecis anteponam,
id. de Or. 1, 6, 23:
ille tibi potestatem facturus est ut eligas utrum velis,
id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 45:
illud natura non patitur ut aliorum spoliis nostras facultates augeamus,
id. Off. 3, 5, 22.—
b.
In dependent clauses implying an aim or end.
(α).
After verbs denoting direction and inclination of the mind, care, purpose, intention, or striving:
ut plurimis prosimus enitimur,
Cic. Ac. 2, 2, 6:
facilior erit ut albam esse nivem probet quam erat Anaxagoras,
he will be more inclined, disposed, id. ib. 2, 36, 117: ne ille longe aberit ut argumento credat philosophorum, far remote from believing = not inclined, id. ib. 2, 47, 144: qui sibi hoc sumpsit ut conrigat mores aliorum, quis huic ignoscat si, who undertakes to correct, id. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:
navem idoneam ut habeas diligenter videbis,
care, id. Fam. 16, 1, 2:
ille intellexit id agi atque id parari ut filiae suae vis afferretur,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 67:
pater potuit animum inducere ut naturam ipsam vinceret,
id. Rosc. Am. 19, 53:
cum senatus temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam,
id. Rep. 2, 12, 23:
equidem ut honore dignus essem, maxime semper laboravi,
id. Planc. 20, 50:
omni contentione pugnatum est ut lis haec capitis existimaretur,
id. Clu. 41, 116:
omnis spes ad id versa ut totis viribus terra adgrederentur,
Liv. 24, 34, 12:
omnis cura solet in hoc versari, semper ut boni aliquid efficiam dicendo,
Cic. de Or. 2, 75, 306:
se miliens morituros potius quam ut tantum dedecoris admitti patiantur,
Liv. 4, 2, 8; 2, 34, 11.—
(β).
Verbs of effecting:
nec potui tamen Propitiam Venerem facere uti esset mihi,
Plaut. Poen. 2, 6:
prior pars orationis tuae faciebat ut mori cuperem,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 47, 112:
caritas annonae faciebat ut istuc... tempore magnum videretur,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 92, § 215:
sol efficit ut omnia floreant,
id. N. D. 2, 15, 41:
potest praestare ut ea causa melior esse videatur,
id. Or. 1, 10, 44:
non committam ut tibi ipse insanire videar,
id. Fam. 5, 5, 3:
di prohibeant, judices, ut hoc praesidium sectorum existimetur,
id. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:
effecisti ut viverem et morerer ingratus,
Sen. Ben. 2, 25, 1:
quibus nihil aliud actum est quam ut pudor hominibus peccandi demeretur,
id. Vit. Beat. 26, 6.—
(γ).
Verbs of obtaining:
Dumnorix a Sequanis impetrat ut per fines suos Helvetios ire patiantur,
Caes. B. G. 1, 9:
quid assequitur, nisi hoc ut arent qui... in agris remanserunt,
what does he gain, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 55, § 128:
facile tenuit ut (Chalcidis) portae sibi aperirentur,
Liv. 35, 51, 6:
vicerunt tribuni ut legem perferrent,
id. 4, 25, 13.—
(δ).
Verbs of inducing and compelling:
nec ut omnia quae praescripta sunt defendamus necessitate ulla cogimur,
Cic. Ac. 2, 3, 8:
civitati persuasit ut de finibus suis exirent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 2:
exspectatione promissi tui moveor ut admoneam te,
Cic. Fam. 9, 8, 1:
Parhedrum excita ut hortum ipse conducat,
id. ib. 16, 18, 2:
ille adduci non potest ut... ne lucem quoque hanc eripere cupiat, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 52, 150:
impellit alios avaritia, alios iracundia ut levem auditionem pro re comperta habeant,
Caes. B. G. 7, 42:
ut de clementia scriberem, Nero Caesar, una me vox tua maxime compulit,
Sen. Clem. 2, 1, 1.—
(ε).
After verbs implying duty, right, rule, condition, or possibility:
cum mihi ne ut dubitem quidem relinquatur,
not even the possibility of doubt, Cic. Ac. 2, 38, 119:
obsides inter se dent, Sequani ne itinere Helvetios prohibeant, Helvetii ut sine maleficio transeant,
Caes. B. G. 1, 9:
se ita a majoribus didicisse ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,
id. ib. 1, 13:
mea lenitas hoc exspectavit ut id quod latebat erumperet,
Cic. Cat. 2, 12, 27:
(natura) nobis insculpsit in mentibus, ut eos (deos) aeternos et beatos haberemus,
id. N. D. 1, 17, 45:
hoc mihi Metellus non eripuit, hoc etiam addidit ut quererer hoc sociis imperari,
he gave the additional right, id. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:
ut vero conloqui cum Orpheo, Musaeo, Homero liceat, quanti tandem aestimatis?
the privilege of conversing, id. Tusc. 1, 41, 98:
respondet Socrates sese meruisse ut amplissimis honoribus decoraretur,
id. Or. 1, 54, 272:
meruit ut suspendatur,
Sen. Ep. 7, 5:
quia enim non sum dignus prae te ut figam palum in parietem,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 4, 4.—So after dignus, Liv. 24, 16, 19; Quint. 8, 5, 12.—
c.
After verbs of fearing, where ut implies a wish contrary to the fear; that not:
rem frumentariam, ut satis commode supportari posset, timere se dicebant,
Caes. B. G. 1, 39:
vereor ut satis diligenter actum sit in senatu de litteris meis,
Cic. Att. 6, 4, 2:
verebar ut redderentur,
id. Fam. 12, 19, 1:
sin homo amens diripiendam urbem daturus est, vereor ut Dolabella ipse satis nobis prodesse possit,
id. ib. 14, 14, 1:
veretur Hiempsal ut foedus satis firmum sit,
id. Leg. 2, 22, 58:
timeo ut sustineas,
id. Fam. 14, 2, 3:
o puer, ut sis vitalis, metuo, et majorum ne quis amicus Frigore te feriat,
Hor. S. 2, 1, 60.— So sometimes after video, with weakened force: vide ut sit, nearly = perhaps it is not (cf. Roby, Gr. 2, p. 280): considerabitis, vestri similes feminae sintne Romae;
si enim non sunt, videndum est, ut honeste vos esse possitis,
Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 1.—Very rarely ut stands for ne after verbs of fearing:
quia nihil minus, quam ut egredi obsessi moenibus auderent, timeri poterat,
Liv. 28, 22, 12 Weissenb. ad loc.:
ut ferula caedas meritum... non vereor,
Hor. S. 1, 3, 120 Jan. and Orell. ad loc. —
d.
In interrogative clauses represented as untrue, rejecting a supposition or thought with indignation (nearly = fierine potest ut):
me ut quisquam norit, nisi ille qui praebet cibum?
Plaut. Pers. 1, 3, 52:
te ut ulla res frangat, tu ut umquam te corrigas?
Cic. Cat. 1, 9, 22:
egone ut te interpellem?
id. Tusc. 2, 18, 42:
pater ut in judicio capitis obesse filio debeat?
id. Planc. 13, 31:
egone ut prolis meae fundam cruorem?
Sen. Med. 927.—
2.
In subject clauses, with impersonal predicates.
a.
With a predicate adjective.
(α).
With the idea of rule, duty, etc.:
id arbitror Adprime in vita utile esse, ut ne quid nimis,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 34:
reliquum est ut de Catuli sententia dicendum videatur,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 20, 59:
praeclarum est et verum ut eos qui nobis carissimi esse debeant, aeque ac nosmet ipsos amemus,
id. Tusc. 3, 29, 73:
ergo hoc sit primum ut demonstremus quem imitetur,
id. de Or. 2, 22, 90:
proximum est ut doceam, etc.,
id. N. D. 2, 29, 73:
extremum est ut te orem, etc.,
id. Fam. 4, 13, 7:
ei (Dionysio) ne integrum quidem erat ut ad justitiam remigraret,
permission, id. Tusc. 5, 21, 62. —With predicates, aequum est, par (anteclass. and rare):
aequom videtur tibi ut ego alienum quod est Meum esse dicam?
Plaut. Rud. 4, 7, 4:
non par videtur... praesente ibus una paedagogus ut siet,
id. Bacch. 1, 2, 31.—
(β).
In clauses expressing result and consequence:
magnificum illud etiam et gloriosum ut Graecis de philosophia litteris non egeant, illud,
that result of my labors, Cic. Div. 2, 2, 5:
consentaneum est huic naturae ut sapiens velit gerere et administrare rem publicam,
id. Fin. 3, 20, 68. —
(γ).
In clauses represented as real, true, false, certain, or probable (where the acc. and inf. might be used):
concedetur verum esse ut bonos boni diligant,
Cic. Lael. 14, 50: sin autem illa veriora ut idem interitus animorum et corporum, etc., id. ib 4, 14; cf.:
concedant ut hi viri boni fuerin (= concedant vere factum esse ut, etc.),
id. ib. 5, 18:
si verum est ut populus Romanus omnis gentes virtute superarit, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 1, 1:
de ipso Roscio potest illud quidem esse falsum ut circumligatus fuerit, angui,
Cic. Div. 2, 31, 66:
non est verisimile ut Chrysogonus horum litteras adamarit aut humanitatem,
id. Rosc. Am. 41, 121:
deos verisimile est ut alios indulgentius tractent propter parentis, alios propter futuram posterorum indolem,
Sen. Ben. 4, 32, 1; so,
rarum est ut,
Quint. 3, 19, 3:
quid tam inusitatum quam ut, etc.,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 21, 62.—And after potius:
multi ex plebe spe amissa potius quam ut cruciarentur... se in Tiberim praecipitaverunt,
Liv. 4, 12, 11.—
b.
With predicate nouns.
(α).
Expressing the idea of a verb which would require an object clause, with ut:
quoniam ut aliter facias non est copia,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 30:
Romano in hostico morandi causa erat ut hostem ad certamen eliceret,
Liv. 6, 31, 7:
vetus est lex amicitiae ut idem amici semper velint,
Cic. Planc. 2, 5:
consensus fuit senatus ut mature proficisceremur (= decretum est a senatu),
id. Fam. 3, 3, 1:
fuit hoc sive meum, sive rei publicae fatum ut in me unum omnis illa inclinatio temporum incumberet,
ordained by fate, id. Balb. 26, 58:
tempus est ut eamus ad forum,
Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 72:
dicasque tempus maximum esse ut eat,
id. ib. 4, 3, 9:
primum est officium ut homo se conservet in naturae statu,
Cic. Fin. 3, 6, 20:
ejus culturae hoc munus est ut efficiat, etc.,
id. ib. 4, 14, 38:
caput illud est ut Lyconem recipias in necessitudinem tuam,
duty, id. Fam. 13, 19, 3; so,
caput est ut, etc.,
id. de Or. 1, 19, 87:
fuit hoc quoddam inter Scipionem et Laelium jus ut Scipio Laelium observaret parentis loco,
id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:
mea ratio in dicendo haec esse solet ut boni quod habeat id amplectar,
id. de Or. 2, 72, 292; so,
ratio est ut,
id. Verr. 1, 11, 34: est mos hominum ut [p. 1943] nolint eundem pluribus excellere, id. Brut. 21, 84:
est hoc Gallicae consuetudinis ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 4, 5.—
(β).
Expressing result and consequence:
est hoc commune vitium in magnis liberisque civitatibus ut invidia gloriae comes sit,
Nep. Chabr. 3, 3.—
c.
With impersonal verbs.
(α).
Including the idea of a verb requiring an object clause, with ut:
convenit, victi utri sint eo proelio, urbem, agrum... seque uti dederent,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 71:
mihi cum Dejotaro convenit ut ille in meis castris esset,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 14:
placitum est ut in aprico loco considerent,
id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:
postea mihi placuit ut, etc.,
id. Or. 1, 34, 155:
ad Appii Claudii senectutem accedebat etiam ut caecus esset,
id. Sen. 6, 16.—So after fit, it happens:
fit ut natura ipsa ad ornatius dicendi genus incitemur,
Cic. Or. 2, 83, 338:
potest fieri ut res verbosior haec fuerit, illa verior,
it may be that, id. Att. 8, 3, 6; id. Ac. 2, 11, 36; id. Verr. 2, 2, 77, § 190.—
So with accidit, evenit, contigit: accidit... ut illo itinere veniret Lampsacum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63; so id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 25:
sed tamen hoc evenit ut in vulgus insipientium opinio valeat,
id. Tusc. 2, 26, 63:
utinam Caesari contigisset ut esset optimo cuique carissimus,
id. Phil. 5, 18, 49.—
(β).
Denoting consequence:
ex quo efficitur ut quidquid honestum sit, idem sit utile,
Cic. Off. 2, 3, 10:
sequitur ut dicamus quae beneficia danda sint et quemadmodum,
Sen. Ben. 1, 11, 1:
sequitur ut causa ponatur,
Cic. Or. 2, 81, 331.—
(γ).
Est, in the meaning fit, or causa est:
est ut plerique philosophi nulla tradant praecepta dicendi,
it is a fact that, Cic. Or. 2, 36, 152:
non est igitur ut mirandum sit ea praesentiri,
there is no reason for wondering, id. Div. 1, 56, 128:
quando fuit ut quod licet non liceret?
id. Cael. 20, 48; so, in eo est ut, prope est ut, to be on the point of, to be near to:
jam in eo rem fore ut Romani aut hostes aut domini habendi sint,
Liv. 8, 27, 3:
cum jam in eo esset ut comprehenderetur,
Nep. Paus. 5, 1; id. Milt. 7, 3:
jam prope erat ut ne consulum quidem majestas coerceret iras hominum,
Liv. 2, 23, 14:
prope est ut lamentationem exigat,
Sen. Clem. 2, 6, 4.— Here belongs the circumlocution of the periphrastic future by futurum esse or fore, with ut; generally in the inf.:
arbitrabar fore ut lex de pecuniis repetundis tolleretur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 14, 41.—Very rarely in the indic.:
futurum est ut sapiam,
Sen. Ep. 117, 29.—
3.
In attributive clauses, dependent on nouns not belonging to the predicate.
a.
With the idea of resolve, etc.:
vicit sententia ut mitterentur coloni,
Liv. 9, 26, 4:
sententiam dixit (= censuit) ut judicum comitia haberentur,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 1, 2; id. Fam. 4, 4, 5; id. Tusc. 5, 41, 119; id. Leg. 3, 15, 33.—
b.
Of agreement:
fide accepta ut remitterent eum,
Liv. 24, 48, 8. —
c.
Of law, rule, etc.:
praetores rogationem promulgarunt ut omnes regiae stirpis interficerentur,
Liv. 24, 25, 10:
senatus consultum factum est ut M. Fulvius litteras extemplo ad consulem mitteret,
id. 35, 24, 2:
haec ei est proposita condicio ut aut juste accusaret aut acerbe moreretur,
Cic. Clu. 14, 42:
Suevi in eam se consuetudinem induxerunt ut locis frigidissimis lavarentur in fluminibus,
Caes. B. G. 4, 1.—
d.
Of duty:
jusjurandum poscit ut quod esse ex usu Galliae intellexissent, communi consilio administrarent,
Caes. B. G. 8, 6. —
e.
Of purpose, inclination, etc.:
vobis dent di mentem oportet ut prohibeatis, etc.,
make you inclined, Liv. 6, 18, 9:
causa mihi fuit huc veniendi ut quosdam hinc libros promerem,
Cic. Fin. 3, 2, 8:
confectio tabularum hanc habet vim (= efficit) ut quidquid fingatur aut non constet, appareat,
id. Font. 2, 3.—
f.
Of effect, result, etc.:
fuit ista quondam virtus ut viri fortes acrioribus suppliciis civem perniciosum quam hostem everterent,
Cic. Cat. 1, 1, 3:
habet hoc virtus ut viros fortis species ejus et pulchritudo etiam in hoste posita delectet,
id. Pis. 32, 81:
damnatum poenam sequi oportebat ut igni cremaretur,
Caes. B. G. 1, 4.—
4.
In clauses of manner, that, so that.
a.
With ita, sic, adeo, tantus, talis, or tam as antecedent (v. hh. vv.;
anteclass. ut qui = ut): Adeon' me fungum fuisse ut qui illi crederem?
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 49.—
b.
With is or hic as antecedent: eos deduxi testes et eas litteras deportavi ut de istius facto dubium esse nemini possit, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 42, § 91:
ejusmodi res publica debet esse ut inimicus neque deesse nocenti possit, neque obesse innocenti (ejusmodi = talis),
id. ib. 2, 3, 69, §
162: eo perducam servum ut in multa liber sit,
Sen. Ben. 3, 19, 2:
non eo loco res humanae sunt ut vobis tantum otii supersit,
id. Vit. Beat. 27, 6:
haec aequitas in tuo imperio fuit, haec praetoris dignitas ut servos Siculorum dominos esse velles,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 38, § 87:
hoc jure sunt socii ut eis ne deplorare quidem de suis incommodis liceat,
id. ib. 2, 2, 27, § 65.—
c.
Without antecedents, so that:
cujus aures clausae veritati sunt ut ab amico verum audire nequeat, hujus salus desperanda est,
Cic. Lael. 24, 90:
in virtute multi sunt ascensus, ut is maxima gloria excellat qui virtute plurimum praestet,
id. Planc. 25, 60:
mons altissimus impendebat ut perpauci prohibere possent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6:
accessit quod Domitius Heraclea iter fecerat, ut ipsa fortuna illum obicere Pompejo videretur,
id. B. C. 3, 79:
pecunia a patre exacta crudeliter, ut divenditis omnibus bonis aliquamdiu trans Tiberim veluti relegatus viveret,
Liv. 3, 13, 10:
fama Gallici belli pro tumultu valuit ut et dictatorem dici placeret,
id. 8, 17, 6:
nihilo minus... magnas percipiendum voluptates, ut fatendum sit, etc.,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 12, 1.—
d.
Idiomat. with non.
(α).
Ut non, when the principal sentence is negative, without: non possunt una in civitate multi rem ac fortunam amittere ut non plures secum in eandem trahant calamitatem, without dragging, etc., Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:
flaminem Quirinalem neque mittere a sacris neque retinere possumus ut non deum aut belli deseramus curam,
Liv. 24, 8, 10:
non ita fracti animi civitatis erant ut non sentirent, etc.,
id. 45, 25, 12:
nusquam oculi ejus flectentur ut non quod indignentur inveniant,
Sen. Ira, 2, 7, 2:
ajunt, nec honeste quemquam vivere ut non jucunde vivat, nec jucunde ut non honeste quoque,
id. Vit. Beat. 6, 3:
nemo in eo quod daturus es gratiam suam facere potest ut non tuam minuat,
id. Ben. 2, 4, 3; cf. also: ut non conferam vitam neque existimationem tuam cum illius;
neque enim est conferenda (= ut omittam conferre),
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 20, § 45.—
(β).
Non ut, followed by sed quod, causal (= non quod, sed quod;
rare): earum exempla tibi misi non ut deliberarem reddendaene essent, sed quod non dubito, etc.,
not that... but because, Cic. Att. 14, 17, 4:
haec ad te scribo non ut queas tu demere solitudinem, sed, etc.,
id. ib. 11, 15, 3.—Followed by sed ut:
benigne accipe (beneficium): rettulisti gratiam, non ut solvisse te putes, sed ut securior debeas,
Sen. Ben. 2, 35, 5; and in reversed order: quorsum haec praeterita? Quia sequitur illud, etc.;
non ut eas res causam adferrent amoris,
Cic. Fat. 15, 35.—Rarely nedum ut, in the sense of nedum alone, much less that, not to mention that (mostly post-class.; cf.
Zumpt, Gram. § 573): ne voce quidem incommoda, nedum ut illa vis fieret, paulatim permulcendo mansuefecerant plebem,
Liv. 3, 14, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:
quando enim... fama in totam urbem penetrat? nedum ut per tot provincias innotescat,
Tac. Or. 10.—
e.
Conditional or concessive.
(α).
Granting that ( for argument's sake):
quod ut ita sit—nihil enim pugno—quid habet ista res aut laetabile aut gloriosum?
Cic. Tusc. 1, 21, 49:
sed ut haec concedantur, reliqua qui tandem intellegi possunt?
id. N. D. 3, 16, 41:
ut tibi concedam hoc indignum esse, tu mihi concedas necesse est, etc.,
id. Clu. 53, 146:
quae, ut essent vera, conjungi debuerunt,
id. Fin. 4, 15, 40:
quae natura ut uno consensu juncta sit et continens... quid habere mundus potest cum thesauri inventione conjunctum?
id. Div. 2, 14, 33:
nihil est prudentia dulcius, quam, ut cetera auferat, adfert certe senectus,
id. Tusc. 1, 39, 94.—
(β).
Even if, although:
qui (exercitus) si pacis... nomen audiverit, ut non referat pedem, insistet certe,
Cic. Phil. 12, 3, 8:
ut ea pars defensionis relinquatur, quid impediet actionem? etc.,
id. Ac. 2, 34, 108:
ut quaeras omnia, quomodo Graeci ineptum appellant non reperies,
id. de Or. 2, 4, 18:
ut enim neminem alium nisi T. Patinam rogasset, scire potuit, illo ipso die a Milone prodi flaminem,
id. Mil. 17, 46: verum ut hoc non sit, tamen praeclarum spectaculum mihi propono, id. Att. 2, 15; id. Leg. 1, 8, 23; id. Fat. 5, 9; id. Verr. 2, 3, 64, § 151; 2, 1, 45, § 117; id. Planc. 25, 62:
qui, ut non omnis peritissimus sim belli, cum Romanis certe bellare didici,
Liv. 36, 7, 20:
neque equites armis equisque salvis tantum vim fluminis superasse verisimile est, ut jam Hispanos omnes inflati travexerint utres,
id. 21, 47, 5:
at enim, ut jam ita sint haec, quid ad vos, Romani?
id. 34, 32, 13:
ut jam Macedonia deficiat,
id. 42, 12, 10:
cum jam ut virtus vestra transire alio possit, fortuna certe loci hujus transferri non possit,
id. 5, 54, 6; 22, 50, 2; cf.:
ac jam ut omnia contra opinionem acciderent, tamen se plurimum navibus posse,
Caes. B. G. 3, 9:
ut desint vires tamen est laudanda voluntas,
Ov. P. 3, 4, 79:
ut dura videatur appellatio, tamen sola est,
Quint. 3, 8, 25; 6, prooem. 15.—Ut maxime = si maxime:
quaere rationem cur ita videatur: quam ut maxime inveneris... non tu verum testem habere, sed eum non sine causa falsum testimonium dicere ostenderis,
Cic. Ac. 2, 25, 81.—With nihilominus:
quae (res) nihilominus, ut ego absim, confici poterunt,
Cic. Fam. 10, 2, 2.—
(γ).
Provided that:
ambulatiuncula, ut tantum faciamus quantum in Tusculano fecimus, prope dimidio minoris constabit isto loco,
Cic. Att. 13, 39, 2: dabo egenti, sed ut ipse non egeam;
succurram perituro, sed ut ipse non peream,
Sen. Ben. 2, 15, 1.—
5.
In clauses of purpose (final clauses; distinguished from object clauses with ut; v. C. 1., in which the verb itself contains the idea of purpose, the clause completing the idea of the verb), in order that, so that, so as to.
a.
In gen.:
quin voco, ut me audiat, nomine illam suo?
Plaut. Rud. 1, 4, 17:
haec acta res est uti nobiles restituerentur in civitatem,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 51, 149:
intellego, tempus hoc vobis divinitus datum esse ut odio... totum ordinem liberetis,
id. Verr. 1, 15, 43:
Caesar singulis legionibus singulos legatos praefecit uti eos testes suae quisque virtutis haberet,
Caes. B. G. 1, 52.—And with ut ne, instead of ne, lest:
id ut ne fiat, haec res sola est remedio,
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 49; v. 1. ne, I. B. 4. a.—Very rarely, ut non for ne, expressing a negative purpose:
ut plura non dicam neque aliorum exemplis confirmem quantum valeat (= ut praeteream),
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; cf. d. a fin. supra.—
b.
Esp., after certain antecedents.
(α).
After id, for the purpose (ante-class.):
id huc reverti uti me purgarem tibi,
Plaut. Am. 3, 2, 28.—
(β).
After idcirco:
idcirco amicitiae comparantur ut commune commodum mutuis officiis gubernetur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 38, 111:
legum idcirco omnes servi sumus ut liberi esse possimus,
id. Clu. 53, 146; id. Rosc. Am. 47, 137.—
(γ).
After ideo and eo:
non ideo Rhenum insedimus ut Italiam tueremur, sed ne quis, etc.,
Tac. H. 4, 73:
Marionem ad te eo misi ut aut tecum ad me quam primum veniret, aut, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 16, 1, 1.—
(δ).
After ad eam rem, ad hoc, in hoc:
ad eam rem vos delecti estis ut eos condemnaretis quos sectores jugulare non potuissent?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:
praebere se facilem ad hoc ut quem obligavit etiam exsolvi velit?
Sen. Ben. 2, 17, 6:
homo natus in hoc ut mores liberae civitatis Persica servitute mutaret,
id. ib. 2, 12, 2.—
(ε).
After ea mente, hac mente:
navis onerarias Dolabella ea mente comparavit ut Italiam peteret,
Cic. Fam. 12, 14, 1:
hac mente laborem Sese ferre senes ut in otia tuta recedant Ajunt,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 30.—
(ζ).
After potius quam:
potius ad delendam memoriam dedecoris, quam ut timorem faciat,
Liv. 6, 28, 8:
potius quodcumque casus ferat passuros, quam ut sprevisse Tarentinos videantur,
id. 9, 14, 8.—
c.
Idiomat.
(α).
With the principal predicate, referring to the conception of the writer, understood; mostly parenthet. = the Engl. inf.: ut in pauca conferam, testamento facto mulier moritur, to be brief, etc., Cic. Caecin. 6, 17:
ecquid tibi videtur, ut ad fabulas veniamus, senex ille Caecilianus minoris facere filium rusticum?
to come to the drama, id. Rosc. Am. 16, 46:
reliquum judicium de judicibus, et, vere ut dicam, de te futurum est,
to tell the truth, id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177:
Murena, si nemini, ut levissime dicam, odio fuit,
to say the least, id. Mur. 40, 87: ut nihil de illo tempore, nihil de calamitate rei publicae [p. 1944] querar, hoc tibi respondeo, etc., not to complain of that time, etc., id. Caecin. 33, 95: quae cum se disposuit, et partibus suis consensit, et, ut ita dicam concinuit, summum bonum tetigit, and, so to speak, chimes in, etc., Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5:
ecce— ut idem in singulos annos orbis volveretur —Hernici nuntiant Volscos et Aequos reficere, etc.,
Liv. 3, 10, 8.—
(β).
Satis ut, enough to (lit. enough for the purpose of):
satis esse magna incommoda accepta ut reliquos casus timerent,
disasters large enough to make them afraid, Caes. B. C. 3, 10.—
(γ).
Quam ut after comparatives, too much to:
quod praeceptum, quia major erat quam ut ab homine videretur, idcirco adsignatum est deo,
too great to come from man, Cic. Fin. 5, 16, 44:
quis non intellegit, Canachi signa rigidiora esse quam ut imitentur veritatem?
id. Brut. 18, 70:
clarior res erat quam ut tegi ac dissimulari posset,
too clear to be covered up, Liv. 26, 51, 11:
potentius jam id malum apparuit quam ut minores per magistratus sedaretur,
id. 25, 1, 11:
est tamen aliquis minor quam ut in sinu ejus condenda sit civitas,
Sen. Ben. 2, 16, 2.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ut

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

Law of Japan — Contents 1 Historical Developments 2 Sources of law 3 Precedent 4 Civil law 4.1 Contracts … Wikipedia
Law — /law/, n. 1. Andrew Bonar /bon euhr/, 1858 1923, English statesman, born in Canada: prime minister 1922 23. 2. John, 1671 1729, Scottish financier. 3. William, 1686 1761, English clergyman and devotional writer. * * * I Discipline and profession… … Universalium
Law of the People's Republic of China — is the legal regime of the People s Republic of China, with the separate legal traditions and systems of Mainland China, Hong Kong, and Macau. Between 1954 and 1978, there was not very much effort within the People s Republic of China to create a … Wikipedia
Law of Israel — combines common law and civil law.ources of Israeli lawIsraeli law draws on the following sources: *The Mecelle (מג לה) Ottoman casuistic Muslim law (matrimonial and Real Estate Registration) *British common law *Israeli codification (torts and… … Wikipedia
Law, Crime, and Law Enforcement — ▪ 2006 Introduction Trials of former heads of state, U.S. Supreme Court rulings on eminent domain and the death penalty, and high profile cases against former executives of large corporations were leading legal and criminal issues in 2005.… … Universalium
law, philosophy of — Introduction the formulation of concepts and theories to aid in understanding the nature of law, the sources of its authority, and its role in society. In English speaking countries the term “jurisprudence” is often used synonymously and is … Universalium
law — law1 lawlike, adj. /law/, n. 1. the principles and regulations established in a community by some authority and applicable to its people, whether in the form of legislation or of custom and policies recognized and enforced by judicial decision. 2 … Universalium
Law of the European Union — The Law of the European Union is the unique legal system which operates alongside the laws of Member States of the European Union (EU). EU law has direct effect within the legal systems of its Member States, and overrides national law in many… … Wikipedia
Law of Jersey — The Law of Jersey has been influenced by several different legal traditions, in particular Norman customary law, English common law and modern French civil law.[1] The Bailiwick of Jersey is a separate jurisdiction from that of the United Kingdom … Wikipedia
Law school — College of Law redirects here. For the UK charity providing legal education, see The College of Law. School of law redirects here. For the ancient Chinese political philosphy, see Legalism (Chinese philosophy). A law school (also known as a… … Wikipedia
Law of New Zealand — The law of New Zealand can be found in several sources. The primary sources of New Zealand law are statutes enacted by the New Zealand Parliament and decisions of the New Zealand Courts. At a more fundamental level, the law of New Zealand is… … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

law+was+in+being+since...

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

law+was+in+being+since...

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: